Information on advocacy principles, advocacy research, providing education, direct action campaigns, media advocacy, and responding to opposition.
What is advocacy?
Before taking action, it is important to understand what advocacy is, what it can accomplish, and how it differs from other forms of community work.
- Advocacy is the active promotion of a cause, policy, principle, or community priority.
- Advocacy involves actions intended to move decision-makers, institutions, or the public toward a specific goal.
- Advocacy is one of many possible strategies for addressing a community problem.
- Advocacy can be one part of a broader community initiative that also includes services, education, organizing, research, or other activities.
- Advocacy is different from direct service, although the two can support one another.
- Advocacy does not necessarily involve confrontation or conflict.
Some examples can help clarify the difference between advocacy and direct service:
- Volunteering with an organization that builds or repairs housing for families facing housing barriers is direct service.
- Organizing residents and working with local officials to require or encourage affordable housing in a new development is advocacy.
- Helping sort materials at a community recycling center is direct service.
- Organizing community members to preserve a recycling center that is at risk of closing, or to secure a replacement site, is advocacy.
Advocacy often involves encouraging government agencies, businesses, schools, health systems, nonprofit organizations, or other institutions to change a policy, practice, funding decision, or condition affecting a community.
That change may be pursued through education, negotiation, public communication, community organizing, coalition building, administrative processes, elections, legal action, public demonstrations, or other strategies.
Advocacy can be collaborative or adversarial. The appropriate approach depends on the issue, the decision-makers involved, the level of urgency, the power relationships, and the needs and preferences of the people most affected.
Several factors can contribute to effective advocacy:
- A clearly defined issue and goal
- Meaningful participation by people affected by the issue
- Careful research on the issue, decision-making process, community conditions, and relevant institutions
- An understanding of who has influence and how decisions are made
- Strong relationships with allies and partners
- Skill in using available advocacy tools, including traditional and digital media
- Strategies and tactics that fit the goal and circumstances
- A plan for evaluating progress and adapting when conditions change
Advocacy may be a new role for some community members. Speaking publicly, challenging a policy, meeting with decision-makers, or participating in a campaign can feel unfamiliar or uncomfortable.
Other people may find advocacy more appealing than operating a direct-service program.
Advocacy can also be demanding. Public campaigns require time, organization, relationships, accurate information, and careful decisions about risk.
If an advocacy effort is poorly planned, it can reduce trust, strain partnerships, use limited resources without producing change, or unintentionally make conditions more difficult for the people the campaign is intended to support.
Does advocacy always involve confrontation?
No.
Advocacy can involve confrontation, but many campaigns begin with communication, relationship-building, education, negotiation, or participation in formal decision-making processes.
Before choosing a confrontational strategy, consider:
- Whether decision-makers understand the problem
- Whether there are existing administrative or policy processes available
- Whether negotiation is possible
- Whether people directly affected support the proposed tactic
- What risks participants may face
- Whether a more public or confrontational strategy is likely to move the campaign toward its goal
Confrontation can sometimes be appropriate, particularly when institutions refuse to address serious harm or when less public approaches have failed. It should be selected deliberately rather than treated as the defining feature of advocacy.
Why and when would you choose advocacy?
Advocacy may be useful when changing a community condition requires action by people or institutions with the authority to make decisions.
For example, direct services may help individuals respond to an immediate need, while advocacy may address the policy, funding, institutional practice, or other condition contributing to that need.
Consider advocacy when:
- A policy or institutional practice is contributing to the problem
- Resources are distributed in ways that do not adequately address community needs
- Decision-makers have authority to make a needed change
- Community members want greater influence over decisions affecting them
- Existing processes have not produced an adequate response
- Public education or organizing could build support for change
Advocacy does not need to be reserved only for situations in which every other strategy has failed.
In many community initiatives, advocacy, direct service, education, research, and organizing can occur at the same time.
However, an advocacy campaign requires sufficient capacity and a realistic understanding of what may be involved.
Before launching a major campaign, consider whether:
- The issue and desired change are clearly defined
- The group has or can build the capacity to carry out the campaign
- Participants can sustain the effort over the time it may require
- People directly affected by the issue have meaningful roles in shaping the campaign
- The likely benefits justify the costs and risks
This chapter provides an overview of advocacy planning, including understanding the issue, identifying allies and sources of resistance, developing strategy and tactics, involving community members, and evaluating the effort.
What are the basic components of advocacy?
Each component is addressed in greater depth in the following sections of this chapter. The following provides a broad overview.
Prepare for Public Advocacy
Once an advocacy campaign becomes public, its statements, actions, relationships, and use of information may receive greater scrutiny.
Preparation can help protect the credibility of the campaign and the people involved.
Important practices include:
- Verify factual claims before making them publicly
- Obtain permission before speaking in the name of partner organizations
- Clarify who is authorized to speak for the campaign
- Understand relevant laws, policies, and organizational requirements
- Protect confidential or sensitive information
- Develop realistic plans for events, media work, and public actions
- Prepare for disagreement or criticism
For example, imagine a campaign seeking better access to health care for people facing economic barriers.
- Before publicly accusing a hospital of refusing care, verify the facts and understand the relevant policies and circumstances.
- Before including a partner organization's name in a public statement, confirm that the organization has approved the wording and its involvement.
- Before announcing a public event or demonstration, make a realistic assessment of participation, logistics, accessibility, safety, and communication.
Good preparation strengthens credibility and allows advocates to spend more time advancing the issue and less time correcting preventable mistakes.
Understanding the Issue
Advocates may begin with direct knowledge of a community concern, but effective advocacy requires a deeper understanding of the issue.
Examples might include:
- An increase in homelessness or housing instability among families with children
- Concern about youth tobacco or nicotine use
- Concern that a proposed development may affect local water quality
Research should help advocates understand:
- The scope and causes of the issue
- Who is affected
- Existing policies and programs
- What has already been tried
- Who has authority to make changes
- Who has influence over those decision-makers
- What resources are available
- What forms of resistance may arise
Advocacy involves power. Understanding how decisions are made – and who can influence them – is therefore an important part of campaign planning.
Power should not be understood only as something held by an opposing institution. Residents, workers, voters, consumers, organizations, media, professional networks, funders, and community relationships may all provide different forms of influence.
Recognizing Allies
Advocacy is often strengthened by partnerships with people and organizations that share some or all of the campaign's goals.
Potential allies may include:
- People directly affected by the issue
- Neighborhood or community organizations
- Advocacy groups
- Service organizations
- Faith communities
- Businesses
- Professional associations
- Researchers
- Public officials
- Youth organizations
- Labor or worker organizations
A small group should not assume that its own members represent everyone affected by an issue.
Instead, ask:
- Who is affected?
- Who is already working on the issue?
- Who has relevant knowledge or relationships?
- Who has been missing from previous decisions?
- How can people directly affected participate in leadership?
Alliances can vary in form. Some organizations may become formal coalition partners, while others may provide information, endorsements, technical assistance, meeting space, public testimony, funding, or other support.
Before entering an alliance, discuss:
- Shared goals
- Areas of disagreement
- Roles
- Decision-making
- Public communications
- Risks
- Expectations about credit and visibility
Understanding Resistance and Opposition
Some advocacy efforts encounter organized opposition. Others face institutional inertia, competing priorities, limited resources, uncertainty, or disagreement over the proposed solution.
Before assuming that someone is an opponent, understand the source of the resistance.
Ask:
- What interests are involved?
- What concerns does the person or organization have?
- What authority or influence do they possess?
- Are there areas of shared interest?
- Is the disagreement about the goal, the strategy, the cost, the timing, or something else?
- Could additional information or a revised proposal change their position?
Avoid dividing the community too quickly into “good” and “bad” sides.
An organization expected to oppose your campaign may support part of it. An organization expected to support it may disagree with your strategy, feel excluded from planning, or have legal or institutional limits on what it can do.
Understanding those differences can improve strategy without requiring advocates to minimize genuine conflicts of interest or violations of rights.
Involving Potential Opponents as Well as Allies
In some campaigns, people or organizations that disagree with part of your position may still be able to contribute to a solution.
Once your goals and proposal are clear, consider whether discussion with people who have concerns could:
- Clarify misunderstandings
- Identify practical barriers
- Reveal shared interests
- Improve the proposal
- Produce a compromise consistent with the campaign's core goals
- Reduce unnecessary opposition
Engagement is not always appropriate. Groups should consider safety, power differences, legal strategy, the seriousness of the harm involved, and whether direct engagement would place an unreasonable burden on affected community members.
Developing a Plan for Advocacy
Advocacy planning can be complex because campaigns often involve multiple decision-makers, competing interests, public opinion, institutional procedures, and changing political or economic conditions.
A strong plan should identify:
- The desired long-term change
- Specific measurable objectives
- The decision-makers who can produce those changes
- People and organizations that can influence those decision-makers
- Allies and partners
- Sources of resistance
- Strategies and tactics
- Communication plans
- Resources and responsibilities
- A timeline
- Possible risks
- Measures of progress
One way to distinguish these elements is to think of a building project:
- Vision: The broader future you want to help create – for example, a community in which people have access to safe, stable housing.
- Objective: A specific change that moves toward that vision.
- Strategy: The overall approach for reaching the objective.
- Action plan: The specific tasks, responsibilities, timelines, and resources required to carry out the strategy.
These elements fit together into a broader advocacy plan.
In Summary
Advocacy is organized action intended to influence decisions, policies, practices, institutions, or public understanding in support of a community goal.
It differs from direct service, although both approaches may be part of the same community initiative.
Advocacy does not always require confrontation. It may involve education, negotiation, coalition building, public participation, media work, administrative processes, legal strategies, organizing, public demonstrations, or other approaches.
Effective advocacy begins with a clear understanding of the issue. Advocates should know who is affected, who has authority, how decisions are made, what previous efforts have occurred, what evidence is available, and what forms of influence exist.
People directly affected by the issue should have meaningful opportunities to help define goals, choose strategies, communicate the campaign's message, and evaluate progress.
Building alliances can strengthen an advocacy effort, but partnerships should be based on clear expectations about goals, roles, decision-making, and communication.
Resistance should also be understood carefully. Not every disagreement comes from hostility, and not everyone who supports the general goal will agree on the same strategy.
At the same time, advocates should not minimize genuine conflicts of interest, discrimination, violations of rights, or institutional practices that are causing harm.
Public advocacy requires preparation. Verify information, protect credibility, consider legal and ethical responsibilities, communicate accurately, and assess risks to the people involved.
Finally, advocacy is most effective when strategy remains connected to the community goal rather than to the excitement of a particular tactic.
Demonstrations, meetings, media campaigns, negotiations, legal action, and other tactics are tools. Their value depends on whether they help produce the change the community is seeking.
Contributor
Prue Breitrose
Resources
Online Resources
Advocacy: What You Can and Can’t Do is a resource by the Collective Impact Forum. This guide shows you how to partake in valuable federal and state advocacy without breaking the rules.
Community Advocacy: A Psychologist’s Toolkit for State and Local Advocacy is a science-based toolkit that highlights various advocacy strategies to inform policy at the state and local levels. It aims to build a community of grassroots psychologist advocates that can intervene to promote well-being in the communities in which they reside.
YouTube videos from Connecticut Network: Defining Advocacy - What does “advocacy” mean, and who qualifies to be an advocate? (2 min.), and Your Right to Advocate - Petitioning leaders at the national, state, city or neighborhood level, plus: the role of lobbyists. (6 min.)
Print Resources
Advocacy and Campaigning Course Toolkit (INTRAC). This online PDF provides theoretical and practical information for advocating and establishing a positive campaign.
Advocacy Toolkit (International Competition Network). The purpose of this toolkit is twofold: (1) Share and disseminate alternative approaches to advocacy across competition agencies; and (2) Provide a useful, practical guide to competition agencies looking to amend or refresh their current approach.
Altman, D., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public Health Advocacy: Creating Community Change to Improve Health. Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention. Palo Alto,CA.
Article: Community Health Advocacy (U.S. National Library of Medicine). Loue, S. (2006). Community health advocacy. Journal of Epidemiology & Community Health, 60(6), 458-463. This article addresses six key questions about advocacy and highlights the foundational issues of advocating for community health.
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., Max, S.(1991) Organizing for Social Change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN. Midwest Academy.
10 Common Elements of Successful Advocacy Campaigns (PDF). This freely accessible PDF is Chapter 6 from the Lobbying Strategy Handbook. This particular chapter discusses steps 4-7 in the list of ten.
Community Health Advocates (from Community Health Advocates website) is a health portal to advocates who work to help their communities get, keep, and use health coverage. Through the portal, there is access to several publications designed to educate advocates and consumers on gaining health coverage.
Daly, J. (2012). Advocacy: Championing ideas and influencing others. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Practical knowledge for transforming advocacy ideas into practice are provided, emphasizing the power of action-oriented marketing. Daly draws off of current research in the fields of persuasion, power relations, and behavior change to explain how to successfully advocate for a cause.
How - and Why - to Influence Public Policy. (1996). Community Change. 17, 1-40.
How to Run an Online Advocacy Campaign (Network for Good Website). On this webpage, a blueprint is provided for designing and running an online advocacy campaign.
Libby, P. (2011). The lobbying strategy handbook: 10 steps to advancing any cause effectively. SAGE Publications, Inc.This book provides a 10-step framework that walks readers step-by-step through the elements of a lobbying campaign. Three separate case studies are used to show how groups have successfully employed the model.
Sen, R. (2003). Stir it up: Lessons in community organizing and advocacy. Jossey-Bass; 1st Edition. Sen goes step-by-step through the process of building and mobilizing a community and implementing key strategies to affect social change. Using case studies to illustrate advocacy practices, Sen provides tools to help groups tailor his model for their own organizational needs.
Understanding Advocacy (Article from International Water and Sanitation Centre (IRC)) provides basic information about communication, action, and goals as they pertain to advocacy.
You understand how advocacy is different from other types of strategy:
___It involves actions that lead to a selected goal
___It usually involves getting government, an agency or private business to correct an unfair or harmful situation
___It is not the same as direct service
___It may or may not involve confrontation
You understand what you need for successful advocacy:
___Your cause needs to be right
___Your group should have some power in numbers and/or clout
___You should have thoroughly researched the issue, the opposition, and the climate of opinion in the community
___You should be skilled in using the tools available to you (including the media)
___You should pick your strategy and tactics carefully
When is advocacy appropriate?
___When a powerful agency, institution or company needs to change but will not
___When nothing else will work
___When you know you have the capacity to carry it through
Other sections of this chapter can help you with different aspects of preparation for advocacy
To understand the issue:
___Research the root cause of the problem
___Conduct an analysis of the power structure
To bring others into your campaign:
___Learn to recognize potential allies
___Choose them (and bring them on board) with care
To identify (and stand up to) opponents:
___Start with the cause for resistance, and from that identify the people or groups who are likely to oppose you
___Once you have identified opponents, prepare for opposition, and plan to counteract it
To make sure you conduct your advocacy campaign efficiently:
___Use the survival tips that will help you achieve your goals and stay out of trouble
To put it together:
___Make a master action plan that lets you consider all aspects of your campaign at once, so you can adjust different elements to fit
___Include your mission and objectives, your allies and opponents, your targets and agents of change, and your strategies and detailed action plan
When you look around for help:
___Check into groups that might normally be against you, but who may help with at least part of your goals
To make sure you are on track:
___Do a careful self-assessment to make sure you are reaching all your objectives and sticking to your timetable
___Check up on the process, to make sure your group is efficiently working together

In this section, we discuss practical guidelines that can help advocates carry out effective and sustainable campaigns. These guidelines draw on lessons from many advocacy efforts, but they are not a complete list or a formula for success.
Not every guideline will fit every campaign. Advocacy strategies should reflect the issue, the people affected, available resources, legal and political conditions, organizational values, and the risks participants may face.
What do you mean by survival skills for advocacy?
Advocacy survival skills are practical habits that can help individuals and organizations pursue change while protecting their credibility, relationships, resources, and capacity to continue the work.
They include careful research, clear communication, realistic planning, thoughtful use of tactics, attention to participant safety, and willingness to adapt when circumstances change.
Why do you need to use survival skills for advocacy?
Commitment to a cause is important, but commitment alone does not make a campaign effective.
Advocates also need to understand the issue, decision-making process, community conditions, available evidence, power relationships, and possible consequences of different actions.
These guidelines can help advocates pursue their goals while making responsible decisions about strategy, communication, partnerships, and risk.
How do you use survival skills in advocacy efforts?
None of these guidelines is fixed.
Adapt them to your goals, circumstances, resources, community, and the people participating in the campaign.
Recognize progress and contributions
Pay attention to meaningful progress in and around your advocacy effort.
- Recognize accomplishments, including smaller milestones that move the campaign toward its larger goals.
- Thank people for their contributions in ways they find appropriate.
- Recognize volunteers, community members, staff, partners, and people whose less visible work makes the campaign possible.
Not everyone wants public recognition. When possible, ask whether people prefer public acknowledgment, private appreciation, or another form of recognition.
Appreciation should not replace compensation, manageable workloads, or fair treatment.
Communicate your values, goals, and accomplishments
Explain clearly what your organization is working toward and why the issue matters.
Your goals might involve healthier communities, safer workplaces, cleaner environments, accessible services, affordable housing, or quality education.
Avoid assuming that everyone understands these goals in the same way or agrees about how they should be achieved.
- Connect the campaign's proposed actions with the values and outcomes it is trying to advance.
- Communicate accomplishments accurately, including programs, policies, practices, or other changes the campaign helped influence.
Give appropriate credit to partners and community members rather than claiming collective accomplishments solely for your organization.
Plan for achievable milestones
Major policy and systems changes can take time.
Intermediate goals can help participants understand whether the campaign is making progress and whether its strategy is working.
For example, if a long-term goal is to increase timely childhood immunization, an intermediate goal might be to reduce transportation, information, scheduling, or access barriers identified by families and health providers.
When milestones are reached, recognize the progress while also evaluating what still needs to be done.
Frame the issue accurately and intentionally
How an issue is described can influence how people understand both the problem and possible solutions.
Advocacy messages should avoid stereotypes or explanations that place responsibility entirely on individuals when policies, institutions, economic conditions, or other structural factors are relevant.
For example, a debate about housing instability might focus narrowly on individual financial decisions.
Advocates could broaden the frame by presenting evidence about housing costs, wages, eviction, disability, childcare, transportation, discrimination, or the availability of affordable housing.
Reframing does not mean ignoring evidence that complicates your position. Effective advocacy should accurately represent the issue rather than simply selecting the most favorable narrative.
Develop a clear public identity
If your organization is connected with a larger movement or national organization, clarify your local identity, goals, responsibilities, and decision-making structure.
Community members may associate your organization with positions taken by larger organizations or movements.
Be transparent about partnerships without allowing another organization's reputation or priorities to obscure your own work.
Check your facts
Understand the issue and your organization's claims thoroughly.
Public statements should be supported by reliable evidence.
- Document your claims. If you are raising concerns about marketing tobacco, nicotine, alcohol, or another regulated product to young people, document what you observed, when and where it occurred, and what standards or policies may apply.
- Collect relevant information. Use reliable public data, research, community experience, administrative records, expert knowledge, and other appropriate sources.
- Verify important information. Confirm significant claims before using them publicly.
- Understand the information you use. Be able to explain what the data show, what they do not show, and where they came from.
- Correct errors. If your organization communicates inaccurate information, correct it promptly and transparently.
Strong documentation can protect the campaign's credibility when its claims are challenged.
Use the simplest effective strategy
More complex or confrontational action is not automatically more effective.
When several approaches could achieve the same goal, consider whether a simpler strategy would require fewer resources or expose participants to less risk.
However, advocates do not always need to exhaust every less confrontational option before taking stronger action.
Urgent safety concerns, violations of rights, ongoing harm, or previous institutional inaction may justify immediate escalation.
For example, workers concerned about hazardous conditions might use internal reporting procedures, a regulatory complaint, union representation, collective action, or other lawful strategies depending on the severity and urgency of the risk.
Be committed and persistent
Many community changes require sustained work.
Persistence may help advocates maintain relationships, follow through on commitments, continue gathering evidence, and keep attention on an unresolved issue.
Persistence does not mean repeating the same tactic regardless of results.
Periodically ask:
- Is this strategy producing progress?
- Have conditions changed?
- What are we learning?
- Should we adapt our tactics?
- Can participants sustain the current pace of work?
Consider compromise carefully
Advocacy sometimes involves negotiation and compromise.
A compromise may be useful when it produces meaningful progress while preserving the campaign's essential goals and principles.
- Be open to alternative strategies or partial agreements that move the issue forward.
- Evaluate compromises based on their likely effects, not simply on whether they make the organization appear reasonable or strong.
People directly affected by the issue should have meaningful roles in determining which compromises are acceptable.
Some rights, safety protections, or core principles may not be appropriate subjects for compromise.
Be responsive to opportunities
Advocacy opportunities can arise when public attention, policy processes, research findings, elections, hearings, community events, or other developments make an issue especially relevant.
Prepare in advance so that your organization can respond effectively when those opportunities occur.
Avoid treating tragedies or people's personal experiences primarily as publicity opportunities.
If an individual story will be used publicly, obtain meaningful consent and consider privacy, dignity, safety, and the wishes of surviving family members where relevant.
Stay focused on the goal
Advocacy campaigns may involve powerful institutions or people with greater financial, political, legal, or communications resources.
Understand those differences without assuming that a campaign with fewer resources has no influence.
Community relationships, credible evidence, organized constituencies, legal rights, public participation, voting, professional expertise, media attention, and coalition support can all provide forms of influence.
Stay focused on the desired change rather than allowing intimidation or the visibility of another organization to determine your strategy.
Understand why people disagree
Do not assume that every person or organization opposing your proposal is acting in bad faith or simply lacks information.
Resistance may come from:
- Different values or priorities
- Different interpretations of the evidence
- Financial or institutional interests
- Legal limitations
- Concerns about implementation
- Competing community needs
- Misinformation
- A genuine conflict of interest
Understanding the source of disagreement can help determine whether education, negotiation, modification of the proposal, coalition-building, public pressure, or another strategy is appropriate.
Keep attention on the issue
Advocacy can become personal.
Critics may attack the organization, its leaders, or participants rather than addressing the substance of the issue.
Avoid unnecessary personal attacks in return.
When criticism contains misinformation that could materially damage the campaign or people involved, respond with accurate evidence and clear communication.
If harassment, threats, discrimination, or defamatory statements create safety or legal concerns, use appropriate organizational, platform, security, or legal processes rather than treating the issue simply as political disagreement.
Make issues locally relevant
Community members may understand an issue more clearly when advocates explain its local effects.
Useful approaches include:
- Local data
- Community testimony shared with consent
- Examples of local policies or conditions
- Information about costs, benefits, or risks to residents
- Stories from community organizations or people directly affected
If a development may affect land used for religious, cultural, or ceremonial purposes by an Indigenous Nation, work directly with that Nation and describe the specific community and significance of the site accurately.
Do not treat the protection of Indigenous sacred or cultural sites merely as another persuasive talking point for audiences who may care more about taxes, transportation costs, or another issue.
Youth-development campaigns can likewise involve young people directly in defining employment, education, mentoring, recreation, or other opportunities they consider useful.
Build broad and relevant support
Advocacy does not automatically place community organizations on one side and government agencies, elected officials, businesses, or established institutions on the other.
Potential partners may exist inside and outside formal systems.
Consider involving:
- People directly affected by the issue
- Community organizations
- Government staff or officials
- Service providers
- Businesses
- Professional associations
- Researchers
- Faith or cultural organizations
- Youth and student organizations
- Worker or labor organizations
People with institutional knowledge can help explain processes and identify possible pathways for change. Their involvement should complement, not replace, leadership by people directly affected.
Choose tactics that participants can safely and meaningfully undertake
Advocacy tactics should reflect participants' values, preferences, circumstances, and levels of risk.
Do not pressure people to take part in activities they do not feel comfortable or safe undertaking.
For higher-risk actions, discuss possible consequences in advance.
For example, if a demonstration could involve citation or arrest, participants should understand relevant legal risks and how those risks may differ depending on:
- Immigration status
- Disability
- Employment
- Caregiving responsibilities
- Previous justice-system involvement
- Age
- Other individual circumstances
Participation in higher-risk tactics should be informed and voluntary.
Use your campaign's strengths
Effective advocacy uses the skills, relationships, credibility, information, and resources available to the campaign.
Creative strategies can sometimes raise questions or perspectives that institutions have not previously considered.
The goal should not be to confuse or disorient opponents simply to make them weaker.
Instead, look for approaches that clarify the issue, expose overlooked consequences, broaden participation, or demonstrate a more effective alternative.
Use formal procedures and accountability mechanisms
Government agencies, schools, employers, regulatory bodies, and other institutions often have formal procedures governing decisions and complaints.
- Advocacy organizations can participate in required public hearings and comment processes.
- Community organizations and residents can use appropriate complaint, appeal, records-request, oversight, or regulatory processes.
Learn how these procedures work and use them strategically and responsibly.
Formal participation should not be treated as the only legitimate form of advocacy. Public organizing, coalition-building, demonstrations, media work, litigation, and other lawful approaches may also be appropriate.
Connect advocacy to relevant events responsibly
Public hearings, legislative sessions, community meetings, newly released research, awareness periods, anniversaries, elections, emergencies, or major policy announcements may create opportunities to communicate an advocacy message.
Make sure the connection is relevant and respectful.
Personal tragedies should not be used as campaign material without appropriate consent.
When an event reveals a broader community problem, advocates can discuss the policy or systems issue without exploiting the people who experienced the harm.
Make the work sustainable
Advocacy can be meaningful and energizing, but it can also be frustrating, stressful, or exhausting.
Participants do not need to enjoy every part of the work for the campaign to be healthy.
Sustainable advocacy may involve:
- Celebrating accomplishments
- Sharing responsibility
- Setting realistic expectations
- Allowing people to change roles or take time away
- Monitoring workload
- Protecting people from unnecessary harassment or risk
- Maintaining relationships beyond moments of crisis
A campaign is more sustainable when responsibility does not depend on a small number of people continually sacrificing their time, health, or financial security.
In Summary
Effective advocacy requires more than commitment to a cause.
Advocates need accurate information, realistic plans, sustainable participation, strong relationships, careful communication, and strategies that fit the issue and community.
Recognize progress and people's contributions, but do not use praise as a substitute for compensation, fair workloads, or meaningful influence.
Present issues clearly and accurately. Advocacy framing should help people understand the problem without relying on stereotypes, stigmatizing communities, or ignoring evidence that complicates the campaign's preferred explanation.
Verify claims before using them publicly and correct important errors when they occur.
Use the simplest strategy likely to be effective, but do not assume advocates must exhaust every less confrontational approach before taking stronger action. Urgency, rights, safety, previous institutional responses, and the views of people affected should shape that decision.
Persistence matters, but persistence should include learning and adaptation rather than repeating tactics that are not working.
Compromise can sometimes move a campaign forward, but decisions about compromise should be based on community goals, likely consequences, and core principles rather than on whether advocates appear sufficiently moderate or tough.
Understand the reasons for disagreement. Some resistance may come from misinformation, while other opposition may reflect genuine conflicts of interest, competing priorities, or institutional power.
Build support broadly, including relationships with people inside institutions where appropriate, while keeping people directly affected by the issue meaningfully involved in campaign leadership.
Protect participants. Higher-risk tactics should be voluntary, and people should understand possible legal, employment, immigration, financial, caregiving, disability-related, or other consequences before deciding whether to participate.
Use public processes, regulatory mechanisms, media, coalition-building, organizing, demonstrations, and other advocacy tools strategically rather than simply trying to confuse or overpower opponents.
Finally, connect advocacy to public events ethically. Community crises and personal tragedies can reveal important policy failures, but the people involved should not become publicity tools for a campaign.
Sustainable advocacy keeps its attention on the desired change while protecting the credibility, relationships, dignity, and capacity of the people doing the work.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Tom Seekins
Stephen B. Fawcett
Resources
Print Resources
Alinsky, S. (1971). Rules for radicals. New York, NY: Vintage Books.
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J.(1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., Max, S. (1991). Organizing for social change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN: Seven Locks Press.
Daly, J. (2012). Advocacy: Championing ideas and influencing others. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.Throughout the book, Daly provides practical knowledge for how to transform advocacy ideas into practice, emphasizing the power of action-oriented marketing. Daly draws off of current research in the fields of persuasion, power relations, and behavior change to explain how to successfully advocate for a cause.
Libby, P. (2011). The lobbying strategy handbook: 10 steps to advancing any cause effectively. SAGE Publications, Inc.This book provides a 10-step framework that walks readers step-by-step through the elements of a lobbying campaign. Three separate case studies are used to show how groups have successfully employed the model.
UN Learning & Information Pack (World Bank). Though this resource was initially designed to advocate for gender mainstreaming, it was intentionally designed in such a way that its information can be adapted to other causes.
Online Resource
Advocacy Toolkit. This page has a downloadable toolkit link at the bottom of the page which provides general guidelines for advocating for yourself and your peers.
A YouTube video from the Connecticut Network: Advocacy Strategies - Learn some skills and attributes that can help you successfully champion your cause. (5 min.)
Try these survival skills for advocacy:
___Accentuate the positive
___Emphasize your organization's accomplishments to the community
___Plan for small wins
___Present the issues in the way you want others to see them
___Develop your own public identity
___Check your facts
___Keep it simple
___Be passionate and persistent
___Be prepared to compromise
___Be opportunistic and creative
___Stay your course
___Look for the good in others
___Keep your eyes on the prize
___Make issues local and relevant
___Get broad based support from the start
___Work within the experiences of your group members
___Try to work outside the experiences of your opponents
___Make your opponents play by their own rules
___Tie your advocacy group's efforts to related events
___Enjoy yourself!
What is involved in understanding the issue?
You may already have a strong sense of why your issue matters. You may also know something about its history, the people affected, and the events that brought the issue to public attention.
Before developing an advocacy campaign, however, it is important to build a fuller understanding of the issue and the community conditions surrounding it.
That means learning not only the basic facts, but also:
- Who is affected and how
- What factors contribute to the issue
- What policies, institutions, or practices are involved
- What people in the community think about the issue
- What previous efforts have been made
- Who has authority or influence over possible changes
- What resources, barriers, and opportunities exist
- What evidence supports different explanations or proposed solutions
Good research does more than strengthen your public argument. It can help you determine whether your original understanding of the problem is accurate and whether the solution you initially had in mind is actually the best one.
Why do you need a thorough understanding of your issue?
A strong understanding of the issue can help your advocacy effort:
- Explain clearly why the issue matters and what change the campaign is seeking
- Provide potential allies and community members with credible information
- Understand why people or institutions may support, question, or oppose a proposed change
- Identify which changes are feasible in the short term and which may require longer-term work
- Choose advocacy strategies that fit the issue, the decision-making process, and the people involved
- Respond accurately to questions from community members, decision-makers, journalists, partners, or critics
- Support public statements with reliable evidence
- Establish a baseline that can later help you evaluate whether conditions changed
Research can also reveal that the issue is more complicated than it first appeared.
You may discover that:
- Several causes interact
- Different communities experience the issue differently
- A proposed solution has unintended effects
- Existing programs or policies already address part of the problem
- People directly affected prefer a different approach
Effective advocates should be willing to revise their assumptions when the evidence or community input points in another direction.
What sort of research is involved?
Facts and statistics are important, but understanding an advocacy issue usually requires several kinds of information.
You may need to know:
- How different community members understand the issue
- How the issue affects different populations, neighborhoods, organizations, or sectors
- Which people, institutions, policies, or interests influence current conditions
- What political, economic, organizational, or legal factors affect decision-making
- What might make a proposed change more or less feasible
- What values, beliefs, interests, or experiences shape disagreement about the issue
- What people directly affected identify as priorities
- What evidence exists about possible solutions
Try not to divide people too quickly into supporters and opponents.
Someone may agree that a problem exists but disagree about the proposed solution, cost, timing, authority, implementation, or possible unintended consequences.
Understanding those distinctions can improve both your research and your advocacy strategy.
Starting points for your research:
Who is affected by the issue?
- Who experiences the greatest effects?
- What harms, barriers, costs, or lost opportunities do people experience?
- Who benefits from current conditions, intentionally or unintentionally?
- Are some populations affected differently because of geography, income, disability, race, ethnicity, language, age, housing status, or other circumstances?
What are the consequences of the issue?
- What are the effects on people directly affected?
- What are the effects on families, caregivers, or social networks?
- What are the broader effects on organizations, neighborhoods, institutions, or the community?
What is the economic impact of the issue?
- What costs are associated with the current situation, and who bears them?
- Who may benefit economically from current policies or practices?
- What would proposed changes cost?
- What economic benefits or savings might result?
What is the social impact of the issue?
- How does the issue affect relationships, participation, health, education, safety, housing, mobility, or other areas of community life?
- Are some communities receiving benefits while others bear greater costs?
What are the barriers?
- What prevents the issue from being addressed?
- Which barriers can be changed, reduced, or worked around?
- Who has authority to change those barriers?
What are the resources and assets?
- What financial, organizational, professional, community, legal, or other resources are needed?
- What resources already exist?
- What community knowledge, relationships, organizations, leadership, or other assets can contribute?
What is the history of this issue?
- How did current conditions develop?
- What previous efforts were made to address the issue?
- What happened as a result?
- What did people involved in those efforts learn?
It may also be useful to identify the underlying causes and conditions that contribute to the issue rather than focusing only on its most visible effects.
What are the best sources of information?
Most advocacy research requires both background information and local information.
Background information can help you understand the broader issue, while local information can show how the issue is experienced in your community.
Gathering background information
Depending on the issue, you may need to develop substantial subject knowledge or involve people with relevant expertise.
For example, an advocacy effort concerning logging and water quality might need information about:
- Watersheds
- Wildlife and habitat
- Water quality
- Forestry practices
- Industry economics
- Environmental regulations
- Tribal, public, or private land interests
- Community livelihoods
An advocacy effort concerning health-care access for people facing economic barriers might need information about:
- Health-care financing
- Insurance coverage
- Public benefits
- Transportation
- Provider availability
- Medical debt
- Language and disability access
- State and federal policies
You do not need every member of the campaign to become an expert in every area.
Identify what knowledge is necessary and involve researchers, community members, professionals, people with lived experience, or other sources of expertise when appropriate.
Libraries and academic resources
Libraries remain valuable research partners.
Reference librarians can help locate:
- Books and reports
- Academic journal articles
- Historical newspapers
- Government publications
- Specialized databases
- Local archives
- Data sources
Public, university, law, medical, or specialized libraries may offer different resources depending on the issue.
Older print indexes, yearbooks, newspaper archives, microfilm, and similar materials can still be useful for historical research, but many current sources are available through searchable digital databases.
Government and public data
Government agencies can provide important information on topics such as:
- Population and demographics
- Health
- Employment and wages
- Education
- Housing
- Environment
- Transportation
- Public safety
- Budgets and public spending
- Regulations and enforcement
Whenever possible, identify:
- Who collected the data
- When it was collected
- How the measures were defined
- What populations were included or excluded
- Whether the data are preliminary, estimated, or final
- What limitations the source identifies
Academic and professional research
Universities, research institutes, professional associations, and peer-reviewed journals may provide useful evidence about causes, outcomes, and possible interventions.
Consider the strength and relevance of the evidence rather than relying on a study simply because it supports your preferred position.
Ask:
- Is the research recent enough for the issue?
- Does the study population resemble the community you are concerned with?
- Does the research show correlation or causation?
- Are the methods clearly described?
- Are there other studies with different findings?
The Internet
Online research can provide access to government data, research publications, public records, community organizations, news archives, policy documents, and many other sources.
The challenge is not simply finding information but evaluating its quality.
Before relying on an online source, consider:
- Who created it?
- What evidence supports the claims?
- When was it published or updated?
- Does the source have a financial, political, or organizational interest in the issue?
- Can the information be confirmed through other credible sources?
- Is the source reporting original data or repeating someone else's claim?
Search results, social-media posts, generated summaries, and widely repeated statistics should not automatically be treated as verified evidence.
Whenever possible, trace an important claim back to the original report, dataset, law, research article, or organization responsible for it.
Learning from other advocacy organizations
National, regional, and local advocacy organizations may already have researched the issue.
Their reports can provide useful leads, but advocacy organizations also have positions and goals of their own.
Review:
- The original sources behind their claims
- The date of the information
- How terms are defined
- Whether data from one location are being generalized to another
- Whether important limitations or competing evidence are acknowledged
Other organizations can also teach you about research methods.
If a neighboring community investigated industrial pollution, for example, ask what agencies, datasets, technical experts, public records, and community knowledge proved useful.
Organizing your research
A simple research plan can help your group identify what it needs to know.
| Need to know | Possible sources | Status / notes |
| Effect of industrial wastewater on local fish populations |
|
|
Gathering local information
Local information can help show how a broader issue affects your particular community.
It can also reveal circumstances that national or state-level data do not capture.
Local media
Local newspapers, television stations, radio outlets, nonprofit news organizations, community newsletters, podcasts, and online publications may contain useful information about the history of an issue.
Search their archives for:
- Previous controversies
- Public statements
- Elections
- Zoning or development decisions
- Community organizations
- Policy changes
- Earlier advocacy efforts
News reporting can provide valuable context but should not always be treated as the final source for technical or statistical claims. Follow important information back to public documents or original sources when possible.
Annual reports, budgets, and organizational documents
Businesses, nonprofit organizations, public agencies, schools, hospitals, universities, and other institutions may publish:
- Annual reports
- Budgets
- Strategic plans
- Audits
- Meeting minutes
- Policies
- Regulatory filings
- Environmental or social-impact reports
These materials can help advocates understand how an institution describes its own goals, resources, performance, and responsibilities.
Public and archival records
Local, state, Tribal, and federal agencies may maintain records that are useful to an advocacy effort.
Depending on the issue, these might include:
- Meeting minutes
- Budgets
- Contracts
- Property records
- Zoning decisions
- Inspection reports
- Permits
- Enforcement records
- Court records
- Correspondence
Public-records laws vary by level of government and jurisdiction.
Federal Freedom of Information Act requests apply to federal executive-branch agencies, while states and local jurisdictions generally have their own open-records laws and procedures.
Before submitting a request, identify which government body holds the record and which law or procedure applies.
Some records may be withheld or redacted because of privacy, security, legal privilege, law-enforcement, or other protections.
Businesses and economic organizations
Chambers of commerce, economic-development organizations, employers, labor organizations, industry associations, and businesses may collect information about:
- Employment
- Workforce needs
- Local industries
- Development
- Business conditions
- Population trends
- Housing and transportation
These sources can be valuable, but consider the interests and purposes for which the information was collected.
Community-generated information
Residents and community organizations may have knowledge that does not appear in administrative datasets or published research.
Examples include:
- Barriers to accessing services
- Informal support networks
- Experiences with institutions
- Changes in neighborhood conditions
- Places where people feel safe or unsafe
- Unmet needs
- Community assets and possible solutions
Treat lived experience as an important form of knowledge while distinguishing between individual experience and claims about an entire population.
Filling the gaps
Written and digital sources will rarely answer every question.
Interviews, surveys, listening sessions, focus groups, public meetings, observation, and other participatory methods can help fill important gaps.
Choose the method according to what you need to learn.
Interviews with community members and leaders
Speak with several people who understand different parts of the community.
Relevant contacts might include:
- Faith or spiritual leaders
- Youth leaders
- Local professionals
- Business owners or employer representatives
- Educators
- Neighborhood or tenant leaders
- Community organizers
- Service providers
- People directly affected by the issue
- Informal community connectors
No single person should be assumed to speak for an entire racial, ethnic, religious, cultural, disability, age, or other community.
Interview several people with different experiences and roles.
Prepare clear questions, but allow room for participants to raise issues you did not anticipate.
Be transparent about why you are collecting information and how it may be used.
Respect privacy and do not pressure people to discuss topics they do not want to discuss.
If someone is contributing substantial time or specialized community expertise, consider whether compensation is appropriate.
Surveys
Surveys can help gather information from a larger number of people when the questions and sampling approach fit the purpose.
Surveys may be conducted through:
- Online forms
- Telephone
- Text messaging
- In-person outreach
- Paper forms distributed through community organizations
No method reaches everyone equally.
For example:
- Online surveys may miss people with limited internet access or digital literacy.
- Telephone surveys may have low response rates or exclude people without stable phone access.
- In-person surveys may overrepresent people who use particular locations.
- Surveys offered only in English may exclude people who use other languages.
- Inaccessible formats may exclude people with disabilities.
Before reporting survey percentages as representing the broader community, consider:
- Sample size
- How participants were selected
- How questions were worded
- How responses were coded and analyzed
- Who did not respond
- Whether particular populations were underrepresented
- The margin of error or other statistical limitations when applicable
If your survey is informal or not representative, describe it honestly.
For example, say that “most participants in our listening survey expressed support” rather than claiming that a particular percentage of the entire community agrees with you.
Focus groups
Focus groups can help explore:
- How participants understand an issue
- Reactions to proposed messages, programs, policies, or strategies
- Questions that should be explored further
- Differences in experience among participants
Focus groups are generally better for exploring ideas and experiences than for estimating how common a belief is across an entire community.
A small discussion group should not be used to claim that “the community thinks” a particular thing.
When the topic is sensitive, consider confidentiality, power differences, whether participants already know one another, and whether people will feel comfortable speaking honestly in a group.
Guided interviews and listening conversations
One-on-one or small-group conversations can provide detailed information that structured surveys may miss.
Interviewers can use a consistent set of questions while allowing participants to explain their experiences in their own words.
These conversations can be particularly useful for understanding:
- Why people hold particular views
- How policies affect everyday life
- Which barriers are most important
- What solutions people consider realistic
- What previous experiences affect trust
Record themes carefully and avoid presenting a few individual conversations as statistically representative of the entire community.
Evaluate the quality of your evidence
Advocacy research should not be judged only by whether it supports your campaign.
For every major claim, ask:
- What is the original source?
- How current is it?
- How was the information collected?
- What are its limitations?
- Does another credible source reach a different conclusion?
- Are we confusing correlation with causation?
- Does the evidence apply to our community?
- Are people directly affected describing something the available data do not capture?
Strong advocacy does not require pretending that evidence is unanimous when it is not.
If research is mixed or uncertain, say so and explain why you still support a particular action.
Protect privacy and use community information ethically
Research for advocacy may involve sensitive information about health, immigration, housing, disability, employment, violence, legal problems, or other personal circumstances.
Before collecting information, consider:
- Why you need it
- Whether you need personally identifiable information
- Who will have access to it
- How it will be stored
- Whether participants understand how their information may be used
- What risks disclosure could create
Do not publicly share a person's story, photograph, name, or other identifying information simply because it would strengthen the campaign.
Obtain meaningful consent and explain where and how the information may appear.
Involve people directly affected by the issue
Community research should not treat residents only as sources of information for an advocacy organization.
Whenever possible, people affected by the issue should help:
- Decide what questions need to be researched
- Interpret the findings
- Identify possible solutions
- Determine which findings should be emphasized publicly
- Shape advocacy goals and strategy
This can improve the research and reduce the risk that outside advocates misinterpret community experience.
In Summary
Effective advocacy begins with understanding the issue.
That requires more than collecting statistics that support your position. Advocates should understand who is affected, how the issue developed, what consequences it produces, who benefits from current conditions, what barriers and resources exist, how decisions are made, and what previous efforts have accomplished.
Use multiple forms of evidence.
Government data, academic research, public records, news archives, organizational reports, community-generated information, interviews, surveys, focus groups, and lived experience can all contribute different forms of knowledge.
Evaluate sources carefully. Ask who produced the information, when it was collected, how it was measured, what limitations exist, and whether other credible evidence supports or challenges it.
The internet has made information easier to find but not necessarily easier to verify. Trace important claims back to original sources whenever possible.
Research should also be locally grounded. State or national information may describe the broader issue, while residents, local organizations, public records, and community data can show how the issue operates in a particular place.
Avoid assuming that one visible leader represents an entire community. Speak with people in different roles, including people directly affected by the issue.
Use surveys and focus groups appropriately. A small or nonrepresentative sample can provide useful insight without supporting statistical claims about the entire community.
Protect privacy and obtain meaningful consent when using personal stories or sensitive information.
Finally, approach research with enough openness to change your mind. Advocacy research should not simply gather ammunition for a position that has already been decided.
The strongest research helps a community understand the problem more accurately, choose better strategies, and determine whether the changes it seeks are actually improving people's lives.
Contributor
Prue Breitrose
Eric Wadud
Resources
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: creating community change to improve health. Stanford, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Cox, F., Ehrlich, J., Rothman, J., & Tropman, J. (Eds.). Tactics and techniques of community practice. (2nd ed.). Itasca: F. E. Peacock Publishers, Inc.
Legator, M., Harper, B., & Scott, M. (1985). The health detective's handbook. Baltimore, MD: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
Mondross, J., & Wilson, S. (1994). Organizing for power and empowerment. New York, NY: Columbia University Press.
Principles of Community Change, Second Edition (Agency for Toxic Substances & Disease Registry) is an online book that provides the principles for community engagement.
START "Simple Toolkit for Advocacy Research Techniques" (VSO International). This research guide was put together by VSO International based on their own experiences of low-cost, non-academic professional research.
Werner, D., & Bower, B. (1982). Helping health workers learn. Palo Alto, CA: The Hesperian Foundation.
Before you plan out the details of your campaign, you may need to fill gaps in your knowledge:
___You don't need to know everything, but a good understanding of the issue is essential
___It is important not only to know the facts, but to understand the beliefs of the people you serve, and of your opponents. It is also important to know how they came to those beliefs
A thorough understanding of the issue will help you to:
___Convince your members the issue is important
___Persuade allies to join your cause
___Understand your opponents
___Be precise in your planning
___Educate the public
You will need to know:
___How people in different segments of the community feel about the issue
___What makes the opponents tick
___What it will take for the political structure of the community to make and/or accept change
The information you need will probably be of two types:
___General background information
___Specific information about the issue as it affects your community
Getting general information to educate yourselves about the issue:
___May involve working in libraries
___May involve surfing on the Web
___May involve digging in archives, annual reports, and yearbooks
___May involve recruiting experts
Gathering information about the issue as it affects your own community may involve:
___Using media archives
___Using City Hall archives
___Getting information from local business interests
You can fill in the gaps by getting information from:
___Community leaders
___Representatives of the business community
___Educators (i.e. school board members, or school principals)
If you need more information about the thoughts and feelings of local residents, you can make a start with:
___Surveys
___Focus groups
___Guided discussions
Tool: Investigation Worksheet
Use this table to list possible sources of information for investigating your topic, and determine how useful each source might be.
| Information you need to know | Where to look | Useful? |
|
|

What are allies?
Allies are people, organizations, networks, or institutions that share some of your goals or can contribute to progress on an issue.
Allies may bring different kinds of support, including:
- Lived experience
- Community relationships and trust
- Knowledge or technical expertise
- Staff or volunteers
- Funding or material resources
- Communications capacity
- Legal, policy, or research expertise
- Access to decision-makers
- Organizational or community influence
- Meeting space, transportation, translation, or other practical support
Allies do not need to agree with your organization on every issue.
A useful alliance may be based on one shared goal even when the organizations involved have different missions, values, constituencies, or preferred strategies.
People directly affected by an issue should not be treated merely as allies to recruit. Whenever possible, they should have meaningful roles in defining the issue, setting priorities, choosing strategies, and leading the work.
Why do you need allies?
Advocacy rarely succeeds through the work of one organization alone.
Allies can strengthen an effort by contributing knowledge, relationships, resources, credibility, participation, or influence that no single group possesses by itself.
Working with allies can also:
- Connect your campaign with people already affected by or working on the issue
- Reduce duplication of existing efforts
- Help organizations learn from one another
- Expand access to decision-makers and community networks
- Bring different forms of expertise to the same problem
- Share workload and responsibility
- Increase the number of people who can participate
- Strengthen the legitimacy of an effort when the partnership reflects the communities affected
More allies are not automatically better.
A large coalition can be difficult to coordinate if members do not share enough common purpose, understand their roles, or trust the decision-making process.
The goal is therefore not simply to recruit the greatest possible number of organizations. It is to build partnerships that are relevant, credible, mutually useful, and capable of contributing to the desired change.
How do you find allies?
Start by identifying people and organizations already involved with the issue or with closely related concerns.
For example, if your goal is to improve the nutritional quality and accessibility of school meals, potential partners might include:
- Students
- Families
- School nutrition staff
- Teachers and school administrators
- Parent or caregiver organizations
- Health organizations
- Food-access organizations
- Local farmers or food producers
- Disability or allergy advocacy organizations
- Public-health agencies
A community resource inventory or directory can help identify organizations, institutions, networks, and informal groups already active in the community.
Sources may include:
- Local libraries
- Community resource or referral services
- Chambers of commerce or business organizations
- Local government
- Community foundations
- Nonprofit directories
- Neighborhood associations
- Faith and interfaith organizations
- Schools, colleges, and universities
- Health and social-service organizations
- Worker or labor organizations
- Cultural organizations
- Online community networks
If no useful directory exists, create your own.
Questions to ask
- Who is already working on this issue?
- What are they doing?
- What have they learned?
- Which approaches appear useful?
- Are there areas where collaboration would make sense?
- Who else may care about the issue even if they are not currently working on it?
- Who is directly affected but has not been included in previous efforts?
- Who has relevant lived experience or community knowledge?
- Who has authority to make or influence the decisions involved?
Use relationship mapping
One useful method is sometimes called a snowball or referral technique.
Ask people you already know:
“Who else should we be speaking with about this issue?”
Continue asking that question as your network expands.
Be careful not to rely only on referrals from the same social or professional network. Doing so can reproduce existing exclusions.
Deliberately look for organizations and community members outside your usual circles.
Look across community sectors
It may also be useful to map different sectors of the community.
Depending on the issue, these might include:
- Residents
- Youth organizations
- Older-adult organizations
- Disability organizations
- Immigrant and refugee organizations
- Faith and interfaith organizations
- Businesses
- Health care
- Education
- Local government
- Labor
- Housing organizations
- Cultural organizations
- Environmental organizations
- Professional associations
Sector mapping can help reveal both existing relationships and important gaps.
Do you and your potential allies care about the same things?
Once you identify possible allies, learn what matters to them.
Potential partners may support the same general outcome for different reasons.
For example, a safer transportation system might matter to:
- Residents concerned about pedestrian safety
- Disability organizations concerned about accessibility
- Schools concerned about students traveling safely
- Businesses concerned about customer access
- Local government concerned about infrastructure and public safety
These organizations do not need identical motivations in order to work together.
At the same time, partnership should not be reduced to asking whether the benefits of helping you outweigh the costs.
Consider:
- What goals do we share?
- Where do our goals differ?
- What would participation require from each organization?
- What risks or constraints does each organization face?
- What responsibilities would each partner take on?
- What would each partner reasonably expect from the collaboration?
- Are there ethical or mission-related concerns?
An Ally Opportunities and Risks Table
A simple table can help your group understand potential partnerships.
For each potential ally, consider:
- What shared interests or goals exist?
- What could they contribute?
- What could they gain from collaboration?
- What risks or costs could participation create for them?
- What risks could their involvement create for the campaign or community?
- What concerns would need to be addressed openly?
- Who within that organization should participate in the decision?
Do not simply minimize or conceal possible risks when approaching an ally.
A strong partnership depends on informed expectations.
Discuss potential benefits and risks honestly so that organizations can decide whether participation fits their mission, capacity, and responsibilities.
Indirect and network allies
Some organizations may not work directly on your issue but may have relationships, knowledge, or responsibilities that make them relevant.
Think of your immediate partners as part of a larger network.
Ask:
- Who works with them?
- What other organizations are they connected with?
- Which communities do they have strong relationships with?
- Which decision-makers do they regularly interact with?
- Which professional, cultural, business, faith, labor, or civic networks do they participate in?
Network mapping can reveal possible connections, but respect privacy. Do not treat people's financial, personal, or organizational relationships as information to exploit.
Center people directly affected by the issue
Before evaluating which organizations can help your campaign, identify the people most directly affected.
They may have the strongest understanding of the problem and its consequences.
For example, if a school is experiencing increased violence or threats, begin by learning from students, families, educators, school staff, and others directly affected.
Do not begin by assuming that a particular solution – such as adding security personnel – is necessarily the correct response.
First ask:
- What kinds of violence or safety concerns are occurring?
- When and where are they occurring?
- What do students identify as the causes or contributing conditions?
- Which students experience the greatest risk?
- What approaches have already been tried?
- What evidence exists for possible responses?
- Could proposed strategies create unintended harms or disparities?
Potential responses might involve school climate, counseling, student support, conflict mediation, bullying prevention, physical safety, restorative practices, behavioral threat assessment, staffing, or other strategies depending on the problem.
The people who experience the problem should have meaningful influence over how it is defined and addressed.
Working with allies
Cooperation among organizations can increase resources, expand knowledge, strengthen relationships, and demonstrate that different parts of a community share an interest in the issue.
But the purpose of a coalition is not simply to create a “unified image.”
Healthy coalitions can contain disagreement.
Before beginning a joint effort, clarify:
- What goals are shared
- What goals are not shared
- Which strategies partners support
- Which strategies they do not support
- How decisions will be made
- How public statements will be approved
- How resources will be managed
- How credit will be shared
- How disagreements will be handled
Working together without requiring complete agreement
Organizations can sometimes collaborate on a goal even when they disagree about particular strategies.
For example, several organizations may share a goal of reducing pregnancies among adolescents while differing in their views about sexual-health education, contraception, parental involvement, or other policies.
Rather than asking one organization to give up its values simply to gain another organization's money or volunteers, identify whether there are areas of genuine agreement.
Possible shared activities might include:
- Supporting young people's access to accurate health information
- Strengthening communication between adolescents and trusted adults
- Supporting healthy relationships
- Connecting young people with appropriate health services
- Addressing educational, economic, or social conditions associated with adolescent pregnancy
Collaboration should not require misleading participants about what services, information, or policies each organization supports.
If partners cannot agree on an activity without compromising essential rights, evidence standards, or organizational responsibilities, separate advocacy may be more appropriate.
Which ally should you contact first?
You may need to prioritize potential allies when time or capacity is limited.
Do not rank partners only by how much power, money, publicity, or influence they can provide.
Consider which relationships are most important for the particular stage of your campaign.
A potential ally may be especially valuable because of:
- Lived experience
- Trust within an affected community
- Relevant expertise
- Relationships with decision-makers
- Organizing capacity
- Communications capacity
- Legal or policy knowledge
- Staff or volunteer capacity
- Financial or material resources
- Geographic reach
- Ability to reach populations your organization does not
The most influential organization is not necessarily the most important organization to contact first.
Trust, relevance, community legitimacy, and alignment with the campaign's goals may matter more.
Ally Contribution and Influence Grid
A grid can help your organization identify what different potential allies could contribute.
| Type of contribution or influence | Questions to consider | Example |
| Lived experience and community knowledge | Does the group include people directly affected by the issue or people with substantial knowledge of how it operates locally? | A tenant organization helps define priorities for an affordable-housing campaign. |
| Community trust and relationships | Does the organization have trusted relationships with communities that need to be involved? | A neighborhood organization helps convene residents who have not previously participated in public meetings. |
| Participation and organizing capacity | Can the organization mobilize members or support sustained participation? | A membership organization helps residents participate in a public hearing. |
| Financial or material resources | Can the organization contribute funding, equipment, meeting space, transportation, or other resources? | A partner provides meeting space and translation services for community forums. |
| Expertise | Does the organization have relevant legal, technical, research, communications, policy, or professional knowledge? | A legal-services organization advises the coalition on tenant protections. |
| Decision-making access | Does the organization understand or have appropriate relationships with the institutions responsible for the decision? | A professional association helps advocates understand a regulatory process. |
| Communications reach | Can the organization reach audiences that need information about the issue? | A community media organization helps distribute multilingual information about a public meeting. |
| Institutional or public credibility | Does the organization have relevant experience or standing that may strengthen public understanding of the issue? | A local medical association provides evidence about the health effects of a proposed policy. |
How do you use the grid?
- Use a separate grid for potential allies you want to understand more clearly.
- Identify which kinds of contribution or influence each potential ally may have.
- Compare those contributions with what the campaign actually needs at its current stage.
- Consider whether the partnership would also be appropriate from the ally's perspective.
- Identify any risks, conflicts, or expectations that should be discussed before beginning the partnership.
Example of an Ally Contribution and Influence Grid
| Contribution or influence | Assessment | Example |
| Community participation | Strong | The organization has 200 active members and regular neighborhood meetings. |
| Community trust | Strong | Residents have worked with the organization on several successful neighborhood projects. |
| Technical expertise | Moderate | Several members have relevant planning and housing experience. |
You do not need to complete a detailed grid for every organization.
It may be most useful when comparing several potential partners or when the campaign has a specific gap – such as community leadership, legal expertise, communications capacity, or relationships with decision-makers.
Approach potential allies as partners
Once you identify a potential ally, learn about the organization's work before asking for support.
An initial conversation might include:
- Why you are contacting them
- What your organization is trying to accomplish
- Why you believe your goals overlap
- What you have already learned about the issue
- What role, if any, they are interested in
- What concerns or limitations they have
- What they would need from your organization
Avoid approaching organizations only with a request for money, members, endorsements, publicity, or access to influential people.
Strong alliances are usually relationships rather than transactions.
Maintain healthy alliances
Partnerships require attention after they are formed.
Useful practices include:
- Communicate regularly
- Share relevant information
- Give partners appropriate credit
- Follow through on commitments
- Be transparent about changes in strategy
- Address disagreements rather than allowing them to build
- Respect each organization's limits
- Review whether the partnership is still useful to everyone involved
Partners may sometimes decide to work together on one objective while pursuing other aspects of the issue separately.
That does not necessarily mean the alliance has failed.
In Summary
Allies can strengthen advocacy by contributing knowledge, relationships, participation, resources, expertise, credibility, communications capacity, and influence.
Finding allies begins with understanding who is already working on the issue and who is directly affected by it.
People directly affected should not be treated simply as another source of support for an organization's campaign. They should have meaningful opportunities to define priorities and participate in leadership and decision-making.
Potential allies do not need to agree on everything. Organizations may collaborate effectively around a shared objective while remaining different in other important ways.
At the same time, partnerships should not be purely transactional. Do not evaluate organizations only according to how much money, publicity, membership, or political influence they can provide.
Consider community trust, lived experience, relationships, expertise, organizing capacity, access to decision-makers, communications reach, resources, and alignment with the campaign's goals.
Discuss risks and expectations honestly. A strong alliance does not depend on hiding the costs of participation or exaggerating its benefits.
Avoid selecting partners merely because they make the campaign look more appealing or prestigious. People and communities should not be used as symbols, endorsements, or emotional tools.
Coalitions also do not need to present an image of complete agreement. Healthy partnerships can acknowledge differences while maintaining clear shared goals.
Finally, treat allies as partners rather than resources to “use.” Successful alliances depend on trust, reciprocity, shared responsibility, clear communication, and respect for what each participant brings to the work.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Resources
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto,CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S. (1991). Organizing for social change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN: Midwest Academy.
Identifying Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to establish a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Sen, R. (2003). Stir it up: Lessons in community organizing and advocacy. Jossey-Bass; 1st Edition. In this book, Sen goes step-by-step through the process of building and mobilizing a community and implementing key strategies to affect social change. Using case studies to illustrate advocacy practices, Sen provides tools to help groups tailor his model for their own organizational needs.
Kretzmann, J., & McKnight, J. (1993). Building communities from the inside out: A path toward finding and mobilizing a community’s assets. ACTA publications. This book provides case studies of successful community-building initiatives across the U.S. In addition to this, it outlines how a community can move toward asset-based development.
What are allies?
___You understand that allies are people, or groups of people, who have the same interests as you, or the capacity or resources to help you
Why do you need allies?
___Allies can help you achieve your mission
___They can share their resources and information to achieve a common goal
___The community is more likely to pay attention if there are more people working towards that goal
How do you find allies?
___Use a community resource inventory/directory
___Use the Yellow pages
___Use a local social service directory
___Use neighborhood assistance services
___Ask the Chamber of Commerce
___Ask City hall
___Ask your group members, friends, colleagues
___Use the "snowball technique," by asking your known allies to list other potential allies and then asking each of those groups to identify more potential allies
___Identify allies by examining various sectors of your community such as religious organizations, businesses and health care, and identifying organizations within each sector who might be potential allies
How do you choose which ally to contact first?
___You know if you and your allies care about the same things
___You know to consider your allies' risks vs. benefits
___You know how to use the Ally Power Grid to determine which allies you should contact first
___Contact Your Allies
Example: "Stoplights Don't Stop Us!"
“Stoplights Don’t Stop Us!” tells the story of how people with disabilities in Emporia, Kansas, living in a high-rise apartment complex near a dangerous intersection, came together as allies to advocate for change in their community. The changes they achieved enhanced their ability to more fully and safely participate in the community. (The video is also available with audio description.) To learn more about this process for making change to support independent living for all, visit the free publication: Your Action Planning Guide for Promoting Full Community Participation Among People with Disabilities: A Resource for Independent Living Centers and Other Community-based Initiatives.
Tool 1: Community resource inventory for recognizing allies
Completing this table will help you determine who your allies might be for your advocacy campaign and what they are doing, or could be doing, about the issue.
| Sources of Allies | Potential Allies | What are they doing? (or what could they be doing on the issue)? | Contacted? |
| Who is already working on the issue in your community? | |||
| Possible other allies based on general information sources | |||
| Yellow pages | |||
| Social service directory | |||
| Neighborhood assistance groups | |||
| Chamber of Commerce | |||
| City Hall | |||
| Members of your own group, colleagues, and friends | |||
| Others | |||
Tool 2: Potential allies risks vs. benefits exercise
This table will help you recognize the risks and benefits each potential ally faces when considering joining your group. Knowing these is important when contacting potential allies to join you.
The following table shows how a group of people who organized to reduce school violence might go about determining who cares about their issue.
The Problem: Increasing violence between students at Happy Valley High School. Your group wants to hire a security guard as a part of a program to reduce violence at the school.
| Ask yourself: | Examples | What are the benefits? What do they gain if you win? | What are the risks? |
| Whose problem is it? | Students | - Safer schools - A better learning environment |
- Stricter rules/codes at school - less freedom |
| Teachers | - Safety for themselves and students - Increased job satisfaction |
- Might get blamed for stricter rules | |
| Parents | - Children are safe - Better education for their children |
- Might lead to a tax increase - Other financial costs |
|
| Local education board | - Increased community support | - May be expensive, which might decrease political support, especially if the program is not successful |
A blank Potential Allies Risks vs Benefits form for you to fill out for your allies:
| Ask yourself: | Examples | What are the benefits? What do they gain if you win? | Whar are the risks? What might they lose? |
| Whose problem is it? | |||
Tool 3: Ally Power Grid
This table will help clarify the power(s) a potential ally may bring to your group, and thereby help identify which allies will are the most valuable to your group.
| Type of Power | Power Appraisal: Do they have a lot of it or not? | Give an example |
| Members: How many members does the group have? | ||
| Money: Will they donate money to your issue? | ||
| Credibility: Do they bring special credibility? | ||
| Appeal: Do they have special appeal? | ||
| Network: Are they part of a large, organized network? | ||
| Reputation: Do they have a reputation for toughness? | ||
| Skills: Do they have special skills? | ||
| Newsworthy: Are they particularly newsworthy? | ||
| Other: |

Who may oppose or resist your advocacy effort?
Advocacy efforts often encounter disagreement, resistance, competing priorities, or organized opposition.
Some resistance is public and easy to identify. Other resistance may be less visible. An organization may express general support for your goal while disagreeing with a particular strategy, delaying action, or deciding not to participate.
It is therefore useful to understand not only who may oppose your proposal, but also:
- What they disagree with
- What interests or responsibilities shape their position
- What authority or influence they have
- Whether their position could change
- Whether there are areas of shared interest
Not every disagreement should be treated as opposition.
People or organizations may agree that a problem exists while disagreeing about:
- The proposed solution
- Cost
- Timing
- Implementation
- Legal authority
- Potential unintended consequences
- Competing community priorities
Understanding those distinctions can help advocates choose more effective and appropriate responses.
Why identify possible sources of opposition or resistance?
Understanding resistance before implementing a campaign can help you:
- Anticipate questions, criticism, or competing proposals
- Understand what interests and concerns are involved
- Identify misinformation or misunderstandings that may need to be addressed
- Recognize genuine conflicts of interest
- Prepare accurate evidence and communications
- Identify opportunities for negotiation or collaboration
- Assess risks to participants
- Use campaign resources strategically
The goal is not to eliminate every person who disagrees with you.
It is to understand the advocacy environment well enough to respond effectively while remaining focused on the change your campaign is seeking.
How do you identify possible opposition or resistance?
Begin by asking:
- Who is affected by the proposed change?
- Who benefits from current conditions?
- Who may face financial, operational, political, legal, or organizational costs if the proposal is adopted?
- Who has responsibilities that may conflict with your proposal?
- Who has publicly opposed similar changes in the past?
- Who may support the overall goal but object to the proposed strategy?
For example, imagine an advocacy effort seeking restrictions on the sale or placement of tobacco or nicotine products in settings frequented by young people.
Different organizations may raise different concerns:
- Retailers may be concerned about revenue or implementation.
- Public-health organizations may support stronger restrictions.
- Regulators may be concerned about legal authority or enforcement.
- Manufacturers or industry organizations may oppose the proposal because it affects sales or marketing.
Understanding these interests is more useful than assuming that everyone who raises a concern is motivated by the same thing.
How do you assess the influence of people or organizations that resist your proposal?
Once you identify important sources of resistance, consider what forms of influence they possess.
These may include:
- Financial resources
- Legal authority
- Relationships with decision-makers
- Public credibility
- Membership or organizing capacity
- Media or communications reach
- Technical expertise
- Institutional authority
- Ability to delay or influence implementation
The purpose of this analysis is to prepare your campaign, not to assume that every organization will use all available power against you.
Ask:
- What actions are realistically available to them?
- Which actions have they used in similar situations?
- What legal or procedural limits apply?
- How should our campaign prepare?
How do you recognize different forms of resistance?
Advocacy groups may encounter several patterns of response.
Do not assume intent without evidence. A delay may reflect strategic obstruction, but it may also result from limited staffing, legal review, disagreement within an institution, competing priorities, or uncertainty.
Common patterns may include:
- Deflection: Attention shifts from the main issue to another question or to a person who lacks authority to make the necessary decision.
- Delay: A decision or response is repeatedly postponed.
- Denial: The existence, seriousness, cause, or proposed solution to the problem is challenged.
- Minimization: The importance or scale of the issue is characterized as smaller than advocates believe the evidence shows.
- Challenge to credibility: Questions are raised about the campaign's evidence, motives, methods, expertise, or representativeness.
- Internal division: Differences within the coalition become more significant or are amplified by outside pressure.
- Partial response: An institution offers a limited change that addresses some but not all of the campaign's concerns.
- Legal or administrative response: An organization uses litigation, regulation, procedural requirements, or other formal mechanisms.
- Negotiation: Participants explore whether an agreement or revised proposal can address important interests on several sides.
- Acceptance: Decision-makers agree to the proposed change or a substantially similar one.
A useful response depends on what is actually happening.
Gather evidence before describing another organization's actions publicly as deceptive, obstructive, or intentionally divisive.
How can you respond to opposition or resistance?
Match your response to the seriousness, type, and source of the resistance.
A misunderstanding may call for clearer information. A disagreement about implementation may call for negotiation. A violation of rights or an ongoing harmful practice may require formal complaints, organizing, legal action, public pressure, or another stronger response.
Prepare early
One of the best ways to respond to opposition is to anticipate important concerns before the campaign becomes public.
Ask potential partners, affected residents, decision-makers, and knowledgeable organizations:
- What concerns do you expect?
- What evidence will people want to see?
- What legal or operational barriers exist?
- Which parts of the proposal are likely to generate disagreement?
- What alternatives might address those concerns?
Early consultation does not mean giving others veto power over your campaign.
It means understanding the environment well enough to make informed strategic choices.
Meet with people who disagree when appropriate
Direct conversation may reveal that some resistance is based on misunderstanding, incomplete information, implementation concerns, or assumptions that can be clarified.
For example, community members may have inaccurate or incomplete information about a proposed comprehensive sexuality education program.
Advocates can explain:
- What the curriculum actually includes
- Which age groups it serves
- What educational standards apply
- How families are informed
- What evidence supports the program
Discussion will not eliminate every disagreement, but it can ensure that debate centers on the actual proposal.
Look for shared interests
People who disagree about a proposed solution may still share an underlying goal.
For example, a food retailer and a public-health coalition may both want customers to have access to nutritious foods, even if they initially disagree about pricing, product placement, or promotion.
Shared interests can sometimes support a revised proposal or pilot project.
A “win-win” outcome is not always possible, and advocates should not compromise away essential rights, safety protections, or core goals simply to avoid disagreement.
Respond to legal or organizational challenges responsibly
If your campaign faces litigation, regulatory action, formal complaints, or other legal challenges, obtain qualified legal advice where appropriate.
Do not assume that filing a counterclaim or escalating a legal dispute is automatically the best response.
Consider:
- The legal merits
- Costs
- Risks to participants
- The campaign's goals
- Possible alternatives
Public communications about the dispute should remain accurate and should not exaggerate the situation simply to generate sympathy.
Describe resistance accurately
It can be useful to explain a pattern of delay, deflection, misinformation, or partial action when the evidence supports that description.
Focus on the behavior and its effects rather than trying to generate anger toward an individual or organization.
For example:
“The agency has postponed the decision three times over six months, and no new timeline has been provided.”
This is more useful than simply labeling the agency as obstructive.
Evaluate partial concessions on their merits
An institution may offer a partial change.
Do not automatically accept it as sufficient, but do not automatically dismiss it as a “token” either.
Ask:
- What does the proposal actually change?
- Who benefits?
- What concerns remain unresolved?
- Is the change temporary or permanent?
- Is there a clear implementation timeline?
- Can it serve as a meaningful step toward the broader goal?
Frame the issue clearly and accurately
Advocates should communicate the issue through a clear explanation of the problem, the evidence, who is affected, and the proposed change.
Do not allow your campaign to spend all of its time responding to another organization's framing.
At the same time, framing should not distort evidence or hide legitimate tradeoffs.
For example, an indoor smoke-free policy can be discussed in terms of reducing exposure to secondhand smoke and protecting health, while still acknowledging the concerns that businesses or individuals may raise about implementation.
Be strategic without relying on deception
Advocacy campaigns do not need to disclose every internal strategy in advance.
However, deliberately misleading another party about your intentions simply to keep them off-balance can damage trust and credibility.
Strategic advocacy can instead involve:
- Varying tactics when conditions change
- Preparing several possible responses
- Choosing the right time for public action
- Using different messengers for different audiences
- Keeping internal planning confidential when appropriate
Understand interests, constraints, and incentives
Rather than trying to manipulate an opponent's psychology, understand the interests and constraints influencing their behavior.
An organization may:
- Agree that a problem exists but lack technical expertise
- Face budget or staffing limits
- Need approval from another decision-maker
- Fear legal or political consequences
- Have different priorities
- Benefit financially from existing conditions
That analysis can help you determine whether technical assistance, negotiation, public pressure, policy change, litigation, or another strategy is appropriate.
Use public action safely and intentionally
Demonstrations, pickets, boycotts, public testimony, and other forms of nonviolent direct action can be legitimate advocacy strategies.
The purpose should be to communicate a demand, mobilize participation, influence decision-makers, or bring public attention to an issue – not to provoke an unnecessarily harsh response so that the campaign gains sympathy.
Before organizing higher-risk public action, consider:
- Participant safety
- Applicable laws and policies
- Accessibility
- Transportation
- Communication plans
- Possible police or security response
- Legal support
- Risks that may differ among participants
Document institutional responses accurately if they become relevant to the campaign.
Use your strongest evidence and capabilities where they matter most
Every advocacy campaign has strengths and limitations.
One campaign may have strong scientific evidence. Another may have broad resident participation, legal expertise, persuasive personal testimony, policy knowledge, or strong relationships with decision-makers.
Identify the strengths that are most relevant to the decision you are trying to influence.
Similarly, understand weaknesses in competing arguments without exaggerating them or dismissing evidence simply because it comes from an organization you oppose.
Know when to negotiate
Negotiation may become useful when:
- Both sides recognize that the issue will not disappear
- There are areas of shared interest
- Decision-makers indicate willingness to consider alternatives
- A partial agreement could produce meaningful progress
- Continued conflict creates costs or risks that all sides would prefer to reduce
Do not reject negotiation merely because initiating it might be perceived as weakness.
Evaluate negotiation according to whether it can advance the campaign's goals and whether people directly affected by the issue consider the possible agreement acceptable.
When should you engage, escalate, or disengage?
Not every source of resistance requires the same response.
Consider three broad options:
Engage
Engagement may be useful when:
- Misunderstanding appears to be a major source of disagreement
- There are meaningful shared interests
- The other party has shown willingness to discuss the issue
- A policy or proposal could be improved through negotiation
Escalate
Stronger advocacy may be appropriate when:
- Harm is ongoing
- Rights are being violated
- Decision-makers repeatedly refuse to respond
- Evidence is being ignored or misrepresented
- Formal processes have not produced an adequate response
Escalation might involve additional organizing, public testimony, media advocacy, formal complaints, litigation, demonstrations, boycotts, or other lawful strategies.
Disengage or limit contact
Direct engagement may not be productive when:
- Participation creates significant safety risks
- A person or organization repeatedly acts in bad faith
- Meetings are being used mainly to delay action
- Harassment or threats are occurring
- Another formal process is more appropriate
Advocacy does not require endless dialogue.
Avoid unnecessary polarization
Strong advocacy can challenge powerful institutions without turning every disagreement into a struggle between morally good and bad people.
Avoid:
- Personal attacks
- Dehumanizing labels
- Public claims about motives that you cannot support
- Treating compromise as betrayal
- Treating all criticism as evidence of bad faith
- Assuming every institution is internally unified
At the same time, avoiding polarization does not mean minimizing serious wrongdoing.
Discrimination, corruption, abuse, deliberate misinformation, violations of rights, and other harmful practices should be named accurately when evidence supports those conclusions.
In Summary
Advocacy efforts often encounter resistance or organized opposition.
Understanding that resistance can help advocates choose better strategies, protect participants, prepare accurate communications, and identify opportunities for negotiation or escalation.
Begin by identifying who is affected by the proposed change, who may bear costs, who benefits from current conditions, and who has authority or influence over the issue.
Do not assume that everyone who disagrees is an opponent. Some people may share the goal while disagreeing about strategy, implementation, cost, timing, or tradeoffs.
When opposition is organized, assess the forms of influence involved – including legal authority, money, relationships, public credibility, organizing capacity, expertise, and communications reach.
Recognize patterns such as delay, deflection, denial, minimization, credibility challenges, partial responses, negotiation, and legal or administrative action. But do not assume deceptive intent without evidence.
Respond proportionately. Misunderstanding may call for explanation; implementation concerns may call for negotiation; ongoing harm or violations of rights may require stronger organizing, formal complaints, litigation, public pressure, or other forms of escalation.
Use framing strategically but accurately. Advocacy should communicate a clear understanding of the issue without distorting evidence or hiding legitimate tradeoffs.
Do not rely on deception simply to confuse or destabilize people who disagree with you. Strategic planning, timing, evidence, organizing, coalition-building, and creative tactics can provide influence without sacrificing credibility.
Nonviolent direct action can be an important advocacy tool, but participant safety should come first. The purpose is to advance the campaign's goals, not to provoke a harsh response for publicity.
Negotiation is not necessarily a sign of weakness, and escalation is not necessarily a sign of strength. Evaluate each according to the desired outcome, risks, evidence, and the priorities of people directly affected.
Finally, strong advocacy does not require turning every conflict into a permanent battle.
The goal is to understand resistance well enough to respond effectively while maintaining accuracy, participant safety, community trust, and focus on the change the campaign is seeking.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Resources
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S.(1996). Organizing for social change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN: Seven Locks.
Identifying Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to establish a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Robinson, J. & Green, P. (2010). Introduction to community development: Theory, practice, and service-learning. SAGE Publications, Inc. This book provides both theoretical and practical approaches to community development, as well as case studies and supportive materials to develop community development skills.
___You know why it is important to identify your opponents
___You know how to identify your opponents
___You know how to discover what your opponents might lose
___You know how to determine your opponents' power
You can recognize the following tactics your opponents may use:
___Deflect
___Delay
___Deny
___Discount
___Deceive
___Divide
___Dulcify
___Discredit
___Destroy
___Deal
___Surrender
You know how to use the following tactics to deal with your opponents:
___Prevention
___Meeting with opponents
___Develop win-win solutions
___Turn negatives into positives
___Label your opponents' tactics
___Frame the debate on your terms
___Balance and illusion
___Consider your opponents psychology
___Turn your opponents' assets into liabilities
___Concentrate strengths against weaknesses
___Know when to negotiate
Tool 1: Worksheet for identifying potential opponents
Completing this table will help you determine who might oppose your advocacy campaign and what they have at stake. This is an important first step to developing strategies for your advocacy campaign.
Example: Violence has been increasing between students at Happy Valley High School. Your group wants to implement a youth education program, along with hiring a security guard and an extra counselor trained in conflict resolution.
| Ask yourself: | Potential Opponents | What might they lose if you win? |
| Who might lose something if you win? | Taxpayers Association | Money - higher taxes |
| Chamber of Commerce | Image - recognition of the problem may give the community a bad reputation | |
| Students | Respect, dignity | |
| School Administration Staff | Loss of image for the school |
A blank Potential Opponents form for you to fill out:
| Ask yourself: | Potential Opponents | What might they lose if you win? |
| Who might lose something if you win? |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
Tool 2: Worksheet for Recognizing Your Opponent's Power
This table will not only help you recognize what power your opponents have, but also how they might use that power against you.
Example: How can you determine the potential powers of possible opponents to a group wanting to ban transporting chemical waste through their community? Just fill in the table.
| Potential opponent | What's at stake for them? | Power the opponent has: | Potential strategies your opponent may use: |
| Casey Jones' Rail Transport Company | - Money - very expensive to re-route trains - Jobs |
- They have lots of financial and legal resources - Strong lobbying group |
- Tie you up in a long, costly legal battle |
| Karl's Carcinogens, Inc. | - Money - Time - Jobs |
- Financial resources - Newsworthy (major regional employer) - Credibility - several scientific "experts" who say their products aren't "that toxic" |
- Try to portray your group as extremists to the media |
A blank Worksheet for Recognizing your Opponent's Power and Potential Strategies for you to fill out:
| Potential Opponent | What's at stake for them? | Power the opponent has: | Potential strategies your opponent may use: |
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
What do we mean by involving people who disagree with your advocacy effort?
Advocacy groups often work closely with people and organizations that already support their goals.
It can also be useful, in some circumstances, to communicate or collaborate with people who disagree with part or all of a proposal.
These people should not automatically be treated as opponents.
They may:
- Share the same overall goal but prefer a different strategy
- Have concerns about cost, implementation, timing, or unintended effects
- Have responsibilities or institutional constraints that shape their position
- Lack information about the proposal
- Represent communities or interests that have not yet been included
- Strongly oppose the proposed change
Involving people with different views can sometimes improve understanding, identify practical problems, reduce unnecessary conflict, strengthen a proposal, or reveal areas where cooperation is possible.
Collaboration is not appropriate in every situation. Safety, power differences, rights, ongoing harm, organizational responsibilities, and the wishes of people directly affected should all be considered.
Why might you involve people who disagree with you?
Constructive engagement may help your group:
- Better understand the concerns and interests shaping disagreement
- Identify misunderstandings or gaps in information
- Learn about implementation challenges your group may have overlooked
- Identify areas of shared interest
- Develop possible compromises or alternative solutions
- Build relationships that may be useful for future community work
- Reduce unnecessary polarization
- Create opportunities for collaborative problem-solving
The purpose should not be to “neutralize” critics, gather information about them for strategic advantage, or gain access to their networks without their knowledge.
Engagement works best when participants understand why the conversation is happening and what each side hopes to accomplish.
Are they really opponents?
Before deciding that someone is an opponent, ask what they actually disagree with.
A person or organization may oppose one proposal while supporting another.
They may disagree with:
- The goal
- The proposed strategy
- The cost
- The timeline
- The evidence
- The organization responsible for implementation
- The likely effects on another community or interest
Positions can also change over time.
Maintaining respectful communication can therefore be valuable even when substantial disagreement remains.
Someone who disagrees with you is not necessarily an opponent.
When might engagement be useful?
Engagement may be worth considering when:
- Communication remains possible
- Participants are willing to listen and respond
- There appear to be shared interests or overlapping goals
- Better information could clarify the disagreement
- A practical or policy problem may benefit from joint problem-solving
- Negotiation could produce meaningful progress
- The people directly affected consider engagement useful
When might engagement be inappropriate?
Not every conflict should be approached through collaboration.
Direct engagement may be inappropriate or require additional safeguards when:
- There are credible threats, harassment, intimidation, or violence
- Harm is ongoing
- Significant power differences make voluntary participation difficult
- One party controls another participant's employment, housing, services, legal status, education, or safety
- There is a documented pattern of bad-faith participation or deliberate deception
- Participation would expose people to unnecessary retaliation or trauma
- Legal, regulatory, or formal complaint procedures are more appropriate
- The people most affected do not want direct engagement
- The time and resource demands would outweigh the likely benefit
Respectful disagreement can sometimes be the appropriate outcome.
Collaboration should not be treated as a measure of whether advocates are reasonable or willing to compromise.
How can you involve people who disagree with you?
Clarify why you are considering engagement
Before making contact, decide what you hope the conversation will accomplish.
Possible goals include:
- Understanding concerns more clearly
- Correcting misunderstandings
- Sharing information
- Identifying areas of agreement
- Exploring a pilot program
- Negotiating a specific policy or implementation question
- Agreeing to work together on a related issue
- Establishing a process for continued communication
Avoid treating silence or a promise not to oppose you publicly as the only meaningful form of success.
A clearer understanding of why agreement is not possible can also be useful.
Identify appropriate participants
Decide who actually needs to be involved.
Consider people or organizations that:
- Have relevant authority or responsibility
- Are directly affected by the issue
- Have useful knowledge or expertise
- Have worked with your group before
- Share at least some goals or concerns
- Represent perspectives that have not yet been included
- Can participate constructively in the discussion
Do not select participants only because they have enough power to help your organization achieve what it wants.
Ask whose participation is necessary for a fair and workable process.
Include people directly affected
A disagreement between two organizations may affect many people who are not represented by either organization.
Those people should not be treated merely as “stakeholders” whose cooperation is needed to prevent disruption.
They may have legitimate rights, knowledge, interests, and decision-making roles.
Ask:
- Who will live with the consequences of the decision?
- Who experiences the current problem?
- Who may experience unintended effects of a proposed solution?
- Who has historically been left out of similar decisions?
- How can those people participate meaningfully?
Make contact transparently
Explain:
- Why you are requesting the conversation
- What issue you want to discuss
- Who will participate
- Whether any decisions are expected
- Whether the meeting will be confidential or public
Avoid presenting a meeting as informal relationship-building if your group actually intends to negotiate commitments or gather information for a public campaign.
Establish ground rules when useful
Ground rules can help reduce confusion and clarify expectations.
Depending on the meeting, they may address:
- Participants
- Meeting location
- Accessibility
- Language and interpretation
- Time limits
- Confidentiality
- Media communication
- Recording or note-taking
- Outside experts
- Decision-making authority
- Procedures for ending or pausing the meeting
Set a clear agenda
A shared agenda can clarify:
- What questions will be discussed
- Which questions are outside the scope of the meeting
- Whether the meeting is exploratory or intended to reach decisions
- What information participants should review in advance
- What will happen after the meeting
Use working groups when the issue is complex
A broad issue may be easier to address through smaller working groups focused on particular questions.
Working groups should include people with relevant knowledge and perspectives.
Avoid using subgroup processes to move controversial decisions out of public view or exclude people who should have a voice.
Review evidence together
Some disagreements involve different understandings of the facts.
Participants may benefit from reviewing:
- Public data
- Research
- Legal or policy requirements
- Community-generated information
- Lived experience
- Technical analysis
In some cases, participants may agree to jointly identify questions that need additional research.
Be cautious with the idea of an “unbiased expert.” Every source has a perspective, methodology, and set of assumptions.
Instead, agree in advance on criteria for credible evidence and disclose relevant conflicts of interest.
Consider an independent facilitator or mediator
A trained facilitator or mediator may be useful when:
- Trust is limited
- Meetings repeatedly become unproductive
- Participants have difficulty communicating directly
- Power differences require additional procedural safeguards
- Several organizations are involved
Make sure the facilitator's role is clear.
Mediation is not appropriate when it creates pressure to compromise on safety, rights, or accountability.
Begin with exploratory conversations when appropriate
Some groups may benefit from an initial meeting focused on understanding the issue rather than reaching an agreement.
Participants can discuss:
- How each group understands the problem
- Their concerns
- What they need from a future process
- Which questions require more information
- Whether continued engagement appears useful
People should not be required to disclose personal emotions or experiences simply because the meeting is exploratory.
Expect more than one conversation
Complex disagreements are rarely resolved in one meeting.
If progress appears possible, agree on:
- Next steps
- Responsibilities
- Additional information needed
- Who else should be involved
- When participants will meet again
Guidelines for constructive engagement
The following practices may help:
- Understand interests and values. Identify where goals overlap and where they differ.
- Enter the conversation with realistic expectations. Collaboration may be possible, but agreement is not guaranteed.
- Be respectful. Treat people with dignity while remaining able to challenge harmful policies or conduct.
- Communicate your own goals clearly. Do not hide the outcomes your organization is seeking.
- Listen carefully. Ask questions and check whether you understood another participant correctly.
- Consider several options. Avoid treating the first proposal from either side as the only possible solution.
- Evaluate compromises carefully. Consider effects on the people most directly affected.
- Maintain alternatives. Your organization may need another strategy if negotiations do not produce an acceptable result.
Compromise is not always required
Being willing to communicate does not mean being required to compromise on every issue.
Some matters involving:
- Legal rights
- Safety
- Discrimination
- Accessibility
- Professional or ethical obligations
- Basic program integrity
may not allow a middle-ground solution.
The relevant question is not simply, “What's in it for each side?”
Ask instead whether a proposed agreement is fair, lawful, workable, evidence-informed, and consistent with the needs and rights of the people affected.
Reaching an agreement
If participants reach agreement, clarify exactly what has been decided.
An agreement may involve:
- A specific action
- A pilot project
- A change in policy or practice
- Joint research
- Continued negotiation
- Cooperation on one part of the issue
- Agreement on general goals while details remain unresolved
Do not describe neutrality or silence from another organization as a partnership unless that is how all parties understand it.
Put important agreements in writing
Written agreements can reduce misunderstanding.
Depending on the situation, the document might be:
- Meeting notes
- A letter of agreement
- A memorandum of understanding
- A formal contract
- An implementation plan
The agreement should identify:
- What each party has committed to do
- Who is responsible
- Timelines
- Resources
- How progress will be measured
- How disagreements will be addressed
- Whether and how the agreement can be changed
Do not assume that handshakes, physical contact, or other gestures are appropriate or culturally universal.
Communicate the agreement to people affected by it
Do not wait until after an agreement is finalized to involve people whose lives or work will be affected.
Meaningful participation should occur earlier in the process whenever possible.
Once an agreement has been reached, explain:
- What was decided
- Why
- What tradeoffs were made
- What remains unresolved
- Who is responsible for implementation
- How community members can provide feedback
The goal should not be to “sell” an agreement or obtain “buy-in” after decisions have already been made.
People should be able to understand, question, and where appropriate influence the agreement.
Use current, specific language when discussing equity commitments
For example, rather than referring broadly to “minority hiring targets,” identify the actual issue involved.
Depending on context, this might include:
- Racial or ethnic disparities in hiring
- Equal employment opportunity
- Local hiring
- Disability inclusion
- Language access
- Workforce diversity
Use terminology that accurately reflects the population, legal context, and policy being discussed.
Build implementation and accountability into the agreement
Agreements are more useful when there is a clear plan for implementation.
Consider including:
- Regular progress meetings
- Public reporting where appropriate
- Defined performance measures
- A review date
- A process for addressing complaints or disagreements
- Independent review when appropriate
- Community participation in evaluation
Monitor commitments from all participants
Accountability should apply to every organization involved, including your own.
Instead of simply “watching your former opponent,” establish transparent measures that allow everyone to determine whether commitments are being fulfilled.
Document:
- Actions completed
- Deadlines met or missed
- Resources provided
- Problems encountered
- Outcomes
- Necessary changes
In Summary
People and organizations that disagree with an advocacy effort may sometimes be appropriate partners in discussion, negotiation, research, or limited collaboration.
Someone who disagrees with you is not automatically an opponent. They may share the overall goal while disagreeing about strategy, cost, implementation, evidence, timing, or competing priorities.
Engagement can help clarify disagreements, identify shared interests, improve proposals, and sometimes produce workable agreements.
Collaboration should not be pursued simply to neutralize critics, gain strategic information, or obtain access to another organization's relationships or resources.
Begin by clarifying why engagement is useful, who should participate, what the risks are, and what people directly affected by the issue want from the process.
Direct engagement is not always appropriate. Safety concerns, rights violations, harassment, serious power differences, or repeated bad-faith participation may require formal procedures, stronger advocacy, limited contact, or another approach.
When meetings occur, use clear ground rules, accessible processes, transparent goals, reliable evidence, and independent facilitation where appropriate.
Compromise can be useful, but it is not automatically the goal. Some rights, safety standards, and ethical obligations should not be negotiated away simply to obtain agreement.
People affected by the outcome should be involved before decisions are finalized. Do not treat them merely as audiences who need to be persuaded to “buy in” afterward.
If an agreement is reached, document responsibilities, timelines, implementation, evaluation, and accountability.
Finally, accountability should apply to all participants. Former opponents do not need special surveillance; all organizations should be evaluated according to whether they fulfill the commitments they made.
Constructive engagement is most valuable when it helps people understand one another more accurately and produces fairer, more workable community decisions – not simply when one side succeeds in bringing the other into its campaign.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Bill Berkowitz
Resources
Print Resources
Chrislip, D. (1994). Collaborative leadership: How citizens and civic leaders can make a difference. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Fisher, R., Ury, W., & Patton, B. (1991). Getting to yes: Negotiating agreement without giving in. (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Penguin.
Gray, B. (1991). Collaborating: Finding common ground for multiparty problems. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Himmelman, A.T. (1992). Communities working collaboratively for a change. Minneapolis, MN: Himmelman Consulting Group.
Homan, M. (1994). Promoting community change: Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.
Identifying Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to identify a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Know Your Allies and Opponents – This article provides information on strategizing an advocacy campaign in a way that encourages involvement from allies and opponents alike.
Kretzmann, J., & McKnight, J. (1993). Building communities from the inside out: A path toward finding and mobilizing a community’s assets. ACTA publications. This book provides case studies of successful community-building initiatives across the U.S. In addition to this, it outlines how a community can move toward asset-based development.
You understand reasons why you should want to involve an opponent:
___To remove or neutralize a potentially harmful critic
___To gain insight into the workings of your opponent
___To gain access to a group that has previously been closed to you
___To acquire new resources to solve a common problem
___To find common values and beliefs you didn't know were there
___To get to know your opponents as people
___To build a base of trust that might be helpful in to you in the future
___To help you make progress
___Because involving opponents can help you (and them) in unexpected ways
You understand when you should involve opponents:
___When the lines of communication are still relatively open, and you believe your opponent is willing to talk with you
___When you see common values and opportunities
___When the cost of getting involved with each other is not too great
You understand when you shouldn't involve your opponents:
___When there is a history of distrust or deception between you and your opponent
___When your respective positions are strongly held, deeply entrenched, and completely opposed to each other
___When your opponents are unwilling to talk with you
___When the time and energy costs in collaborating with your opponent would be too great
You understand how to involve opponents:
___You have decided that you want to involve them
___You have narrowed your targets
___You have clarified your goals
___You have made the commitment
___You have identified the stakeholders
___You have made contact with your opponent
___You have established ground rules
___You have set an agenda
___You have organized subgroups
___You have searched for information
___You have found a mediator
___You have involved other stakeholders
___You have held an exploratory meeting
___You have met again
___You understand the twelve "talking points"
___You have closed the deal
___You have sold the deal to your supporters, other stakeholders, and the general public
___You have structured the agreement
___You have monitored the agreement
Example: Finding a common goal to work towards with opponents
One excellent example of how opposing groups can work together comes from a famous study in social psychology by Muzafer Sherif and his colleagues. At a summer camp, two groups of boys were intense competitors for trophies and prizes. Their opposition became so strong that the "Eagles" burned the "Rattlers'" flag; the Rattlers retaliated by vandalizing the Eagles' cabin. Matters might have gotten out of hand, except that the camp truck broke down on a trip; both groups had to join forces to get it started. The common goal ("superordinate goal" was the technical term used) helped restore harmony between the two groups.
The moral of the story is to look for things you have in common with your opponents, rather than on the differences you have.
Tool: Collaboration Self-Assessment
This is a worksheet to help guide your collaboration efforts with your opponents, adapted from materials from the Work Group for Community Health and Development at the University of Kansas.
| Your group: | Yes | No | Collaborator | Yes | No |
| Problem Setting | |||||
|
1. Common definition of the problem
|
|
||||
|
2. Parties are committed to collaborate
|
|
||||
|
3. Opponents are identified
|
|
||||
|
4. Convenor is appropriate
|
|
||||
|
5. Resources have been identified and are adequate.
|
|
||||
| Direction Setting | |||||
|
1. Ground rules have been established.
|
|
||||
|
2. Agenda is set.
|
|
||||
|
3. Subgroups are formed if necessary.
|
|
||||
|
4. Information is sought jointly.
|
|
||||
|
5. Multiple options are explored.
|
|
||||
|
6. Reaching final agreement.
|
|
||||
| Implementation | |||||
|
1. Dealing with constituencies.
|
|
||||
|
2. Do those needed to implement the agreement support it?
|
|
||||
|
3. Extent of effort is determined.
|
|||||
|
4. Compliance is monitored.
|
|
- Option A: How would you use this information to become an effective collaborator?
- Option B: How would you use this information to ensure more effective collaboration?

What's a plan for advocacy?
Advocacy planning is the process of identifying the change you want, understanding the conditions surrounding the issue, determining who has authority or influence, choosing strategies, and organizing the actions and resources needed to move toward the goal.
Advocacy planning shares many features with other forms of strategic planning, but several considerations may require particular attention.
Advocacy often:
- Seeks changes in policies, practices, funding, institutions, or public decisions
- Involves people or organizations with different interests and levels of authority
- Takes place partly in public
- Requires careful communication and evidence
- May involve political, legal, organizational, reputational, or personal risks
- Requires adaptation as circumstances change
Planning helps advocates:
- Clarify goals
- Understand the issue and people affected
- Identify decision-makers and sources of influence
- Select appropriate strategies and tactics
- Use resources effectively
- Anticipate risks and barriers
- Establish measures of progress
- Adjust the campaign when new information becomes available
When should you create a plan for advocacy?
Begin planning before launching major public advocacy activities, but treat the plan as something that can change.
Different parts of the plan affect one another.
For example, your group may begin with a goal of closing an industrial facility because of environmental harm. During planning, you may learn that many residents depend on the facility for employment and that workers also want stronger environmental protections.
That information could lead the group to consider several possible goals, such as:
- Requiring safer production practices
- Strengthening environmental monitoring
- Increasing community oversight
- Requiring cleanup or remediation
- Developing a transition plan if closure remains necessary
The purpose of planning is not simply to make the original idea more persuasive. It is also to test whether the original goal is appropriate.
Making your plans
Advocacy planning is usually stronger when people with different forms of knowledge participate.
Depending on the issue, this may include:
- People directly affected
- Community organizations
- Staff and volunteers
- People with legal, policy, technical, or research expertise
- Community leaders
- People responsible for implementing a proposed change
Use whatever planning format works for the group.
Options may include:
- Shared digital documents
- Spreadsheets
- Project-management tools
- Whiteboards or flip charts
- Printed planning worksheets
The important point is that the plan is documented, accessible to the people responsible for carrying it out, and updated when circumstances change.
Goals and objectives
Begin by clarifying the broader change your group wants to achieve.
A broad goal might be:
- Increase access to affordable housing
- Improve health-care access
- Reduce environmental contamination
- Improve transportation safety
- Expand educational opportunities
For planning purposes, divide broad goals into more specific objectives.
Long-term goals
Long-term goals describe the larger outcome your campaign hopes to influence.
Examples might include:
- Increase the supply of affordable housing over the next five years
- Reduce pregnancies among adolescents through evidence-informed prevention and access to appropriate health services
- Eliminate unlawful toxic discharges into a local watershed
Long-term goals should be ambitious enough to matter while recognizing that advocacy groups may not control every factor affecting the outcome.
Intermediate goals
Intermediate goals identify policy, practice, funding, program, or institutional changes that move the campaign toward the longer-term result.
They can:
- Provide measurable evidence of progress
- Help the group evaluate whether its strategy is working
- Create opportunities to recognize meaningful accomplishments
- Clarify what still needs to change
Examples include:
- The city adopts an incentive or requirement supporting additional affordable housing units
- A health clinic extends hours based on community-identified access barriers
- Major employers adopt scheduling practices that improve employees' ability to manage caregiving responsibilities
Short-term objectives and action milestones
Short-term objectives identify actions or near-term results that help move the campaign forward.
Examples might include:
- Recruit additional community participants
- Hold a public listening session
- Meet with key decision-makers
- Publish a research brief
- Submit public comments
- Mobilize eligible voters around an issue
Writing out your goals
SMART goals can be a useful planning tool.
Goals are often most useful when they are:
- Specific: Clear about what change is being sought.
- Measurable: Defined well enough that progress can be assessed.
- Achievable: Realistic given available authority, resources, and conditions.
- Relevant: Connected to the campaign's broader purpose.
- Time-bound: Associated with a reasonable timeframe.
Goals can also be ambitious, but avoid creating targets simply because they sound impressive.
A challenging goal should still be grounded in evidence, available capacity, and community priorities.
For example:
Instead of:
“We'll hold a meeting.”
Consider:
“By June, we will hold an accessible community meeting for families and young people to identify priorities for the initiative.”
Resources and assets
Once goals are clearer, identify the resources the campaign already has and the resources it will need.
Advocacy resources may include:
- Funding
- Staff time
- Volunteers
- Community leadership
- Research and data
- Legal or policy expertise
- Communications capacity
- Relationships with community organizations
- Relationships with decision-makers
- Meeting space
- Transportation
- Technology
- Translation and interpretation
- Disability access
Do not assume that advocacy is inexpensive or that funders generally will not support it.
Funding rules and funder priorities vary.
Organizations should understand the legal and funding requirements that apply to their own advocacy and lobbying activities.
Also examine internal capacity.
Ask:
- Are workloads realistic?
- Are responsibilities clear?
- Are staff and volunteers working well together?
- Are financial decisions transparent?
- Are community members receiving appropriate support to participate?
Community support and resistance
Advocacy planning should include an assessment of likely support, uncertainty, and resistance.
Avoid assuming that groups will automatically support or oppose your proposal because of their identity, profession, industry, or previous positions.
For example, a business affected by an environmental proposal may have concerns about cost while also supporting stronger protections for local water.
A labor organization may support environmental improvements while also raising concerns about job security.
A public agency may agree with the goal but question whether it has sufficient legal authority or funding.
Consider creating a map that identifies:
- Strong supporters
- Potential supporters
- Undecided or uncertain participants
- People or organizations with specific concerns
- Organized opposition
Include people directly affected even if they are not formally organized.
Decision-makers and sources of influence
Advocacy usually seeks a change that someone has authority to make.
Identify the people or institutions responsible for the relevant decision.
Examples include:
- Elected officials
- Agency leaders
- School boards
- Employers
- Regulatory bodies
- Corporate leaders
- Funding organizations
Then identify people or organizations that may influence those decision-makers.
These may include:
- Residents
- Voters
- Employees
- Community organizations
- Professional associations
- Researchers
- Legal advocates
- Business organizations
- Faith or cultural organizations
- Media organizations
The terms targets of change and agents of change are sometimes used in advocacy planning. When possible, more specific terms such as decision-maker, implementing organization, community partner, or source of influence may be clearer.
Focus on the authority or behavior that needs to change rather than labeling the person themselves as a “target.”
Planning your strategy
A strategy is the overall approach the campaign will use to reach its goal.
Advocacy strategies may include:
- Public education
- Community organizing
- Coalition-building
- Administrative advocacy
- Legislative advocacy
- Negotiation
- Regulatory complaints
- Litigation
- Media advocacy
- Economic pressure
- Nonviolent direct action
Strategies should:
- Advance the campaign's goals
- Reflect the priorities of people affected
- Fit the available evidence
- Use resources responsibly
- Consider likely support and resistance
- Protect participants from unnecessary risk
- Be consistent with legal and ethical obligations
- Be adaptable when circumstances change
Choosing a strategic approach
Advocacy strategies vary in how collaborative or confrontational they are.
Rather than placing every tactic on a simple ladder from “friendly” to “confrontational,” ask what is appropriate for the situation.
Possible approaches might include:
Education and engagement
- Provide accurate public information
- Meet with decision-makers
- Work with organizations responsible for implementation
- Gather and present data
- Participate in hearings or public-comment processes
- Build coalitions
Public pressure and organizing
- Petition
- Organize public testimony
- Conduct a media campaign
- Organize demonstrations
- Use boycotts or other forms of economic pressure where appropriate
Higher-risk direct action
Some campaigns may consider civil disobedience or other higher-risk forms of nonviolent direct action.
Such actions should involve careful planning, informed participation, legal guidance where appropriate, and attention to the fact that consequences can differ substantially among participants.
Avoid involving children or young people in higher-risk actions without strong safeguarding, clear consent processes, and age-appropriate consideration of the risks involved.
Staying flexible
Advocacy conditions change.
New legislation may be introduced. A partner may change position. New evidence may emerge. An institution may make a partial policy change. A new risk may become apparent.
Review the campaign regularly and decide whether new developments require:
- Reinforcing positive changes
- Verifying new information
- Addressing newly identified needs
- Responding to harmful developments
- Changing strategy
- Revising the goal
Avoid acting on rumors without verification.
If you hear that a promised affordable housing component has been removed from a development proposal, confirm the information before making a public claim or changing strategy.
Evaluating possible strategies
A strategy-planning table can help a group compare different approaches.
| Strategy | Questions to consider |
| Meet with elected officials to seek funding for school-linked health services |
|
Tactics and action steps
Tactics are the specific actions used to carry out a strategy.
Examples include:
- Letters or emails
- Meetings
- Public testimony
- Administrative complaints
- Surveys
- Public forums
- Media outreach
- Negotiation
- Demonstrations
- Petitions
As you evaluate a tactic, ask whether it:
- Advances the strategy
- Fits the campaign's values and goals
- Is lawful or appropriately risk-assessed
- Is realistic within available resources
- Is accessible to participants
- Includes appropriate safeguards
- Uses people's time responsibly
- Has a reasonable chance of contributing to the desired change
Helpful questions
- What will the action involve?
- Who will carry it out?
- Who should help design it?
- When will it happen?
- What resources are required?
- What accessibility needs should be addressed?
- What partners should be involved?
- What concerns or resistance may arise?
- What risks may participants face?
- How will we know whether the action was useful?
Planning tactics
A simple action-planning table can connect goals with specific responsibilities.
| Goal | Action | Responsible person or group | Timeline | Resources and support needed | Potential concerns or resistance |
| Improve understanding of young people's sexual-health needs | Conduct an anonymous, age-appropriate survey developed with students, families, health professionals, and school staff | School-community working group | Current school year | Survey expertise, accessibility review, appropriate consent or assent procedures, language access, data protections | Privacy concerns, family concerns, survey design, participation rates |
Research or surveys involving minors require particular attention to privacy, ethics, school policy, consent or assent requirements, and the sensitivity of the information being collected.
Avoid treating young people merely as subjects of research. They can also help identify appropriate questions and interpret findings.
Putting the plan together
The final advocacy plan should connect the main elements of the campaign in one place.
A planning chart might include:
- Goals
- Community priorities
- Resources and assets
- Support and resistance
- Decision-makers
- Sources of influence
- Strategies
- Action steps
- Responsibilities
- Timelines
- Risks
- Measures of progress
For example, imagine that proposed budget reductions threaten a community health clinic serving residents who face economic and geographic barriers to care.
A planning chart might identify:
| Goals | Resources and assets | Support / resistance | Decision-makers / influence | Strategies | Action steps |
| Maintain and expand access to community health services |
|
|
|
|
|
Review and update the plan
An advocacy plan should not remain unchanged simply because it has been formally written.
Review it regularly.
Ask:
- Are our goals still appropriate?
- What progress has occurred?
- What have we learned?
- Have community priorities changed?
- Have new partners or sources of resistance emerged?
- Have laws, policies, funding, or political conditions changed?
- Are participants able to sustain the work?
- Are our tactics producing the intended effect?
- Are there unintended consequences?
Revising a plan in response to evidence is a strength, not a failure.
In Summary
Advocacy planning connects a desired community change with the people, resources, strategies, and actions required to pursue it.
Begin with clear goals, but remain willing to revise them as you learn more about the issue and the people affected.
Include people directly affected by the issue in planning whenever possible.
Identify available resources and organizational limits, including staff capacity, funding, expertise, accessibility, community relationships, and participant well-being.
Map support and resistance without assuming that people fall permanently into simple categories of allies and opponents.
Identify who actually has authority to make the desired change and who may influence those decisions.
Choose strategies according to the issue rather than assuming that effective advocacy must be confrontational.
Public education, organizing, negotiation, administrative advocacy, litigation, media work, demonstrations, and other approaches are tools whose value depends on context.
Higher-risk tactics require careful consideration of legal, safety, accessibility, and participant-specific consequences.
Tactics should serve the strategy rather than becoming goals in themselves.
Finally, treat the plan as a working document.
Advocacy conditions change, and a strong campaign uses new evidence and community feedback to revise its goals, strategies, and actions when needed.
Contributor
Prue Breitrose
Resources
Online Resource
Community Advocacy: A Psychologist’s Toolkit for State and Local Advocacy is a science-based toolkit that highlights various advocacy strategies to inform policy at the state and local levels. It aims to build a community of grassroots psychologist advocates that can intervene to promote well-being in the communities in which they reside.
Introduction to Advocacy Planning. This online PDF provides information on understanding the problem you are trying to solve, identifying an alternative aim, and breaking down the objectives as part of the advocacy planning cycle.
Print Resources
Advocacy Strategy Workbook – This resource goes step-by-step with worksheets to guide each of the stages of advocacy planning.
Advocacy Toolkit (UNICEF) – Chapter 3 of this toolkit provided by UNICEF is devoted to developing an advocacy strategy and gives an outline of questions that need to be asked. The chapter concluded with an advocacy planning worksheet.
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Stanford, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S. (1996). Organizing for social change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Chicago, IL: Midwest Academy.
Crafting Your Advocacy Strategy (UNICEF) provides information on how to go about crafting a strategy for an advocacy campaign.
Developing an Advocacy Plan (Victim Assistance Training) – This website provides a step-by-step guide to planning for advocacy with case studies and activities following each step.
Fawcett, S. B., & Paine, A., et al. (1993). Preventing adolescent pregnancy: An action planning guide for community based initiatives. Lawrence, KS: Work Group on Health Promotion and Community Development, The University of Kansas.
Marin Institute for the Prevention of Alcohol and Other Drug Problems. Advocating for policy change. San Rafael, CA.
Planning for Advocacy – This online PDF is a section from the Advocacy Toolkit for Women in Politics provided by UN Women. It provides a step-by-step process for planning for advocacy.
What's the best way to plan?
___Planning is done as a group
___Plans are recorded in a way that is easy to get at and use later
What should we plan?
___Planning is done under six headings: goals; resources and assets; supporters /opponents; targets and agents of change; strategy; and tactics
How do we plan for goals or objectives?
___Planning is done for long-term, intermediate, and short-term
___Objectives are SMART + C: Specific; Measurable; Achievable; Relevant; Timed; and Challenging
How should resources and assets be included in the plan?
___The following resources are included: funds; people currently available, and likely to be available in the future; important contacts; and facilities
How should degrees of community support be included in the plan?
___Make an inventory of allies and opponents
___Check to see if people who are normally opposed to you may support you and if those who normally support you may oppose this goal
Which specific people or agencies should be included as targets or agents of change?
___Refer to your work in digging up the root causes of the problem
___Identify the person (or agency) who absolutely needs to make a change if your goals are to be achieved
___Think about people who can be agents of change - include those who at first sight might look like targets for change, but may be able to be "turned," so they become agents for the group's goals
How should you plan your strategy?
___Decide on your strategy
___Prepare to be flexible, reacting to changing needs and conditions
___Make sure that each strategy you consider will help reach your goals; will suit your style; will use your allies appropriately; and will work
How should you plan your tactics?
___Pick those that best carry out your strategy
___As you plan each tactic, decide who will do it, when, with what resources, using which allies, and ponder what opposition and resistance it might meet
How should you put it all together?
___You have a loose-leaf binder or computer file in which to store the separate sections
___Or make big charts showing the plans for each action across different sections
___Or both
Tool 1: Strategy Checklist
| Strategy | Does it: | Yes or No |
| 1. | Help us reach our goals? Use our allies? Minimize our opposition? Suit our style? |
|
| 2. | Help us reach our goals? Use our allies? Minimize our opposition? Suit our style? |
|
| 3. | Help us reach our goals? Use our allies? Minimize our opposition? Suit our style? |
|
| 4. | Help us reach our goals? Use our allies? Minimize our opposition? Suit our style? |
|
| 5. | Help us reach our goals? Use our allies? Minimize our opposition? Suit our style? |
Tool 2: Turning goals into action steps
| Goal | Action Steps |
|
By __________
|
|
|
By __________
|
|
|
By __________
|
Tool 3: Planning Tactics
Goal:
Strategy:
| Action | By whom | By when | Resources and support needed | Possible opponents |
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
Tool 4: Campaign Planning Chart
| Goals | Resources and Assets | Support / Opposition | Targets / Agents of Change | Strategies | Action Steps |
|
|
Advocacy can address many different community issues. Your goal may be to raise awareness, improve access to services, protect community members from harm, change a policy or institutional practice, strengthen accountability, improve health or education, protect the environment, advance human rights, or improve the social and economic conditions of a community.
Whatever your advocacy effort seeks to accomplish, you will need reliable information.
You may need to know:
- How many people are affected by a problem
- How different populations experience the issue
- What policies or institutions contribute to current conditions
- Whether an existing program is effective
- What a proposed policy is likely to cost
- What evidence supports different possible solutions
- What community members identify as priorities
Research can help answer those questions.
Advocacy research may involve analyzing existing data, reviewing laws or policies, interviewing community members, examining public records, conducting surveys, reviewing academic studies, observing local conditions, or collecting new information through a carefully designed study.
Research should not simply gather evidence that supports a position already chosen.
Good research can confirm your assumptions, complicate them, or show that the problem or solution needs to be understood differently.
What do we mean by conducting research?
Research is a systematic effort to answer a question using appropriate information and methods.
The question may be relatively straightforward:
What percentage of people using a community health center have difficulty obtaining care elsewhere?
Or it may be more complex:
What combination of policies would most effectively improve health-care access for workers who lack adequate insurance coverage?
Different questions require different forms of evidence.
For example:
- If you need an established scientific fact, begin with current authoritative research, professional guidance, or qualified subject-matter expertise.
- If you want to understand whether a program works, review existing evaluations and research before deciding whether new data need to be collected.
- If you want to understand the size or characteristics of a population, government datasets or other reliable statistical sources may be useful.
- If you want to understand how a policy affects everyday life, interviews, listening sessions, surveys, or community-generated data may provide information that administrative data do not capture.
- If you are investigating possible violations of law, policy, or professional standards, public records, regulatory data, audits, documented observations, and qualified legal or technical assistance may be appropriate.
Choose the research method according to the question rather than starting with a preferred method and trying to make it fit.
Why do research?
Research can strengthen advocacy in several ways.
Research helps establish what is happening
Advocacy often begins because community members have observed a problem.
Research can help determine:
- How widespread the issue is
- Who is affected
- Whether conditions are changing over time
- What factors contribute to the problem
- What information is still missing
Research can challenge your assumptions
One of the most important purposes of research is to test what you think you know.
If credible evidence does not support your original explanation or proposed solution, reconsider it.
Advocacy research should increase understanding rather than simply produce material for winning an argument.
Research can help identify effective strategies
Research may show what other communities have tried, what outcomes followed, and under what conditions an approach appears to work.
When reviewing an intervention, ask:
- Who participated?
- Where was the intervention tested?
- What outcomes were measured?
- How strong was the study design?
- Are the findings relevant to your community?
- What limitations did the researchers identify?
Research can support cost and resource analysis
Advocacy decisions often involve costs as well as benefits.
Cost analysis may consider:
- Program costs
- Administrative costs
- Costs of maintaining current conditions
- Costs borne by families or community members
- Possible long-term savings
- Benefits that are difficult to express only in financial terms
Use current and locally relevant data whenever possible.
Avoid presenting a simplified calculation as though it captures every social or economic consequence.
Research can improve credibility
Accurate, transparent research can demonstrate that your organization has taken the time to understand an issue.
Credibility depends not only on having evidence, but also on:
- Explaining where information came from
- Acknowledging limitations
- Correcting mistakes
- Distinguishing facts from interpretation
- Being open about uncertainty
Research can help evaluate competing claims
People who disagree about a policy may rely on different evidence, assumptions, or values.
Research can help determine which factual claims are well supported.
Do not dismiss a claim simply because it comes from an organization that disagrees with you.
Evaluate the quality of the evidence itself.
Research can help your organization become a trusted resource
Your organization may develop substantial expertise through sustained work on an issue.
Avoid presenting yourself as the single authority when community members, researchers, professionals, public agencies, or other organizations also hold relevant knowledge.
Strong advocacy often combines several forms of expertise.
When should you do advocacy research?
Every advocacy effort requires some research, but it is especially important in situations such as the following.
When seeking legislation or policy change
Research can help demonstrate:
- The need for a policy
- Who would be affected
- Evidence supporting possible approaches
- Costs and implementation requirements
- Public or community priorities
- Possible unintended consequences
If you use surveys or polling to describe public support, make sure the sample and methods support the conclusion you are making.
When increasing community understanding of an issue
Local data can help people understand changes in their community.
Examples might include:
- Changes in housing instability
- Rates of students leaving school before graduation
- Access to health services
- Violence involving or affecting young people
- Environmental conditions
- Food or transportation access
Numbers require context.
A statistic can appear different depending on the timeframe, comparison group, denominator, geographic area, or definition used.
Whenever possible, explain:
- What was measured
- Over what period
- How the population was defined
- Whether the change is statistically or practically meaningful
- What the data cannot tell you
If the evidence contradicts your original claim, reconsider the claim.
Do not simply search for another statistic that appears more favorable.
When programs, services, or communities are being mischaracterized
Research can help evaluate claims about public programs or groups of people.
For example, public debates may include claims about:
- Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) participation
- Energy-assistance programs
- Immigration and employment
- Housing assistance
- Public-health services
Avoid responding to stereotypes with different stereotypes.
Use evidence to describe the actual population, program, labor market, or economic conditions involved.
When investigating possible misconduct or misuse of public resources
Research may help identify whether public officials, institutions, businesses, or organizations have violated laws, policies, contracts, or professional standards.
Useful sources may include:
- Audits
- Budgets
- Public records
- Court records
- Regulatory filings
- Inspection reports
- Meeting minutes
- Investigative journalism
Do not assume wrongdoing before the evidence establishes it.
Describe allegations, findings, and confirmed facts accurately.
When public statements may be misleading or unsupported
Governments, businesses, advocacy groups, media organizations, and individuals can all make inaccurate or misleading claims.
Research can help compare those claims with:
- Original data
- Regulatory findings
- Peer-reviewed studies
- Public records
- Independent evaluations
Consider whether a source has financial, political, organizational, or other interests that may affect how it presents evidence.
When trying to prevent harm
Research may identify environmental, health, financial, safety, or other risks before they become more serious.
Depending on the issue, researchers may examine:
- Environmental monitoring data
- Public-health trends
- Inspection records
- Proposed policy impacts
- Consumer or financial risks
- Reports from people directly affected
When determining what the community needs
Advocacy groups sometimes begin research without a predetermined policy solution.
Community health advocates, for example, may first investigate:
- Where people obtain care
- What barriers they experience
- Which services are unavailable
- Which populations experience the greatest barriers
- What residents consider most important
Research can then inform what the advocacy effort should seek.
How do you do research?
No single research method works for every advocacy question.
The following principles apply broadly.
Ask for help
Advocacy research often benefits from collaboration.
Useful partners may include:
- Community organizations already working on the issue
- People with lived experience
- Researchers
- Subject-matter experts
- Librarians
- Data analysts
- Journalists
- Legal professionals
- Government or agency staff
Be clear about what kind of assistance you are requesting and how information may be used.
Protect people who provide sensitive information
Employees, residents, program participants, or others may sometimes have information about unsafe, illegal, unethical, or harmful practices.
Do not encourage people to violate laws, professional obligations, or legitimate confidentiality requirements.
Consider:
- Confidentiality
- Retaliation risk
- Whistleblower protections
- Legal advice
- Secure communication
- Whether identifying information is actually necessary
Find out what research already exists
Before collecting new information, review what is already available.
Existing sources may include:
- Peer-reviewed studies
- Government datasets
- Program evaluations
- Public records
- Community assessments
- Research conducted by advocacy or professional organizations
- Local reports
Existing research can save time and help identify unanswered questions.
Learn enough about the issue to evaluate what you find
Research is difficult to evaluate if you do not understand the basic terminology, laws, science, policy context, or professional standards involved.
If the issue is outside your expertise, seek qualified assistance.
Do not rely on a familiar person simply because they have an opinion on the subject.
Know why you are collecting the information
Before gathering data, identify how it will be used.
Research might be intended to:
- Describe a community problem
- Understand community priorities
- Evaluate a program
- Inform policy recommendations
- Assess public opinion
- Evaluate competing claims
- Identify possible harms
- Investigate possible misconduct
Collect only information that has a clear purpose.
This is especially important when information is sensitive or personally identifiable.
Do not gather evidence only to confirm what you already believe
Advocacy organizations can experience confirmation bias just like anyone else.
Before using a finding, ask:
- Would we consider this source credible if it reached the opposite conclusion?
- Are we giving more weight to evidence simply because it supports us?
- Have we examined credible evidence that challenges our position?
- Are we making a stronger claim than the data support?
Evaluate sources rather than relying on reputation alone
No source is automatically reliable simply because it is well known.
Evaluate:
- Who produced the information
- The original source of the data
- Methodology
- Publication date
- Relevant expertise
- Editorial or review processes
- Funding and conflicts of interest
- Whether other credible sources reach similar conclusions
News articles, search results, social-media posts, organizational summaries, and AI-generated summaries can be useful starting points, but important claims should be traced back to original or authoritative sources whenever possible.
Be persistent, but work ethically
Research can take time.
Public records may be difficult to locate, agencies may have long response times, and important information may be scattered across several sources.
Persistence is valuable, but researchers should still respect laws, privacy, safety, and ethical limits.
Types of research and some suggestions for each
Background and documentary research
This includes information already available through published research, public documents, datasets, archives, and other sources.
Useful sources may include:
- Public and university libraries
- Academic databases
- Government websites and data portals
- Public records
- Legislative and regulatory documents
- Court records
- News archives
- Organizational reports
- Historical archives
Libraries
Libraries remain important research resources.
Librarians can help locate:
- Books
- Journal articles
- Historical newspapers
- Government publications
- Specialized databases
- Local archives
Many resources that once required physical travel or microfilm are now available digitally, although some historical or specialized materials still require in-person access.
Public records
Government records may provide information about budgets, contracts, inspections, permits, enforcement, meetings, correspondence, and other public activities.
Federal Freedom of Information Act requests apply to records held by federal executive-branch agencies, subject to applicable exemptions.
States and local jurisdictions generally have their own public-records laws and procedures.
Before filing a request:
- Identify the agency likely to hold the record
- Determine which public-records law or process applies
- Describe the requested records as specifically as possible
- Check whether the information is already available online
Laws, exemptions, fees, and response procedures vary, so verify current requirements in the relevant jurisdiction.
Government data
Government agencies collect information on population, health, employment, education, housing, transportation, environment, budgets, and many other topics.
When using government data, check:
- Definitions
- Collection methods
- Dates
- Geographic coverage
- Included and excluded populations
- Revisions or updates
Online research
Digital research can provide rapid access to enormous amounts of information.
The main challenge is evaluating quality.
Search engines rank information according to their own systems; high placement does not necessarily indicate reliability.
When using online sources:
- Check the original publisher
- Look for the original report or dataset
- Check the publication or update date
- Review methodology where relevant
- Verify important claims independently
- Be cautious with content that lacks identifiable sourcing
Interviews and conversations
Interviews can help explain experiences, history, institutional practices, relationships, barriers, and community priorities.
Interview participants may include:
- People directly affected by the issue
- Community leaders
- Staff
- Professionals
- Public officials
- Organizational representatives
- Researchers
Referral or snowball sampling – asking participants who else you should speak with – can help identify additional contacts.
Avoid relying only on referrals from one network, which can reproduce existing gaps or exclusions.
Structured interviews
Structured or semi-structured interviews use a planned set of questions so that information can be compared across participants.
When developing interviews:
- Define what you need to learn
- Ask clear questions
- Use open-ended questions when you want detailed responses
- Ask appropriate follow-up questions
- Allow participants to raise issues you did not anticipate
- Avoid unnecessarily intrusive questions
- Explain how the information will be used
- Protect confidentiality when promised
A person's experience is valid evidence of what that person experienced.
Do not assume that one person's experience automatically describes an entire population.
When interviews include factual claims about events, policies, or other people, corroborate those claims when necessary before presenting them as established facts.
Surveys
Surveys can help gather information from larger groups.
They may be conducted through:
- Online forms
- Text messaging
- Telephone
- Paper forms
- In-person outreach
No survey method reaches everyone equally.
Consider:
- Internet access
- Language
- Disability access
- Literacy
- Privacy
- Trust
- How respondents were selected
Keep surveys focused and avoid collecting information you do not need.
Translate surveys when needed and make formats accessible.
Sampling and representativeness
If you want to estimate what an entire population thinks or experiences, sampling matters.
A convenience sample – such as people who respond to an online link or attend one event – may provide useful information without representing the entire community.
Before making population-wide claims, consider:
- How respondents were selected
- Sample size
- Response rate
- Groups that may be underrepresented
- Weighting or statistical adjustments
- Margin of error where applicable
Describe the sample honestly.
Focus groups
Focus groups are facilitated discussions used to explore people's experiences, perceptions, reactions, or ideas.
They can help identify:
- Themes
- Different perspectives
- Reactions to a proposal
- Questions requiring further research
Focus groups are generally not designed to estimate how common an opinion is across an entire population.
Participants should understand the purpose of the discussion and how information will be used.
Do not conceal the true purpose of the research simply to obtain more candid answers.
Studies
A study is a systematic investigation designed to answer a research question.
Studies may be quantitative, qualitative, or use both approaches.
They may examine:
- Program effectiveness
- Community conditions
- Relationships among factors
- Differences among groups
- Possible causes and effects
If your organization plans to conduct a study:
- Define the research question clearly
- Determine whether you have the necessary expertise
- Use appropriate methods
- Protect participant privacy
- Obtain appropriate consent
- Consider whether formal ethics review is required
- Use statistical methods appropriately
- Report limitations
Correlation is not necessarily causation
Two things can occur together without one causing the other.
For example, a study might find that participants in one community program have better outcomes than nonparticipants.
That does not automatically prove that the program caused the difference.
Participants may differ in age, income, health, motivation, access to services, or other characteristics.
Good study design attempts to account for alternative explanations.
Direct observation and investigative research
Sometimes important information can be obtained by observing conditions directly.
For example, advocates studying housing conditions may document publicly observable accessibility barriers, building conditions, or neighborhood infrastructure.
Direct observation should respect:
- Privacy
- Property rights
- Safety
- Consent when entering private spaces
- Restrictions on photography or recording
Do not trespass or put researchers at unnecessary risk.
Environmental sampling should generally be conducted using appropriate scientific methods and, when necessary, qualified personnel.
A casually collected water or soil sample may produce misleading results if collection, storage, chain of custody, or laboratory methods are inadequate.
Use public records and documentation carefully
Investigative advocacy may involve reviewing large amounts of documentation.
Useful materials might include:
- Permits
- Inspection records
- Environmental monitoring reports
- Contracts
- Budgets
- Emails or correspondence obtained through lawful public-records processes
Keep careful records of where evidence came from.
Distinguish what a document proves from what you infer from it.
Using personal stories ethically
Personal stories can help people understand how policies and community conditions affect real lives.
Stories should not be treated merely as persuasive material to make statistics more emotional.
People sharing their experiences should have meaningful control over whether and how their stories are used.
Before using a personal story publicly:
- Obtain informed and voluntary consent
- Explain where the story may appear
- Discuss whether the person's name or identifying details will be included
- Explain possible media or online exposure
- Allow the person to decline without affecting services or relationships
- Avoid unnecessary disclosure of health, immigration, legal, financial, or other sensitive information
- Let the person describe their experience in their own words
Avoid selecting people primarily because their story is dramatic, emotionally powerful, or likely to generate media attention.
One story can illustrate an issue, but it cannot establish how common an experience is across a population.
Community members as research partners
People directly affected by an issue can do more than answer researchers' questions.
They can help:
- Decide which questions are worth asking
- Design surveys or interviews
- Identify communities that may otherwise be overlooked
- Interpret findings
- Identify possible explanations
- Decide how findings should be communicated
- Develop advocacy recommendations
Community participation can improve both the relevance and credibility of the research.
Keep track of your evidence
Advocacy groups should maintain organized records of important sources.
For major claims, record:
- The original source
- Publication date
- Author or organization
- Relevant methodology
- Important limitations
- A link, file location, or citation
This helps prevent outdated figures, broken links, or unsupported claims from remaining in campaign materials.
In Summary
Effective advocacy depends on reliable research.
Research helps communities understand what is happening, who is affected, why the problem exists, what solutions have been tried, and what evidence supports different courses of action.
Research should not simply provide ammunition for a position that has already been chosen.
A strong advocacy organization is willing to change its understanding when credible evidence points in another direction.
Use multiple kinds of evidence. Government data, academic studies, public records, program evaluations, interviews, surveys, community-generated information, direct observation, and lived experience can each contribute different kinds of knowledge.
Evaluate sources according to their evidence, methodology, relevance, date, and limitations rather than relying only on reputation or whether the source agrees with you.
Digital information is abundant, but important claims should be traced to original or authoritative sources whenever possible.
Surveys, interviews, focus groups, and studies should be designed carefully. Be transparent about who participated and what the findings can and cannot support.
Protect privacy and obtain meaningful consent when collecting or publishing personal information.
Personal stories can help explain an issue, but people should not be treated as persuasive examples for a campaign. They should have control over whether and how their experiences are shared.
Investigative research also requires appropriate safety, legal, and technical safeguards. Do not encourage untrained participants to collect scientific samples, enter private property, or take unnecessary personal risks.
Finally, include people directly affected by the issue in deciding what should be researched and how findings should be interpreted.
The strongest advocacy research does more than make an argument stronger. It helps a community understand the issue more accurately and choose better actions because of what it has learned.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
The Alliance for Justice is an association of nonprofit advocacy organizations. They conduct workshops, publish plain-language legal guides, provide technical assistance and public education, etc.
The Applied Research Center is an activist think tank and research lab. They have published reports in a variety of areas, including welfare reform, many of which are available on their website or through links.
Common Cause is one of the major consumer/government/corporate watchdog organizations.
The Congressional Accountability Project provides information, articles, and links on Congressional ethics reform, public accountability of Congress.
Corporate Watch is a United Kingdom-based watchdog organization concerned with the accountability of multinational corporations. The site includes a huge trove of links and data on corporations and strategies for gaining corporate accountability.
The Corporate Accountability Project provides data, information, and links on corporate misdeeds and accountability.
Corporate Watch USA uses investigative research and journalism to expose corporate malfeasance and to advocate for multinational corporate accountability and transparency.
The Environmental Working Group provides research reports on health risks.
The Foundation for Accountability provides resources for health care advocates and activists.
The General Laws of Canada, by topic and alphabetically.
The mission of the Government Accountability Project is to "protect the public interest and promote government and corporate accountability by advancing occupational free speech, defending whistleblowers, and empowering citizen activists."
The How to do Research website provides a guide on planning research and carrying it out.
How to do Research (from Macquarie University) provides a guide for beginning research in several different contexts, which can be applied to advocacy research.
Information about the Uniform Commercial Code from the Texas Secretary of State.
The International Center for Research on Women contains information on the research the organization is doing, as well as actual reports on past and ongoing studies.
The Legal Information Institute of Cornell Law School provides links to the statutes of all states, listed by topic and by state. You can find any US state law here - a tremendous resource. It also offers the text of the Uniform Commercial Code, and links to state statutes that correspond to the articles of the Uniform Commercial Code.
The Multinational Monitor is an on-line journal. Antiglobalist and anticorporate point of view, lots of information.
The National Alliance for the Mentally Ill includes numerous position papers to help advocates for the mentally ill in their efforts.
The Network for Good links to all sorts of research resources.
Public Citizen is a watchdog organization originally founded by Ralph Nader over 30 years ago.
Research Advocacy in Translational Science (Research Advocacy Network) – The first section of this guide provides general information on research in advocacy and how it is an effective first step in advocacy.
Thomas is the website of the Library of Congress, with pending and recently passed legislation, debates, etc. An important site for activists and advocates of any persuasion.
UN Women: Conducting Research (UN Women Advocacy Toolkit) provides a guide for where to find information when beginning the research process for advocacy.
Using Data from the National Center for Charitable Statistics (NCCS) for Advocacy-Related Quantitative Research is a paper by Jeff Krehely, hosted on the Research Initiative on Nonprofit Advocacy site.
The US General Services Administration's gate to federal laws by category, alphabetical listing, number, etc.
The U.S. Public Interest Research Group (PIRG) is a consumer group that stands up to powerful interests whenever they threaten our health and safety, our financial security, or our right to fully participate in our democratic society.
The mission of US Securities and Exchange Commission is to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation.
Youth Excel's Research-to-Change Toolkit guides youth-led and youth-serving organizations to strengthen their positive youth development programs using research and data. This youth-inclusive toolkit offers a step-by-step process to planning and carrying out research and using findings for concrete action.
What do we mean by conducting research?
___You conduct your research by working, in whatever way necessary, to find the information you need to support or strengthen your advocacy
Why should you do advocacy research?
___It gives your advocacy substance
___It gives you new information to help make your case
___It can show you what's most likely to address your issue successfully
___It can provide you with anecdotes and examples to use
___It can confirm what you were already sure of
___It allows you to make cost-benefit arguments
___It gives you credibility
___It can short-circuit the opposition
___It sets you up as the expert on the issue
When should you do advocacy research?
___When you're trying to get legislation passed
___To help you make the community concerned about an issue that needs attention
___When programs, services, or groups of people are under attack
___When you want to expose corrupt officials
___When government or some other entity is lying to the public
___When it's necessary to prevent harm to individuals or the public
___To further the public interest
How do you conduct research?
___You ask for help
___You check to see if someone has already gathered the information you need
___You learn all the necessary basics about your issue, and know them cold
___You determine clearly what you'll use the information for
___You check all your facts carefully
___You're persistent
You know how to do the different kinds of research and how to choose which is appropriate for your circumstances:
___You do "academic" research
___You gain information from conversations and interviews
___You construct and administer surveys
___You design and conduct studies
___You do detective work
___You find people with personal anecdotes and stories to tell
Tool 1: Specific research tips
The first step in research is to find out what sources of information are available. The Internet has vastly increased the amount of information accessible to the average person, and libraries also use the power of computer networks for research. For each area of concern, there are many sources you can use.
Laws and regulations
If you think a law is being broken, it's obviously necessary to know exactly what that law is and what its provisions are. There are several possible places to find state and federal laws.
- Law libraries. Law libraries are generally located in or near county courthouses and in law schools. While many public libraries may have complete copies of the state law code, law librarians are generally more knowledgeable, and can more easily and quickly help you find what you're looking for.
- Sympathetic lawyers and politicians. You may be able to find an attorney willing to research a particular law or legal question for you because he's interested in the issue. By the same token, a simple call to a politician's office may obtain the same result. Your elected representative may ask an aide to help you find the appropriate material as a form of constituent service.
In either of these cases, you should have a well-defined idea of what you're looking for. You can't expect someone to go through all the state environmental laws, for instance: you have to be able to explain what type of law you think is being violated.
- The Internet. There are several websites with listings of or links to state and federal statutes. There are sites with links to all state law codes. One of the best is the Legal Information Institute of Cornell Law School. It contains all state statutes, searchable by topic, as well as federal laws. Another site for federal laws is the US General Services Administration, searchable in a number of different ways.
Information about the past and current activities of government and corporations
Some of the most prominent websites that track government and corporate documents and activity are the Government Accountability Project, which tries to protect whistleblowers and make sure they're heard, the Congressional Accountability Project, concerned with Congressional ethics reform, the Corporate Accountability Project, keeping watch on multinational corporations, with links to Corporate Watch, a massive data base on corporate activity worldwide, and its sister organization, Corporate Watch USA. The latter three of these websites contain links to corporate filings, where you can find corporate annual reports and other documents.
In addition to these and similar websites, there are also newspaper archives, accessible through newspaper offices and - often - on the web. The New York Times, for instance, offers archived articles (at a small cost) going back five or more years. Newsweek also offers a fee-based archive. Many public and academic libraries subscribe to newspaper and magazine archive services, and you may be able to take advantage of that as a library card holder. State university libraries, particularly, many of which offer library membership to any state resident, have a broad range of research services.
General information
You may need information ranging from the chemical structure of a particular substance to the details of a five-year-old episode of community history. All the sources referred to above - libraries, the Internet, experts, newspaper archives - are useful for general as well as specific information. Your best sources depend on the information you're seeking. If you're looking for the results of scientific studies or the outcome of a high-profile lawsuit, printed sources may be your best bet. (Once again, libraries are good places to start.) If you're looking for evidence of current wrongdoing, it's probably not going to be in print.
Your most important source may be people. You may want to consult an expert to explain, as we've discussed, the ins and outs of a state law or the ecological implications of the use of a weedkiller. If you're looking for community history, you'll certainly want to talk to those who took part in it - probably to people with a variety of perspectives on what happened.
People as information sources have a huge advantage over libraries, printed material, and the Internet: they can answer questions. You can find out exactly what you want to know, although it's important to remember that you're getting the point of view of the person you're talking to. But even given that restriction, you still have an advantage. With many Internet sites, especially, it's difficult to judge the quality and accuracy of the information you're getting. With people, it's often easier to sort out whose information is most nearly accurate.
Another advantage of people as information sources is that they may come to you. A whistleblower, a witness, a friend of a friend who knows something or someone - any of them might come to you, once they hear you're looking for information.
Tool 2: Some sources to use if you have opponents
These sources can provide information about corporations, organizations, groups or individuals.
Corporate registrations
Contains information about the place of business, date of incorporation, nature of the business, and names of directors and officers, as well as some financial information. These are public records, and can be found in the records of the state of incorporation. For more information, see the links to corporate sites in Tool #1.
Uniform Commercial Code (UCC)
The Uniform Commerical Code records whether a company has borrowed against assets other than real estate. This is a great source for learning about creditor relationships. The UCC is federal legislation that is reflected in state laws, and the filings reside with state Secretaries of State. From the same source, the Legal Information Institute at Cornell Law School, there are links to the specific state laws that reflect various sections of the UCC. You can also find information on the websites of, or by contacting the offices of, the Secretaries of State of individual states. The Texas Secretary of State's website includes a reasonably coherent explanation of where and what companies must file.
Real Estate Records
Real estate records list ownership information, property tax records, and zoning and building information. These records are maintained at the city or county level. From these records, you can find out if your opponent is being undertaxed, or has committed zoning or licensing violations.
Voting records
Registration records, which are public documents available in every community through the Town or City Clerk's office, may show a person's address, telephone number, employer, age, citizenship status, party enrollment, and elections in which the person voted. A local town census may also provide similar information.
Court records
Court records cover criminal and civil cases filed by or against individuals, groups, companies, or government organizations. You may be particularly interested in cases involving bankruptcies, complaints about a business by consumers, claims by one business against another, and government prosecutions of an individual or organization for illegal acts or practices. In addition to information about the specific case, you may glean other information from these documents, available through the appropriate court (state or federal district court, county court, probate court, appeals court, etc. Most of these are available on the Internet, and can easily be found through a web search.)
For example, does a certain person own land? What is it worth? Is it mortgaged, and to whom? (These are probate court issues, and may often be found in the Register of Deeds.) Has the person been sued, sued someone else, been arrested, or been the target of legal judgments?
U.S. agencies
If your opponent is a bank or other type of financial institution, it should be easy to gather information. Various government bodies keep track of these institutions, monitoring their assets and keeping track of whom they lend money to. Here are four U.S. agencies that may have information you can use:
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
This office collects information on nationally chartered banks, foreign banks with U.S. branches, and bank-holding companies. In order to obtain information from them, send a written request to:
Communications Section
Comptroller of the Currency
490 L'Enfant Plaza East, SW
Washington, D.C. 20219
The Federal Reserve System
This regulates state banks in the federal reserve system, bank-holding companies, and international subsidiaries of U.S. banks.
Federal Reserve System
20th and C Streets, NW
Washington, D.C. 20551
The Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation
The Community Reinvestment Act requires that banks maintain records on bank lending to low-income and minority borrowers. Check with your local financial institutions.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
The FDIC monitors banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System. Among other data, they gather information on the bank's condition and income.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Data Request Section
550 17th Street, NW
Washington, D.C. 20429
-
What do we mean by conducting studies of the issue?
-
Why would you want to conduct studies of the issue?
-
How do you conduct studies of the issue?
What do we mean by conducting studies of the issue?
A study is a systematic effort to gather and analyze information for a specific purpose.
You may already have completed broad research to understand the issue at the beginning of your advocacy effort. Additional study can help you examine the issue more closely, test assumptions, understand different perspectives, identify gaps in existing information, and decide which strategies are most appropriate.
Depending on your question, a study may involve:
- Reviewing existing research or administrative data
- Analyzing public records
- Conducting interviews or listening sessions
- Surveying community members
- Holding focus groups
- Collecting observational or program data
- Conducting a formal quantitative, qualitative, or mixed-methods study
The method should fit the question you are trying to answer.
Advocacy research should not simply look for information that supports a position already chosen. A useful study may strengthen your original understanding, complicate it, or show that your proposed solution needs to change.
Why would you want to conduct studies of the issue?
Additional research may help your group:
- Understand the issue more fully
- Identify possible strategies and policy options
- Understand areas of support, uncertainty, and resistance
- Involve community members in learning about the issue
- Improve the accuracy of public statements
- Strengthen credibility through transparent use of evidence
- Identify gaps in existing services, policies, or information
- Assess whether a proposed intervention is likely to help
- Establish a baseline for future evaluation
Research can also reveal that the issue is different from what the group initially believed.
If credible evidence challenges your assumptions, reconsider the assumptions rather than looking only for data that support them.
How do you conduct studies of the issue?
Two broad approaches are common:
- Use existing information. Review research, public data, reports, records, and other sources that already address the issue.
- Collect new information. Gather information that is not already available or that needs to be updated for your community.
Many advocacy efforts use both approaches.
Documenting the issue using existing information
Before collecting new data, find out what already exists.
Existing research may save time, reduce duplication, and help you identify unanswered questions.
Ask:
- Which public agencies collect information related to the issue?
- Which community organizations are already working on it?
- Which researchers or institutions study it?
- Which businesses, professional organizations, or worker organizations may have relevant information?
- Which residents or community groups have lived experience that may not appear in formal datasets?
- What previous studies have examined this community or a similar issue?
Learn from other communities
Other communities may already have addressed a similar problem.
For example, if your community is concerned about industrial wastewater entering a river, another community may have dealt with a similar situation.
Ask:
- What information did they collect?
- Which agencies or experts were useful?
- What advocacy strategies did they try?
- What worked?
- What did not work?
- What would they do differently?
- Were there unintended consequences?
Be cautious when transferring findings from one community to another. Differences in law, population, geography, infrastructure, institutions, or economic conditions may affect whether an approach applies locally.
Potential sources of existing information
- Government data and records: Census data, public-health data, education records, housing data, environmental monitoring, budgets, inspections, permits, and other administrative information.
- Academic research: Peer-reviewed articles, university reports, research centers, and program evaluations.
- Community organizations: Needs assessments, community-generated data, program reports, and lived-experience information.
- Professional and trade organizations: Reports and data related to particular industries or professions.
- Local and regional media: Reporting and archives that can help establish history and identify public statements or previous events.
- Organizational reports: Annual reports, audits, strategic plans, issue briefs, regulatory filings, and evaluation reports.
- Archival records: Historical documents, meeting minutes, correspondence, and other records that provide context.
No category of source should automatically be treated as accurate simply because it is official, academic, nonprofit, corporate, or media-based.
Evaluate the quality of the evidence itself.
Evaluate existing sources carefully
For each important source, ask:
- Who produced the information?
- Why was it collected?
- How was it collected?
- How old is it?
- How are important terms defined?
- Which populations were included or excluded?
- What limitations are reported?
- Does the organization have relevant financial, political, or institutional interests?
- Can important claims be confirmed through another credible source?
Generating new data
Existing sources may not answer every question.
You may need local or current information about community experiences, attitudes, barriers, needs, or program outcomes.
Before collecting new data, define:
- What you need to know
- Why you need the information
- Who should be involved
- How the information will be used
- What privacy or consent issues may arise
- Whether you have the expertise to collect and analyze the information appropriately
Interviews with community members and leaders
Interviews can provide detailed information about experiences, history, institutional practices, barriers, priorities, and possible solutions.
Do not limit interviews to formal community leaders.
Depending on the issue, include:
- People directly affected
- Informal community leaders
- Youth
- Residents
- Service providers
- Educators
- Employers or worker representatives
- Public officials
- Advocates
- Researchers or other subject-matter experts
No single person should be assumed to speak for an entire neighborhood, racial or ethnic group, faith community, disability community, age group, or other population.
Community surveys
Surveys can help collect information from a larger number of people.
Surveys may be distributed through:
- Online forms
- Text messages
- Telephone
- Paper forms
- In-person outreach
No method is automatically inexpensive, representative, or accessible.
Consider:
- Who can access the survey
- Language needs
- Disability access
- Literacy
- Internet and phone access
- Privacy
- Response rate
- Sampling method
If your sample is not representative, describe the results accurately rather than presenting them as the views of the entire community.
Personal or semi-structured interviews
Individual interviews can provide detailed information that structured surveys may not capture.
They are particularly useful for understanding:
- Why people hold particular views
- How policies affect everyday life
- Experiences with institutions or services
- Community history
- Possible explanations for patterns found in quantitative data
Interviews require time to conduct, document, and analyze.
Consider whether participants should be compensated for substantial time or specialized community expertise.
Focus groups
A focus group is a facilitated small-group discussion used to explore experiences, opinions, reactions, or ideas.
Focus groups can be useful for:
- Identifying themes
- Exploring reactions to a policy or program
- Understanding differences in experience
- Generating questions for additional research
Focus-group participants are not automatically representative of the entire community.
Focus groups generally provide qualitative insight rather than population-level estimates.
Consider confidentiality, power differences, accessibility, language, and whether people will feel comfortable discussing the topic in a group.
Guided discussions and listening sessions
Guided discussions can provide a less formal way to learn how community members understand an issue.
Use a set of broad questions to guide the discussion while allowing participants to raise concerns or ideas you did not anticipate.
Discussions may occur in person or remotely.
Select the format according to accessibility, participant preferences, privacy, and the purpose of the research rather than assuming face-to-face communication is always best.
Guidelines for collecting and using data
Use credible sources, not only official sources
Government and other official sources can be valuable, but official status does not automatically make information complete or correct.
Reliable evidence may also come from:
- Peer-reviewed research
- Universities
- Professional associations
- Community-based organizations
- Independent evaluators
- Tribal governments
- Public-interest research organizations
- Other credible sources
Use the strongest source available for the particular claim.
Verify important numbers and claims
Errors can damage credibility.
For major statistics:
- Check the original source
- Confirm the date
- Confirm the denominator
- Check definitions
- Review whether the statistic has been revised
- Make sure your interpretation matches what the source actually shows
Correct significant errors promptly if they are discovered.
Use qualified expertise when needed
Community organizations do not need to analyze every dataset themselves.
Statistical, legal, medical, engineering, environmental, or other technical questions may require specialized expertise.
If outside experts are involved, ask them to explain:
- The methods they used
- Important assumptions
- The limitations of the analysis
- What conclusions the evidence does and does not support
Your group should understand the findings well enough to communicate them accurately without pretending to have expertise it does not have.
Communicate data clearly without oversimplifying it
Charts, percentages, rates, and plain-language explanations can make findings easier to understand.
Simplicity is useful when it does not remove important context.
Do not avoid appropriate statistical detail merely because it is more complex.
Provide enough explanation for readers to understand what the numbers mean.
Show change over time when it is relevant
Trends can be more informative than a single point in time.
The appropriate timeframe depends on the issue.
Some conditions may change meaningfully month to month; others may require several years of data.
Avoid using a fixed rule such as requiring two points separated by five years.
Instead, use enough observations and an appropriate timeframe to show the pattern accurately.
Use current data when current conditions matter
Use the most recent reliable data available when the issue is changing over time.
Older data may still be appropriate for:
- Historical comparison
- Long-term trends
- Issues for which current data have not yet been released
Clearly identify the date and explain when newer information is unavailable.
Do not select data only because they motivate people
Evidence should be presented accurately even when the findings are discouraging, uncertain, or show that an intervention had limited effects.
Examples of successful efforts from other communities can be useful, but they should be presented with enough context to show whether the example is relevant locally.
Advocacy communication should not hide negative or mixed findings simply because positive findings may generate more enthusiasm.
Keep the scope realistic
A limited study conducted carefully is more useful than a broad study that cannot support its conclusions.
Before beginning, consider:
- Time
- Funding
- Staff capacity
- Research expertise
- Recruitment
- Data management
- Analysis
- Privacy and ethics
Get help with survey design and statistics
If your group intends to make population-level claims or conduct statistical analysis, involve someone with appropriate research or statistical expertise.
This might include a university researcher, evaluator, statistician, public-health professional, data analyst, or another qualified person.
Use graphs carefully
Charts and graphs can help people understand patterns.
Make sure:
- Axes are labeled clearly
- Scales are not misleading
- Units and denominators are clear
- Time periods are identified
- Important uncertainty or limitations are not hidden
Use personal stories ethically
Personal experiences can help explain what an issue means in everyday life.
Stories should not be treated as substitutes for data or as emotional tools to make an argument appear stronger.
Before sharing someone's story:
- Obtain meaningful and voluntary consent
- Explain where and how the story may be used
- Discuss whether identifying information will be included
- Protect sensitive information
- Allow the person to decline without affecting services or relationships
Avoid selecting a person primarily because their experience creates the most dramatic or persuasive public message.
Protect privacy and use data ethically
Advocacy research may involve information about health, housing, immigration, employment, disability, income, education, violence, or other sensitive circumstances.
Before collecting information, ask:
- Do we actually need this information?
- Do we need identifying information?
- Who will have access to it?
- How will it be stored?
- What risks could disclosure create?
- Do participants understand how the information may be used?
Organizations conducting formal research may also need to consider whether institutional review, legal requirements, or other research protections apply.
In Summary
Conducting studies can help an advocacy group understand an issue more accurately, identify possible strategies, establish a baseline, evaluate competing claims, and communicate with greater credibility.
Begin with existing information before collecting new data.
Government records, academic research, community organizations, professional associations, local media, organizational reports, archives, and lived experience can all provide useful information.
No source should be accepted automatically because it is official, academic, nonprofit, corporate, or media-based. Evaluate how the information was produced and what limitations it has.
When existing information is insufficient, use interviews, surveys, focus groups, guided discussions, or formal studies according to the question you need to answer.
Do not assume community leaders speak for everyone, surveys are representative simply because many people responded, or focus-group participants represent the larger community.
Verify important facts and statistics. Use current data when appropriate, but choose timeframes based on the issue rather than applying a fixed rule.
Report findings honestly, including mixed or negative results. Research should not be shaped mainly around what will generate enthusiasm for the advocacy effort.
Use qualified expertise for technical analysis and explain findings in language community members can understand without removing important context.
Personal experiences can add meaning to research, but people should have control over whether and how their stories are shared.
Finally, remember that the purpose of research is not simply to make your argument harder to challenge. It is to help your group and the wider community understand the issue accurately enough to make better decisions.
Contributor
Prue Breitrose
Eric Wadud
Marcelo Vilela
Resources
Online Resources
The Applied Research Center is an activist think tank and research lab. They have published reports in a variety of areas, including welfare reform, many of which are available on their website or through links.
Common Cause is one of the major consumer/government/corporate watchdog organizations.
The International Center for Research on Women contains information on the research the organization is doing, as well as actual reports on past and ongoing studies.
How to do Research (from Macquarie University) provides a guide for beginning research in several different contexts, which can be applied to advocacy research.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: creating community change to improve health. Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S. (1996). Organizing for social change: A manual for activists in the 1990s. Chicago, IL: Midwest Academy.
Homan, M. (1994). Promoting community change: making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove: CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.
Michigan Community Health Assessment (1995). Forum II handbook: Assessing health Status, risks, resources and determining priorities. Lansing, MI.
___You know what it means to conduct studies of the issue
___You know why you would want to conduct studies of the issue
___You know how to conduct studies of the issue
___You know how to document the issue using existing data
___You understand what other communities have done
___You know how to generate new data
___You know the guidelines for collecting data
Example: Interview with Catie Heaven
Catie Heaven is proficient in the art of conducting studies on issues. When she worked for the Work Group on Health Promotion and Community Development at the University of Kansas, she was involved in a project called "Girls to Women," during whichshe conducted interviews with dozens of seventh and eighth grade girls. Her new project is a child care analysis that includes a survey on about 600 students in a quantitative/qualitative forum. Here she comments on her experience conducting surveys.
"Do you know how hard it is to get a hold of thirty thirteen-year-old girls?" Catie asks, referring to her survey effort in the "Girls to Women" project. "Getting a hold of everyone was the most difficult thing. The time window wasn't very wide, so getting everything done on time was also difficult. But it all worked out. I think overall we found that the "Girls to Women" program was very successful. It's very good for the students. For me it was a great experience because it was the first time I interviewed a large number of people."
Catie thinks that conducting surveys is important because it provides an opportunity to select her goals. "A well-rounded study is well-researched," she says. "That's the first crucial issue: What you want to ask about? The next component is having carefully worded questions. The way you word a question dramatically impacts the outcome you receive when you ask that question. So, you bounce the questions off of a few people and make sure that they are asking what you want them to ask and that people perceive what you would like to know through the question. The third important component of a good survey is that it reflect different members of the community, so you can say with assurance that the results that you get don't reply only to one specific population, but to the community as a whole."
Catie said that she tries to make her sources as diverse as possible, but each source had its own advantages. "I think official sources are important if you want to generate community action from it. If you have official sources on the data, it lends credibility to your study and that's one component of a good study. Then the other component would be public opinion. We are increasingly relying on public opinion for our public policy, for community actions. And so it is important to have the survey of a lot of individuals in the community."
"Every study is difficult to conduct", Catie said, "because it is hard to get a large number of people willing to sit down and talk to you for 30 or 45 minutes about an issue. It may be even more of a problem if the issue is sensitive, such as dealing with teen pregnancy in schools. "Sometimes doing a survey or study on that is difficult because of all the issues that surround it, like the religious issues, political issues. You might have the students in class saying what they think you want to hear when you interview them and then parents denying things that they know about their children because they don't want you to think poorly of their parenting skills on either end. So, I think the more controversial the issue, the more difficult it is to study."
Once the study is ready, presentation becomes the most important issue. Catie believes that it's hard to present results well using simply one format. "I know that a lot of academics use journal article in order to present their findings and that is very useful when it comes to the global community and getting your outcomes well known. But I think that a combination of a published article and giving speeches on the subject, specifically to the people that you have worked with, is very effective. When you do a survey or a study, everyone gets involved with it and they want to know what are the results going to be. It's good to present to the people that you worked with and also to have a written format for everyone to access.
"I think gathering data for your organization is a great idea because it helps you in two ways," Catie suggests. "In one way, it helps you get the information out. In other words, every time you survey a person, they find out about your organization and about what you are doing, so it's a great way to advertise what you are doing. And on the other hand, you also get a feel for what the community is doing. A lot of the times we have programs that fail, not because they weren't good ideas, but because they were misplaced. In other words, people didn't exactly need what the organization was offering. It is a good thing to do resource match-ups. The only pitfall probably would be when people focus too much for community organizing."
"Whenever you do survey the best thing to do is to start off with is what information is available in the community and in the library already." Catie suggests the one should ask around to find out what's going on in the community, what are the issues. From there one can decide what questions need to be asked to further the knowledge of that particular study. "Just don't sit and wait", Catie said. "Sometimes, just getting yourself out there and doing the best you can with the survey is a good thing to do, and you can increase your data and expertise each time that you do a study."
-
What does it mean to gather data on public opinion?
-
Why do you want to know what people think?
-
What kind of information are you looking for?
-
Whose opinions are you trying to measure?
-
What are you going to do with the information?
-
How do you gather data on public opinion?
What does it mean to gather data on public opinion?
Gathering data on public opinion means systematically learning what a defined group of people thinks, believes, prefers, knows, or has experienced regarding a particular issue, program, policy, organization, or community condition.
Public-opinion data can help community organizations understand:
- Whether people are aware of an issue
- What concerns or priorities they have
- How they view a proposed policy or program
- Whether opinions differ across groups or geographic areas
- What experiences may be influencing those views
- How views change over time
Public opinion can be important in democratic decision-making and community planning, but it is only one form of information.
Public opinion does not by itself determine whether a factual claim is true, whether a program is effective, whether a right should be protected, or whether a policy is ethical.
Decisions may also require research evidence, professional expertise, legal requirements, lived experience, community values, resource considerations, and attention to people who may be affected even when they are not part of the majority.
Gathering information on public opinion means learning where a defined population stands on an issue using methods appropriate to the question and population.
Before collecting information, ask:
- Why do we want to know what people think?
- What exactly do we want to learn?
- Whose opinions are relevant?
- How will we use the information?
- What method can provide useful and credible information?
- What limitations, accessibility needs, or ethical concerns should we anticipate?
Why do you want to know what people think?
Begin by defining the purpose of the research.
Community organizations may gather opinion data to:
- Understand community priorities
- Assess awareness of an issue
- Learn how people experience a program or service
- Identify concerns about a proposed policy
- Improve a program
- Assess support for a community initiative
- Understand barriers to participation
- Inform advocacy strategy
- Evaluate whether community needs or preferences are changing
- Meet evaluation or funding requirements
Public-opinion research should not be designed simply to discover which message will persuade people to support a predetermined position.
It can certainly inform communication, but it should also help the organization listen.
If community members raise concerns that challenge your assumptions or preferred strategy, take those concerns seriously.
Example: A neighborhood recreation project
Suppose a neighborhood organization believes a new soccer field or recreation space would benefit local young people.
Before asking local government for funding, the organization might want to know:
- Whether young people and families actually want a soccer field
- Whether another recreation need is considered more important
- Who currently lacks access to recreation
- What transportation or accessibility barriers exist
- Whether nearby residents have concerns about location, noise, traffic, or maintenance
- Whether similar proposals have been considered before
The goal is not simply to prove that the original idea has support. It is to determine whether it reflects community priorities and how it might be improved.
What kind of information are you looking for?
Be specific about what you want to learn.
Public-opinion research may examine:
- Awareness
- Knowledge
- Beliefs
- Attitudes
- Preferences
- Priorities
- Satisfaction
- Intentions
- Experiences
- Support or opposition
These are different questions and should not be treated as interchangeable.
For example, someone may:
- Know little about a proposed program but still express an initial opinion
- Support the goal but disagree with the strategy
- Believe an issue is important but rank another issue as a higher priority
- Support a policy in general but have concerns about how it would be implemented
Whenever possible, design questions that allow these differences to appear.
Avoid treating opinion as fact
If you are asking what people know about an issue, separate factual knowledge from attitudes.
For example, if community members express concern about HIV transmission, public-health evidence should be used to determine actual transmission risk. A survey can tell you what people believe; it cannot establish the medical facts.
Similarly, public opinion about education, environmental hazards, public health, or other technical issues should be considered alongside relevant evidence and expertise.
Whose opinions are you trying to measure?
Define the population carefully.
The relevant population might be:
- All residents of a city
- Residents of a particular neighborhood
- Young people
- Parents and caregivers
- Program participants
- Workers
- Students
- Voters
- People directly affected by a policy
- Service providers
- Decision-makers
Different populations may need to be studied separately.
For example, if a city is considering a new park, you may want information from:
- Residents who live nearby
- Families with children
- Older adults
- People with disabilities
- Young people
- Local businesses
- Parks staff
- Elected officials
Their perspectives answer different questions.
Avoid overly broad demographic categories
Do not assume that an entire racial, ethnic, cultural, religious, age, disability, gender, or socioeconomic group shares one opinion.
If demographic differences are relevant to the research question, collect and report them carefully.
Use specific and current terminology rather than categories such as minorities or the average person.
Ask the population directly when possible
Avoid relying solely on other people to tell you what a community thinks.
For example, if you are considering an English-language learning program for Spanish-speaking residents, talk directly with potential participants about:
- Whether they want the program
- Scheduling
- Location
- Childcare
- Transportation
- Program goals
- Preferred learning formats
Do not assume that community leaders or service providers can substitute for participants' own perspectives.
What are you going to do with the information?
Decide in advance how the information may influence decisions.
Public-opinion findings might be used to:
- Revise a program
- Set priorities
- Decide whether to proceed with an initiative
- Identify communication needs
- Improve accessibility
- Inform policymakers
- Identify areas requiring further research
- Evaluate change over time
Be cautious about using opinion data merely to strengthen supporters and weaken people who disagree with you.
Research should help clarify what the community thinks, not manufacture the appearance of consensus.
Decide what would cause you to change course
Before collecting data, ask:
- What would we do if support is strong?
- What would we do if opinions are divided?
- What would we do if most participants oppose the proposal?
- What would we do if people identify a different priority?
If no possible result would change your decisions, reconsider whether collecting opinion data is necessary or whether you are using research only to legitimize a decision that has already been made.
Majority opinion is not the only consideration
A majority preference may be important without being decisive.
For example, majority opinion should not determine whether a person receives legally required disability access, protection from discrimination, or another established right.
Community decisions may also need to consider:
- Effects on smaller or historically excluded populations
- Legal requirements
- Health and safety evidence
- Professional standards
- Available resources
How do you gather data on public opinion?
Begin by looking for existing information before collecting new data.
Existing sources
Useful sources may include:
- Previous community surveys
- Government datasets
- University research
- Community assessments
- Polling organizations
- Program evaluations
- Public meeting records
- Reports from community organizations
When using existing opinion data, check:
- When the data were collected
- Who was surveyed
- How participants were selected
- Sample size
- Question wording
- Survey mode
- Response rate
- Weighting or adjustments
- Who sponsored the research
Do not use media coverage as a substitute for public-opinion research
News reporting can help you understand public debate, history, and arguments being made about an issue.
However, the tone of news stories, editorials, social-media comments, letters to the editor, or people quoted in an article should not automatically be treated as representative of public opinion.
People who comment publicly are often a self-selected group.
Surveys
Surveys can estimate attitudes, awareness, preferences, or experiences when they are designed and sampled appropriately.
Surveys may be conducted through:
- Online forms
- Telephone
- Text messaging
- Paper questionnaires
- In-person outreach
Each mode reaches people differently.
Consider:
- Internet access
- Stable phone access
- Literacy
- Language
- Disability access
- Privacy
- Trust
- Cost
Sampling matters
A large number of responses does not automatically make a survey representative.
For example, an online poll shared through your organization's social-media accounts may collect thousands of responses but still mostly reflect people who already follow or support the organization.
If you want to estimate opinion across a larger population, seek appropriate survey or statistical expertise.
When reporting results, describe:
- Who participated
- How they were recruited
- How many people responded
- Important demographic or geographic limitations
- Whether the findings can reasonably be generalized
Question wording matters
Questions can influence responses.
Avoid wording that:
- Suggests a preferred answer
- Uses emotionally loaded language unnecessarily
- Combines two questions into one
- Assumes knowledge participants may not have
- Presents incomplete information
When possible, pilot-test questions with people similar to the intended participants.
Interviews
Interviews can help explain why people hold particular views.
They can explore:
- Experiences
- Priorities
- Concerns
- Reasons for supporting or opposing a proposal
- Ideas for improvement
Interviews provide depth but generally should not be treated as statistically representative unless they are part of a sampling design intended for that purpose.
Focus groups and listening sessions
Focus groups and listening sessions can help explore the range of perspectives on an issue.
They are useful for understanding:
- How people talk about the issue
- Questions or concerns that survey designers may have overlooked
- Reasons behind different opinions
- Reactions to possible programs or policies
A focus group does not show how common a particular opinion is across the whole community.
Public meetings
Public meetings can provide opportunities for residents to express views and hear one another.
They are useful for participation but generally should not be treated as representative public-opinion polls.
People who attend may differ substantially from those who do not.
Digital and social-media information
Social media can provide information about public conversations, emerging concerns, and the language people use to discuss an issue.
It should be interpreted cautiously.
Online activity may be affected by:
- Self-selection
- Platform demographics
- Algorithmic amplification
- Organized campaigns
- Automated accounts
- Duplicate participation
A trending topic, comment section, or online poll does not necessarily represent the broader community.
What roles do community leaders and specialists play?
Community leaders and specialists can provide valuable information, but their views answer different questions from those of the general public.
Community leaders
Elected officials, organizers, faith leaders, neighborhood leaders, business leaders, youth leaders, and other community figures may understand institutions, networks, history, or emerging concerns.
Do not assume that influential leaders speak for everyone in a population.
Compare leadership perspectives with information gathered directly from community members.
Specialists
Specialists can help establish what current evidence shows about technical questions.
For example, public-health agencies, clinicians, or researchers may help explain current evidence regarding HIV prevention, infectious disease, environmental hazards, or another health issue.
Expertise should be evaluated according to relevant qualifications, evidence, and methods.
Public opinion and factual evidence are different
It can be useful to compare what people believe with what research or professional evidence shows.
Differences may indicate:
- A need for clearer public information
- Distrust of institutions
- Different experiences among populations
- Values that are not captured by technical evidence alone
- Uncertainty in the evidence itself
Avoid describing community members as uninformed simply because they disagree with experts.
At the same time, public concern should not be presented as scientific evidence.
Good community decision-making often requires both technical evidence and an understanding of what residents value and experience.
Gathering opinions from children and young people
Young people's views may be essential when programs or policies directly affect them.
Research involving minors requires additional care.
Consider:
- Age-appropriate language
- Privacy
- Consent or assent requirements
- School or organizational policies
- Whether questions involve sensitive information
- Whether participation could affect relationships with teachers, caregivers, or service providers
Do not assume that parents or caregivers can fully substitute for young people's own views when young people are capable of expressing their perspectives.
Use opinion data ethically
People who participate in opinion research should understand, as appropriate:
- Who is collecting the information
- Why it is being collected
- How it may be used
- Whether responses are anonymous or confidential
- Whether participation is voluntary
Avoid collecting sensitive demographic or personal information unless it serves a clear research purpose.
Protect identifying information and consider the risks that disclosure could create.
Anticipate common obstacles
Public-opinion research may encounter:
- Low response rates
- Difficulty reaching particular populations
- Language barriers
- Accessibility barriers
- Distrust
- Limited time or funding
- Biased or unclear questions
- Samples that do not reflect the population
- Rapidly changing opinions
Plan for these limitations and report them honestly.
A study does not need to be perfect to be useful, but readers should be able to understand what the findings do and do not support.
In Summary
Gathering data on public opinion can help organizations understand what people know, believe, prefer, experience, and prioritize.
Begin by deciding why you need the information, what exactly you want to learn, whose opinions matter, and how the findings could affect your decisions.
Public opinion is important, but it is not the same thing as factual evidence, professional expertise, legal requirements, or ethical standards.
Define the population carefully. Avoid assuming that influential leaders, people who attend a public meeting, social-media users, or members of one demographic group represent an entire community.
Use existing research when appropriate, and collect new information through surveys, interviews, focus groups, listening sessions, or other methods when needed.
Sampling and question wording matter. A large number of responses does not automatically mean that a survey represents the wider population.
Media coverage, online comments, social-media activity, and public meetings can reveal aspects of community discussion but should not automatically be treated as measures of public opinion.
Compare community views with relevant evidence while respecting the fact that residents may contribute experience, values, and priorities that technical research alone cannot provide.
Protect privacy, obtain appropriate consent, and be especially careful when research involves children, young people, or sensitive information.
Finally, use public-opinion research as a tool for listening as well as advocacy.
The goal should not simply be to learn how to persuade people. It should be to understand the community well enough to make better, more responsive decisions.
Contributor
Robert Kramer
Eric Wadud
Resources
Online Resources
The Gallup website provides news reports based on continuous polling of individuals across the world in 160 different countries.
The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly of Public Opinion Polls provides detailed information on different kinds of polls and their accuracy in measuring public opinion. The bottom of the webpage provides several sources for further information.
Methods of Measuring Public Opinion – This article by Russell G. Brooker and Todd Schaefer provides information on different methods to measure public opinion.
The Pew Research Center is a nonpartisan fact tank that conducts empirical social science research on a variety of topics.
Polling Report provides trends on American public opinion regarding a variety of topics including national security, elections, and “issues”.
Yale Public Opinion Resources provides major resources for survey questions and data, compiled by the Yale University Library for the social sciences.
Print Resources
Bailey, K. (1994). Methods of social research. The Free Press: New York, NY.
Homan, M. (1994). Promoting community change: Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove: CA. Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.
Lake, C. (1987). Public opinion polling: A handbook for public interest and citizen advocacy groups. Island Press: Washington, DC.
Oskamp, S. (1991). Attitudes and opinions. Prentice Hall: Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
Price, V. (1992). Communication concepts: Public opinion. Sage Publications: Newbury Park, CA.
___You know what gathering information on opinion is
___You know why you want to know what people think
___You know what kind of information you are looking for
___You know whose opinions you are trying to measure
___You know what you are going to do with the information, once you get it
___You know how do you gather information on opinions
___You now you may encounter some obstacles, and you know how to get around them
Example 1: What you should ask yourself
George took on the challenge of doing a citizen satisfaction survey so he could see how well his new division at city hall was doing. He asked himself some important questions:
Why do I want to know what people think?
George thought long and hard. Finally he just realized that it was important for him and the rest of his new division to see how well they were doing. Were the citizens of the city happy about the services the new division provided?
What kind of information am I looking for?
This made George really think. Of course he wanted to see how people felt, but what kind of information was he really looking for? Good information may be a cause for celebration, but somewhat negative information may point out some potential areas in the division that require some improvement.
Whose opinions am I trying to measure?
This question was easy. George knew that he wanted to know the opinion of every citizen in the city that used the services of his division-and that was everybody. George knew that there would be a few difficulties in getting what he wanted. Since his city was very diverse, with a population speaking several languages, George knew that he had to either have translation services available or miss out on gathering information from non-English speaking members of the community. This was especially important because he hadn't yet figured out how to implement the survey yet. There was no set budget allocated for the survey yet.
He hadn't yet chosen a method. Face-to-face interviews would be expensive and time -consuming and would require a lot of people power. Mailed questionnaires would cost as much as the stamps involved and the paper.
George knew he couldn't forget about translation services. Face-to-face or telephone surveys would require having several volunteers or paid staff that could speak the diverse languages of many members of the community. A mailed survey would require the initial translation services as well as translation services in the analysis phase of the survey project. Also, George knew that translating the survey into 7 languages would drive up the costs of the paper and the postage. And he knew mailed surveys should be sent more than once, with a reminder post card or phone call.
By now George was feeling a little overwhelmed, but he just thought of all the good that knowing how the people really felt would do his department. He knew that the survey was the best way to find out what his division really needed to do to improve things. He was determined to find out what people thought.
What am I going to do with the information, once I get it?
George knew the answer to this question. His proposal to do a citizen satisfaction survey was not merely lip service. George was dedicated to the idea of actually improving things for the people of his city. The main goal of this survey was to find out where his division needed to improve. After finding out, he intended on working to improve it.
How do I gather information on opinions?
After mulling it over and speaking with his bosses, George decided that a mailed survey would be the best route to take. He figured that he would have the best chances of getting a representative sample of people in the city if all the surveys were mailed out to everyone in 7 languages.
He knew the answers would be anonymous, which was important for many of the refugees living in the city who came from countries in which giving their opinions to government officials was not a good idea.
Also, George's staff and budget was small and he only had a few volunteers to work with him. They would be able to mail out all the surveys with little effort.
Also another benefit of mailing out questionnaires was that the closed questions could be statistically analyzed with little effort.
What are some obstacles I may encounter? And how do I get around them?
George's biggest worry other than getting the approval of his boss to actually do the survey was the response rate. He had spoken to a city official in another city that had done a citizen survey and had received only a 12 percent return rate. Also, that city official was happy and damn proud of it.
George hoped that a representative sample would return his survey to him, but most importantly he hoped to get some good information about the good things his division was doing and a feel for what needs improvement.
Example 2: Report of an opinion poll
This is a sample report from an opinion poll, taken from public opinion surveys on child passenger safety legislation.
Citizen Opinion Report on Child Safety Legislation
The issue of the safety of child passengers in automobiles has been growing in recent years. Prior action toward the issue has been weak, providing for only oral warnings and/or information about child passenger safety.
A survey of the attitudes of Kansas citizens about child safety restraints and the Child Passenger Safety Act was conducted by random telephone survey
The results indicated overall:
- 73% of respondents support a law requiring proper use of safety restraints for all children under age five
This can be further broken down into:
- 25% were very willing to support the proposed law
- 48% were willing to support the proposed law
- 12% were neither willing nor unwilling to support the proposed law
- 9% were unwilling to support the proposed law
- 4% were very unwilling to support the proposed law
- 2% did not know
Of the 27% who opposed the proposed legislation:
- 68% felt there was already too much government interference in their lives
- 55% felt the law was impractical
- 45% felt the law unfairly burdens poor families and those with too many children
Tool: Opinion Poll
Here's a general poll about local issues in a community that you can use when gathering information on opinions.
Instructions: Please complete the following survey and return in the enclosed postage -paid envelope. All answers will be kept confidential and will be used for statistical purpose only.
- Generally speaking, what do you think is the most important problem facing our state today?
___Economy (go to 2)
___Agriculture (go to 4)
___Environment (go to 4)
___Don't know (go to 4)
___Other - specify __________(go to 4)
- If your answer was ECONOMY for the above question, then what part of the economy do you think is the biggest part of the for us now?
___Unemployment
___Interest rates
___Taxation
___Budget deficit
___Inflation
___Other - specify__________
___Don't know
- In general, how good a job would you say the local legislature is doing in solving your economic problems?
___Excellent
___Good
___Fair
___Poor
- How do you feel about an income tax break for school tuition? This would be a tax break for parents who send their children to private or parochial schools must pay tuition.
___Favor (go to 5)
___Oppose (go to 6)
___Don't know (go to 6)
- Would you favor an income tax break for tuition even if it reduced the money available for public schools?
___Yes
___No
___Don't know
- Some people think current environmental policy hinders the community's economic growth. Others do not think so. Do you think current environmental policy hinders economic growth?
___Hinders growth a great deal
___Somewhat hinders growth
___Has no effect
___Helps growth somewhat
___Helps growth a great deal
___Don't know
- One issue of current concern is the new wastewater disposal policy under consideration by the Legislature. How concerned about this issue are you?
___Greatly concerned
___Moderately concerned
___Slightly concerned
___Not concerned at all
___Don't know
- Regardless of how you may vote in the upcoming election, do you generally consider yourself to be a Democrat, Republican or Independent?
___Independent (go to 9)
___Democrat (go to 10)
___Republican (go to 10)
___Don't know (go to 10)
- Do you generally consider yourself to be closer to the Democratic or Republican parties?
___Democratic
___Republican
___Neither
___Still don't know
- When it comes to receiving information on local current events, which information source do you rely the most? (choose only ONE)
___Television
___Newspaper
___Radio
___Other - specify __________
- What is the highest level of education you have completed?
___Some high school
___High school diploma or GED
___Some college
___Bachelor's Degree
___Other - specify __________
-
What year were you born? __________
- What was your reported income year, before taxes?
___Under $25,000
___Between $25,000 and $40,000
___Over $40,000
-
What does it mean to understand opposition and resistance?
-
What can you learn from studying opposition?
-
When should you study opposition?
-
How should you study opposition?
-
What ethical and legal boundaries should guide your research?
What does it mean to understand opposition and resistance?
Many advocacy campaigns encounter disagreement, resistance, or organized opposition.
Understanding that opposition can help your group make better decisions about strategy, communication, negotiation, public engagement, and risk.
Not every person or organization that disagrees with you should automatically be treated as an opponent.
Some may:
- Support the overall goal but disagree with the proposed strategy
- Have concerns about cost, timing, implementation, or unintended effects
- Have legal, institutional, or professional responsibilities that limit what they can support
- Be uncertain because they lack information
- Strongly oppose the goal itself
It is therefore useful to think in terms of a spectrum that may include support, uncertainty, specific concerns, and organized opposition.
In some advocacy efforts, opposition may be minimal. In others, the proposed change may affect institutions, businesses, public agencies, organizations, or constituencies with significant interests in the outcome.
The purpose of studying opposition is to understand the advocacy environment accurately – not to collect personal information for intimidation, embarrassment, or retaliation.
Who may oppose or resist your proposal?
Sometimes organized opposition is easy to identify.
In other situations, an organization that appears opposed may actually support some aspects of your proposal or may be open to negotiation.
Ask:
- What position has this person or organization taken publicly?
- What part of the proposal do they support or oppose?
- What interests or responsibilities may influence their position?
- What authority do they have?
- What evidence or values do they cite?
- Has their position changed over time?
- Are there areas of shared interest?
Avoid assuming that an entire organization has one position. Staff, leadership, members, departments, or affiliated groups may disagree internally.
What can you learn from studying opposition?
Careful research can help your group:
- Understand current public positions
- Identify the reasons behind disagreement
- Understand past strategies and responses
- Identify relevant decision-makers
- Assess the organization's resources and influence
- Anticipate likely questions or criticism
- Recognize your own campaign's weaknesses
- Improve your evidence, arguments, and communication
- Identify possible areas for negotiation or collaboration
This analysis should focus on information that is relevant to the issue.
The goal is not to search for embarrassing personal facts or unrelated weaknesses.
Look for shared interests
Research may reveal that your group and an organization resisting your proposal share some objectives.
For example, two groups may both want safer neighborhoods while disagreeing about the policy most likely to produce that result.
Shared interests may create opportunities for:
- Negotiation
- Joint research
- Pilot projects
- Agreement on a narrower policy
- Collaboration on related goals
Common ground is useful when it is genuine. It should not require advocates to minimize violations of rights, ongoing harm, or serious conflicts of interest.
When should you study opposition?
Begin early enough that your understanding of likely resistance can inform campaign planning.
Continue updating that information as the campaign develops.
Positions may change because of:
- New evidence
- Leadership changes
- New laws or policies
- Budget conditions
- Public pressure
- Negotiations
- Changes in community priorities
Opposition analysis is therefore an ongoing part of advocacy planning rather than a one-time activity.
How should you study opposition?
Start with publicly available, issue-relevant information.
Useful questions include:
- What has the organization said publicly about the issue?
- What policies, proposals, or campaigns has it supported in the past?
- Who has formal authority to make decisions?
- What legal, financial, political, or operational interests may be involved?
- What organizations or constituencies does it work with?
- What arguments or evidence does it rely on?
- What constraints affect its choices?
- What commitments has it made publicly?
Public and organizational information
Useful sources may include:
- Official websites
- Annual reports
- Budgets
- Public statements
- Meeting minutes
- Regulatory filings
- Court records
- Legislative testimony
- Campaign-finance records where legally public and relevant
- News archives
- Research reports
- Public agency records
Evaluate each source for accuracy, relevance, date, methodology, and context.
Conversations with knowledgeable people
People who have worked with or interacted with an organization may provide useful context.
Ask about:
- Publicly observable decision-making patterns
- Past negotiations
- Organizational priorities
- Implementation concerns
- Relevant history
Avoid soliciting confidential, private, or improperly obtained information.
Do not pressure employees or former employees to disclose information they are legally or ethically required to protect.
Study institutions, not private lives
Opposition research should generally focus on a person's public role rather than private life.
Information such as a person's home address, banking relationships, family circumstances, private associations, or other personal details usually has no legitimate place in an advocacy campaign unless it is directly relevant to a lawful and documented conflict of interest or other issue of genuine public concern.
Even when information is publicly accessible, ask whether collecting or publishing it is necessary, proportionate, and connected to the advocacy issue.
Formal research into institutions or public conduct
Some campaigns may need a more systematic investigation of an institution's public conduct, regulatory history, finances, policies, or legal obligations.
This can be appropriate when the issue involves:
- Possible regulatory violations
- Misuse of public funds
- Conflicts of interest
- Failure to meet legal obligations
- Misleading public statements
- Environmental or public-health concerns
- Discrimination or other violations of rights
The purpose should be to establish relevant facts, not to search broadly for material that might embarrass or discredit a person.
Develop a research plan
A structured plan can help keep the investigation focused.
Ask:
- What question are we trying to answer?
- What information would answer it?
- What sources are appropriate?
- What legal or ethical limits apply?
- Who will collect and review the information?
- What is the timeline?
- How will findings be verified?
Example research worksheet
| Question | Information needed | Possible sources | Timeline |
| Determine whether an environmental agency has consistently enforced a particular regulation |
|
|
By August |
Notice that the objective is to answer a defined question rather than to “discredit” a particular person.
Public records and transparency laws
Public-records laws can provide access to information held by government agencies.
Federal Freedom of Information Act requests apply to federal executive-branch agencies, while states and local jurisdictions generally have their own public-records laws and procedures.
Before making a request:
- Identify the agency likely to hold the record
- Determine which law or procedure applies
- Check whether the information is already available online
- Describe the requested records as specifically as possible
- Be aware that some information may be withheld or redacted for privacy, legal, security, or other reasons
Use information obtained through public-records laws for legitimate advocacy, research, oversight, or accountability purposes.
Business and organizational records
Businesses, nonprofit organizations, public institutions, and regulated entities may produce records that help explain their public activities.
Depending on the issue, relevant information might include:
- Corporate registrations
- Regulatory filings
- Financial reports
- Property and zoning records
- Permits
- Inspection records
- Contracts
- Court cases
- Enforcement actions
Focus on information that is relevant to the organization's public responsibilities, the advocacy issue, or a documented conflict of interest.
Avoid collecting personal data simply because a public database makes it accessible.
Understand interests, constraints, and likely responses
Once you have gathered relevant information, try to understand the situation from the other organization's perspective.
Ask:
- What outcome are they seeking?
- What responsibilities do they have?
- What risks do they perceive?
- What financial or institutional interests are involved?
- What legal constraints apply?
- What evidence would they consider persuasive?
- Which strategies have they used before?
This does not mean agreeing with their position.
It means understanding it accurately enough to anticipate likely responses and choose an effective strategy.
Use the information responsibly
Opposition research should improve the quality of your advocacy.
It can help you:
- Prepare stronger evidence
- Anticipate questions
- Identify areas of negotiation
- Recognize possible implementation concerns
- Respond to inaccurate public claims
- Identify documented legal or regulatory concerns
Focus public criticism on conduct and evidence
If an organization acts inconsistently with its public commitments, violates regulations, misrepresents evidence, or fails to meet documented obligations, advocates may reasonably bring that information to public attention.
Make sure the claim is:
- Relevant
- Verified
- Accurately described
- Supported by appropriate documentation
Avoid threatening exposure merely to pressure someone into compliance.
Accountability should focus on the issue rather than personal humiliation.
If you uncover possible illegal conduct
If your research identifies credible evidence of possible illegal conduct, consider consulting qualified legal counsel or reporting the matter to the appropriate regulatory, oversight, law-enforcement, or other authority.
Distinguish clearly between:
- Allegations
- Evidence
- Official findings
- Your organization's interpretation
Do not publicly describe someone as having committed a crime or violation unless the evidence supports that statement.
Ethical and legal boundaries
Advocacy does not justify unlimited investigation.
Do not:
- Misrepresent your identity to obtain private information
- Plant people inside another organization to secretly gather information
- Obtain private records through deception
- Harass individuals or their families
- Publish home addresses or other sensitive personal information simply to increase pressure
- Encourage unlawful access to records or computer systems
- Spread unverified allegations
These tactics can harm individuals, undermine public trust, create legal liability, and distract from the issue itself.
Ethical standards do not depend on whether you believe the other side is good or bad
The original disagreement may involve people acting in good faith, organizations defending financial interests, institutions accused of serious misconduct, or ideological conflicts.
The seriousness of an issue may justify stronger lawful advocacy – such as litigation, regulatory complaints, investigations, organizing, public demonstrations, or investigative journalism.
It does not automatically justify deception, invasion of privacy, harassment, or other unethical tactics.
Apply the same basic standards of accuracy, proportionality, legality, and respect regardless of how strongly you disagree with another person or organization.
Avoid stereotyping ideological or religious disagreement
Strong religious, political, or ideological convictions do not by themselves mean that people are irrational, incapable of considering evidence, or likely to engage in violence.
Evaluate individuals and organizations according to their actual conduct.
If a group has engaged in threats, violence, harassment, or other unlawful conduct, address those behaviors directly rather than attributing them broadly to religion, ideology, or belief.
Keep people directly affected at the center
Opposition research can easily become focused on institutional conflict rather than the people the advocacy effort is supposed to benefit.
Periodically ask:
- Does this research help us understand or address the community problem?
- Are we spending more energy studying another organization than listening to people affected?
- Is the information relevant to the desired change?
- Could publishing it harm people who are not responsible for the issue?
Research should serve the campaign's community goals rather than become an end in itself.
In Summary
Advocacy campaigns sometimes encounter organized opposition, and understanding that opposition can improve strategy.
Begin by determining what another person or organization actually supports or opposes rather than assuming every disagreement is permanent or absolute.
Study public positions, institutional interests, decision-making authority, past actions, legal responsibilities, resources, and relevant relationships.
Focus on information connected to the issue.
Do not treat people's private lives, home addresses, banking relationships, families, or unrelated personal history as legitimate advocacy material simply because the information may be available.
More formal investigation may be appropriate when there are credible questions involving regulation, public funds, conflicts of interest, public statements, environmental conditions, discrimination, or other matters of legitimate public concern.
Define the research question before gathering information. The purpose should be to establish facts, not to search broadly for material that can be used to embarrass or discredit someone.
Public records, regulatory filings, court records, organizational reports, public statements, audits, and news archives can provide useful information when evaluated carefully and used in context.
Understanding another organization's interests and constraints can help advocates anticipate likely responses and identify possibilities for negotiation without requiring agreement.
Use findings responsibly. Public criticism should focus on documented conduct, relevant evidence, and accountability.
Advocacy does not justify deception, spying, harassment, invasion of privacy, or publication of sensitive personal information.
Stronger advocacy may be appropriate when the stakes are high, but ethical standards should not disappear simply because advocates believe the opposing organization is acting badly.
Finally, remember that studying opposition is a means to a larger purpose.
The goal is not to gain “every edge” or exploit another organization's vulnerabilities. It is to understand the advocacy environment well enough to choose effective, lawful, ethical strategies that move the community closer to the change it is seeking.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Prue Breitrose
Resources
Online Resources
Identifying Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to establish a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J.(1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Biklen, D.(1983). Community organizing: Theory and practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S. (1996). Organizing for social change: A manual for activists in the 1990s. St. Paul, MN: Seven Locks Press.
Homan, M., (1994). Promoting community change: Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Kahn, S. (1982). Organizing. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
King, D. (1992). Get the facts on anyone. New York, NY: Prentice Hall.
Robinson, J. & Green, P. (2010). Introduction to community development: Theory, practice, and service-learning. SAGE Publications, Inc. This book provides both theoretical and practical approaches to community development, as well as case studies and supportive materials to develop community development skills.
Weinberg, S. (1996). The reporter's handbook: An investigator's guide to documents and techniques. New York, NY: St. Martin's.
Studying your opponents:
___Gives you up-to-date knowledge of the opponent's positions on the issue
___Tells you why the opponent is taking those positions
___Tells you what strategies and tactics the opponent has used in the past
Knowledge about opponents is useful to:
___Identify potential problems earlier on, and sort them out before they become bigger problems
___Help you find ways to negotiate
___Help you develop successful strategies and tactics
With regard to the timing of research:
___Studying the opponent should be an ongoing process
___Your opponents’ position may change over time; your response may need to change as well
Studying can be either informal or formal. Informal methods may include:
___Keeping your eyes and ears open
___Looking at your opponent's previous activities and campaigns
___Reading their in-house publications and annual reports
___Talking to organizations and individuals who have dealt with your opponents in the past
Studying individuals may involve:
___Finding out where they live and work
___Finding out how and where they manage financial transactions
___Identifying their advisors
Studying agencies, companies or organizations may involve:
___Finding out their past records and tactics
___Finding out about their resources, strengths, and weaknesses
___Identifying their principle decision makers
___Finding out how much power they have, and why they are opposing you
A formal, tactical investigation may be necessary:
___If the opponent is powerful
___If the opponent may be willing to act forcefully
A formal investigation may involve the following steps:
___Develop an investigation plan
___Gather the information
___Think like your opponent
___Use the information
Information can be gathered:
___Through informants with an interest in the issue
___Through "freedom of information" laws
___Through published sources of information
Among published sources of information are:
___Business and trade publications
___Clipping files
___Reference works
___Government files on businesses
___Voting records
___Court records
Gathering information about an opponent may involve some ethically questionable tactics. Groups should balance the benefits of these tactics against:
___Their own sense of what is ethically permissible
___The risk of getting caught
___The risk that the opponent would also adopt hardball tactics
Thinking like the opponent will help a group:
___Predict what that opponent will do next
___Predict how the opponent would react to specific tactics
Studying their opponent can help advocacy groups:
___Plan actions that will be most effective
___Publicize the opponent's weaknesses
___Perhaps act as whistle-blower, and seek legal redress
Example: Investigation worksheet
| In order to: | We need: | Where to look? | When? |
| Disprove the city engineer's accusations on over-budgeted construction |
|
|
By the end of the fiscal year |
| Prove that the bank is withholding information on whom it lent money to |
|
|
End of the month |
| Show that the mayoral candidate has been sued for not paying taxes on land |
|
|
By next week |
| Prove that the state representative is using public funds for private use |
|
|
Before elections |
Tool: Investigation Worksheet
| In order to: | We need: | Where to look? | When? |
|
|

-
What is accountability?
-
Why might you seek accountability?
-
When might you seek accountability?
-
Who is accountable, and to whom?
-
How do you seek accountability?
Institutions, governments, public agencies, corporations, nonprofit organizations, and other entities can significantly affect people's lives.
When those entities are not transparent, do not meet their responsibilities, or cause harm without meaningful consequences, community members may need ways to seek accountability.
Accountability can involve access to information, oversight, corrective action, enforcement, repair, changes in policy or practice, and consequences when laws or standards are violated.
This section discusses how community members can identify appropriate forms of accountability and use research, advocacy, oversight, regulatory processes, and other tools to pursue them.
What is accountability?
Accountability means that an individual, organization, institution, or government body can be expected to explain and take responsibility for actions, decisions, use of resources, and performance.
Accountability usually includes several elements:
- Transparency: Relevant information about decisions, policies, finances, performance, or conduct is available to the people entitled to receive it.
- Clear responsibilities: People understand what an individual or organization is expected to do.
- Standards: Laws, policies, contracts, professional requirements, ethical expectations, or community commitments provide a basis for evaluating conduct.
- Review: There is a meaningful way to determine whether responsibilities and standards were met.
- Correction or consequences: Problems can lead to repair, policy change, restitution, discipline, enforcement, or other appropriate responses.
Accountability does not mean that every mistake requires punishment.
Depending on the circumstances, accountability may involve:
- Correcting inaccurate information
- Improving a process
- Repairing harm
- Changing policy
- Providing compensation
- Strengthening oversight
- Enforcing existing rules
- Imposing proportionate disciplinary, regulatory, civil, or criminal consequences
Accountability and transparency are related but different
Transparency provides information.
Accountability goes further by connecting information with responsibility, evaluation, and appropriate action.
An organization can publish large amounts of information and still lack meaningful accountability if no one can determine whether commitments were met or respond when serious problems occur.
Who may be accountable?
Accountability can apply to many individuals and institutions.
Examples include:
- Governments and public agencies
- Elected and appointed officials
- Regulatory bodies
- Law-enforcement and justice institutions
- Government contractors
- Businesses and corporations
- Nonprofit organizations
- Schools and universities
- Health-care organizations
- Employers
- Professionals in positions of responsibility
- Organizations that receive public or charitable funds
Accountability should be connected to actual responsibility.
Ask:
- What authority does this person or organization have?
- What responsibilities apply?
- What standards govern the conduct?
- What outcome was reasonably within their control?
Avoid holding an organization responsible for outcomes it could not reasonably control.
To whom are organizations and individuals accountable?
Accountability may be owed to different groups depending on the role involved.
For example:
- Public officials are accountable to the public, the law, and relevant oversight bodies.
- Public agencies are accountable for their use of public funds, performance of statutory responsibilities, compliance with law, and treatment of the people they serve.
- Nonprofit organizations may be accountable to participants, communities, donors, funders, regulators, staff, and governing boards.
- Employers are accountable to workers for compliance with labor, safety, civil-rights, and other applicable requirements.
- Businesses are accountable to consumers, workers, regulators, owners, and the public for relevant legal and ethical obligations.
- Professionals may be accountable to clients or patients, employers, licensing bodies, professional standards, and the law.
Different obligations may sometimes conflict. Accountability processes should make those responsibilities explicit rather than assuming that one constituency's interests always take priority.
Why might you seek accountability?
Seeking accountability can require substantial time and effort, so it helps to identify clearly what problem needs to be addressed.
To make sure essential responsibilities are being met
Accountability may be appropriate when a public agency, organization, or institution is failing to carry out responsibilities that affect community well-being.
Examples might include:
- Inadequate access to essential services
- Failure to maintain safe infrastructure
- Failure to address documented environmental hazards
- Failure to enforce required accessibility protections
- Failure to provide contracted services
To protect people from harm
Accountability mechanisms can help prevent or address:
- Unsafe products
- Environmental contamination
- Workplace hazards
- Discrimination
- Harassment
- Financial fraud
- Abuse of authority
Strong accountability may involve prevention, monitoring, reporting requirements, enforcement, repair, or consequences.
To protect the public's right to information
People often need access to information in order to participate meaningfully in public life.
Depending on the issue, this may include information about:
- Government budgets
- Public contracts
- Environmental risks
- Product safety
- Public meetings
- Regulatory decisions
- Campaign finance
- Agency performance
Access to information should also be balanced with legitimate privacy, security, confidentiality, and legal protections.
To protect people who report wrongdoing
Employees or others with direct knowledge may report fraud, corruption, safety violations, discrimination, misuse of funds, or other misconduct.
Whistleblower protections can help reduce retaliation and make it more likely that serious problems come to light.
Organizations seeking accountability should understand the legal protections and reporting processes that apply in the relevant jurisdiction.
To obtain repair or compensation
When unlawful, negligent, or harmful conduct causes injury or loss, accountability may include:
- Restitution
- Compensation
- Repair of damaged property
- Remediation of environmental harm
- Restoration of services
- Corrective action
To protect public funds
Public and charitable resources should be used for their intended purposes.
Accountability may be needed when there are credible concerns involving:
- Fraud
- Waste
- Conflicts of interest
- Mismanagement
- Contract violations
- Failure to deliver funded services
To protect consumers
Consumers should receive accurate information about products and services and have access to appropriate remedies when businesses violate applicable standards.
Accountability may involve:
- Product labeling
- Safety requirements
- Advertising standards
- Consumer-protection laws
- Refund, repair, or replacement requirements
To address unethical or abusive conduct
Conduct can sometimes be harmful even when it is not clearly illegal.
Organizations may need internal ethics rules, professional standards, complaint procedures, independent review, or stronger policies.
To support fairness and justice
Accountability can help ensure that people and institutions with power are subject to meaningful standards rather than being able to cause harm without explanation or consequence.
The goal should not be for one side to “win.”
The goal is to establish facts, uphold appropriate standards, repair harm where possible, and reduce the likelihood of recurrence.
When might you seek accountability?
Accountability may be especially important when:
- Serious needs are being ignored
- Harm is occurring or likely to occur
- Public funds may be misused
- Laws, regulations, contracts, or policies may not be followed
- People are being discriminated against or denied rights
- Public information is being withheld improperly
- Whistleblowers face retaliation
- A powerful institution may be influencing public policy improperly
- A business or development proposal may have significant community effects
- An elected or appointed official may have violated legal or ethical obligations
Accountability should be based on evidence rather than suspicion alone.
Accountability in public decision-making
Government officials and agencies have responsibilities established through constitutions, laws, regulations, budgets, policies, professional standards, and public commitments.
Useful accountability questions include:
- Was the decision lawful?
- Was required public input obtained?
- Were conflicts of interest disclosed?
- Were funds used as authorized?
- Were decisions supported by evidence?
- Were similarly situated people treated consistently?
- Are there meaningful appeal or review mechanisms?
Law enforcement and justice institutions
Law-enforcement agencies, courts, prosecutors, correctional institutions, and other justice-system organizations exercise substantial public authority.
Accountability may involve:
- Compliance with constitutional and legal standards
- Use-of-force policies and reporting
- Complaint and disciplinary processes
- Independent or civilian oversight
- Data on stops, searches, arrests, discipline, and outcomes
- Protections against discrimination
- Transparency consistent with privacy and due-process requirements
Avoid framing inequity only in terms of individual prejudice. Accountability may also require examining policies, patterns, training, supervision, incentives, and institutional practices.
Government contractors
Contractors should be accountable for complying with the terms, standards, budgets, timelines, and reporting requirements of their contracts.
Evaluation should take context into account.
A provider should not be blamed for factors beyond its reasonable control, such as major changes in supply costs, unforeseen emergencies, or community conditions that substantially affect service delivery.
Accountability should distinguish between:
- Poor performance
- Mismanagement
- Fraud
- Unavoidable changes in conditions
- Reasonable implementation challenges
Nonprofit organizations
Nonprofits may be accountable to several groups at once, including:
- Program participants
- Community members
- Staff
- Volunteers
- Donors
- Funders
- Regulators
- Governing boards
Financial accountability should not be reduced to one administrative-overhead percentage.
Consider:
- Whether funds are used consistently with stated purposes
- Whether compensation and expenses are reasonable and transparent
- Whether required reports are accurate
- Whether programs produce meaningful results
- Whether services are accessible and responsive
Businesses and corporations
Depending on the industry and jurisdiction, businesses may have responsibilities involving:
- Product safety
- Consumer protection
- Worker safety
- Labor standards
- Environmental requirements
- Financial reporting
- Taxes
- Anti-discrimination law
- Contractual obligations
Appropriate accountability questions include:
- Is the organization complying with applicable law?
- Are public claims accurate?
- Are workers treated consistently with applicable standards?
- Are safety risks disclosed appropriately?
- Are environmental requirements being met?
- Are financial reports accurate?
- Are conflicts of interest disclosed?
People who influence public policy
Lobbyists, major political donors, organizations, advocacy groups, businesses, labor organizations, and community groups may all seek to influence government decisions.
Advocacy itself is legitimate.
Accountability becomes particularly important when there are concerns about:
- Undisclosed financial relationships
- Illegal gifts or payments
- Conflicts of interest
- Violations of campaign-finance or lobbying laws
- Misrepresentation of financial or organizational interests
Individuals in positions of authority
People with supervisory, financial, professional, or organizational authority may be accountable for:
- Following applicable law and policy
- Treating people fairly
- Protecting confidential information
- Managing funds appropriately
- Preventing harassment or discrimination
- Avoiding conflicts of interest
- Meeting professional or ethical obligations
How do you seek accountability?
Do the necessary research
Start with facts.
Before making serious public allegations or demanding consequences, understand:
- What happened
- Which laws, rules, contracts, or standards apply
- Who had responsibility
- What evidence is available
- What is still uncertain
Useful sources may include:
- Laws and regulations
- Government data
- Public records
- Audits
- Contracts
- Inspection reports
- Court or administrative records
- Organizational policies
- Interviews
- Community-generated information
- Relevant technical or professional expertise
Verify important claims and distinguish allegations from established findings.
Seek qualified help when needed
Accountability issues may involve legal, financial, technical, medical, environmental, statistical, or other specialized questions.
Seek appropriate expertise rather than assuming a community organization can evaluate every issue independently.
Protect sensitive information
Accountability research may involve confidential or sensitive information.
Consider:
- Privacy
- Whistleblower protections
- Retaliation risks
- Data security
- Legal restrictions on disclosure
- Whether identifying information is necessary
Decide what kind of accountability you want
Before choosing a tactic, define what would actually address the problem.
Possible forms of accountability include:
Greater transparency
An organization may need to make information easier for the public, participants, employees, regulators, or other appropriate groups to access.
Examples include:
- Publishing reports
- Providing clearer financial information
- Making policies publicly available
- Providing a contact person for questions or complaints
Changes in internal policy or practice
Sometimes the problem can be addressed by changing or enforcing organizational policy.
For example, a public-assistance agency may need clearer standards for respectful treatment, language access, disability access, complaint handling, or application processing.
Regular reporting
Reporting may be appropriate when ongoing oversight is needed.
A reporting requirement should specify:
- What information must be reported
- How often
- To whom
- Whether reports are public
- Who verifies accuracy
Regulatory or independent oversight
Some accountability requires ongoing oversight by:
- Regulatory agencies
- Inspectors general
- Auditors
- Licensing bodies
- Courts
- Independent monitors
Community oversight
Community oversight may be useful when public trust, lived experience, or local conditions need to be incorporated into accountability systems.
Examples may include civilian oversight bodies, advisory boards, participatory monitoring, or community review processes.
Community oversight should have clearly defined authority, transparent procedures, appropriate training, and meaningful access to relevant information.
Stronger enforcement
Existing rules may be adequate on paper but ineffective if they are rarely enforced or if consequences are too weak to change behavior.
Accountability may therefore require:
- More consistent enforcement
- Clearer penalties
- Better monitoring
- Improved complaint systems
- Stronger authority for oversight bodies
New laws, regulations, or policies
New rules may be appropriate when existing standards do not address the problem.
Before seeking a new law or policy, ask:
- What gap exists?
- Why are current tools insufficient?
- Who would enforce the new requirement?
- What resources would implementation require?
- What unintended effects should be considered?
Repair or compensation
Accountability may also require action to address harm already done.
This could include:
- Restitution
- Compensation
- Reinstatement
- Restoration of benefits
- Environmental cleanup
- Corrective services
Start with the appropriate process
Not every accountability issue needs the same level of escalation.
Depending on the circumstances, an appropriate starting point may be:
- An internal complaint
- A direct meeting
- A public-records request
- An ombudsperson
- An inspector general
- A regulator
- A licensing board
- An administrative appeal
- A union grievance
- A civil-rights complaint
- Another formal review process
However, organizations should not assume that every informal option must be exhausted before stronger action is appropriate.
Serious harm, retaliation risk, rights violations, urgent safety concerns, or previous unsuccessful attempts may justify faster escalation.
Appeal directly to the organization
Direct communication can sometimes resolve an accountability problem.
A written request or meeting may:
- Clarify what happened
- Correct inaccurate information
- Produce documents
- Resolve a complaint
- Lead to policy change
State clearly:
- What concern you are raising
- What evidence supports it
- What response you are requesting
- What timeframe is reasonable
Avoid using the threat of media exposure or regulatory action primarily as leverage when a straightforward request is sufficient.
Use regulatory or oversight processes
If the issue falls under a regulatory agency, licensing body, inspector general, civil-rights office, auditor, or other oversight organization, that process may offer a formal route to accountability.
Submit accurate documentation and follow the requirements of the process.
Strong evidence is useful, but community members should not assume that they must independently prove every element of wrongdoing before making a good-faith report to an appropriate authority.
Communicate publicly when appropriate
Public communication can be appropriate when an accountability issue affects the community or when formal processes are inadequate.
Public communication may involve:
- Reports
- Public meetings
- News media
- Community organizations
- Digital communications
Make sure public claims are:
- Accurate
- Relevant
- Supported by evidence
- Clear about what is known and what remains alleged
The goal should be accountability, not personal humiliation.
Use nonviolent direct action when appropriate
Demonstrations, rallies, boycotts, public testimony, and other forms of lawful nonviolent action may be appropriate when ordinary processes have failed or when public attention is necessary.
Consider:
- Participant safety
- Accessibility
- Legal risks
- Community support
- Whether the tactic advances the specific accountability goal
Advocate for changes in law or policy
If the problem reflects a gap in existing law or policy, legislative or administrative advocacy may be necessary.
Useful steps include:
- Define the accountability problem clearly
- Identify the decision-makers with relevant authority
- Develop evidence-informed policy options
- Build relationships with policymakers and staff
- Involve people affected by the issue
- Build support among relevant organizations
- Explain implementation and enforcement needs
- Monitor what happens after a policy is adopted
Accountability does not end when a law or policy is adopted. Implementation, enforcement, funding, and evaluation matter as well.
Consider legal action
Litigation can sometimes provide accountability, compensation, injunctions, disclosure, or interpretation of legal rights.
It can also be expensive, time-consuming, and uncertain.
Whether litigation is appropriate depends on:
- The legal merits
- Available remedies
- Deadlines
- Costs
- Risks
- Alternatives
A lawsuit should not automatically be described as the last possible option. In some cases, urgent court action may be necessary to prevent harm or preserve legal rights.
Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate.
Make accountability proportional
Effective accountability should fit the seriousness of the problem.
Ask:
- How serious was the harm?
- Was it intentional, negligent, systemic, or accidental?
- Is the problem ongoing?
- Was responsibility acknowledged?
- Has repair occurred?
- What is needed to prevent recurrence?
Accountability is weakened when every problem is treated as equally severe.
It is also weakened when serious misconduct produces no meaningful response.
Include the people affected
Accountability systems are stronger when people affected by the institution or conduct have meaningful opportunities to participate.
They may help:
- Define what the problem is
- Identify appropriate remedies
- Evaluate whether changes are working
- Identify unintended consequences
Participation should not mean that responsibility for correcting institutional failures is shifted onto the people who experienced them.
Monitor follow-through
Accountability does not end when an organization promises change.
Follow-up may include:
- Implementation timelines
- Public reporting
- Performance measures
- Independent audits or evaluation
- Community oversight
- Complaint data
- Review dates
Evaluate whether changes actually occurred and whether they addressed the original problem.
In Summary
Accountability helps communities ensure that governments, institutions, businesses, organizations, and individuals with authority meet their responsibilities and can be called to account when they do not.
Meaningful accountability generally involves transparency, clear responsibilities, appropriate standards, review, and the possibility of corrective action or consequences.
Accountability should be proportional to the conduct involved. Not every mistake requires punishment, and not every poor outcome proves misconduct.
At the same time, serious harm, violations of rights, fraud, corruption, discrimination, abuse of authority, or repeated failure to meet responsibilities may require strong consequences and institutional change.
Begin with evidence. Understand what happened, which standards apply, who had responsibility, what remains uncertain, and what remedy would address the problem.
Possible accountability mechanisms include transparency, policy changes, reporting requirements, regulation, community oversight, enforcement, compensation, new laws, public advocacy, direct action, and litigation.
Choose the mechanism according to the issue rather than following a rigid escalation ladder.
People affected by the issue should have meaningful opportunities to help define the problem and evaluate whether the response is adequate.
Public communication should distinguish documented facts, allegations, official findings, and interpretation.
Accountability also requires follow-through. A promise to change is not the same as demonstrated change.
Finally, the purpose of accountability is not simply to punish an organization or make one side win. It is to make responsibilities visible, address harm, enforce appropriate standards, improve institutions, and reduce the likelihood that the same problems will happen again.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
Addressing Accountability in NGO Advocacy - This article provides information on each of the major dimensions of accountability and general practice tips for each of the dimensions.
Common Cause is one of the major consumer/government/corporate watchdog organizations.
Congressional Accountability Project provides information, articles, and links on Congressional ethics reform, public accountability of Congress.
Corporate Watch is a United Kingdom-based watchdog organization concerned with the accountability of multinational corporations. The site includes a huge trove of links and data on corporations and strategies for gaining corporate accountability.
Corporate Watch USA is the US-based arm of Corporate Watch, and features a research guide with a database, articles, links, and more.
Library of Congress provides pending and recently passed legislation, debates, etc. An important site for activists and advocates of any persuasion.
Public Citizen is a watchdog organization originally founded by Ralph Nader over 30 years ago.
Social Accountability International is a mainstream organization with a board composed of directors from the United Nations, governments, and corporations, dedicated to developing and enforcing socially responsible workplace standards.
US Public Interest Research Groups (PIRG) provides links to all the state PIRGs and general information.
Print Resources
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Sen, R. (2003). Stir it up: Lessons in community organizing and advocacy. Jossey-Bass; 1st Edition. In this book, Sen goes step-by-step through the process of building and mobilizing a community and implementing key strategies to affect social change. Using case studies to illustrate advocacy practices, Sen provides tools to help groups tailor his model for their own organizational needs.
What is accountability?
___You hold entities (and individuals) accountable for the openness of their actions, practices and policies
___You advocate for laws, regulations, and policies that provide strong enough sanctions to assure that entities (and individuals) are accountable for the legality, ethics, and effectiveness of their actions, practices, and policies
Why might you seek accountability?
___Ensure that citizens get what they need
___Protect the public from harm
___Protect the public's right to know
___Protect the rights and information of whistleblowers
___Ensure that people harmed by the intentional wrongdoing of entities are compensated
___Guard against the misuse of public money
___Ensure that consumers get what they pay for
___Assure the ethical behavior of governments, corporations, organizations, and institutions
___Procure simple justice
When might you seek accountability?
___Members of the community are in need and nothing is being done
___An entity is about to, or continues to, do something harmful
___Economic damage to either the public at large or individuals is being, or about to be, done
___A business wants to locate in a community
___An elected official or someone running for office has violated the public trust, has misrepresented his positions or background, or is otherwise unfit for public office
___Some individual or interest has unfairly or illegally influenced official policy or the votes of elected officials
___A blatant injustice is about to be done
Who might be held accountable?
___Elected and appointed government officials
___Law enforcement
___Government agencies
___Government contractors
___Nonprofits that seek money directly from the public
___Corporations and businesses
___Individuals and entities seeking to influence public policy
___Individuals whose positions within an organization give them power
How do you request accountability?
___You do the necessary research
___You decide what kind of accountability you want
___You appeal directly to the entity
___You go to the appropriate regulatory agency
___You go public
___You institute direct action
___You engage in legislative advocacy
___You initiate a lawsuit

Community decisions often involve economic consequences as well as social, environmental, health, and quality-of-life effects.
Advocates may need to show how a proposed policy, program, development, or other action could affect public spending, household costs, employment, local businesses, community resources, or long-term economic stability.
Economic analysis can help people understand tradeoffs, but it should not replace other important considerations such as fairness, rights, health, safety, environmental protection, or community priorities.
What do we mean by economic benefit and harm?
Economic benefit or harm refers to the financial and economic effects of a circumstance, action, program, or policy on individuals, households, organizations, businesses, government, or the wider community.
These effects may include:
- Household income and expenses
- Employment and wages
- Business activity
- Public revenues and expenditures
- Housing costs and property values
- Health-care costs
- Transportation costs
- Education and workforce development
- Environmental effects with economic consequences
- Long-term community stability
Not every important economic effect can be expressed easily in dollars.
Health, environmental quality, time, stress, access to recreation, neighborhood stability, cultural resources, and other aspects of quality of life may have both economic and non-economic value.
Community economic benefit or harm
Communities need resources to provide public services and maintain infrastructure.
Depending on the jurisdiction, those resources may come from:
- Property, sales, income, or other taxes
- Fees
- State or federal funding
- Grants
- Other public revenue
Community economic health can be influenced by:
- Employment opportunities
- Wages and job quality
- Housing affordability
- Health and health-care access
- Education and workforce development
- Transportation
- Public infrastructure
- Environmental quality
- Cultural and recreational opportunities
- Business activity
- Public revenues
A strong economy should not be defined only by the size of the tax base or the number of businesses in a community.
Consider whether economic opportunities are stable, accessible, fairly distributed, and consistent with community health and well-being.
Employment and workforce opportunities
Jobs can provide economic benefit when they offer stable employment, appropriate compensation, safe working conditions, and opportunities for advancement.
When evaluating employment effects, ask:
- How many jobs may be created or lost?
- Are the jobs full-time, part-time, temporary, or permanent?
- What wages and benefits are offered?
- Are local residents likely to qualify for or have access to the jobs?
- What training may be needed?
- What working conditions are involved?
Health and environmental conditions
Health and environmental conditions can have significant economic consequences.
Poor air or water quality, unsafe housing, occupational hazards, or lack of access to health care can increase:
- Medical expenses
- Lost work or school time
- Disability-related costs
- Public expenditures
- Household financial strain
Environmental protection can also support businesses and industries that depend on clean air, water, land, recreation, or tourism.
Quality of life
Economic analysis can include factors that influence whether people are able and willing to live, work, invest, or remain in a community.
These may include:
- Housing
- Schools
- Transportation
- Safety
- Environmental quality
- Health services
- Recreation
- Cultural resources
- Childcare
- Community relationships
Commercial economic benefit or harm
Businesses may be affected by:
- Taxes and fees
- Regulation
- Workforce availability
- Transportation
- Energy and utility costs
- Customer demand
- Infrastructure
- Housing availability
- Environmental conditions
- Access to suppliers and markets
A policy that creates costs for a business is not automatically economically harmful to the community as a whole.
Some costs may be necessary to protect workers, consumers, public health, the environment, or other community interests.
Economic analysis should therefore consider both private costs and broader public effects.
Why demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
Economic information can help community members and decision-makers understand the practical consequences of different choices.
It can be especially useful when a proposal involves:
- Public spending
- Taxes or fees
- Employment
- Business activity
- Infrastructure
- Health-care costs
- Housing
- Education
- Environmental protection
Economic evidence should be one part of the argument rather than a substitute for fairness, rights, community values, or evidence about health and safety.
Different audiences may weigh these considerations differently.
When should you demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
Economic analysis may be particularly useful:
- When advocating for legislation or policy change
- When evaluating proposed legislation or policy
- When considering a public investment
- When evaluating a development proposal
- When comparing prevention with later intervention
- When examining environmental or public-health policies
- When evaluating community services
- When planning for long-term community development
Prevention and early intervention
Some preventive programs can reduce later public and private costs.
For example, effective programs related to:
- Preventive health
- Education
- Housing stability
- Workforce development
- Substance use prevention and treatment
- Violence prevention
may reduce more expensive needs later.
Do not assume that prevention always saves money.
Use evidence specific to the intervention, population, and setting, and distinguish between:
- Programs that save money overall
- Programs that produce benefits greater than their costs
- Programs that improve important outcomes even if they increase overall spending
How do you demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
A useful process includes:
- Researching the issue
- Identifying possible short- and long-term consequences
- Estimating costs and benefits
- Identifying who bears those costs and who receives the benefits
- Considering uncertainty and unintended consequences
- Communicating the findings clearly
Do the research
Economic advocacy should be based on credible and current information.
Depending on the question, useful sources may include:
- Government data
- Academic research
- Program evaluations
- Public budgets
- Economic-impact studies
- Administrative records
- Community assessments
- Interviews with people affected
- Business and labor information
- Relevant technical expertise
Look for evidence that challenges as well as supports your original position.
Avoid using outdated figures or transferring cost estimates from another state, program, or population without checking whether they apply locally.
Learn from other communities
Experience elsewhere can provide useful information about possible outcomes.
Ask:
- What happened compared with what was predicted?
- Who benefited?
- Who experienced costs or harm?
- Were there unexpected consequences?
- Did effects differ across populations?
- What would participants do differently?
Differences in law, population, geography, cost of living, labor markets, and local institutions may limit how directly another community's experience applies to yours.
Determine short- and long-term consequences
Economic effects may unfold over very different timeframes.
A transportation project may require substantial costs immediately but produce effects over decades. A workforce program may show some results within months while other outcomes take years.
Define what short- and long-term mean for the issue you are studying rather than using a fixed timeframe.
Consider unintended consequences
Policies can have effects that were not part of the original plan.
For example, a workforce-training program may be less effective if participants also face barriers involving:
- Foundational education or digital skills
- Childcare
- Transportation
- Disability access
- Language access
- Housing instability
Rather than assuming participants failed because they were not capable of training, examine whether the program design addressed the conditions necessary for participation and success.
Analyze who benefits and who bears the costs
Economic effects are rarely distributed equally.
Ask:
- Who receives the short-term benefits?
- Who receives the long-term benefits?
- Who pays the costs?
- Are costs concentrated among particular neighborhoods or populations?
- Are some benefits private while some costs are public?
- Could a policy widen or reduce existing economic disparities?
- Are people directly affected involved in evaluating the tradeoffs?
Consider distribution, not only totals
A policy can produce a net economic gain while still imposing serious costs on a particular population.
For example, a development may increase total tax revenue while displacing residents or increasing housing costs.
A complete analysis should therefore consider:
- Total economic effect
- Distribution of benefits
- Distribution of costs
- Effects on people with fewer resources or less decision-making power
- Whether mitigation or compensation is possible
Make the economic connections
Several areas may help reveal economic consequences.
Public revenue
Consider whether a proposal may affect:
- Property-tax revenue
- Sales-tax revenue
- Income-tax revenue
- Fees
- State or federal funding
Include both possible increases and possible reductions in public revenue.
Public expenditures
Consider:
- Initial implementation costs
- Ongoing operating costs
- Administrative costs
- Enforcement or oversight costs
- Possible savings
- Costs that may shift from one agency or level of government to another
Employment
Look beyond the number of jobs.
Consider:
- Job quality
- Wages
- Benefits
- Stability
- Worker safety
- Advancement opportunities
- Accessibility
Effects on businesses
Consider whether a proposal may:
- Create new business opportunities
- Increase operating costs
- Change customer traffic
- Affect supply chains
- Affect workforce availability
- Change demand for particular goods or services
Household effects
Economic analysis should also consider how policies affect household finances through:
- Housing costs
- Transportation
- Childcare
- Health care
- Utilities
- Taxes and fees
- Income
Quality of life and community assets
Some outcomes may not have a simple market price.
Examples include:
- Clean air and water
- Parks and open space
- Community relationships
- Cultural resources
- Safety
- Time
- Health
Avoid treating these effects as important only because they may attract businesses or raise property values.
They may have value to community members in their own right.
Evaluate uncertainty
Economic forecasts are estimates, not guarantees.
Predictions may depend on assumptions about:
- Inflation
- Population growth
- Employment
- Consumer behavior
- Interest rates
- Participation rates
- Program effectiveness
State those assumptions clearly.
When possible, provide a range or several scenarios instead of one precise number.
For example:
- A lower-impact estimate
- A middle estimate
- A higher-impact estimate
Be careful with return-on-investment claims
Claims that a program saves several dollars for every dollar spent can be useful when supported by strong evidence.
Before repeating such a figure, check:
- Who conducted the analysis
- Which costs were included
- Which benefits were counted
- Over what period
- Whether projected or actual outcomes were used
- Whether the population and setting are similar to your own
Do not present an old or advocacy-generated estimate as a universal return for an entire category of programs.
Economic analysis and fairness
Economic efficiency is not the only standard for community decision-making.
A proposal may produce a larger total economic benefit while placing disproportionate costs on a smaller population.
Consider:
- Who has decision-making power
- Who receives the benefits
- Who bears the costs
- Whether rights are affected
- Whether existing inequities may increase
- Whether harm can be prevented, reduced, or compensated
Economic benefit does not automatically justify serious harm to another group.
Identify the audiences that need the information
Different audiences may need different levels of detail.
Depending on the issue, audiences may include:
- Community members
- People directly affected
- Elected officials
- Public agencies
- Businesses
- Worker organizations
- Funders
- Neighborhood organizations
- Researchers
- Journalists
Avoid thinking of audiences simply as people to persuade.
They may also identify weaknesses in your assumptions or raise legitimate costs that your analysis has not yet included.
Communicate economic findings clearly
Use language that is understandable without oversimplifying the analysis.
Helpful practices include:
- Define technical terms
- Explain assumptions
- Use charts or tables where useful
- Distinguish estimates from observed results
- Identify the source and date of important figures
- Explain uncertainty
- Translate information when needed
- Make materials accessible to people with disabilities
Use relevant communication channels
Depending on the audience, communication may occur through:
- Community meetings
- Reports
- Briefing documents
- Local media
- Websites
- Social media
- Community organizations
- Multilingual media
Use channels that actually reach the people who need the information.
Use trusted messengers appropriately
Community members, researchers, professionals, organizational leaders, workers, or people directly affected may help explain the findings.
Do not select people merely because their identity will make the campaign appear more credible.
Messengers should understand the evidence and participate voluntarily.
In Summary
Economic consequences are an important part of many community decisions.
Advocates can help communities understand how policies, programs, developments, and other actions may affect households, employment, businesses, public budgets, health, the environment, and quality of life.
Economic analysis should not be limited to whether a proposal makes or saves money.
Consider short- and long-term effects, who receives the benefits, who bears the costs, and whether those effects are distributed fairly.
Begin with credible research. Use current and locally relevant evidence where possible, and avoid repeating old cost estimates or return-on-investment claims without checking their source and applicability.
Consider experience from other communities, but do not assume that the same results will occur under different economic, demographic, legal, or institutional conditions.
Look for unintended consequences and conditions that may affect whether a program succeeds.
Economic forecasts contain uncertainty. State assumptions clearly and use ranges or scenarios where appropriate rather than presenting estimates as guaranteed outcomes.
Economic evidence should also be considered alongside fairness, rights, health, safety, environmental protection, and community priorities.
Finally, communicate findings clearly and transparently.
The goal is not simply to find an economic argument that will persuade people. It is to help communities understand the real tradeoffs involved and make better-informed decisions.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
The Economic Opportunity Institute offers articles, policy, and research on economic issues. The focus is on moving low-income families up to the middle class, and keeping middle and working-class families from sinking into poverty.
The Economic Policy Institute offers research into achieving a "fair and prosperous economy."
The Economic Security Project promotes advocacy and education on economic security for all. This site offers to help you with your advocacy research.
The Open Directory Project offer articles, links, and resources on such economic topics as living wages, poverty, and income distribution.
SWOT Analysis for NGOs provides information for completing an analysis of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats for NGOs.
Tools and Resources for Assessing Social Impact – This website provides more than 150 tools, methods, and practices for analyzing the social impact of an organization’s actions.
What do we mean by economic benefit and harm?
___You divide economic consequences into community economic consequences and commercial economic consequences
___In looking at community economic consequences, you consider both money issues, such as the community's ability to attract business, and other issues, such as:
- Job opportunities
- Health issues
- Quality of life
- Opportunities for children
- Cultural life
- Expenses
- The civic climate
In looking at commercial economic consequences, you consider both money issues, such as tax breaks for new businesses, and other issues, such as:
- Good schools
- Job training or skills training programs
- Environmental preservation
- Pollution
Why should you demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
___Economic arguments are the most powerful for most people and organizations
___Economic issues affect everyone in the community
___Economic arguments are usually straightforward and realtively easy to understand
When should you demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
___You are advocating for a new law or change of policy
___You are opposing a new law or change of policy
___You are advocating for an action or policy that has clear economic benefits
___You are opposing an action or policy that has clear economic drawbacks
___Your advocacy involves controversial issues
___You are trying to alert the public to the importance of an issue
___You are engaged in community planning
How do you demonstrate economic benefit or harm?
___You do the research
___You determine the short- and long-term economic consequences of the action or policy in question
___You analyze those consequences
___You make the economic connections
___You define your audience
___You frame and deliver your advocacy message with the audience in mind

-
What is documenting a complaint?
-
Why should you document a complaint?
-
Who should document complaints?
-
When should you document a complaint?
-
How do you document a complaint?
Imagine that a prospective homebuyer believes real estate professionals are treating them differently because of race.
The person notices a pattern: homes described as available by phone are suddenly unavailable when they appear in person, while they are repeatedly directed toward another neighborhood.
The person begins keeping records of:
- Dates and times of calls and meetings
- Properties discussed
- What each person said
- Emails, listings, or other written communication
- Changes in what was represented as available
They then contact an appropriate fair-housing organization or enforcement agency to learn what additional documentation may be useful and how to file a complaint.
Careful documentation may help an agency determine whether further investigation is appropriate.
Complaints can concern many issues, including discrimination, environmental conditions, consumer protection, workplace practices, public services, professional conduct, or treatment by a community organization.
In each case, preserving accurate information can make it easier to understand what happened and determine what response is appropriate.
What is documenting a complaint?
Documenting a complaint means creating and preserving an accurate record of the events, conditions, policies, communications, and effects related to the complaint.
Documentation may include:
- Notes
- Emails or letters
- Photographs
- Public records
- Receipts or invoices
- Policies or contracts
- Witness accounts
- Reports
- Relevant data
- Other lawfully obtained records
The amount and type of documentation needed will depend on the complaint and the organization or process reviewing it.
Filing a complaint does not always require you to prove the entire case yourself. Regulators, courts, employers, schools, professional bodies, and other organizations may have their own authority to investigate.
Your responsibility is generally to provide the most accurate and relevant information you reasonably can and to follow the applicable complaint process.
What might you need to document?
Depending on the issue, useful documentation may help establish:
- That the action, condition, event, or policy occurred
- What the people or organizations involved knew or reasonably could have known, when that is relevant
- Which individual, organization, department, or institution had responsibility
- What conversations, communications, or interactions occurred
- Whether people experienced harm, loss, exclusion, delay, or another negative effect
- The physical, social, economic, health, psychological, environmental, or other effects involved
- The qualifications or relevant experience of experts whose analysis you rely on
Not every complaint requires proof of intent.
Some laws, policies, or complaint processes focus on what happened or what effect a practice had, while others may require evidence about knowledge, intent, negligence, or another legal standard.
Determine what is relevant to the particular complaint rather than assuming the same elements apply in every case.
Why should you document a complaint?
Careful documentation can help the person or organization reviewing a complaint understand what happened.
It can also help distinguish:
- Facts from assumptions
- Individual incidents from patterns
- Direct observations from secondhand information
- Confirmed effects from possible effects
Documentation may help establish credibility
Consistent, detailed records can show that you paid attention to the circumstances and preserved information close to the time events occurred.
Documentation does not automatically prove that one person is truthful and another is not, but it can make the facts easier to evaluate.
Documentation may determine whether a complaint can be investigated
Some agencies or organizations require specific information before they can act.
This may include:
- The date of the incident
- The identity of the organization involved
- A description of what happened
- Supporting records
- Information showing that the complaint falls within the organization's authority
Requirements vary, so check the current procedure that applies to your complaint.
Documentation may affect how a complaint is resolved
Accurate records can help determine:
- Whether a policy or law may have been violated
- Whether the issue appears isolated or repeated
- How serious the effects were
- Whether corrective action has already occurred
- What remedy may be appropriate
Documentation may reduce risks when communicating publicly
Public accusations can create legal and reputational risks.
Before making serious public claims:
- Verify the facts
- Distinguish allegations from established findings
- Avoid exaggeration
- Preserve the sources supporting the statement
- Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate
Defamation law varies by jurisdiction and circumstance, so this section should not be treated as legal advice about whether a particular public statement is protected.
Who should document complaints?
Anyone directly involved in a complaint can preserve information that may later be useful.
Different people may contribute different types of documentation.
People directly affected
People who experienced the conduct or condition can document what they personally observed or experienced.
Their accounts should not be treated as less credible merely because they are directly affected.
Witnesses
Other people who observed relevant events may be able to confirm details or provide additional context.
Subject-matter experts
Technical complaints may benefit from qualified expertise.
For example, environmental, medical, engineering, financial, statistical, or legal questions may require professional analysis.
Experts should be used for questions within their expertise, and their qualifications and possible conflicts of interest should be clear.
Employees and others with direct organizational knowledge
Employees, former employees, contractors, or others with direct knowledge may sometimes have information relevant to a complaint.
Protect confidentiality and retaliation concerns.
Do not encourage anyone to unlawfully access records, disclose legally protected information, or violate legitimate professional obligations.
When whistleblower protections may apply, seek appropriate guidance about reporting channels and confidentiality.
Community members and organizations
Community organizations or respected community members may help identify patterns or provide context.
Their status alone should not make their evidence more important than information from people directly affected.
When should you document complaints?
When possible, begin documenting as soon as you recognize that an incident or pattern may become important.
Memories fade, websites change, records can be deleted under ordinary retention schedules, and physical conditions may change.
Early documentation can help preserve details.
When considering a formal complaint
If you may submit information to a regulator, employer, school, licensing body, court, union, or other formal process, determine the documentation requirements as early as possible.
Complaint and filing deadlines may apply.
When advocating for policy change
Documentation can help show whether a community concern is based on isolated events or reflects a broader pattern.
Historical evidence of discrimination, exclusion, unsafe conditions, or unequal treatment has often played an important role in policy and civil-rights reform.
When seeking organizational change
For example, if people receiving public assistance repeatedly report disrespectful treatment, long delays, inaccessible procedures, or other problems, records of specific experiences may help administrators identify what needs to change.
When alleging misconduct or poor performance
Serious allegations should be based on the strongest evidence reasonably available.
One incident may be sufficient when the incident itself is serious or violates a clear rule.
Other complaints may depend on establishing a repeated pattern.
When you suspect consumer fraud
Consumer fraud may affect people of any age, although some scams are deliberately designed to target older adults or other populations perceived as vulnerable.
Useful documentation may include:
- Emails or text messages
- Advertisements
- Contracts
- Receipts
- Account statements
- Caller information
- Screenshots
- Written notes of conversations
When another complaint or allegation may arise from the same conflict
If a dispute becomes complicated, preserve records of your own conduct and communications as well as the information supporting your complaint.
The purpose is to create an accurate record, not to prove another person's “true colors.”
How do you document complaints?
Start by identifying:
- Where the complaint will be submitted
- What authority that organization has
- What information it requires
- What deadlines apply
- What forms or procedures must be followed
Complaining to an official body
Regulatory agencies, employers, schools, unions, professional boards, government agencies, and other institutions may have formal complaint or grievance procedures.
Review the current instructions carefully.
- Submit the complaint to the organization or office that has authority over the issue.
- Pay attention to filing deadlines and other time limits.
- Use the required form or submission process when one exists.
- Provide the documentation the process requests and any other relevant information the process allows.
- Keep confirmation that the complaint was submitted.
If instructions are unclear, contact the appropriate office and ask what is required.
Keep records of:
- The date submitted
- Confirmation or case number
- Contact information for the office
- Any follow-up deadlines
Complaining directly to the organization involved
In some situations, contacting the organization directly may resolve the issue.
Present the concern clearly and provide enough documentation to explain:
- What happened
- When it happened
- Who or what was involved
- What effect it had
- What response or correction you are requesting
A cooperative approach may be useful when the organization appears willing and able to correct the problem.
Stronger advocacy, regulatory action, or another process may be appropriate when serious harm is occurring, rights are being violated, retaliation is possible, or previous attempts have failed.
Communicating with news organizations
Journalists may ask for documentation before reporting on a complaint, particularly when serious allegations are involved.
Three useful principles are:
- Clarity: Be able to explain what happened and why it matters.
- Consequences: Explain the effects on the people or community involved without suggesting that an individual complaint matters only if large numbers of people are affected.
- Confirmation: Be prepared to identify documents, witnesses, public records, or other sources that can help a journalist independently verify important facts.
Never exaggerate or invent details to make a story more compelling.
A journalist's responsibility is to report accurately, not to act as an advocate for your position.
Provide evidence and allow the journalist to evaluate it independently.
Making a complaint public yourself
Advocacy organizations may also communicate complaints through:
- Public meetings
- Reports
- Websites
- Social media
- Public testimony
- Demonstrations
- Community forums
Before publishing allegations:
- Verify important facts
- Protect private or confidential information
- Distinguish what you observed from what you infer
- Distinguish allegations from official findings
- Consider whether public identification of individuals is necessary
- Seek legal guidance when significant legal risk exists
Collect the actual documentation
Record information as soon as practical
Contemporary notes – records made close to the time an event occurred – can be especially useful.
Include:
- Date
- Time
- Location
- People involved
- What you personally observed
- What someone else told you
- Actions taken afterward
Distinguish clearly between direct observation, memory, interpretation, and information received from another source.
Do the background research you need
Learn enough about the issue to understand what information is relevant.
Depending on the complaint, this may include:
- Laws
- Regulations
- Contracts
- Professional standards
- Organizational policies
- Scientific or technical information
- Historical context
Seek qualified help when specialized interpretation is necessary.
Get the basic facts
Record details that may help identify and verify the incident.
These may include:
- Date and time
- Location
- People, organizations, departments, or agencies involved
- Relevant professional or organizational contact information
- Number of incidents or duration of an ongoing problem
Collect personal contact information only when it is genuinely relevant.
Avoid unnecessarily collecting or circulating home addresses, personal phone numbers, or other sensitive personal information.
Describe clearly what the complaint is about
Explain:
- What happened
- Why it is a concern
- Which policy, law, contract, standard, or expectation may apply
- What outcome you are seeking
Avoid stating that a law was violated unless you have a reasonable basis for that conclusion.
When uncertain, describe the facts and identify the rule you believe may apply.
Document what happened
Record each incident as accurately as possible.
Useful details may include:
- Sequence of events
- People present
- Documents exchanged
- Statements made
- Actions taken
- Follow-up communication
If your memory is uncertain about a detail, say so rather than filling in the gap.
Document conversations
After an important conversation, make a written record that includes:
- Date and time
- Participants
- Main points discussed
- Commitments made
- Any follow-up steps
A follow-up email summarizing an important conversation can sometimes create a useful written record and allow others to correct misunderstandings.
Audio or video recording laws vary by jurisdiction, and organizational rules may also apply.
Before recording a conversation, determine what consent or notice is required.
Document the effects
A complaint may involve one incident, repeated incidents, or an ongoing policy or condition.
Possible effects may include:
- Physical harm
- Mental or emotional effects
- Financial loss
- Housing instability
- Loss of services
- Employment consequences
- Educational consequences
- Public-health effects
- Environmental effects
- Loss of access or participation
Be careful about causation.
The fact that an effect occurred after an incident does not by itself prove that the incident caused it.
Medical, environmental, economic, or other technical claims may require additional evidence or qualified analysis.
Human and psychological effects
Policies or treatment by institutions can affect stress, dignity, financial stability, housing, health, or participation.
When documenting these effects, describe what people actually experienced rather than making clinical or causal claims that the evidence cannot support.
Public-health effects
Complaints may involve contamination, unsafe conditions, infectious disease, failures of care, or other health concerns.
Use qualified public-health, medical, environmental, or scientific evidence when connecting an incident or condition to broader health outcomes.
Economic effects
Relevant economic effects may include:
- Financial loss to individuals
- Unnecessary public spending
- Fraud
- Loss of employment
- Property damage
- Costs resulting from service failure
Avoid assuming corruption, favoritism, or fraud unless evidence supports those conclusions.
Environmental effects
Documentation may involve:
- Air or water contamination
- Hazardous waste
- Wildlife impacts
- Damage to land or natural resources
- Permit violations
Environmental sampling or technical measurements should use appropriate methods and qualified expertise where necessary.
Institutional or civic effects
Misconduct or repeated institutional failure can reduce public trust, weaken participation, or interfere with effective government and community institutions.
Describe those effects carefully and avoid broad claims that go beyond the evidence.
Types of supporting documentation
Depending on the complaint, useful evidence may include:
- Photographs or video collected lawfully and safely
- Witness accounts
- Accounts from people directly affected
- Lawfully obtained emails, letters, memos, records, or other documents
- Logs or legally made audio or video recordings
- Public records, credible news reports, or other published material
- Relevant research or technical studies
- Qualified expert analysis
News reports can help establish context or identify potential sources, but use original records whenever they are available for important factual claims.
Document intent only when it matters
Whether intention matters depends on the complaint.
It may be important to distinguish between:
- An accident
- Negligence
- Knowledge of a problem without action
- Deliberate misconduct
Do not assume intent from the result alone.
Emails, policies, warnings, prior complaints, meeting records, or other evidence may help establish what an organization knew and when it knew it.
Preserve and organize your documentation
Keep documentation organized from the beginning.
A simple record might include:
- Date
- Source
- Description
- Where the original is stored
- Why the item is relevant
Preserve originals
Keep original documents and files whenever practical.
Provide copies when copies are acceptable.
Avoid altering original photographs, documents, screenshots, recordings, or electronic files used as evidence.
Back up important records
Maintain secure backups of important digital files.
Depending on sensitivity, consider:
- Access controls
- Secure cloud or organizational storage
- Encrypted storage
- A separate backup location
Protect confidential and personally identifiable information.
Preserve context and metadata when relevant
Screenshots alone may omit important information such as dates, URLs, senders, or document history.
When practical, preserve the original email, webpage, file, or record along with the screenshot.
For evidence likely to be used in a formal legal or regulatory process, ask the relevant authority or qualified professional whether additional preservation or chain-of-custody procedures are needed.
Presenting your documentation
Documentation may need to be presented to:
- Supervisors or organizational leaders
- Regulatory agencies
- Licensing boards
- Unions
- Administrative hearing officers
- Legislative committees
- Courts
- News organizations
- Community members
Organize the material so another person can understand:
- What happened
- What evidence supports the complaint
- What remains uncertain
- What effect occurred
- What response you are requesting
Prepare to explain the information accurately
Know the major facts and be able to locate the supporting records.
You do not need to memorize every detail.
An organized timeline, index, or set of notes can make it easier to answer questions accurately.
In formal legal settings
If you are testifying, giving a deposition, or participating in another formal legal process:
- Tell the truth
- Listen carefully to each question
- Answer accurately
- Say when you do not know or do not remember
- Avoid guessing
- Follow instructions from the court or hearing officer
- Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate
General advocacy guidance should not substitute for individualized legal advice about testimony or litigation strategy.
Protect privacy and safety
Documentation may contain sensitive information about:
- Health
- Disability
- Employment
- Housing
- Immigration status
- Finances
- Education
- Family circumstances
Collect only the information you need.
Before sharing documentation, consider:
- Who needs access
- Whether names or identifying information can be removed
- Whether consent is needed
- Whether disclosure could create retaliation or safety risks
- Whether confidentiality laws or organizational policies apply
In Summary
Documenting a complaint means creating and preserving an accurate record of the events, communications, policies, conditions, and effects involved.
Strong documentation can help organizations, regulators, courts, employers, journalists, and community members understand what happened and decide what response is appropriate.
A complainant does not necessarily have to prove every element of a case before reporting a concern. Different complaint systems have different responsibilities and evidentiary requirements.
Begin documenting as early as practical.
Record dates, times, locations, participants, communications, actions, and effects. Distinguish what you observed directly from what you heard from someone else or inferred.
Preserve relevant emails, photographs, records, receipts, reports, public documents, and other lawfully obtained evidence.
Intent is not always required. Determine whether the particular complaint depends on intent, knowledge, negligence, impact, or another standard.
Follow the complaint procedure that applies, including filing deadlines and required forms.
Protect privacy and sensitive information, and do not encourage people to obtain documents unlawfully or violate legitimate confidentiality obligations.
Recording laws vary, so determine what consent or notice is required before making audio or video recordings.
Public communication should distinguish allegations from established facts and avoid exaggeration.
Store documentation securely, preserve originals where possible, and keep backups.
Finally, good documentation should make the complaint easier to evaluate, not simply more forceful.
The goal is to create a clear, accurate, well-supported record that helps the appropriate people determine what happened and what should be done about it.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resource
Pregnancy Discrimination in the Workplace PDF – This guide provides information for properly documenting instances of pregnancy discrimination in the workplace, which can be universally applicable to other forms of discrimination.
What You Need to Know Before Filing a Complaint – This webpage, written by an advocate, provides advice on what an advocate needs to know before filing a complaint.
To document a complaint:
___Determine whom you're filing the complaint with, and document accordingly
___Develop a plan for documentation
___Research all necessary background information
___Obtain the basic facts
___Describe in writing exactly what the complaint is about
___Describe in writing, as clearly as possible, exactly what happened for as many incidents as possible
___Record conversations, in exact words where possible
___Document the consequences of each incident or policy and/or of the overall series of incidents or policies you're complaining about
___Provide as much actual proof of the substance and details of your complaint as possible
___Present your complaint, with its documentation
Other considerations:
___Your documentation establishes you as a credible witness
___You established your concern by paying attention to and recording the details of the situation
___You have determined whether or not your complaint is taken seriously
___You have used the proper documentation so that it might make a difference as to whether or not the complaint can be acted on by a regulator or court
___You know how you want the complaint acted on and have the proper documentation to support that action
___Your documentation will protect you against libel or slander charges if you make public accusations
___You established the moral advantage through the use of your proof
___You encouraged anyone who has a complaint to document it, and did so yourself
___You asked experts in the field to document the situation
___You asked people directly affected by the actions or policies at which the complaint is directed o document the situation
___You asked people on the inside of the entity at which the complaint is directed to document the situation
___You asked community leaders or other respected individuals to document the situation

-
What is documenting a complaint?
-
Why should you document a complaint?
-
Who should document complaints?
-
When should you document a complaint?
-
How do you document a complaint?
Imagine that a prospective homebuyer believes real estate professionals are treating them differently because of race.
The person notices a pattern: homes described as available by phone are suddenly unavailable when they appear in person, while they are repeatedly directed toward another neighborhood.
The person begins keeping records of:
- Dates and times of calls and meetings
- Properties discussed
- What each person said
- Emails, listings, or other written communication
- Changes in what was represented as available
They then contact an appropriate fair-housing organization or enforcement agency to learn what additional documentation may be useful and how to file a complaint.
Careful documentation may help an agency determine whether further investigation is appropriate.
Complaints can concern many issues, including discrimination, environmental conditions, consumer protection, workplace practices, public services, professional conduct, or treatment by a community organization.
In each case, preserving accurate information can make it easier to understand what happened and determine what response is appropriate.
What is documenting a complaint?
Documenting a complaint means creating and preserving an accurate record of the events, conditions, policies, communications, and effects related to the complaint.
Documentation may include:
- Notes
- Emails or letters
- Photographs
- Public records
- Receipts or invoices
- Policies or contracts
- Witness accounts
- Reports
- Relevant data
- Other lawfully obtained records
The amount and type of documentation needed will depend on the complaint and the organization or process reviewing it.
Filing a complaint does not always require you to prove the entire case yourself. Regulators, courts, employers, schools, professional bodies, and other organizations may have their own authority to investigate.
Your responsibility is generally to provide the most accurate and relevant information you reasonably can and to follow the applicable complaint process.
What might you need to document?
Depending on the issue, useful documentation may help establish:
- That the action, condition, event, or policy occurred
- What the people or organizations involved knew or reasonably could have known, when that is relevant
- Which individual, organization, department, or institution had responsibility
- What conversations, communications, or interactions occurred
- Whether people experienced harm, loss, exclusion, delay, or another negative effect
- The physical, social, economic, health, psychological, environmental, or other effects involved
- The qualifications or relevant experience of experts whose analysis you rely on
Not every complaint requires proof of intent.
Some laws, policies, or complaint processes focus on what happened or what effect a practice had, while others may require evidence about knowledge, intent, negligence, or another legal standard.
Determine what is relevant to the particular complaint rather than assuming the same elements apply in every case.
Why should you document a complaint?
Careful documentation can help the person or organization reviewing a complaint understand what happened.
It can also help distinguish:
- Facts from assumptions
- Individual incidents from patterns
- Direct observations from secondhand information
- Confirmed effects from possible effects
Documentation may help establish credibility
Consistent, detailed records can show that you paid attention to the circumstances and preserved information close to the time events occurred.
Documentation does not automatically prove that one person is truthful and another is not, but it can make the facts easier to evaluate.
Documentation may determine whether a complaint can be investigated
Some agencies or organizations require specific information before they can act.
This may include:
- The date of the incident
- The identity of the organization involved
- A description of what happened
- Supporting records
- Information showing that the complaint falls within the organization's authority
Requirements vary, so check the current procedure that applies to your complaint.
Documentation may affect how a complaint is resolved
Accurate records can help determine:
- Whether a policy or law may have been violated
- Whether the issue appears isolated or repeated
- How serious the effects were
- Whether corrective action has already occurred
- What remedy may be appropriate
Documentation may reduce risks when communicating publicly
Public accusations can create legal and reputational risks.
Before making serious public claims:
- Verify the facts
- Distinguish allegations from established findings
- Avoid exaggeration
- Preserve the sources supporting the statement
- Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate
Defamation law varies by jurisdiction and circumstance, so this section should not be treated as legal advice about whether a particular public statement is protected.
Who should document complaints?
Anyone directly involved in a complaint can preserve information that may later be useful.
Different people may contribute different types of documentation.
People directly affected
People who experienced the conduct or condition can document what they personally observed or experienced.
Their accounts should not be treated as less credible merely because they are directly affected.
Witnesses
Other people who observed relevant events may be able to confirm details or provide additional context.
Subject-matter experts
Technical complaints may benefit from qualified expertise.
For example, environmental, medical, engineering, financial, statistical, or legal questions may require professional analysis.
Experts should be used for questions within their expertise, and their qualifications and possible conflicts of interest should be clear.
Employees and others with direct organizational knowledge
Employees, former employees, contractors, or others with direct knowledge may sometimes have information relevant to a complaint.
Protect confidentiality and retaliation concerns.
Do not encourage anyone to unlawfully access records, disclose legally protected information, or violate legitimate professional obligations.
When whistleblower protections may apply, seek appropriate guidance about reporting channels and confidentiality.
Community members and organizations
Community organizations or respected community members may help identify patterns or provide context.
Their status alone should not make their evidence more important than information from people directly affected.
When should you document complaints?
When possible, begin documenting as soon as you recognize that an incident or pattern may become important.
Memories fade, websites change, records can be deleted under ordinary retention schedules, and physical conditions may change.
Early documentation can help preserve details.
When considering a formal complaint
If you may submit information to a regulator, employer, school, licensing body, court, union, or other formal process, determine the documentation requirements as early as possible.
Complaint and filing deadlines may apply.
When advocating for policy change
Documentation can help show whether a community concern is based on isolated events or reflects a broader pattern.
Historical evidence of discrimination, exclusion, unsafe conditions, or unequal treatment has often played an important role in policy and civil-rights reform.
When seeking organizational change
For example, if people receiving public assistance repeatedly report disrespectful treatment, long delays, inaccessible procedures, or other problems, records of specific experiences may help administrators identify what needs to change.
When alleging misconduct or poor performance
Serious allegations should be based on the strongest evidence reasonably available.
One incident may be sufficient when the incident itself is serious or violates a clear rule.
Other complaints may depend on establishing a repeated pattern.
When you suspect consumer fraud
Consumer fraud may affect people of any age, although some scams are deliberately designed to target older adults or other populations perceived as vulnerable.
Useful documentation may include:
- Emails or text messages
- Advertisements
- Contracts
- Receipts
- Account statements
- Caller information
- Screenshots
- Written notes of conversations
When another complaint or allegation may arise from the same conflict
If a dispute becomes complicated, preserve records of your own conduct and communications as well as the information supporting your complaint.
The purpose is to create an accurate record, not to prove another person's “true colors.”
How do you document complaints?
Start by identifying:
- Where the complaint will be submitted
- What authority that organization has
- What information it requires
- What deadlines apply
- What forms or procedures must be followed
Complaining to an official body
Regulatory agencies, employers, schools, unions, professional boards, government agencies, and other institutions may have formal complaint or grievance procedures.
Review the current instructions carefully.
- Submit the complaint to the organization or office that has authority over the issue.
- Pay attention to filing deadlines and other time limits.
- Use the required form or submission process when one exists.
- Provide the documentation the process requests and any other relevant information the process allows.
- Keep confirmation that the complaint was submitted.
If instructions are unclear, contact the appropriate office and ask what is required.
Keep records of:
- The date submitted
- Confirmation or case number
- Contact information for the office
- Any follow-up deadlines
Complaining directly to the organization involved
In some situations, contacting the organization directly may resolve the issue.
Present the concern clearly and provide enough documentation to explain:
- What happened
- When it happened
- Who or what was involved
- What effect it had
- What response or correction you are requesting
A cooperative approach may be useful when the organization appears willing and able to correct the problem.
Stronger advocacy, regulatory action, or another process may be appropriate when serious harm is occurring, rights are being violated, retaliation is possible, or previous attempts have failed.
Communicating with news organizations
Journalists may ask for documentation before reporting on a complaint, particularly when serious allegations are involved.
Three useful principles are:
- Clarity: Be able to explain what happened and why it matters.
- Consequences: Explain the effects on the people or community involved without suggesting that an individual complaint matters only if large numbers of people are affected.
- Confirmation: Be prepared to identify documents, witnesses, public records, or other sources that can help a journalist independently verify important facts.
Never exaggerate or invent details to make a story more compelling.
A journalist's responsibility is to report accurately, not to act as an advocate for your position.
Provide evidence and allow the journalist to evaluate it independently.
Making a complaint public yourself
Advocacy organizations may also communicate complaints through:
- Public meetings
- Reports
- Websites
- Social media
- Public testimony
- Demonstrations
- Community forums
Before publishing allegations:
- Verify important facts
- Protect private or confidential information
- Distinguish what you observed from what you infer
- Distinguish allegations from official findings
- Consider whether public identification of individuals is necessary
- Seek legal guidance when significant legal risk exists
Collect the actual documentation
Record information as soon as practical
Contemporary notes – records made close to the time an event occurred – can be especially useful.
Include:
- Date
- Time
- Location
- People involved
- What you personally observed
- What someone else told you
- Actions taken afterward
Distinguish clearly between direct observation, memory, interpretation, and information received from another source.
Do the background research you need
Learn enough about the issue to understand what information is relevant.
Depending on the complaint, this may include:
- Laws
- Regulations
- Contracts
- Professional standards
- Organizational policies
- Scientific or technical information
- Historical context
Seek qualified help when specialized interpretation is necessary.
Get the basic facts
Record details that may help identify and verify the incident.
These may include:
- Date and time
- Location
- People, organizations, departments, or agencies involved
- Relevant professional or organizational contact information
- Number of incidents or duration of an ongoing problem
Collect personal contact information only when it is genuinely relevant.
Avoid unnecessarily collecting or circulating home addresses, personal phone numbers, or other sensitive personal information.
Describe clearly what the complaint is about
Explain:
- What happened
- Why it is a concern
- Which policy, law, contract, standard, or expectation may apply
- What outcome you are seeking
Avoid stating that a law was violated unless you have a reasonable basis for that conclusion.
When uncertain, describe the facts and identify the rule you believe may apply.
Document what happened
Record each incident as accurately as possible.
Useful details may include:
- Sequence of events
- People present
- Documents exchanged
- Statements made
- Actions taken
- Follow-up communication
If your memory is uncertain about a detail, say so rather than filling in the gap.
Document conversations
After an important conversation, make a written record that includes:
- Date and time
- Participants
- Main points discussed
- Commitments made
- Any follow-up steps
A follow-up email summarizing an important conversation can sometimes create a useful written record and allow others to correct misunderstandings.
Audio or video recording laws vary by jurisdiction, and organizational rules may also apply.
Before recording a conversation, determine what consent or notice is required.
Document the effects
A complaint may involve one incident, repeated incidents, or an ongoing policy or condition.
Possible effects may include:
- Physical harm
- Mental or emotional effects
- Financial loss
- Housing instability
- Loss of services
- Employment consequences
- Educational consequences
- Public-health effects
- Environmental effects
- Loss of access or participation
Be careful about causation.
The fact that an effect occurred after an incident does not by itself prove that the incident caused it.
Medical, environmental, economic, or other technical claims may require additional evidence or qualified analysis.
Human and psychological effects
Policies or treatment by institutions can affect stress, dignity, financial stability, housing, health, or participation.
When documenting these effects, describe what people actually experienced rather than making clinical or causal claims that the evidence cannot support.
Public-health effects
Complaints may involve contamination, unsafe conditions, infectious disease, failures of care, or other health concerns.
Use qualified public-health, medical, environmental, or scientific evidence when connecting an incident or condition to broader health outcomes.
Economic effects
Relevant economic effects may include:
- Financial loss to individuals
- Unnecessary public spending
- Fraud
- Loss of employment
- Property damage
- Costs resulting from service failure
Avoid assuming corruption, favoritism, or fraud unless evidence supports those conclusions.
Environmental effects
Documentation may involve:
- Air or water contamination
- Hazardous waste
- Wildlife impacts
- Damage to land or natural resources
- Permit violations
Environmental sampling or technical measurements should use appropriate methods and qualified expertise where necessary.
Institutional or civic effects
Misconduct or repeated institutional failure can reduce public trust, weaken participation, or interfere with effective government and community institutions.
Describe those effects carefully and avoid broad claims that go beyond the evidence.
Types of supporting documentation
Depending on the complaint, useful evidence may include:
- Photographs or video collected lawfully and safely
- Witness accounts
- Accounts from people directly affected
- Lawfully obtained emails, letters, memos, records, or other documents
- Logs or legally made audio or video recordings
- Public records, credible news reports, or other published material
- Relevant research or technical studies
- Qualified expert analysis
News reports can help establish context or identify potential sources, but use original records whenever they are available for important factual claims.
Document intent only when it matters
Whether intention matters depends on the complaint.
It may be important to distinguish between:
- An accident
- Negligence
- Knowledge of a problem without action
- Deliberate misconduct
Do not assume intent from the result alone.
Emails, policies, warnings, prior complaints, meeting records, or other evidence may help establish what an organization knew and when it knew it.
Preserve and organize your documentation
Keep documentation organized from the beginning.
A simple record might include:
- Date
- Source
- Description
- Where the original is stored
- Why the item is relevant
Preserve originals
Keep original documents and files whenever practical.
Provide copies when copies are acceptable.
Avoid altering original photographs, documents, screenshots, recordings, or electronic files used as evidence.
Back up important records
Maintain secure backups of important digital files.
Depending on sensitivity, consider:
- Access controls
- Secure cloud or organizational storage
- Encrypted storage
- A separate backup location
Protect confidential and personally identifiable information.
Preserve context and metadata when relevant
Screenshots alone may omit important information such as dates, URLs, senders, or document history.
When practical, preserve the original email, webpage, file, or record along with the screenshot.
For evidence likely to be used in a formal legal or regulatory process, ask the relevant authority or qualified professional whether additional preservation or chain-of-custody procedures are needed.
Presenting your documentation
Documentation may need to be presented to:
- Supervisors or organizational leaders
- Regulatory agencies
- Licensing boards
- Unions
- Administrative hearing officers
- Legislative committees
- Courts
- News organizations
- Community members
Organize the material so another person can understand:
- What happened
- What evidence supports the complaint
- What remains uncertain
- What effect occurred
- What response you are requesting
Prepare to explain the information accurately
Know the major facts and be able to locate the supporting records.
You do not need to memorize every detail.
An organized timeline, index, or set of notes can make it easier to answer questions accurately.
In formal legal settings
If you are testifying, giving a deposition, or participating in another formal legal process:
- Tell the truth
- Listen carefully to each question
- Answer accurately
- Say when you do not know or do not remember
- Avoid guessing
- Follow instructions from the court or hearing officer
- Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate
General advocacy guidance should not substitute for individualized legal advice about testimony or litigation strategy.
Protect privacy and safety
Documentation may contain sensitive information about:
- Health
- Disability
- Employment
- Housing
- Immigration status
- Finances
- Education
- Family circumstances
Collect only the information you need.
Before sharing documentation, consider:
- Who needs access
- Whether names or identifying information can be removed
- Whether consent is needed
- Whether disclosure could create retaliation or safety risks
- Whether confidentiality laws or organizational policies apply
In Summary
Documenting a complaint means creating and preserving an accurate record of the events, communications, policies, conditions, and effects involved.
Strong documentation can help organizations, regulators, courts, employers, journalists, and community members understand what happened and decide what response is appropriate.
A complainant does not necessarily have to prove every element of a case before reporting a concern. Different complaint systems have different responsibilities and evidentiary requirements.
Begin documenting as early as practical.
Record dates, times, locations, participants, communications, actions, and effects. Distinguish what you observed directly from what you heard from someone else or inferred.
Preserve relevant emails, photographs, records, receipts, reports, public documents, and other lawfully obtained evidence.
Intent is not always required. Determine whether the particular complaint depends on intent, knowledge, negligence, impact, or another standard.
Follow the complaint procedure that applies, including filing deadlines and required forms.
Protect privacy and sensitive information, and do not encourage people to obtain documents unlawfully or violate legitimate confidentiality obligations.
Recording laws vary, so determine what consent or notice is required before making audio or video recordings.
Public communication should distinguish allegations from established facts and avoid exaggeration.
Store documentation securely, preserve originals where possible, and keep backups.
Finally, good documentation should make the complaint easier to evaluate, not simply more forceful.
The goal is to create a clear, accurate, well-supported record that helps the appropriate people determine what happened and what should be done about it.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
America's Watchdog is an organization dedicated to consumer protection and corporate fair play. Their home page has a list of current initiatives relevant to the United States.
Amnesty International is the grandparent of modern human rights watchdogs.
The Better Business Bureau, Better Business Bureau Online, Better Business Bureau for Charities and Donors are the various sites for The Better Business Bureau. The first two include links to local branches, reports on problems, and searchable databases of business. The third of these sites is the Better Business Bureau’s site on charitable giving, with reports on various charities.
Chapter 17: Social and Political Change in the "Introduction to Community Psychology" details the characteristics of dehumanizing and harmful societal structures, which means are most effective to reduce harm when engages in social and political changes processes, and how to engage in sustainable forms of activism.
The Committee to Protect Journalists is a press watchdog dedicated to the preservation of freedom of the press around the world.
Common Cause is another major public interest watchdog.
Children's Rights is a watchdog group dedicated to reform for child welfare services in the United States.
The Christian Coalition was founded by Pat Robertson as a Political Action Committee to elect people sympathetic to the views of the religious right.
The Congressional Accountability Project provides information, articles, and links on Congressional ethics reform, public accountability of Congress.
The Corporate Accountability Project provides data, information, and links on corporate misdeeds and accountability.
Corporate Watch is a United Kingdom-based watchdog organization concerned with the accountability of multinational corporations. The site includes a huge trove of links and data on corporations and strategies for gaining corporate accountability.
Corporate Watch USA features a research guide with a database, articles, links, and more.
Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting is a liberal media watchdog.
Friends of the Earth International is a major environmental watchdog.
Greenpeace is the prototypical global environmental watchdog/activist organization.
The mission of The Government Accountability Project is to “protect the public interest and promote government and corporate accountability by advancing occupational free speech, defending whistleblowers, and empowering citizen activists.”
Human Rights Watch is an organization originally founded to monitor the 1972 Helsinki Accords.
Lake Ontario Keeper is a regional, Toronto-based environmental watchdog, primarily concerned with Lake Ontario and its ecosystem.
The Media Research Center is a conservative media watchdog.
The Millers River Watershed Council is a small local environmental watchdog based in the Millers River Valley in central Massachusetts.
The National Safety Council is a public safety watchdog.
Our American Values is an organization intended to safeguard conservative values.
People for the American Way is a liberal democracy watchdog.
Physicians for Human Rights USA is a medical professionals’ human rights watchdog.
Public Citizen was founded by Ralph Nader. One of the original public interest watchdogs.
The Sierra Club is the original environmental watchdog/activist organization, founded more than 100 years ago by the naturalist and environmentalist John Muir.
The Southern Poverty Law Center is a pioneering civil rights watchdog.
The United Nations Human Rights Council is an inter-governmental body within the United Nations system made up of 47 States responsible for the promotion and protection of all human rights around the globe.
The U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission is a government watchdog that monitors the safety and reliability of products in the market, and the honesty of advertising.
What is a watchdog?
___A watchdog is an individual or group (generally non-profit) that keeps an eye on a particular entity or a particular element of community concern, and warns members of the community when potential or actual problems arise
___A watchdog may operate on the local, state, federal, or global level, and may deal with any issue or range of issues
___You can decide what kind of watchdog to be by considering:
- Your resources
- Your philosophy of activism
- What or whom you’re watching
- Whether you have opponents and who they are
- Your goals
- Whether you’re the best individual or organization to take action
What are the areas you might choose to monitor?
___Government
___Corporations and business
___Media
___The environment
___Human rights
___Hate groups
___American freedoms and civil rights
___Public safety
___Consumer affairs
___The general public good
Why act as a watchdog?
___Self-interest
___To defend those with little political or economic power, and help them learn how to gain and use that power
___To keep citizens aware of what is happening in their community and their world
___To maintain power in the hands of the community, rather than of those who have money or power or connections
___To prevent bad consequences that could cost the community economically or socially
___To promote social justice and social change
___To maintain democratic ideals
___Simple justice
Who can act as a watchdog?
___Agencies or organizations concerned with a particular issue
___People affected by an issue or condition, or organizations that represent them
___Professional organizations
___Organizations that represent the general public interest
___Agencies, organizations, and individuals concerned with the economic consequences of policies, practices, and actions
___Those who are members of minority groups or represent minority interests, and want to make sure they aren’t discriminated against, and that their concerns aren’t ignored or forgotten
___Those concerned with the maintenance of democratic ideals
When should you act as a watchdog?
___When you’re seeking to institute or change laws or regulations
___When a new project or venture is starting or about to start, and you have doubts about its impact
___When you believe the public interest is threatened
___When an entity or individual – government or a government official, a corporation or industry, a police department, a human service program, etc. – has proven untrustworthy in the past
___When you receive information about actual, planned, or likely harmful or questionable actions or practices
___When democracy is actually or potentially under attack
___When simple justice demands it
How do you act as a watchdog?
___Do your research:
- Learn everything you need to know to be able to explain and discuss the background and history of the issue(s), situation(s), and entities that you’re concerned with
- Gather the facts about the current state of the issue, and/or about the current policies and practices of the entities you’re concerned with
- Build a network and cultivate sources
___Decide what you’re going to do with the information you have:
- Nothing
- Go public
- Use it as leverage
- Take official action
___Keep up your watchdog stance for the long term
Example #1: Ohio Refuses to Be Intimidated by Hate
Letters from the Ohio Secretary of State and other officials falsely warned these voters that participating in elections could result in felony charges—a clear attempt to intimidate and suppress their right to vote. These actions erode trust in elections, deter civic participation, and disproportionately impact communities of color already facing heightened xenophobia and discrimination.
Community Response and Advocacy
In response to these fearmongering tactics, organizations like OPAWL (Ohio Progressive Asian Women’s Leadership) and the Asian Law Caucus exemplified the role of advocacy groups as effective watchdogs. They released a bold, race-conscious statement affirming the importance of protecting voting rights for all Ohioans, regardless of race, ethnicity, or citizenship pathway. Their efforts as a watchdog demonstrating how advocacy organizations can monitor, expose, and counteract abuses of power.
OPAWL’s statement reinforced the belief that everyone deserves the freedom to shape the decisions that affect their lives. By holding public officials accountable, these organizations emphasized the critical role of civic engagement in safeguarding—not undermining—democratic rights. Their swift action exposed voter intimidation tactics as blatant attempts to divide and disenfranchise marginalized communities.
Empowering Public Messaging
To counteract these oppressive strategies, OPAWL launched a video campaign titled OH No You Don’t. This campaign serves as a powerful example of how public messaging can mobilize collective resistance against voter intimidation. The video sends a strong message to corrupt politicians exploiting hate to restrict fundamental freedoms while pitting communities against each other. Available on Instagram and Facebook, the campaign acts as a rallying cry for unity, empowerment, and active resistance.
Broader Implications
This event underscores the importance of vigilance in protecting voting rights, particularly for marginalized groups targeted by discriminatory practices. It demonstrates the resilience and solidarity of AANHPI communities and the critical role of grassroots organizations in advocating for equality and mobilizing action.
By responding decisively, OPAWL and its partners model how watchdog organizations can not only expose harmful practices but also galvanize communities to push back against systemic injustices. Their work aligns with the Community Tool Box framework by:
- Monitoring public officials and systems for abuses of power.
- Exposing discriminatory practices that undermine democracy.
- Educating and mobilizing communities to take collective action.
A Commitment to Democracy
By uniting against these attacks, Ohioans send a clear message: efforts to intimidate, divide, and undermine democracy will not succeed. Instead, communities reaffirm their commitment to inclusivity, justice, and the protection of voting freedoms for all.
For more information, visit OPAWL's statement or watch the OH No You Don’t campaign video on Instagram and Facebook.
Example #2: Lawyers for Good Government (L4GG): Legal Advocacy for Community Power

Overview
Lawyers for Good Government demonstrates how organized legal professionals can serve as effective community watchdogs while advancing systemic change. Their network of volunteer attorneys partners with local organizations to protect civil rights and environmental justice through strategic advocacy.
Strategic Approach & Impact
Environmental Justice Victory
When a marginalized community faced environmental threats from unexamined industrial development, L4GG showcased effective watchdog advocacy by:
- Partnering with local environmental justice organizations
- Documenting regulatory violations systematically
- Providing legal training to community members
- Securing comprehensive environmental review requirements
- Establishing ongoing community oversight mechanisms
Keys to Success
- Systematic Documentation
- Tracking civil rights violations
- Creating accessible legal resources
- Developing replicable advocacy models
- Community Partnership
- Building local leadership capacity
- Providing technical assistance
- Creating rapid response networks
Lessons for Advocacy
- Professional networks amplify community power when properly organized
- Systematic documentation drives reform
- Investment in community relationships ensures lasting impact
- Knowledge sharing across jurisdictions accelerates change
L4GG exemplifies how organized legal advocacy can transform systemic challenges into opportunities for community empowerment and lasting social change.
Contributor
Elise Goubet
-
What are audits of consumer services?
-
Why conduct audits of consumer services?
-
Who should conduct audits of consumer services?
-
When should you conduct audits of consumer services?
-
How do you conduct audits of consumer services?
Imagine that an experienced restaurant worker applies for a small-business loan.
The applicant has relevant work experience, savings, a business plan, a partner, and potential collateral, but the bank denies the application. Later, the applicant learns that another person seeking a similar loan received approval from the same bank under apparently comparable circumstances.
Concerned that lending decisions may not be applied consistently, the applicant contacts an attorney and an appropriate banking oversight agency.
A review of lending practices may examine whether applicants are being treated consistently and whether race, ethnicity, national origin, or another protected characteristic is improperly affecting decisions.
This kind of review illustrates one purpose of a service audit: to determine whether a service is being delivered as required, whether access is fair, and whether policies and practices are consistent with applicable standards.
Service audits may also examine whether publicly funded programs are providing the services they agreed to provide, whether funding is being used for its intended purpose, whether important services are unavailable, or whether procedures create unnecessary barriers for the people the service is intended to reach.
What is an audit of consumer services?
In this section, an audit of consumer services is a structured examination of a service's policies, practices, procedures, access, and delivery.
The audit asks whether the service:
- Is actually being provided
- Matches what was promised, funded, contracted, or required
- Complies with applicable laws and regulations
- Follows relevant professional and ethical standards
- Is accessible to the people it is intended to serve
- Is delivered consistently and fairly
An audit is different from a program evaluation.
For the purposes of this section, an audit focuses primarily on whether services, procedures, and practices meet established requirements or expectations.
An evaluation focuses more directly on whether a program produces intended outcomes.
In practice, some reviews may include elements of both.
Internal and external audits
An organization may review its own services internally.
Internal reviews can identify problems early and support continuous improvement.
An external audit can provide greater independence when:
- There are allegations of discrimination or misconduct
- Public or charitable funds are involved
- A regulator or funder requires independent review
- Trust in the organization is limited
- The organization has a conflict of interest in evaluating itself
Independence does not mean the auditor has no perspective or institutional interests. The auditor's qualifications, role, methodology, and conflicts of interest should be transparent.
Financial audits and service audits
The word audit is often associated with financial records.
Financial audits generally examine whether financial statements and accounting practices meet applicable standards and accurately reflect an organization's finances.
A service audit may include financial questions when they are relevant, such as:
- Whether funds were spent for their intended purpose
- Whether contracted services were actually delivered
- Whether fees or charges were applied appropriately
- Whether financial practices created barriers to access
Types of consumer and public services
Service audits may apply to many kinds of programs and institutions.
Publicly funded or publicly supported services
These may include:
- Maternal, infant, and child health and nutrition services
- Adult education and literacy programs
- Workforce development and job-training programs
- Parenting and family-support programs
- Services for families experiencing homelessness
- Reentry services for people returning from incarceration
- Disability services
- Public-health programs
- Housing assistance
- Transportation assistance
These services may be designed for people who meet particular eligibility requirements or face specific barriers.
Regulated services offered to the general public
These may include:
- Transportation
- Banking and lending
- Real estate and housing
- Financial services
- Health care
- Utilities
- Municipal services
- Education
- Insurance
- Telecommunications
Why conduct audits of consumer services?
To determine whether needed services are actually available
An audit can examine whether a community has access to the services that are supposed to exist and whether those services are available in practice.
For example, a program may technically offer a service but provide it only during hours that make it inaccessible to many participants.
To support advocacy for needed services
If an audit identifies important gaps, the findings can support requests for:
- Additional funding
- New services
- Expanded hours
- Additional locations
- Transportation support
- Language access
- Disability access
Audit findings should be used as evidence, not merely as “ammunition” against an organization.
To determine whether funded services are being delivered as promised
Contracts, grants, laws, regulations, and program descriptions often establish what a provider is expected to deliver.
An audit can compare those requirements with actual practice.
Differences may result from:
- Limited capacity
- Poor management
- Inadequate funding
- Implementation problems
- Misunderstanding of requirements
- Improper use of funds
- Deliberate misconduct
Avoid assuming deception before the evidence supports that conclusion.
To protect the interests and rights of people using services
People receiving publicly funded or regulated services may face barriers to filing complaints or influencing institutions.
Barriers may include:
- Limited information about rights or procedures
- Language barriers
- Disability-related barriers
- Fear of retaliation or loss of services
- Limited transportation or technology access
- Complicated grievance procedures
An audit can help identify those barriers.
People who use the service should also have meaningful opportunities to help define what should be examined and to explain how the service operates in practice.
To protect public and charitable resources
Public or charitable funds should be used consistently with the purpose for which they were provided.
Audits can help determine whether:
- Services are being delivered
- Funding is being used as authorized
- Required reporting is accurate
- Contracts and grant requirements are being followed
To improve services and community outcomes
An audit may identify procedural or operational problems that can be corrected.
Examples include:
- Confusing intake procedures
- Inadequate staff training
- Unnecessary documentation requirements
- Unequal treatment
- Poor communication
- Inadequate language or disability access
- Services that do not match the program's stated purpose
Who should organize or conduct an audit?
The person or organization requesting an audit does not always need to be the one conducting it.
Separate the questions:
- Who should request or organize the audit?
- Who has the authority and expertise to conduct it?
- Who can access the necessary information?
- Who can do the work with sufficient independence?
Do you have the necessary expertise?
Auditors need enough subject-matter knowledge to understand:
- Applicable laws and regulations
- Funding or contractual requirements
- Relevant professional standards
- How the service is supposed to operate
- Appropriate research and data-analysis methods
Specialized questions may require legal, financial, medical, statistical, accessibility, engineering, or other expertise.
Do you have the resources?
A careful audit may require substantial:
- Staff time
- Data analysis
- Interviews
- Document review
- Travel
- Translation or interpretation
- Accessibility accommodations
- Legal or technical consultation
Are you sufficiently independent?
An advocacy organization can identify concerns, gather information, or request an audit.
In some situations, however, an independent auditor may strengthen confidence in the process.
Independence may be especially important when:
- The auditor and provider are organizational competitors
- Political controversy is significant
- The audit may lead to sanctions or funding decisions
- Serious allegations are involved
Credibility should depend primarily on qualifications, transparency, sound methods, independence, and evidence – not simply on prestige, political status, or name recognition.
Can the auditor obtain the information needed?
Formal regulators, funders, inspectors general, auditors, or other oversight bodies may have authority to obtain records that are not available to the general public.
A community organization conducting an independent review may need to rely on:
- Public records
- Voluntarily provided records
- Interviews
- Publicly observable conditions
- Program participants' experiences
Be clear about these limitations when reporting findings.
Possible auditors
Depending on the issue, appropriate auditors or reviewers may include:
- Government regulatory or oversight agencies
- Inspectors general or auditors
- Funding organizations
- Licensing or professional oversight bodies
- Qualified independent consultants
- Researchers or evaluators with relevant expertise
- Peer-review teams
- Community-based oversight bodies
- Watchdog organizations with appropriate expertise
Well-known individuals or public figures are not automatically appropriate auditors. Relevant expertise and a credible process matter more than prestige.
When should you organize or conduct an audit?
When there is a question about whether needed services exist
An audit can identify:
- Missing services
- Inadequate capacity
- Geographic gaps
- Long waiting periods
- Eligibility barriers
- Limited hours
When advocating for a service or funding change
Audit findings can help explain why additional resources or different services may be needed.
Conduct the audit when reliable information is needed for decision-making, rather than timing it primarily to take advantage of an election or political campaign.
When there are concerns about equitable access
An audit can examine whether people are treated differently because of:
- Race or ethnicity
- National origin
- Disability
- Language
- Gender
- Age
- Income or economic circumstances
- Geography
- Another characteristic relevant to applicable law or program policy
Differences in outcomes do not automatically establish discrimination, but they may identify patterns that require closer examination.
When program incentives may unintentionally exclude people
Funding formulas can sometimes create incentives to enroll people who are easiest to serve rather than those facing the greatest barriers.
For example, a workforce or adult-education provider paid primarily according to completion or employment rates may have incentives to prioritize applicants who are already closest to completing the program successfully.
An audit can examine whether funding and performance measures are unintentionally narrowing access.
When funding is at stake
An audit may help determine whether:
- Funding should continue
- Additional resources are justified
- Funding conditions should change
- Corrective action is needed
- Another provider or delivery model should be considered
During broader community planning
Service audits can contribute to community assessments by identifying:
- Service gaps
- Duplication
- Access barriers
- Equity concerns
- Coordination problems
- Areas requiring additional investment
How do you organize or conduct an audit of consumer services?
Organizing an audit
Gather evidence that an audit may be needed
Begin with enough information to explain the concern clearly.
Possible indicators include:
- Repeated complaints
- Documented service gaps
- Inconsistent treatment
- Possible violations of law or policy
- Questions about whether funds are being used as required
- Significant differences between promised and actual services
- Patterns suggesting unequal access
Community reports and informal information may provide useful leads but should be verified before being presented as established facts.
Protect people who report concerns
People using services may fear retaliation, loss of benefits, embarrassment, or other harm if they complain.
Before collecting or publishing their accounts:
- Explain how information may be used
- Obtain meaningful consent
- Protect identifying information where appropriate
- Consider retaliation risks
- Avoid making promises of confidentiality that you cannot keep
Identify the appropriate auditor
Ask:
- Who has formal authority?
- Who has relevant expertise?
- Who can access necessary records?
- Who is sufficiently independent?
- Who can conduct the audit fairly and transparently?
Build appropriate support
Support may come from:
- People who use the service
- Community organizations
- Funders
- Oversight agencies
- Public officials
- Professional organizations
Public attention is not always necessary for an audit to be effective.
Decide whether public communication is useful based on:
- The seriousness of the issue
- Safety and retaliation risks
- Whether the organization is cooperating
- Whether public disclosure is necessary for accountability
- Whether disclosure could interfere with an investigation
Avoid hiding serious misconduct merely to preserve a future relationship with the organization.
At the same time, not every problem requires immediate public exposure. The response should fit the evidence, severity, and accountability needs.
Conducting an audit
Define the purpose and scope
Before gathering data, state clearly:
- What service or practice is being audited
- What period the audit covers
- Which standards will be used
- Which questions the audit will answer
- Which questions are outside its scope
A clearly defined scope helps prevent the audit from becoming a general search for anything that may reflect poorly on the organization.
Budget the necessary resources
Plan for:
- Staff time
- Data collection
- Records review
- Interviews
- Translation and interpretation
- Accessibility
- Technical expertise
- Data security
- Report preparation
Establish a working process with the organization when appropriate
If the organization is cooperating, clarify:
- Schedule
- Records requested
- Interview access
- Confidentiality
- Privacy protections
- Who will receive preliminary and final findings
- Whether the organization will have an opportunity to correct factual errors
Cooperation should not compromise the auditor's independence.
Distinguish an audit from an outside investigation
If an organization provides no access to internal records or staff, an outside group may still conduct an investigation or public-interest review using available evidence.
Be clear about the limits of that process.
Do not describe an investigation based solely on public information as though it had the same access or authority as a formal audit.
Determine what information is needed
Depending on the audit, information may include:
- Financial information
- Number of people served
- Geographic reach
- Demographic information relevant to equitable access
- Eligibility criteria
- Wait times
- Hours and locations
- Language access
- Disability access
- Staff qualifications
- Grievance procedures
- Service-delivery methods
- Participant experiences
- Contract or grant requirements
Collect demographic information only when it serves a clear purpose and protect sensitive personal data.
Gather information
Possible sources include:
- Contracts
- Grant agreements
- Policies
- Procedures
- Service records
- Financial records
- Board or governing-body records
- Public records
- Annual reports
- Reports to funders
- Complaints and grievances
- Interviews
- Surveys
- Observation
- Community-generated information
Follow applicable privacy, confidentiality, consent, and records-access requirements.
Interview a range of people
Depending on the service, interview:
- Current and former service users
- Family members or caregivers when relevant
- Frontline staff
- Supervisors
- Administrators
- Board members
- Funders
- Oversight officials
- Partner organizations
- Community organizations
Service users should not be treated merely as sources of complaints. Their experience can help explain how policies function in practice.
Observe service delivery when appropriate
Observation may help auditors understand:
- Intake procedures
- Waiting conditions
- Accessibility
- Staff-participant interactions
- Classroom or program operations
- Transportation routes
- Follow-up procedures
Observation should respect privacy and informed-consent requirements where applicable.
Analyze the data
Compare actual practice with the standards identified at the beginning of the audit.
Ask:
- Is the service being delivered as required?
- Are policies followed consistently?
- Are participants informed of their rights and grievance procedures?
- Are people able to access the service?
- Are particular populations disproportionately excluded or burdened?
- Are funds being used consistently with the program's purpose?
- Are records complete and accurate?
- Are there unexplained differences between policy and practice?
Required procedures
Some funded or regulated programs must maintain:
- Grievance procedures
- Participant notices
- Eligibility documentation
- Nondiscrimination procedures
- Privacy protections
- Required reporting
An audit can determine whether those requirements exist on paper and whether they are actually being implemented.
Use of funds
An audit may examine whether program funds are used consistently with grants, contracts, donor restrictions, or other requirements.
Do not assume that high administrative spending alone proves misuse.
Administrative costs can include necessary functions such as:
- Staff supervision
- Financial controls
- Technology
- Compliance
- Training
- Evaluation
Focus on whether spending is reasonable, authorized, transparent, and connected to the organization's responsibilities.
Fraud or serious misrepresentation
If evidence suggests that an organization is reporting services it did not provide or intentionally providing false information, the issue may require formal investigation.
Distinguish:
- Errors
- Weak documentation
- Poor management
- Contract noncompliance
- Misrepresentation
- Fraud
Do not label conduct fraudulent unless the evidence supports that conclusion.
Equity and discrimination
Service audits can identify patterns in access or treatment.
Examples may include:
- Transportation routes that provide substantially less access to some neighborhoods
- Programs serving large numbers of people who use languages other than English without appropriate language access
- Physical or digital systems that create barriers for people with disabilities
- Lending or housing practices that appear to differ by race, ethnicity, national origin, disability, or another protected characteristic
Statistical differences may identify a need for further review but do not automatically establish unlawful discrimination.
Prepare the audit report
A useful report should explain:
- Why the audit was conducted
- The audit's scope
- Standards used
- Methodology
- Sources of information
- Limitations
- Findings
- Strengths
- Problems or inconsistencies
- Recommended corrective actions
A detailed report creates a record of what was found at a particular point in time.
It should not imply that findings are beyond dispute merely because the report is detailed.
Readers should be able to understand how the conclusions were reached.
Acknowledge what is working
An audit should identify strengths as well as problems.
This can help:
- Preserve effective practices
- Distinguish isolated problems from broader failures
- Make recommendations more specific
Recommend corrective action
Recommendations should be tied directly to the findings.
Depending on the problem, they might include:
- Revising policies
- Staff training
- Improved language or disability access
- Changes in eligibility or intake procedures
- Stronger financial controls
- Better complaint processes
- Additional staffing
- Improved documentation
- Independent monitoring
- Referral to an oversight authority when serious violations may have occurred
Develop a corrective-action plan
When problems can be corrected, establish:
- Specific actions
- Responsible individuals or departments
- Timelines
- Resources required
- Measures of completion
- Follow-up review dates
The auditor may help identify corrective actions, but responsibility for operating the service remains with the provider and relevant oversight bodies.
Decide what to do with the findings
The appropriate response depends on the seriousness of the findings, the authority of the auditor, and the risk to people using the service.
Share findings with organizational leadership or the governing board
Internal leadership may be able to correct operational or management problems.
Work with the provider on corrective action
Collaboration may be appropriate when:
- Problems appear correctable
- The organization acknowledges them
- Leadership is willing to act
- Immediate public disclosure is not necessary to protect people from harm
Report findings to an appropriate oversight body
Serious or unresolved concerns may need to be referred to:
- Regulators
- Funders
- Inspectors general
- Licensing bodies
- Civil-rights agencies
- Auditors
- Other responsible authorities
A community organization does not necessarily need to prove an entire legal case before making a good-faith report to an agency responsible for investigation.
Consider legal action when appropriate
Litigation may be appropriate when:
- Rights have been violated
- Serious harm is ongoing
- Administrative remedies are inadequate
- A court order or other legal remedy is necessary
Seek qualified legal advice about applicable rights, deadlines, evidence, and remedies.
Communicate findings publicly when appropriate
Public communication may include:
- Publishing the audit report
- Holding a community meeting
- Sharing findings with journalists
- Giving public testimony
- Posting accessible summaries or data
Public communication should serve transparency and accountability rather than being used primarily as a threat to obtain concessions.
Before publication:
- Verify important findings
- Protect confidential and personal information
- Distinguish findings from allegations
- Explain important limitations
- Consider whether people using the service could face retaliation
Follow up
An audit is useful only if findings lead to appropriate follow-up.
Monitor whether:
- Corrective actions were completed
- Service access improved
- Problematic practices stopped
- Policies were actually implemented
- New problems emerged
- Additional oversight is necessary
Follow-up does not always require repeating a full audit on a fixed schedule.
The appropriate frequency depends on:
- The seriousness of the findings
- Legal or funding requirements
- The risk of recurrence
- Whether corrective actions are complete
- Available oversight resources
In Summary
Audits of consumer services can help communities determine whether publicly funded or regulated services are available, accessible, fair, and consistent with applicable standards.
A service audit generally focuses on practices, procedures, policies, and compliance. An evaluation focuses more directly on outcomes, although some reviews may include elements of both.
Audits can identify service gaps, unequal access, failures to deliver contracted services, financial or procedural problems, and other barriers affecting people who use services.
People directly affected should have meaningful opportunities to contribute to the audit rather than being treated merely as sources of complaints.
The organization requesting an audit does not necessarily need to conduct it.
Choose an auditor according to expertise, authority, access to information, independence, methodology, and available resources rather than prestige alone.
Define the audit's scope and standards before gathering information.
Use records, interviews, observation, program data, complaints, and other relevant information while protecting privacy and confidentiality.
Compare actual practice with applicable requirements and distinguish errors, poor management, noncompliance, misrepresentation, and fraud rather than treating them as interchangeable.
Examine equitable access carefully. Differences across populations may identify important concerns but should be analyzed before conclusions about discrimination are drawn.
The audit report should explain methods, findings, strengths, limitations, problems, and recommended corrective actions.
When problems are correctable, develop a clear action plan with responsibilities, timelines, and follow-up.
More serious findings may require referral to regulators, funders, civil-rights agencies, courts, or other oversight bodies.
Public communication may also be appropriate, but it should promote transparency and accountability rather than function primarily as a threat.
Finally, follow up after the audit.
The goal is not merely to identify what is wrong. It is to determine whether services are being delivered fairly and appropriately, correct deficiencies, protect the people who rely on those services, and strengthen accountability over time.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
About PIRC/Social Audit is a British consumer watchdog modeled on Public Citizen, currently focusing on an audit of the use of anti-depressants and the pharmaceutical industry.
The European Union Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) is a management tool for companies and other organisations to evaluate, report and improve their environmental performance.
The U.K. Audit Commission on conducting crime and safety audits. An excellent take on what information to collect, how to get it, etc.
What are audits of consumer services?
___An audit is an independent, formal inspection of the procedures, practices, policies, and/or programs of a service, in order to show that that the service is what it is meant to be, and that it adheres to accepted legal, ethical, and professional standards.
___You acknowledge two types of consumer services:
- Publicly-funded services offered to a target population - often disadvantaged - to improve its physical, economic, psychological, or social well-being.
- Publicly-regulated services offered to the general public.
Why conduct audits of consumer services?
___To determine whether needed services are actually being provided
___To use as ammunition for an advocacy campaign to acquire needed services
___To determine whether services that are being funded are actually being provided as they were intended to be
___To protect the interests of those for whom the services are intended
___To protect the economic and social interests of the public, who are paying for the services or their regulation
___To improve the chances of the successful resolution of community issues
___To foster social change
Who should conduct audits of consumer services?
___Do you have the expertise to conduct the audit?
___Do you have the resources to conduct the audit?
___Are you the most appropriate party to conduct the audit? (Is it someone else's job?)
___Can you gain the cooperation of the organization to be audited?
___Would an audit by you be as credible as one conducted by someone better known?
If you don't conduct the audit, you might choose:
___A government oversight agency or regulator
___A professional oversight body
___A watchdog organization
___Academics and other researchers and experts in the field
___Eminent individuals or commissions they serve on
___An audit team from one or more peer organizations
___Funders
When should you conduct audits of consumer services?
___When you're advocating for the need for a particular service
___When there's a question about the availability of services
___When there's a question about equity in the delivery of services
___When funding is at stake
___When there's a broad-ranging community development or other, similar effort
How do you organize and conduct audits of consumer services?
___You gather evidence of the need for the audit
___You identify an appropriate auditor
___You gather support for the audit
To conduct an audit of consumer services:
___You budget adequate resources for the audit
___You negotiate beforehand with the organization to be audited
___You decide what information you need
___You gather data
___You analyze the data
___You prepare an audit report, including a plan for correcting whatever problems you found
___You work with the audited organization to put remedies into practice
___You decide what to do with the audit results
___You create a plan for maintaining the audit process
Tool: Rubric for consumer audit
This tool will allow you to judge the quality of an audit process (from Iowa State University's Marketing Class)
Rubric for Consumer Audit
| Criteria | Excellent (3 pts) | Satisfactory (2 pts) | Unsatisfactory (1 pt) |
| Data Collection | |||
| Observations | Observations of both customers and employees are thoroughly and clearly reported. There is no to almost no missing information that could be collected via observation. | Observations of both customers and employees are reported, but the thoroughness and / or clarity of the information is problematic. There is clearly other informationt that should have been collected via observation. | Either the observations for customers or employees are missing, or the information that is reported is so scant as to be useless. |
| Surveys / Interviews | Information collected via survey/interviews of both customers and employees is thoroughly and clearly reported. There is no to almost no missing information that could be collected via surveys / interviews. The correspondence between this information and the observation data is clearly and thoroughly detailed. | Information collected via surveys / interviews of both customers and employees is reported, but the thoroughness and / or clarity of the information is problematic. There is clearly other information that should have been collected via surveys / interviews. The relationship of this information to the observational data is discussed, but not in enough detail. | Either the information collected via surveys / interviews for customers or employees is missing, or the information that is reported is so scant as to be useless. The relationship between this data and the observational data is not provided. |
| Data Analysis | Analysis of data is detailed. Any necessary assumptions are stated and justified. The analysis appropriately incorporates consumer behavior theories and concepts. | Some analysis is included, but it is not very detailed. Some statements are not supported by analysis. Linkage to consumer behavior concepts is incomplete and / or sometimes incorrect. | Analysis is missing or trivial, lacking any depth. Necessary assumptions are not stated. Linkage to consumer behavior concepts is missing. |
| Data Inferences | |||
| Market Segmentation | Careful identification of all possible market segments is provided and is based solely on the consumer data. Each identified segment is clearly and thoroughly described; it is clear how multiple segments differ from one another. Reasoning for segment)s is provided and logical. | Some, but not all possible market segments are identified and thoroughly described, given the consumer data. How multiple segments differ from one another and / or the reasoning for each segment is weakly argued. | Market segmentation is provided, but it is only the most basic of segmentation, suggesting that little critical thought was given to this issue. Reasoning for segmentation is missing or faulty. Arguments for multiple segments (if applicable) is missing. |
| Marketing Recommendations | Reasonable marketing recommendations are thoroughly described and reasoned and are clearly linked to market segmentation. | Marketing recommendations are made, but not as thoroughly as possible. Some of the recommendations may lack reasonability. Some of the recommendations may be only obscurely linked to market segmentation. | Marketing recommendations are missing, or the recommendations that are identified are clearly not linked to market segmentation, or the recommendations that are identified are not at all reasonable. |
| Written Communications | |||
| Organization | Written work is well organized and easy to understand. Sections of paper are marked with appropriate headings. Tables and charts are appropriately used and easy to understand, and contribute to the ease of reading the paper. | The organization is generally good, but some sections seems out of place. Some headings may be missing. Tables and charts are included, but are difficult to understand (e.g., poorly labeled). | The paper is disorganized to the extent that it prevents understanding the content. There are no headings, inappropriate use of charts or tables, or, use of tables and charts is indicated, but not included. |
| Integration of Writing Styles | The team developed a writing style that is uniform throughout the paper. There is no indication that the paper involved multiple authors. | There is some indication of multiple authors (.e.g., different fonts, different paper, etc.) | Paper is clearly the work of multiple authors with different writing styles, margins, printer fonts, paper types, etc. |
| Grammar, Spelling, and Formatting | The paper has been thoroughly spell-checked and proofread. There are none to almost no grammatical or spelling errors. There are no formatting errors. | There are a few spelling and / or grammatical errors. There are one to three formatting errors. | There are frequent instances of misspelled words, serious grammatical errors, and formatting errors, indicating that time was not taken to spell-check and proofread. |
| Use of Appendices | Information is appropriately placed in either the main text or an appendix. Appendices are documented and referenced in the text. | Information is sometimes misplaced. Documenting and referencing in text are somewhat incomplete. Appendices are poorly documented and referenced in text. | Considerable amount of material is misplaced. Appendices are not documented or referenced in the text. |

Imagine this scene: A county finance committee is meeting to decide how limited public funds should be allocated among several community programs.
Each program director has only a few minutes to explain the need their organization addresses and why continued or additional funding may be justified.
The director of a program serving adolescent parents anticipates that committee members will want to know:
- How many young people in the county are affected
- Whether rates differ across towns or neighborhoods
- How many people the program currently serves
- Whether there is unmet demand
- What outcomes the program is designed to improve
The director therefore arrives with current local data, program information, and appropriate examples of how the issue affects residents.
Personal stories may also help policymakers understand an issue, but participants should decide voluntarily whether and how their experiences are shared. Their identities should not be disclosed privately or publicly without meaningful consent.
This example illustrates a central principle of advocacy research: research is most useful when it anticipates the questions decision-makers and communities need answered without sacrificing accuracy, privacy, or the people whose experiences are being represented.
What do we mean by conducting research to influence policy?
Research can take many forms, and different questions require different methods.
Research intended to inform or influence policy focuses on evidence that can help policymakers, community members, organizations, and other decision-makers understand:
- Whether a problem or need exists
- Who is affected
- What contributes to the issue
- What policies or interventions have been tried
- What evidence supports different options
- What costs, benefits, and unintended consequences may result
- Whether existing policy is working
The purpose is not simply to collect information that makes a preferred policy more persuasive.
Good policy research can support a proposed approach, suggest modifications, identify a better alternative, or show that the original assumption was incorrect.
When communicating findings, advocates may use statistics, research summaries, lived experience, testimony, examples, and other forms of evidence.
Each should be presented accurately and with enough context for the audience to understand what the evidence does and does not establish.
Why conduct research to influence policy?
To determine whether funding, services, or policy action are needed
Research may begin with a suspected need.
In that situation, your research should test the assumption rather than simply gather information to prove it.
Ask:
- How widespread is the problem?
- Who is affected?
- What do people directly affected identify as important?
- What services or policies already exist?
- Where are the gaps?
- What evidence supports possible responses?
If sound research does not support the need you expected to find, reconsider the original assumption.
Advocacy credibility depends on being willing to change course when the evidence changes.
To identify what a community actually needs
Sometimes the appropriate policy is not known in advance.
Research may help identify:
- Community priorities
- Barriers to services
- Root causes
- Populations experiencing disproportionate effects
- Gaps in existing policy
- Possible unintended consequences
In this situation, the research helps define the advocacy goal rather than merely supporting one that has already been chosen.
To demonstrate that an issue exists and should be addressed
Policymakers and community members may not know the scale or consequences of a problem.
Research can provide:
- Local prevalence or incidence data
- Trends over time
- Geographic patterns
- Community experiences
- Economic or health effects
- Evidence of unequal access or treatment
The aim should be to make the issue understandable, not to manufacture urgency or outrage.
To make sure policy addresses the right problem
The most visible problem is not always the underlying one.
Research may show that an intervention should focus on:
- Access
- Communication
- Economic conditions
- Service quality
- Institutional practices
- Education
- Prevention
- Another underlying factor
Avoid moving from one study directly to a policy conclusion unless the evidence supports that connection.
To evaluate a specific policy, method, or practice
Research can help determine whether a policy or practice:
- Produces intended outcomes
- Creates unintended harms
- Is implemented consistently
- Works equally well across populations
- Is cost-effective
- Should be expanded, revised, replaced, or discontinued
Use terms such as support, evaluate, or challenge rather than treating research mainly as a tool for “discrediting” a practice.
To learn from other communities
Research can identify policies or programs that have been tried elsewhere.
When considering whether those findings apply locally, ask:
- How similar is the population?
- How similar are local laws and institutions?
- What resources were available?
- How was the intervention implemented?
- What outcomes were measured?
- What limitations did the researchers identify?
A policy that worked elsewhere may require adaptation rather than direct replication.
To investigate possible misconduct or institutional failure
Research may be appropriate when there are credible concerns involving:
- Corruption
- Fraud
- Conflicts of interest
- Misuse of public funds
- Discrimination
- Regulatory violations
- Misleading public statements
- Failure to carry out legal or contractual obligations
Investigative research should seek to establish facts and accountability.
Its purpose should not be to generate enough public anger to force a particular result.
To protect public health and safety
Research may identify risks involving:
- Environmental contamination
- Workplace conditions
- Transportation safety
- Food or product safety
- Public-health threats
- Infrastructure
Technical questions should be addressed with appropriate scientific or professional expertise.
To strengthen the evidence behind advocacy
Good research helps advocates:
- Explain the issue accurately
- Answer legitimate questions
- Evaluate competing claims
- Identify uncertainty
- Avoid overstating conclusions
- Revise recommendations when necessary
To maintain integrity
Policy research should influence advocates as well as policymakers.
If credible evidence contradicts your preferred position, examine:
- Whether the research question was appropriate
- Whether the methods were sound
- Whether the evidence applies to your community
- Whether your original assumption was wrong
Do not reject sound evidence simply because it complicates the advocacy message.
Who should conduct research to influence policy?
Many people and organizations can contribute to policy research.
The appropriate team depends on the question, methods, resources, and expertise required.
Community members and community-based organizations
People directly affected by an issue may bring knowledge that is absent from formal datasets or academic research.
They can help:
- Identify research questions
- Design surveys or interviews
- Recruit participants
- Interpret findings
- Identify unintended consequences
- Develop policy recommendations
Community organizations may benefit from partnerships with researchers or data specialists when statistical, technical, or methodological expertise is required.
Academic researchers
Universities and research centers may provide:
- Subject-matter expertise
- Statistical analysis
- Evaluation experience
- Access to research databases
- Student or faculty collaboration
Academic status alone does not guarantee that a study is appropriate or unbiased.
Review methods, limitations, funding, and conflicts of interest.
Research organizations and policy institutes
Research organizations may contribute valuable policy analysis.
Evaluate their work according to:
- Methodology
- Data sources
- Transparency
- Funding
- Relevant expertise
- Conflicts of interest
- Whether conclusions match the evidence
Do not assume research is reliable or unreliable simply because an organization is associated with a particular political or ideological perspective.
Government agencies
Public agencies often collect large amounts of data related to:
- Health
- Education
- Employment
- Housing
- Transportation
- Environment
- Public spending
- Other policy areas
Review definitions, collection methods, dates, exclusions, and revisions before using government data.
Professional associations
Professional organizations may sponsor research, establish standards, or provide expertise in their fields.
Consider whether the association represents interests that may affect its interpretation of the issue.
Independent commissions and review bodies
Governments or institutions sometimes create commissions to investigate complex policy questions.
Their usefulness depends on:
- Independence
- Expertise
- Transparency
- Access to information
- Whether findings and recommendations are made public
Organizations working directly on the issue
Service organizations and advocacy groups may have valuable administrative data, community relationships, and practical experience.
Their involvement should be transparent, including any direct interest they have in the policy outcome.
Watchdog and oversight organizations
These organizations may contribute investigative research or analysis.
Apply the same source-evaluation standards to watchdog organizations that you would apply to government agencies, universities, businesses, advocacy organizations, or other sources.
Regulatory, investigative, or law-enforcement agencies
When there is credible evidence of possible illegal conduct, an appropriate government authority may conduct a formal investigation.
Community organizations should not attempt to substitute for agencies that have legal authority, subpoena power, specialized forensic tools, or other formal investigative responsibilities.
When should you conduct research to influence policy?
When no adequate policy exists
Research can help establish:
- The nature of the problem
- Who is affected
- What approaches have been tried elsewhere
- What implementation would require
- Which options appear most promising
When an urgent or overlooked issue needs attention
Research can help demonstrate that a problem exists even when it is poorly understood or has received limited public attention.
Avoid assuming that lack of attention always reflects deliberate indifference. Information may be incomplete, responsibilities may be unclear, or competing priorities may be involved.
When an existing policy or budget is being reviewed
Policy review creates an opportunity to present current evidence regarding:
- Need
- Effectiveness
- Cost
- Access
- Equity
- Implementation
- Unintended effects
When important considerations are being overlooked
Research can ensure that difficult or less visible issues are considered during policy discussions.
When the effects of current policy are unclear
Evaluation can help determine:
- Whether intended outcomes occurred
- Whether effects differed across populations
- Whether there were unintended consequences
- Whether policy should continue, change, or end
When new evidence suggests current policy may need revision
Policy should be revisited when credible evidence indicates that:
- Existing assumptions are outdated
- Programs are not producing expected outcomes
- Costs or harms are greater than expected
- New approaches appear more effective
When you have an opportunity to contribute to policymaking
Public hearings, advisory committees, regulatory comment periods, legislative briefings, commissions, and community planning processes may provide opportunities to present research.
Evidence is especially useful when you can explain:
- The source
- Methods
- Findings
- Limitations
- Policy implications
How do you approach research intended to influence policy?
Define the policy question
Be clear about what you are trying to learn or change.
You may be trying to:
- Determine what policy should be
- Evaluate whether existing policy works
- Support a policy change
- Oppose a proposed policy
- Advocate for funding
- Improve implementation
- Strengthen oversight or enforcement
Identify the relevant audiences
Different people may need different information.
Audiences may include:
- Elected officials
- Public agencies
- Funders
- Businesses
- Community organizations
- People directly affected
- Researchers
- Journalists
- The broader public
The purpose of understanding an audience is to determine what questions it needs answered and what level of explanation is appropriate – not to identify personal vulnerabilities or manipulate people into supporting your position.
Elected officials and public decision-makers
Decision-makers may need information about:
- Number of people affected
- Budget consequences
- Legal requirements
- Evidence of effectiveness
- Community priorities
- Implementation feasibility
- Effects on different constituencies
Avoid assuming that elected officials are motivated primarily by reelection or personal connections.
Personal testimony from constituents can be valuable, but people should not be selected or approached primarily because of family or social relationships with officials.
Businesses and employers
Businesses may consider:
- Costs
- Revenue
- Legal obligations
- Workforce effects
- Customer needs
- Community relationships
- Reputation
- Long-term sustainability
Do not assume that profit is the only relevant consideration for every business or that the same evidence will matter equally to all businesses.
Funders
Funders may want information about:
- Need
- Outcomes
- Cost
- Implementation quality
- Equity
- Sustainability
- Community priorities
Avoid assuming that all funders prioritize the lowest-cost intervention or that ideological disagreement automatically means evidence will be ignored.
The public
Community members may want to understand:
- How a policy affects them
- Whether it is fair
- Whether it is likely to work
- What it costs
- Who benefits
- What risks or tradeoffs are involved
- Whether alternatives exist
Do not characterize public reasoning as simplistic or based mainly on emotion.
Community members may bring lived experience, practical knowledge, values, and concerns that technical research alone does not capture.
Use existing evidence before collecting new data
Before beginning new research, determine whether reliable evidence already exists.
Review:
- Peer-reviewed research
- Government data
- Program evaluations
- Community assessments
- Public records
- Previous policy analyses
- Research from comparable communities
Collect new information when existing evidence cannot answer the policy question adequately.
Conduct the research
Choose methods according to the question rather than according to what is most likely to produce the result you want.
Useful approaches may include:
- Statistical analysis
- Surveys
- Interviews
- Focus groups
- Program evaluation
- Cost analysis
- Policy comparison
- Public-records research
- Community-based participatory research
- Qualitative research
Use multiple kinds of evidence where appropriate
Different evidence can answer different questions.
Quantitative data may help describe:
- Scale
- Trends
- Differences among populations
- Costs
- Outcomes
Qualitative evidence may help explain:
- Experiences
- Barriers
- Perceptions
- Implementation problems
- Why observed patterns may be occurring
One type of evidence should not automatically be treated as superior to another when they answer different questions.
Do not go looking only for evidence that persuades your audience
Define the question and appropriate methods first.
Then collect and analyze the evidence.
Avoid choosing data merely because:
- It is emotionally powerful
- It supports the preferred policy
- It comes from a prestigious person
- It is difficult for another side to challenge
Credibility comes from sound methods, transparent sourcing, relevance, and accurate interpretation.
Analyze your results
Depending on the research, analysis may involve:
- Statistical analysis
- Comparing groups
- Identifying patterns
- Qualitative coding
- Examining historical context
- Comparing implementation with policy requirements
- Investigating root causes
Respect the results.
Do not exaggerate them because you expect criticism.
If findings differ from what you expected, ask:
- Did we ask the right question?
- Were the methods appropriate?
- Is the sample adequate?
- Are there important confounding factors?
- Does previous research apply to this setting?
- Were our original assumptions incorrect?
If the evidence shows that your original position was wrong, revise the advocacy goal.
Present findings clearly and responsibly
Make communication accessible
Use communication channels appropriate to the people who need the information.
Consider:
- Language
- Disability access
- Digital access
- Literacy
- Format
- Level of technical detail
Make the information understandable
Clear communication may include:
- Plain-language summaries
- Charts
- Maps
- Tables
- Fact sheets
- Short policy briefs
- Longer technical reports
Avoid using visual or emotional techniques in ways that obscure uncertainty or make evidence appear stronger than it is.
Communicate across cultures without stereotyping
Effective communication may require:
- Translation
- Interpretation
- Community review of materials
- Accessible terminology
- Communication through trusted organizations or messengers
Avoid broad assumptions about how people communicate based solely on race, ethnicity, social class, or another demographic category.
Personal testimony and lived experience
First-person experience can help explain the effects of policy.
People sharing their experiences should:
- Participate voluntarily
- Understand how their information may be used
- Decide whether identifying details are included
- Understand possible public or media exposure
Do not choose people mainly because their identity, personal relationships, or story will make a policymaker more sympathetic.
Ways to present research
Depending on the audience and purpose, options may include:
- Meetings with policymakers or agency staff
- Formal public-comment processes
- Legislative or administrative briefings
- Letters or email
- Public presentations
- Community forums
- News-media outreach
- Websites and digital publications
- Social media
- Policy briefs
- Academic or professional publications
- Formal reports or white papers
- Fact sheets, flyers, or posters
Direct communication with policymakers
Established relationships can make it easier to bring findings to the attention of relevant officials.
Relationships should supplement rather than replace official processes.
People without personal access to decision-makers should still have meaningful ways to submit information and participate.
Official channels
Legislative offices, agencies, regulatory bodies, commissions, and local governments increasingly provide formal channels for:
- Public comment
- Testimony
- Written submissions
- Hearings
- Advisory processes
These channels should not be dismissed simply because personal relationships may sometimes provide faster access.
Public presentations and media
Public presentations can explain findings, answer questions, and broaden participation.
Media outreach can help make research accessible to wider audiences.
Provide journalists with:
- The main findings
- Methodology
- Relevant limitations
- Source documents or links where appropriate
- Contact information for qualified researchers or participants who have agreed to speak
Aim for accurate coverage rather than simply maximizing attention.
Continue research after policy changes
Policy adoption is not the end of the research process.
Follow-up research can help determine:
- Whether the policy was implemented
- Whether intended outcomes occurred
- Whether effects differed across populations
- Whether unintended consequences emerged
- Whether circumstances have changed
- Whether the policy should be revised
Do not conduct follow-up research simply to prove that policymakers made the right decision.
The purpose is to learn what happened and use that information to improve future decisions.
In Summary
Research can play an important role in policy development, advocacy, implementation, and evaluation.
It can help identify community needs, clarify causes, evaluate existing policies, compare possible approaches, investigate institutional problems, protect public health and safety, and support more informed decision-making.
Advocacy research should not begin with the assumption that its job is to prove a preferred position.
Begin with a clear policy question and methods capable of answering it.
Include community members and people directly affected in defining research questions and interpreting findings when appropriate.
Use qualified research, technical, or statistical expertise when needed.
Evaluate sources according to methods, transparency, relevance, date, expertise, and conflicts of interest rather than reputation or ideology alone.
Understand the information needs of policymakers, funders, businesses, community members, and other audiences without reducing those audiences to stereotypes about what supposedly motivates them.
Use both quantitative and qualitative evidence when appropriate.
Personal testimony can add important context, but people should control whether and how their experiences are used.
Analyze findings honestly. If the evidence contradicts your preferred policy, revise the policy recommendation rather than the evidence.
Present research clearly, accessibly, and transparently, including important limitations and uncertainty.
After policy changes, continue research to determine what was actually implemented and what effects followed.
The purpose of research to influence policy is not simply to make advocacy more persuasive.
It is to help communities and decision-makers choose policies that are better supported by evidence and more responsive to the people affected by them.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
Advocacy and Policy Change Data, a resource from the Urban Institute, highlights the importance of building data capacity to effectively track, measure, and communicate the impact of advocacy and policy change efforts.
The American Enterprise Institute for Policy Research is a member of one of the conservative think tanks.
The Center on Budget and Policy Priorities is a progressive think tank respected across the political spectrum for its accuracy and hard-nosed insight. One of the most influential of liberal public policy research organizations.
Chapter 14: Public Policy in the "Introduction to Community Psychology" explains how public policy interventions can bring about impactful change, how social justice issues can be addressed through public policy, and ways to get involved in public policy.
Community Advocacy: A Psychologist’s Toolkit for State and Local Advocacy is a science-based toolkit that highlights various advocacy strategies to inform policy at the state and local levels. It aims to build a community of grassroots psychologist advocates that can intervene to promote well-being in the communities in which they reside.
A Gateway for Capacity Development provides a resource for practitioners to draw on their own work, and it gives information on the latest research findings, analytical frameworks, policy debates, practical experiences, and toolkits.
The Harris School - The University of Chicago offers links to resources - think tanks, government agencies, etc.
How do researchers influence decision-makers? is an article that appeared in Health Policy and Planning in 1999. It is available free online, and case studies of Mexican policies are used to analyze factors that promoted or impeded exchanges between researchers and policy-makers.
The Institute for Public Policy Research is a UK center-left public policy think tank.
The Institute for Research on Poverty at the University of Wisconsin includes a database of research papers and findings.
The John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard provides public policy research papers and links to other organizations.
Knowledge to Policy – This free e-book was written to enhance the design of research projects in order to increase the policy influence of research.
Making the Most of Development Research is a resource provided by ODI, the Overseas Development Institute. The “report” link provides a detailed summary of a presentation on research and policy development.
The Manhattan Institute for Policy Research is a conservative urban policy research group.
The National Center for Public Policy Research is a conservative think tank.
The National Institute for Research Advancement (Japan) provides links to public policy research organizations worldwide.
NE Public Policy Institutes: New England Board of Higher Education is a state-by-state directory of public policy research organizations in New England.
Public Agenda is a non-partisan group founded by, among others, former US Secretary of State Cyrus Vance, to provide "in-depth analysis and opinion studies" to keep policy makers informed, as well as educational materials on policy issues for the general public.
The Public Policy Forum is an independent, non-partisan, good government organization (est. 1913) serving southeastern Wisconsin.
RAND (a contraction of research and development) is the conservative grandfather of think tanks, was founded to serve the US military after World War II. It now works in a broad range of policy and other areas.
Research that Influences Policy and Practice – This article, from the Malaria Journal, is an analysis of characteristics of operational research used to improve malaria control in South Africa. It provides detailed analyses of the positive and negative attributes of the employed research methods by the groups in their sample.
Syracuse University Public Affairs Department provides a guide to conducting public policy research on the Internet. Links to resources from a Syracuse University course syllabus.
Three Ways Academic Research Can Influence Civil Service Policy is an article that appeared in The Guardian. It discusses three different ways that research can influence the policy environment.
Why should you conduct research?
___You or your group has agreed that you want to influence policies related to issues of concern to you and your constituents
You have determined to conduct policy research to (choose one or more of the following):
___Assure that an issue is actually addressed
___Assure that the issue addressed is the one that needs to be addressed
___Show a need for funding or intervention for an issue
___Support or discredit the use of a particular practice or approach
___Identify and advocate for appropriate policy on an issue
___Point out incompetence or corruption that harms the public interest
___Protect public health and safety
___Build a solid base for your advocacy
___Maintain your own integrity
For maximum credibility, you have collaborated with or received help from (indicate which groups have helped):
___Think tanks
___Government agencies
___Professional associations
___Official commissions
___Organizations that work with the issue
___Watchdog organizations
___Law enforcement agencies
You conducted policy research because:
___There was a need for policy, and none has been established
___There was a critical situation that was not recognized or acknowledged
___Our issue was under legislative review
___The policy was under discussion, and we wante to make sure that important points weren't ignored
___The results of current policy were unknown or unclear
___Policy was headed in the wrong direction
___We were consulted as an expert
Example #1: Illinois Child Passenger Protection Act
This example is from Murray Levine and David Perkins' book, Principles of Community Psychology. New York: Oxford University Press, 1987.
In the early 1980's, Leonard Jason and Tom Rose, two researchers at DePaul University in Illinois were concerned about getting a law passed that would require child safety seats for young children in the state. They did some background research, and then sent a summary of the research to the members of the Illinois State Senate. Actually, they sent the summary to only half the legislators, chosen randomly as part of an experiment. As it turned out, those receiving the research summary were significantly more likely (79% to 53%) to vote for the bill than those who didn't, and the legislation passed. While the margin of victory might have been greater if the letter had gone to all senators, Jason and Rose's research clearly had an impact on the outcome of the vote.
The following is the text of the letter. Note the use of multiple research methods as well as the concise manner of communication.
"As you know, the Child Passenger Protection Act (House Bill 608) is due to be brought before the Illinois State Senate within the next month. We would like to provide you pertinent data that we hope will be useful to you as you consider this piece of legislation. Tom Rose and I, two investigators at DePaul University, have been collecting data over the past eight months and have found that 93% of children 4 years and less are not placed in appropriate restraints when riding in automobiles. These data were collected in the Chicago metropolitan area and are based on looking at whether children in 1450 cars were in appropriate restraints. To obtain information about citizen attitudes concerning the issue of child restraints in automobiles, in March of 1982 Mr. Rose and I interviewed a sample of Illinois citizens and found that 78% of adults in the Chicago metropolitan area would support the passage of the Child Passenger Protection Act. Illinois traffic statistics indicate that 140 children were killed and 25,828 children injured in automobile accidents during the period from 1975-1981. Not only do these statistics represent a tragic loss of human life and potential, they also represent a tremendous cost in rehabilitative care. For example, a 3-year-old who sustains a spinal injury in an automobile accident -- not an infrequent injury-- and is rendered a paraplegic will require $724,140 dollars in rehabilitative care over his or her life. If this child were rendered a quadriplegic, costs would exceed $3,317,929, for rehabilitative care over his/her lifetime.
Finally, states that have adopted child restraint legislation have experienced significant increases in the use of restraint devices. In Tennessee, for example, twice as many children were placed in appropriate restraints after the Tennessee Child Passenger Protection Act became law on January 1, 1978.
We hope this information is useful. Please feel free to contact me if you have any further questions. I can be reached at 312-321-7884."
Example #2: Santa Monica’s Use of Data to Lift All Boats: A Deeper Look
Four years ago, Santa Monica took a data-driven approach to become a true City of Wellbeing where everyone thrives. The city used a Wellbeing Index to produce a data-based guide for steering policy. The city used existing information from city departments and fresh input from surveys. The Wellbeing index sets a framework for priorities and promotes initiatives on health and wellness.
Contributed by Lia Thompson, University of Kansas, Community Tool Box Intern.
This section is adapted from Leighninger, Flavin-McDonald, and Ghandour's Building strong neighborhoods: A study circle guide for public dialgoue and community problem-solving.
Today, we are facing some difficult challenges. Neighborhoods are dealing with crime, economic problems, tensions between different groups of people, drug and alcohol abuse, and other things. To make matters worse, many of us barely know our neighbors.
The good news is that the people in our neighborhood communities are full of energy, talent, and creativity -- attributes that can be channeled into improving everyone's quality of life. But all too often, neighborhoods aren't able to take full advantage of their residents' energy and commitment. Most of the people who live and work in our neighborhoods are not at the table when problems are being discussed and decisions are being made. It is often the same leaders who try to represent all of the people in the neighborhood, and sometimes those leaders "burn out."
So how can you tap into the talent and creativity where you live for the benefit of the neighborhood as a whole? A growing number of community organizers, hoping to bring neighborhoods together, have successfully used study circles.
What are study circles?
A study circle is a small group of people who meet regularly over a period of time to explore an important public or community issue in a collaborative, structured way.
Study circles typically include about 8 to 12 participants, although the exact size can vary depending on the topic, setting, and facilitation approach.
Participants:
- Share their own experiences and perspectives
- Listen to people with different experiences or viewpoints
- Examine relevant information and evidence
- Identify areas of agreement and disagreement
- Develop possible actions or recommendations
A study circle is usually supported by a facilitator whose role is to help create a fair, focused, and respectful process.
The facilitator should not use the role to steer participants toward a preferred conclusion.
A typical study circle may move through several stages:
- Experience: How does this issue affect us or our community?
- Understanding: What different perspectives, evidence, or experiences should we consider?
- Options: What possible responses or solutions exist?
- Action: What can participants, organizations, or institutions realistically do next?
Study circles can take place within neighborhoods, schools, workplaces, faith communities, nonprofit organizations, public agencies, or other settings.
A community may also organize several study circles at the same time and bring participants together afterward to identify common themes and possible actions.
Study circles may be held in person, online, or in a hybrid format.
The format should be selected according to accessibility, privacy, technology access, participant preferences, and the nature of the issue.
Why should you organize study circles?
Study circles can be useful when a community wants to understand an issue more fully while building relationships and identifying practical next steps.
People may find study circles valuable because:
- Discussions begin with people's actual experiences rather than treating the issue only as an abstract problem.
- Small groups can make it easier for more people to participate than in a large public meeting.
- Participants can hear perspectives they may not encounter in their everyday lives.
- The process can help clarify where agreement exists and where important differences remain.
- Participants can move from discussion toward specific recommendations or actions.
- Relationships formed through the process may support future community work.
Study circles should not be presented as automatically “safe” spaces.
Difficult discussions may involve disagreement, discomfort, or unequal power.
Organizers should instead work to create conditions that are respectful, accessible, and supportive while making clear how harmful or disruptive conduct will be addressed.
How do you organize a community-wide study circle program?
Start by defining the purpose
Be clear about why you are organizing the study circles.
You might want to:
- Understand community experiences
- Improve relationships across groups
- Explore a difficult public issue
- Develop recommendations
- Identify community priorities
- Develop specific action projects
The topic may be chosen in advance, or participants may help identify which issue should receive attention.
Example: Community safety and connection in Milltown
Imagine Milltown, a diverse neighborhood in a large Midwestern city.
The neighborhood includes longtime residents, newer residents, students, families, older adults, renters, homeowners, and people from a variety of racial, ethnic, cultural, and economic backgrounds.
Residents have recently raised concerns about vandalism, vehicle break-ins, poor lighting, limited activities for young people, strained relationships among neighbors, and a general sense that people do not know one another as well as they once did.
Community members disagree about what contributes most to these concerns and what should be done.
Rather than assuming that any racial, ethnic, age, or newcomer population is responsible, local organizers decide to create study circles so residents can examine the issues together.
Possible questions include:
- When do you feel safe or unsafe in the neighborhood?
- What conditions contribute to those feelings?
- What information do we have about actual safety concerns?
- What community strengths could help?
- What roles could residents, young people, businesses, community organizations, public agencies, and law enforcement appropriately play?
- What solutions should we explore further?
Build a core planning team
Recruit a small group of people who can help organize the process.
Try to include people with different forms of experience and community connection.
The planning team may help with:
- Defining goals
- Recruiting participants
- Finding facilitators
- Selecting meeting formats
- Identifying accessibility needs
- Arranging childcare, transportation, food, or technology support
- Communicating with community organizations
- Planning follow-up action
Avoid relying only on people already connected to the organizers.
A planning team made up entirely of one social, professional, racial, economic, political, or organizational network may overlook important perspectives.
Hold a pilot study circle
Before launching a larger effort, consider holding one or more pilot circles.
A pilot can help determine:
- Whether the questions are understandable
- Whether the session length is appropriate
- Whether facilitation guidance is adequate
- Whether the location or technology is accessible
- Whether participants understand the purpose
- What should be changed before expanding the program
Ask pilot participants for direct feedback.
Choose accessible meeting formats and locations
In-person study circles might meet in:
- Libraries
- Schools
- Community centers
- Faith-community facilities
- Apartment or housing-community meeting rooms
- Public meeting spaces
Online or hybrid meetings may also be appropriate.
Consider:
- Physical accessibility
- Transportation
- Childcare
- Language interpretation
- Hearing or visual access
- Technology access
- Internet connectivity
- Scheduling
- Participant privacy
- Whether the location feels welcoming to different parts of the community
Avoid assuming that a private home, police facility, religious building, or other location will feel equally comfortable or accessible to everyone.
Map community organizations and networks
Identify organizations and networks that may help broaden participation.
These might include:
- Schools
- Libraries
- Neighborhood associations
- Tenant organizations
- Faith communities
- Businesses
- Nonprofit organizations
- Youth organizations
- Disability organizations
- Cultural organizations
- Immigrant and refugee organizations
- Older-adult organizations
- Public agencies
- Informal resident networks
Do not rely only on organizations with formal leadership.
People who are not affiliated with established groups may also have important perspectives and should have meaningful opportunities to participate.
Build a broader working group
After the pilot, create a working group to coordinate the larger effort.
Try to include people who reflect the community's range of experiences without assuming that one person can represent an entire demographic group.
The working group can divide responsibilities for:
- Facilitator recruitment and training
- Participant recruitment
- Accessibility
- Communications
- Meeting logistics
- Documentation
- Evaluation
- Follow-up action
Recruit and prepare facilitators
Good facilitators listen carefully, manage group dynamics, encourage participation, and help participants examine an issue without imposing their own preferred answer.
Facilitator preparation should address:
- The purpose and structure of the study circle
- Ground rules
- Inclusive participation
- Managing disagreement
- Power differences
- De-escalation
- Accessibility
- Handling harmful or discriminatory comments
- Confidentiality expectations
- When to pause or end a discussion
Facilitators should be impartial about the process.
They do not necessarily need to pretend they have no values or experiences of their own, but they should not use the facilitator role to pressure participants toward their personal position.
Recruit participants broadly
Personal invitations can be effective, but use several recruitment methods so participation is not limited to people already connected to organizers.
Recruitment may include:
- Personal outreach
- Community organizations
- Text messaging
- Social media
- Community websites
- Flyers
- Local news media
- Schools and libraries
- Multilingual outreach
- In-person community events
Ask which populations may still be missing.
Participation barriers may involve:
- Work schedules
- Childcare
- Transportation
- Disability access
- Language
- Technology
- Immigration-related concerns
- Distrust of institutions
- Previous exclusion from community decisions
Establish clear participation expectations
Each group should discuss and agree on ground rules.
These might include:
- Listen without interrupting
- Critique ideas rather than people
- Make room for others to speak
- Do not pressure anyone to share personal experiences
- Respect agreed confidentiality expectations
- Avoid personal attacks, harassment, or discriminatory conduct
- Ask questions when you do not understand
- Accept that disagreement may remain
Be clear about the limits of confidentiality.
Participants should know whether notes will be collected, how summaries will be used, whether comments will be attributed, and who will have access to records.
Hold an opening event if useful
A larger kickoff event may help explain the project and recruit participants.
It can include:
- An explanation of the issue and process
- Information about accessibility and participation
- Registration
- Opportunities to meet facilitators
- Time for informal conversation
A kickoff event is optional.
Do not devote so many resources to promotion that the actual discussion, facilitation, and follow-up are underfunded.
Support the study circles while they are underway
Organizers should check in regularly with facilitators.
These check-ins can identify:
- Questions participants are raising
- Facilitation challenges
- Accessibility problems
- Participation gaps
- Topics that require additional information
- Possible safety or confidentiality concerns
Provide facilitators with support rather than asking them to manage difficult situations alone.
Record the process responsibly
Notes can help identify themes across several study circles.
Before collecting records, decide:
- What information is actually needed
- Whether comments will be attributed
- How records will be stored
- Who will have access
- How long records will be retained
- How participant privacy will be protected
In most cases, summaries of themes are more useful than creating detailed records of who said what.
Move from discussion to action
Study circles should not promise that every discussion will produce immediate policy or community change.
Some circles may primarily:
- Improve understanding
- Identify questions requiring further research
- Clarify disagreements
- Build relationships
- Generate recommendations
When participants do identify actions, help them make those actions specific.
For each proposed action, ask:
- What is the goal?
- Who should be involved?
- Who has authority to act?
- What resources are needed?
- What is the timeline?
- How will people directly affected participate?
- How will progress be assessed?
Hold an action forum or community follow-up
If several circles have been meeting, a final gathering can bring their ideas together.
Organizers can summarize common themes while preserving meaningful differences among groups.
The forum may:
- Review what participants learned
- Present common recommendations
- Identify unresolved disagreements
- Form action teams
- Assign responsibilities
- Establish timelines
- Identify issues requiring additional research
Do not treat the most frequently mentioned idea as automatically representing the entire community.
Example: Possible actions in Milltown
Suppose the Milltown study circles identify several recurring concerns involving young people's access to activities, neighborhood lighting, relationships with public-safety institutions, and limited opportunities for residents to know one another.
Participants might consider:
- Expanding after-school recreation, arts, employment, or mentoring opportunities designed with young people
- Reviewing street-lighting and pedestrian-safety needs
- Creating regular resident-public safety dialogue meetings
- Supporting neighborhood events that bring residents together across age, language, culture, and length of residence
- Working directly with young people who have experience with violence or justice-system involvement to understand what supports they consider useful
- Improving access to mental-health, employment, educational, or family-support resources where residents identify gaps
Avoid claiming that one intervention caused a later change in crime or another community outcome unless the evidence supports that conclusion.
Keep the effort going when useful
After a round of study circles:
- Review what worked
- Ask participants what should change
- Document recommendations
- Support action teams
- Share appropriate results with the community
- Decide whether another round of circles is needed
Continuing the program should depend on community interest and purpose rather than an assumption that the circles must expand indefinitely.
Tips on recording and facilitating a study circle
The recorder's role
If the group uses a recorder, that person's job is to capture important themes, questions, ideas, and proposed actions.
The recorder should usually be someone other than the facilitator so each person can focus on their role.
Recorders should:
- Listen carefully
- Summarize accurately
- Avoid inserting their own interpretation into participants' comments
- Protect confidential or personally identifying information
- Ask for clarification when needed
- Follow the group's agreed documentation practices
The facilitator's role
Facilitators help participants have a fair, productive discussion.
- Do not steer the outcome. Help participants explore the issue rather than using the facilitator role to promote your own preferred solution.
- Be prepared. Review the topic, agenda, ground rules, accessibility needs, and possible areas of tension in advance.
- Encourage participants to respond to one another. The discussion should not become a series of exchanges only between participants and the facilitator.
- Balance participation. Intervene respectfully when one or two people repeatedly dominate the conversation.
- Invite quieter participants without pressuring them. Some people may need more time before speaking, and choosing not to speak should also be respected.
- Keep the discussion connected to its purpose. Allow useful connections while helping participants return to the central issue when needed.
- Allow silence. People may need time to think, particularly during difficult discussions.
- Do not force consensus. Document meaningful agreement as well as important disagreement.
- Ask the group when appropriate. Participants can help determine how to use time, apply ground rules, or address unexpected questions.
- Address harmful conduct. Neutral facilitation does not require allowing harassment, threats, discriminatory attacks, or repeated violations of agreed ground rules.
- Recognize power differences. Formal authority, professional status, race, income, age, disability, language, gender, immigration experience, or other factors may affect who feels able to speak and whose comments receive attention.
Evaluate the study circle process
Evaluation can help determine whether the process actually supported meaningful participation and useful action.
Ask:
- Who participated?
- Who was missing?
- Did participants feel able to contribute?
- Were accessibility needs addressed?
- Did people encounter disrespectful or harmful conduct?
- Did participants learn something new?
- Were recommendations specific and useful?
- Did action teams follow through?
- Did community relationships change?
- What should be changed in future rounds?
Do not measure success only by attendance, enthusiasm, or whether everyone reached agreement.
In Summary
Study circles are small, structured discussions that help people examine a community issue through personal experience, multiple perspectives, relevant information, and collaborative problem-solving.
They can strengthen community relationships, improve understanding, identify priorities, and generate ideas for action.
Study circles work best when participation is broad and intentional rather than limited to people already connected to the organizers.
Consider accessibility, childcare, transportation, language, technology, privacy, scheduling, and other barriers that may affect participation.
Facilitators should support a fair process rather than steering people toward a preferred conclusion.
They should also be prepared to address domination, harassment, discriminatory conduct, and other behavior that undermines meaningful participation.
People should not be pressured to share personal experiences, and organizers should be transparent about how notes and other records will be used.
Consensus is not required. A useful process may identify both genuine areas of agreement and important differences that remain unresolved.
When study circles generate action ideas, connect those ideas with responsible people or institutions, resources, timelines, and ways to evaluate progress.
Avoid claiming that a community outcome resulted from the study circles simply because it occurred afterward.
Finally, evaluate the process itself.
The strongest study circles do more than bring people into one room. They create a structured opportunity for people to understand one another, examine evidence, identify community priorities, and decide together what should happen next.
Contributor
Kate Nagy
Resources
Online Resources
The Citizen's Handbook provides straight-forward recommendations and information for community members who want to get involved in activism.
Community Advocacy: A Psychologist’s Toolkit for State and Local Advocacy is a science-based toolkit that highlights various advocacy strategies to inform policy at the state and local levels. It aims to build a community of grassroots psychologist advocates that can intervene to promote well-being in the communities in which they reside.
Living Room Conversations works to heal society by connecting people across divides - politics, age, gender, race, nationality, and more – through guided conversations proven to build understanding and transform communities.
Organizing Study Circles provides four strategies for having successful study circles.
Organizing Study Circles With Young People - This guide provides information on organizing study circles intended to get young people involved.
Study Circles gives a detailed overview of study circles, as well as their purpose and outcomes.
The Study Circle Process is a great resource that gives an overview of study circles, as well as the basic principles of study circles and the impact of study circles.
This section is based entirely on the writings of:
Study Circle Resource Center
P.O. Box 203
Pomfret, CT 06258
scrc@neca.com.
SCRC staff members offer their services to community leaders, free of charge, at every stage of creating a community-wide study circle program: giving advice on all the steps in the organizing process; helping to develop strong coalitions within communities; advising on material development; and writing letters of support for funding proposals. Often, SCRC can also provide free study circle guides. Occasionally, an SCRC staff member can visit a community to participate in organizing meetings and conduct facilitator trainings. SCRC is a project of the Topsfield Foundation Inc., a nonprofit, nonpartisan foundation dedicated to advancing deliberative democracy and improving the quality of life in the United States.
Their book:
Leighninger, M., Flavin, M., & Ghandour R. (1998). Building strong neighborhoods: A study circle guide for public dialogue and community problem solving. Pomfret, CT: The Topsfield Foundation.
___You know what makes up a study circle, and the purpose of a study circle
___You know that study circles can have the biggest impact when they are held as part of a large-scale program
___You know why people find study circles valuable:
- Talk about their own experiences
- Talk about difficult issues in a controlled, respectful environment
- The chance to be part of a larger effort
- Empowers community residents
___You have solicited volunteers to help you with your efforts
___You have clarified that all backgrounds will be respected in your study circle
___You have put together your "core team"
___You have held a pilot study circle
___You have made a list of groups/organizations in your area and attempted to involve them
___A second pilot study circle has been held, including members from different organizations
___A study circle working group has been formed and you have:
- Planned the kickoff
- Recruited and trained facilitators
- Arranged for places to meet, and taken care of other details
- Recruited people to joint the study circles
- Planned the action forum
___The kickoff meeting has been held
___You have supported the study circles through encouraging facilitator collaboration, and collecting records
___You have held the action forum to celebrate what you have accomplished and decide what you want to accomplish
___You have kept the momentum going
___You have paused to reflect, and started planning for your next round
___You know the recorder's role in a study group
___You know the facilitator's role in a study group
Example 1: START - Study, Think, Act, Respond Together
START is a free-of-charge 24-session course designed to foster study circles among groups of people interested in community health and development issues. Participants study and discuss environmental, domestic, and world issues using the online readings, read and think about the world they want and how to get there, and then act. START is self-paced and flexible for a variety of groups.
Example 2: In Decatur and Beyond, It All Starts with a Conversation
“Addressing diversity issues in your community can be difficult and complex. Many look to Decatur, Georgia as an example of inclusion, diversity & citizen engagement. The city routinely engages many different sectors of the community in addressing challenges, ranging from affordable housing to race equity issues to community police relations – going beyond the traditional public comment or public hearing to true and ongoing dialogue with many different sectors of the community. It all started with a conversation – a conversation that has economic, racial, age, gender and religiously diverse representation, and that is reflective of the composition of the community itself.”
Jon Abercrombie, Senior Associate for Everyday Democracy, says, “we all recognize the need to keep dialogues active, inclusive, racially and economically diverse, and driven toward action and progressive change.”
Everyday Democracy is a local group that provides opportunities to unite people together to talk about current issues using what they call a “study circle.” These conversations have been able to “address a serious funding and sustainability issue” in the public schools. Additionally, they have created more conversations on topics like “improving affordable housing, building trusting relationships while addressing racial equity with police…and working on a plan to remove a confederate memorial on the public square.”
Decatur has seen tremendous success in asking the local community members to aid in finding solutions to their local problems. They have seen over 1,000 residents come together in various forms to present their ideas and solutions in how to make their community better.
-
What do we mean by developing a proposal for change?
-
Why develop a proposal for change?
-
Who should participate in developing a proposal for change?
-
When should you develop a proposal for change?
-
How do you develop a proposal for change?
What do we mean by developing a proposal for change?
A proposal for change is a specific, evidence-informed recommendation for addressing a community issue, changing a policy or practice, improving a service, preventing harm, or creating better conditions.
Advocacy is often stronger when it identifies not only what should change, but also what a workable alternative might look like.
A proposal might include:
- A new or revised policy
- An intervention or program
- Changes to an existing service
- A funding or budget proposal
- Legislation or regulatory language
- A long-term strategic plan
- A combination of several approaches
Developing a proposal does not mean that your organization must already know the answer.
In some situations, you may begin with a fairly clear idea of what needs to change. In others, research and community participation may substantially change your understanding of the problem or the solution.
The proposal should therefore be treated as something that develops from evidence, lived experience, professional knowledge, community priorities, legal requirements, and practical constraints.
Example: Addressing homelessness in Pratt City
Imagine that Pratt City is experiencing an economic downturn.
Businesses have closed, workers have lost jobs, and more residents are experiencing housing instability and homelessness.
With cold weather approaching, community organizations are concerned that people without safe housing may face serious health and safety risks.
Rather than proposing only an emergency response, a local coalition decides to develop a broader proposal.
The planning group includes:
- People currently or formerly experiencing homelessness
- Housing and homelessness-service organizations
- Health and behavioral-health professionals
- Local government representatives
- Affordable-housing organizations
- Community members
- Researchers or other people with relevant expertise
The group examines immediate safety needs as well as longer-term issues such as affordable housing, income, health care, transportation, eviction prevention, and access to supportive services.
Its goal is not simply to create a proposal for people experiencing homelessness, but to develop it with them.
Common forms of proposals for change
An intervention or series of interventions
A proposal may recommend one intervention or several coordinated actions.
For example, a community addressing housing instability might combine:
- Emergency shelter or other immediate safe housing options
- Eviction prevention
- Affordable housing development
- Rental assistance
- Health and behavioral-health services
- Employment or income supports
- Permanent supportive housing where appropriate
Legislation or regulation
Some changes require new or revised law, regulation, ordinance, or administrative policy.
Community organizations can contribute:
- Recommended policy language
- Draft legislative concepts
- Technical comments
- Evidence about implementation
- Testimony from people affected
- Cost or funding information
Drafting proposed language can help clarify what advocates want, but legislation should usually be developed with people who understand applicable law, legislative drafting, implementation, and enforcement.
Do not assume that community advocates automatically understand the legal or administrative details better than legislative or agency staff.
Different participants bring different kinds of expertise.
Expanding or improving existing services
Sometimes the necessary infrastructure already exists but does not have enough capacity, funding, accessibility, or reach.
A proposal might therefore recommend:
- Additional funding
- Expanded hours
- More locations
- Language access
- Disability access
- Revised eligibility rules
- Better coordination among providers
- Improved outreach
A long-term strategic plan
Complex issues may require action over many years.
A strategic proposal may include:
- Vision
- Goals
- Objectives
- Strategies
- Responsibilities
- Timelines
- Funding
- Evaluation
- Sustainability
Why develop a proposal for change?
To move from identifying a problem to considering solutions
Pointing out a problem can be necessary, especially when harm is being ignored.
A proposal adds another step by explaining what could be done differently.
This can help decision-makers and community members evaluate actual options rather than discussing the issue only in general terms.
To incorporate community knowledge
People directly affected by an issue often understand barriers, unintended consequences, and practical realities that are not visible in administrative data or professional research.
Organizations, practitioners, researchers, public officials, and others may contribute different forms of expertise.
Strong proposals combine these forms of knowledge rather than treating one group as the single authority.
To clarify what you are advocating for
A specific proposal can make it easier to explain:
- What needs to change
- Why the change is needed
- Who would be responsible
- What resources are required
- How implementation would occur
- How progress would be evaluated
To identify tradeoffs and unintended consequences
A concrete proposal can be examined more carefully than a general demand for change.
Ask:
- Who benefits?
- Who may experience costs or burdens?
- What might happen unintentionally?
- What implementation challenges are likely?
- What protections or adjustments may be needed?
To create a basis for public discussion
A proposal can help organize discussion, but its purpose should not be to set artificial boundaries around what counts as an acceptable solution.
Other groups may identify better alternatives or important concerns.
Treat public discussion as an opportunity to improve the proposal rather than simply gain support for a predetermined plan.
Who should participate in developing a proposal for change?
Whenever practical, use a participatory process.
The planning team should reflect the people, organizations, expertise, and institutions relevant to the issue.
People directly affected
Their involvement should be meaningful rather than symbolic.
They may help:
- Define the issue
- Identify barriers
- Evaluate possible solutions
- Identify unintended consequences
- Set priorities
- Decide what success should mean
Organizations and staff involved in implementation
Include organizations that may be responsible for carrying out part of the proposal.
Their practical knowledge can help determine:
- Staffing needs
- Costs
- Legal constraints
- Operational barriers
- Training needs
- Implementation timelines
Community organizations and advocates
People who have worked on the issue may contribute historical knowledge, relationships, organizing experience, or familiarity with prior attempts at change.
Public officials and agency staff
Their involvement may be useful when government has authority, funding responsibility, regulatory responsibility, or implementation duties.
Include them because of the knowledge or authority they bring, not simply because their participation might make the proposal easier to approve.
Researchers and subject-matter experts
Relevant expertise may be needed for:
- Research design
- Data analysis
- Legal questions
- Public health
- Finance
- Housing
- Environmental science
- Education
- Other technical areas
Other community members likely to be affected
Depending on the proposal, this might include:
- Residents
- Parents and caregivers
- Young people
- Older adults
- Workers
- Property owners or tenants
- Businesses
- Neighborhood organizations
Support meaningful participation
Some participants may be unfamiliar with planning meetings, technical documents, legislative processes, or professional terminology.
That does not mean they lack relevant expertise.
Participation can be strengthened by:
- Explaining unfamiliar terminology
- Providing materials in advance
- Using plain language
- Providing interpretation and translation
- Providing disability access
- Offering childcare or transportation support
- Compensating community members for substantial time or expertise when possible
- Using facilitation methods that prevent professional or institutional participants from dominating
- Giving everyone access to the same relevant information
Avoid labeling participants as “professional” and “nonprofessional” in ways that imply one group's knowledge is inherently more valuable.
When should you develop a proposal for change?
A proposal can be useful whenever a community needs to move from identifying a problem toward evaluating possible action.
In some urgent situations, however, immediate protective action may need to occur before a detailed proposal is complete.
Examples might include:
- Immediate threats to health or safety
- Imminent displacement
- An approaching legal deadline
- Emergency environmental harm
- An urgent rights violation
Immediate action and longer-term planning can occur at the same time.
At the beginning of an advocacy effort
A concrete proposal can clarify what your organization is seeking while remaining open to revision as new information emerges.
During a legislative or regulatory process
Proposed language, evidence, implementation analysis, and community testimony may help policymakers understand what a change would require.
During budget planning
Budget proposals should explain:
- What funding would support
- Who would be served or affected
- Expected costs
- Staffing or infrastructure needs
- How results would be assessed
When there is a clear problem but no clear solution
This is often when participatory planning is most valuable.
Avoid assuming that your organization must produce the solution before someone else does.
Collaborative problem-solving may produce stronger options than competition over whose proposal appears first.
When another proposal is being considered
If you believe another proposal has significant weaknesses, explain those concerns and offer evidence-informed alternatives when possible.
A proposal does not become better simply because it comes from your organization rather than a policymaker, funder, business, agency, or another advocacy group.
When public attention creates an opportunity for change
Public attention may increase during:
- Legislative sessions
- Budget processes
- Elections
- Regulatory reviews
- Community crises
- Major reports or investigations
These moments can create opportunities to present proposals, but proposals should not be designed primarily around electoral advantage.
How do you develop a proposal for change?
Assemble the planning team
Include the people and organizations whose knowledge, experience, authority, or responsibilities are relevant.
Ask:
- Who is directly affected?
- Who understands the issue?
- Who would implement the proposal?
- Who has relevant authority?
- Who may experience unintended effects?
- Whose perspective is currently missing?
Do the necessary research
Relevant research may include:
- Community history
- Current law and policy
- Funding
- Existing services
- Community experiences
- Administrative data
- Research literature
- Approaches used elsewhere
- Cost and resource information
- Possible implementation barriers
Evaluate approaches used elsewhere rather than assuming that something labeled a “best practice” will automatically work in your community.
Differences in population, funding, laws, institutions, geography, and implementation can affect results.
Include lived experience in the research
Interviews, listening sessions, surveys, or other methods can help identify needs that formal data do not capture.
People experiencing the issue should not be asked only to provide personal stories while professionals conduct the “real” analysis.
Whenever possible, involve them in:
- Designing the research
- Interpreting findings
- Setting priorities
- Developing recommendations
Analyze the issue
Ask whether the problem being discussed is:
- The primary issue
- A symptom of a broader issue
- The result of several interacting causes
Avoid assuming there is always one “root cause.”
Complex community problems often have multiple contributing factors.
Examine existing resources
Before creating a new program or system, ask:
- What already exists?
- Is it effective?
- Is it accessible?
- Is it adequately funded?
- Could coordination or expansion address the problem?
- Is an entirely new approach actually necessary?
Develop several options when possible
Avoid moving directly from identifying a problem to a single preferred solution.
Compare possible approaches according to:
- Evidence of effectiveness
- Cost
- Accessibility
- Equity
- Feasibility
- Community priorities
- Legal requirements
- Sustainability
- Possible unintended consequences
Choose the strongest feasible approach
The simplest solution is not always the best, and the most comprehensive solution is not always feasible.
Choose an approach that is sufficient to address the problem while avoiding unnecessary complexity, cost, or burden.
Define the desired outcome
Describe what success would look like.
The desired outcome should be ambitious enough to matter while remaining grounded in available evidence, authority, resources, and time.
Some goals may require incremental progress rather than one final endpoint.
Work backward from the desired outcome
One useful planning method is to start with the desired result and identify the conditions and actions required to reach it.
This can help identify:
- Dependencies
- Missing resources
- Decision points
- Implementation barriers
- Needed partnerships
Examine barriers and unintended consequences
Consider effects on:
- People directly affected
- Organizations responsible for implementation
- Workers
- Community members
- Public agencies
- Funders
- Other groups likely to experience benefits or burdens
Define action steps
For each major component, identify:
- What will happen
- Who is responsible
- When it will happen
- What resources are required
- How progress will be measured
Define responsibilities and accountability
Be explicit about:
- Who funds the work
- Who implements it
- Who oversees it
- Who evaluates it
- Who receives reports
- How community members can raise concerns
- What happens if commitments are not met
Create a realistic timeline
Include:
- Start dates
- Major milestones
- Implementation periods
- Evaluation points
- Review dates
Some proposals may not have a final endpoint because the service or responsibility must continue.
In those cases, distinguish between:
- The point at which implementation is complete
- The ongoing work required to maintain the change
Revisiting the Pratt City example
After reviewing research, local data, available resources, and the experiences of people affected, the Pratt City planning group develops a proposal that addresses both immediate safety and longer-term housing stability.
Immediate safety
The community might consider:
- Expanding emergency shelter capacity
- Providing safe temporary indoor spaces during severe weather
- Conducting outreach to people sleeping outside
- Providing food, transportation, clothing, and other immediate necessities
- Coordinating with health and emergency-response organizations
Avoid encouraging people to construct informal shelters as a substitute for safe, lawful emergency housing.
Long-term housing stability
Longer-term strategies might include:
- Increasing affordable housing
- Permanent supportive housing
- Rental assistance
- Eviction prevention
- Housing navigation
- Employment and income supports
- Health and behavioral-health care
- Transportation
- Legal assistance
Housing support should not assume that people experiencing homelessness primarily need to develop better “personal skills” in order to remain housed.
Housing stability can also depend on rent levels, income, disability, discrimination, health, available housing, domestic violence, transportation, legal barriers, and other structural conditions.
Community connection and voluntary support
Some participants may value peer support, community navigation, mentoring, or other relationship-based programs.
These should be voluntary and designed with people experiencing homelessness rather than automatically assigning each person or family a volunteer who is expected to guide their lives.
Plan for implementation and sustainability
A proposal should explain how successful changes will continue.
Sustainability may involve:
- Ongoing funding
- Permanent staff responsibilities
- Integration into public systems
- Continued community participation
- Policy or legislative support
- Monitoring and evaluation
Sustainability does not mean that the original committee or advocacy campaign must remain active indefinitely.
A healthier goal is to build durable systems, responsibilities, and oversight so that change does not depend permanently on the same volunteers.
Present the proposal
Present the proposal early enough that it can contribute meaningfully to public and institutional decision-making.
Possible channels include:
- Public meetings
- Legislative or agency briefings
- Community forums
- Reports
- Websites
- Social media
- News organizations
- Public-comment processes
Personal networks can help obtain attention, but they should not be the only route into decision-making.
Make materials accessible to people who do not already have relationships with officials, journalists, funders, or institutional leaders.
Explain the evidence and limitations
A proposal should clearly identify:
- The problem
- The evidence
- The proposed response
- Costs
- Expected benefits
- Important uncertainties
- Possible unintended consequences
- Implementation responsibilities
- Evaluation plans
Revise the proposal when necessary
A proposal should not become fixed simply because advocates have already promoted it publicly.
Revise it when:
- New evidence emerges
- People directly affected identify important problems
- Implementation costs change
- Legal requirements change
- Early implementation reveals unintended consequences
- A better alternative becomes available
Changing the proposal in response to evidence is part of responsible planning, not a sign that the original advocacy failed.
Continue advocacy and monitoring as needed
Some proposals may be adopted quickly. Others may require sustained advocacy.
Persistence can matter, but organizations should periodically ask:
- Is this still the right proposal?
- Has the problem changed?
- What progress has occurred?
- Are people directly affected still supporting the approach?
- Are there better options?
- Is continued advocacy the best use of available resources?
The goal is not simply to keep advocating until the original proposal is adopted exactly as written.
The goal is to help create an effective, equitable, sustainable response to the community issue.
In Summary
A proposal for change turns a general concern into a specific set of possible actions.
Strong proposals are developed through research, community participation, practical expertise, and careful analysis.
Include people directly affected by the issue as meaningful planning partners.
Combine lived experience with professional, technical, legal, administrative, and research knowledge rather than treating one group as the sole authority.
Examine existing programs and resources before creating something new.
Consider several possible approaches and compare their effectiveness, cost, accessibility, equity, feasibility, sustainability, and potential unintended consequences.
Define a desired outcome and identify the actions, responsibilities, resources, timelines, and accountability mechanisms needed to reach it.
Develop plans for implementation, evaluation, and sustainability.
Present the proposal clearly and through channels that allow meaningful public and institutional participation.
Do not assume your proposal is automatically better because it was created by advocates rather than policymakers, funders, agencies, or other organizations.
Stay open to criticism, competing approaches, and new evidence.
Revise the proposal when circumstances or evidence change.
Finally, remember that the purpose of a proposal is not to control the debate or establish your organization as the authority.
It is to give communities and decision-makers a well-supported, practical option for creating meaningful change.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resource
Nine Steps to Writing a Proposal is an online worksheet that can be used to ensure all of the necessary elements and factors of a proposal are included.
Proposing a Policy Change provides an online PowerPoint that gives steps for developing a new policy and proposing it.
A Proposal to Change the Political Strategy is an article written by Romina Picolotti that provides a proposal to change the political strategy for climate negotiations in developing countries.
UNICEF Advocacy Proposal Example – This is a detailed advocacy proposal for protecting vulnerable children, women, and youth in the Pacific put together by UNICEF.
An audio slide presentation by Dr. Alisa Cooperon “Writing Proposal Arguments.” This is a lesson from a freshman composition course at South Mountain Community College in Phoenix, Arizona (U.S.) geared toward a specific assignment, but contains some helpful information on conceptualizing and structuring a proposal for change.
What do we mean by developing a proposal for change?
___A proposal for change is a plan (or sometimes just a group of suggestions) for addressing a situation, an issue, or a condition of importance to the community.
A proposal for change might take the form of:
___An intervention or series of interventions.
___Legislative language or legislation.
___Funding or other resources to expand existing services.
___A long-range strategic plan.
Why develop a proposal for change?
___You're more credible and in a stronger position if you can offer solutions to a problem, rather than merely pointing out what's wrong.
___You almost undoubtedly know more about the issue, the field, and the community than policy makers do.
___You can draw on local people and resources that policy makers wouldn't think to consult or use.
___You establish your group as the authority on the issue.
___You have an investment in the community that policy makers don't have.
___If you develop the proposal yourself, you know it will include everything you believe is necessary to meet the needs of the community.
___Presenting your own proposal helps to educate the public to appropriate avenues for change, and can enlist them as advocates.
___If the proposal is generated locally, especially if it's developed through a participatory process, it gives the community ownership of it.
___Your proposal defines the issue and frames the debate about it.
Who should develop a proposal for change?
___All stakeholders.
___Community activists.
___Local officials.
___Community members and groups who'll be indirectly affected.
___Researchers and experts in the field.
___Policy makers.
When should you develop a proposal for change?
___At the beginning of an advocacy campaign.
___At the start of a legislative campaign.
___When there's an obvious problem, but no obvious solution.
___When policy makers or funders have indicated that they're about to address an issue or a particular area.
___When potentially bad solutions are being proposed.
___During, or leading up to, an election.
___When the public, or a segment of the public, wants a problem solved or an issue attended to.
How do you develop a proposal for change?
___Assemble a team to develop it
___Do your research
___Analyze the issue
___Develop your proposal
___Create a plan for maintaining change
___Present and advocate for the proposal
Imagine that community organizations serving residents with limited incomes have heard repeated concerns about access to routine health care.
Community members describe several barriers:
- Primary-care offices are difficult to reach without reliable transportation.
- Appointment times may conflict with work or caregiving responsibilities.
- Childcare may be unavailable.
- Long waits can make appointments difficult to manage.
- Some residents report disrespectful or dismissive treatment in health-care settings.
- Emergency departments may be closer or easier to access when an urgent problem arises.
These experiences may indicate gaps in access to preventive and ongoing care.
Before assuming that one particular solution is best, advocates might examine whether the community would benefit most from a community health center, expanded clinic hours, mobile services, transportation assistance, childcare support, additional providers, or another combination of approaches.
Once a proposal has been developed, the next question is how to communicate with the people and organizations whose participation may help improve, implement, fund, evaluate, or support it.
This section discusses how to establish intentional communication, invite meaningful participation, and build collaborative relationships without treating people simply as sources of political influence or organizational credibility.
What do we mean by establishing communication and requesting participation?
Establishing communication means creating a clear and reliable way for individuals or organizations to exchange information and coordinate when necessary.
The relationship may be informal or structured.
Examples include:
- An identified contact person in each organization
- Periodic meetings
- An email or messaging group
- Regular project updates
- A memorandum of understanding
- Participation in a coalition, advisory group, or planning team
The appropriate level of formality depends on the relationship and the work involved.
A longtime community partner may need only a phone call or email.
A public agency, large institution, funder, professional organization, or elected official may have a defined process for requests, meetings, testimony, partnerships, or funding.
Respect those processes unless there is a legitimate reason to use another lawful and appropriate route.
Requesting participation means explaining:
- Who you are
- What the effort is trying to accomplish
- Why you are contacting this person or organization
- What kind of participation you are requesting
- What time, resources, or responsibilities may be involved
- How decisions will be made
- How their contribution could affect the effort
Participation should be voluntary and based on realistic expectations.
Why establish communication and request participation?
To include knowledge that your organization does not have
Different participants may contribute different forms of expertise.
People directly affected by an issue may understand barriers or unintended consequences that are not visible in formal data.
Service providers may understand implementation.
Researchers may contribute technical evidence.
Public officials or agency staff may understand legal authority, budgeting, regulation, or administrative processes.
No one group should automatically be treated as having all the necessary knowledge.
To involve people who will be affected by the advocacy effort
People directly affected should have meaningful opportunities to shape the work rather than being invited only after major decisions have already been made.
Participation may include:
- Identifying priorities
- Developing proposals
- Reviewing evidence
- Making decisions
- Communicating with decision-makers
- Evaluating progress
To coordinate responsibilities
Advocacy efforts may involve several organizations with overlapping roles.
Early communication can help clarify:
- Who is responsible for what
- Who has decision-making authority
- How funding will be handled
- How information will be shared
- How public statements will be coordinated
- How credit or recognition will be handled
This can reduce confusion and unnecessary competition.
To improve the proposal
Potential partners may identify:
- Missing evidence
- Legal concerns
- Implementation barriers
- Costs that were overlooked
- Populations that were not adequately included
- Better alternatives
Collaboration should therefore be more than a strategy for increasing support.
It should also create opportunities for the advocacy effort itself to change.
To build durable working relationships
Organizations that communicate clearly and work effectively together may be able to collaborate on future issues as well.
Strong relationships are based on trust, reliability, clear expectations, and mutual respect rather than simply the usefulness of a partner's name, influence, or contacts.
More partners are not always better
A large coalition can bring valuable knowledge and capacity, but the goal should not simply be to recruit as many organizations as possible.
Additional partners can also create:
- More complex decision-making
- Conflicting priorities
- Competition over funding
- Unequal power within the coalition
- Additional communication demands
- Confusion about public positions
Invite participation when there is a meaningful role or reason for the person or organization to be involved.
Do not pressure every potential partner to endorse every part of the effort.
Organizations may support one goal while disagreeing about another.
With whom should you establish communication?
The answer depends on the issue, the proposed change, and who has relevant knowledge, authority, responsibility, or experience.
People directly affected
People affected by the issue should often be among the first participants invited.
Their role should not be limited to providing emotional stories, increasing attendance, or demonstrating political strength.
They may contribute as:
- Planning partners
- Researchers
- Advisors
- Organizers
- Spokespeople, when they choose that role
- Decision-makers
Consider compensating people for substantial time, expertise, or leadership when resources allow.
Organizations already working on the issue
These organizations may have:
- Direct service experience
- Community relationships
- Data
- Research
- Policy expertise
- Organizing capacity
Before creating a new coalition or initiative, determine what work already exists and whether partnership would be more useful than duplication.
Public officials and public agencies
Relevant participants might include:
- Elected officials
- Legislative staff
- Agency staff
- Public-health departments
- Planning departments
- School systems
- Transportation agencies
- Other public bodies with relevant authority
Involve them when their authority, knowledge, funding responsibility, or implementation role is relevant.
Their participation should not be treated primarily as a way to give the advocacy effort political legitimacy.
Professional and technical organizations
Depending on the issue, useful partners may include:
- Medical or public-health organizations
- Engineering organizations
- Legal organizations
- Researchers
- Universities
- Professional associations
Evaluate expertise according to relevance and evidence rather than title or prestige alone.
Community-based organizations and organizers
Neighborhood organizations, tenant groups, disability organizations, immigrant and refugee organizations, youth organizations, labor organizations, faith communities, cultural organizations, and other community groups may bring relationships and knowledge that formal institutions lack.
Do not evaluate a potential partner primarily according to whether powerful people like or dislike them.
Instead, consider:
- Whether their goals are compatible with the effort
- Whether their practices are consistent with the coalition's values
- Whether conflicts of interest exist
- Whether collaboration is likely to help the community goal
Businesses and worker organizations
Employers, business organizations, unions, worker centers, and other labor organizations may be relevant when an issue affects employment, wages, workforce development, economic conditions, transportation, health, or other areas connected with work.
Community leaders and trusted community members
Some individuals have strong community relationships and may help connect the effort with people who would otherwise be missed.
This may include:
- Neighborhood leaders
- Faith leaders
- Youth leaders
- Cultural-community leaders
- Local business owners
- Teachers
- Health professionals
- Longtime residents
No individual should be assumed to speak for an entire racial, ethnic, religious, age, disability, or neighborhood population.
Funders
Funders may be useful participants when they have a legitimate role in supporting implementation, research, capacity building, or evaluation.
Be transparent about how funding relationships may affect coalition decisions.
News organizations
Journalists and news organizations may help the public understand an issue, but they should not be treated as advocacy partners whose role is to be “on your side.”
Provide accurate information, evidence, appropriate contacts, and opportunities to ask questions.
Respect journalists' responsibility to evaluate claims independently.
When should you request participation?
Early enough for participation to matter
People should generally be invited before the major decisions affecting their role have already been made.
Early participation can help shape:
- Goals
- Research questions
- Strategies
- Proposed solutions
- Roles
- Evaluation
Asking someone to endorse a completed plan is different from asking them to help create it.
At important decision points
Additional participation may be useful when:
- Legislation is being developed
- A budget decision is approaching
- New research changes the issue
- Implementation is beginning
- The effort needs expertise it does not currently have
- New populations may be affected
When circumstances change
Coalitions do not have to remain fixed.
New organizations may become relevant, while others may complete their role or decide not to continue.
Do not recruit someone simply because an effort appears to be succeeding and their endorsement could make the coalition look larger.
How do you establish communication and request participation?
Identify the appropriate contact
Determine who has responsibility for the issue or authority to consider the request.
Depending on the organization, that may be:
- A program manager
- A policy director
- A community-engagement staff member
- A legislative staff member
- A board or committee
- An executive
- Another designated contact
Use public contact information, organizational directories, referral from a legitimate contact, or the organization's established communication process.
Respect communication boundaries
Do not use someone's private email address, personal phone number, home address, or private social-media account simply to bypass an official process.
Do not deliberately appear at someone's workplace, restaurant, recreational activity, home, or other location in order to create an unplanned personal encounter.
Personal introductions can be useful when the intermediary and recipient are comfortable with the introduction.
Relationships should facilitate communication, not be used to bypass reasonable privacy or professional boundaries.
Choose a communication method that fits the situation
Possible methods include:
- Phone
- Video meeting
- In-person meeting
- Formal letter
- Public meeting or comment process
- An organization's online contact or partnership form
Do not assume that an in-person meeting is always best.
Consider accessibility, distance, scheduling, technology, privacy, and the recipient's preferred communication method.
Communicate clearly and accessibly
Use language that the recipient can understand.
Provide:
- Plain-language materials when appropriate
- Translation or interpretation when needed
- Accessible digital documents
- Disability accommodations
Avoid making broad assumptions about communication preferences based on culture, race, ethnicity, nationality, disability, age, or another identity.
When you are unsure, ask people what communication approach works best for them.
Be clear about the request
Explain:
- The issue
- The proposed goal
- Why you are contacting them
- What participation would involve
- Expected time commitments
- Whether funding, staff time, public endorsement, data, or another resource is being requested
- What decisions participants can influence
Do not minimize the commitment in order to make participation appear easier than it really is.
Explain why their contribution is relevant
Tell the person or organization why their knowledge, authority, experience, community relationships, resources, or implementation role may be useful.
Avoid flattering someone primarily because their name or status would make the effort look more credible.
Explain the community benefit
It can be appropriate to discuss how participation relates to the person's or organization's mission, responsibilities, or interests.
But the invitation should not be based entirely on what political, financial, or reputational advantage the partner can gain.
Emphasize the actual community purpose and the contribution being requested.
Put important commitments in writing
A written agreement may be useful when participants are sharing:
- Funding
- Staff
- Data
- Equipment
- Facilities
- Services
- Public responsibilities
A written agreement might address:
- Roles
- Decision-making
- Funding
- Data sharing
- Confidentiality
- Public communication
- Credit and attribution
- Conflict resolution
- Duration of the agreement
Respect a decision not to participate
Follow-up is reasonable when a request may have been missed or when the recipient has asked for additional information.
Persistence should not become repeated unwanted contact.
If someone declines:
- Thank them for considering the request
- Clarify whether they would like future updates
- Leave open the possibility of future collaboration when appropriate
Managing collaboration
Clarify decision-making
Coalitions should know:
- Who can make which decisions
- Whether decisions require consensus, majority agreement, or another process
- Which organizations retain independent authority
- How disagreements will be handled
Address competition and conflicts openly
Organizations may compete for funding, staff, public attention, or responsibility.
Do not dismiss these tensions as simply “ego” or “turf.”
They may reflect legitimate questions about:
- Resources
- Organizational responsibility
- Community accountability
- Credit
- Decision-making power
- Conflicts of interest
Discuss those issues directly and establish clear expectations.
Allow different levels of participation
Not every organization needs to take the same role.
A participant might:
- Help lead the coalition
- Provide technical advice
- Supply data
- Host meetings
- Participate in one project
- Endorse a specific recommendation
- Observe without formally endorsing the effort
Flexible participation can make collaboration more realistic.
Maintain communication when it remains useful
Partners should receive the information they need to carry out their responsibilities.
Useful updates may include:
- Progress
- Decisions
- New evidence
- Upcoming meetings
- Changes in strategy
- Results
Communication should be relevant rather than constant.
Ask people how frequently they want updates and through which channel.
Do not continue indefinitely sending one-way advocacy messages to someone who has declined participation or indicated that they do not want updates.
In Summary
Advocacy often requires collaboration with people and organizations that bring different forms of knowledge, authority, experience, resources, and community connection.
Establish communication intentionally and choose the level of formality that fits the relationship.
Invite people early enough that their participation can actually affect the work.
People directly affected by the issue should be meaningful partners rather than being included mainly for their stories, numbers, votes, or symbolic value.
Recruit partners because they have a relevant role or contribution, not simply to make the coalition appear larger or more influential.
A coordinated effort can be useful, but broad participation does not require every organization to agree on every issue.
Be clear about the request, expected responsibilities, decision-making process, time commitment, and resources involved.
Use accessible communication and ask people about their communication needs rather than relying on cultural stereotypes.
Respect organizational processes and personal boundaries. Do not bypass them by using private contact information or deliberately creating unplanned encounters.
Personal introductions can help establish trust when everyone involved is comfortable with them.
Journalists should be treated as independent information professionals rather than recruited as advocacy allies.
Put significant commitments in writing when necessary, especially when money, personnel, data, or other resources are involved.
Respect a decision not to participate and avoid turning persistence into unwanted repeated contact.
Maintain communication when it continues to serve a useful purpose, but do not assume every relationship must remain active indefinitely.
The goal is not to build the largest possible network or accumulate political clout.
It is to build the relationships necessary for people to contribute meaningfully, coordinate effectively, and work together toward a community goal.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resource
Communication Tools for Advocacy from the National Association for Gifted Children provides information on different ways to communicate with policy makers.
Early Childhood Advocacy Toolkit provides resources on framing your message and communicating with the media as well as policy makers and elected officials.
Effective E-mail Communication from the University of North Carolina provides tips on professional e-mail writing and communicating via e-mail.
Four Principles of Interpersonal Communication
Media Communication Tip Sheet provides tips on contributing to the local news, tailoring language and style for the media, developing messages to reach the public, and evaluating media coverage.
10 Tips provides 10 tips on effectively communicating with legislators to make your message stand out to them.
Using Effective Communications from UNISON is a guide to communicating effectively in both formal and informal settings.
Print Resource
Fleming, A C. (2013). It’s the Way You Say It: Becoming Articulate, Well-Spoken, and Clear. Fleming offers detailed advice and exercises to teach the reader how to become an effective communicator through speech.
Hipwood, M. (2012). Energized: An Introvert’s Guide to Effective Communication. In this book, Hipwood discusses effectively using individual strengths as an introvert instead of forcing communication in ways that are familiar to extroverts.
Maxwell, C.J. (2010). Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently. This book provides five principles and five practices to develop the crucial skill of connecting with others.
Meredith, C. J., & Dunham. C.D. (1999). Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
Tunney, Bradley (2014). Communication Skills: Improve Effective Communication Skills and Learn How to Communicate & Influence People. This book provides tools and techniques to becoming a better communicator.
What exactly is establishing formal communications and requesting participation?
___You establish formal communications and request participation by developing a structured, "official" connection with an organization or individual who can be a valuable ally in your advocacy effort, and asking for participation in a way likely to be successful.
Why establish formal communications and request participation?
You establish formal communications because:
___It's the only way you can approach some people and organizations.
___It shows respect for the integrity of the other party's procedure.
___It acknowledges the other as an equal partner.
___It points up the importance of the other party's potential contribution, and makes apparent that you really want their help.
___It establishes a relationship, and acknowledges that you might have something to offer each other.
___Establishing formal communications means that a channel is always open, and a certain amount and type of communication becomes automatic.
You formally request participation because:
___You need all the help you can get.
___It's necessary to assure the participation of those who are key to the effort.
___It's important to enlist as many of the people and organizations concerned with the issue as you can, in order to show solidarity for the effort.
___A coordinated effort is much stronger than a haphazard one.
___You're asking not just for a single action, but for a commitment to an effort that might take a long time.
___Establishing communications and requesting participation can head off turf issues and ego problems that can quickly derail an advocacy effort.
___Even when they're in total agreement with what you're doing, people and organizations like to be asked to join.
___Getting as many partners as possible on board early creates a sense of trust and common purpose that can propel the effort through difficult times.
___Requesting participation early, rather than only when the effort needs to be strengthened or when the final push is on, creates buy-in.
With whom should you establish formal communications to request participation?
You establish formal communications with and request participation from:
___Legislators and other political figures.
___Other initiatives and advocates with similar goals.
___Professional associations.
___Experts in the field.
___Human service and other organizations that work on the issue.
___Community activists.
___Influential citizens and groups.
___Media people and outlets.
___Public services, agencies, and institutions.
___The target population.
When should you establish formal communications and request participation?
You establish formal communications and request participation:
___As early as possible.
___At the beginning of a legislative advocacy campaign.
___In the planning stage of an advocacy campaign.
___When you're trying to build momentum.
___When your campaign has taken off.
How do you establish formal communications and request participation?
___You begin by following basic communication guidelines:
- Use language your audience will understand.
- Be respectful.
- Build trust.
- Stress your areas of agreement.
- Be culturally sensitive.
- Keep communication lines open.
To establish formal communications:
___You determine just what "formal communications" means for a particular individual or group and acting accordingly.
-
What is corrective feedback?
-
Who should provide corrective feedback?
-
When should you give corrective feedback?
-
What are some methods of feedback?
-
How do you give and receive corrective feedback?
-
How can corrective feedback strengthen advocacy?
Giving and receiving feedback is part of working with other people.
Some feedback is vague, insulting, or intended mainly to express frustration. Other feedback provides useful information that can help a person, group, organization, or institution understand the effects of its actions and improve what it does.
Corrective feedback is feedback intended to support improvement.
In advocacy, corrective feedback can help:
- Advocates improve strategies, communication, and relationships
- Organizations understand how programs or policies affect people
- Public officials identify unintended consequences
- Coalitions improve how they work together
- People directly affected explain what is or is not working
Corrective feedback should not be used simply to make advocacy more persuasive or protect an organization's public image.
Its primary purpose is learning, accountability, and improvement.
What is corrective feedback?
Corrective feedback is information about how a person's or organization's actions, behavior, communication, policy, strategy, or practice is being experienced or what effects it appears to be producing.
Useful corrective feedback generally:
- Focuses on a specific action, behavior, decision, or pattern
- Explains the effect or concern clearly
- Distinguishes observation from interpretation
- Provides enough context to understand the issue
- Supports discussion about what might change
Feedback is not the same as a factual finding.
Some feedback describes a person's perception or experience. Other feedback may be supported by data, documentation, or evaluation.
Both can be useful, but they answer different questions.
Intent and impact are different
A person or organization may intend one thing while others experience something different.
For example:
- A message intended to sound urgent may be experienced as disrespectful.
- A policy intended to improve efficiency may create access barriers.
- An advocacy tactic intended to build attention may make some community members feel excluded.
Feedback can help identify these differences.
Understanding impact does not automatically establish what someone intended, and a good feedback process should leave room to clarify both.
Purposes of corrective feedback
Corrective feedback may help:
- Improve individual performance or communication
- Strengthen relationships
- Improve collaboration
- Identify barriers or unintended effects
- Improve organizational practices
- Improve advocacy strategy
- Improve public policy or service delivery
- Prevent recurring problems
Who should provide corrective feedback?
The most useful source depends on the question.
Feedback may come from:
- People directly affected
- Community members
- Colleagues
- Staff members
- Supervisors or organizational leaders
- Partner organizations
- Service providers
- Public officials
- Researchers or evaluators
- Members of the broader public
People directly affected
People affected by a policy, service, advocacy campaign, or institutional practice may be especially important sources because they can describe how it functions in practice.
They do not need to be professional advocates or subject-matter experts in order for their experiences to matter.
At the same time, no individual should be assumed to speak for an entire community or population.
People with technical or professional knowledge
Some questions require expertise.
For example, feedback about:
- Legal compliance
- Statistical analysis
- Clinical care
- Environmental risk
- Financial management
may require qualified professional or technical review.
Multiple perspectives
A single source may reveal an important problem without representing the full range of experience.
When appropriate, gather feedback from several groups whose relationships to the issue differ.
For example, an advocacy organization might seek feedback from:
- People directly affected
- Coalition partners
- Staff
- Community organizations
- Policymakers or agency staff
- People who disagree with the organization's strategy
The purpose is not to create a popularity score.
It is to understand how the work is being experienced from several relevant perspectives.
When should you give corrective feedback?
When feedback is requested
Feedback is often easier to hear and use when people or organizations have actively requested it.
Advocacy organizations can build regular opportunities for feedback into:
- Staff meetings
- Coalition meetings
- Program reviews
- Community advisory processes
- Surveys
- Evaluations
During planning
Early feedback may identify problems before a campaign, policy, or program is fully implemented.
It may reveal:
- Confusing language
- Accessibility barriers
- Missing populations
- Unrealistic assumptions
- Possible unintended consequences
- Problems with the proposed strategy
During implementation
Once a campaign or policy is underway, feedback can help determine whether implementation is matching the plan.
Ask:
- What appears to be working?
- What is not working?
- Who is being reached?
- Who is being missed?
- What unexpected effects are occurring?
- What should change?
When unintended consequences appear
Policies and advocacy strategies can produce effects that were not anticipated.
Corrective feedback can help identify those effects early.
Avoid reducing complex policy outcomes to a single failure to listen.
Unintended consequences may result from:
- Incomplete information
- Limited resources
- Implementation failures
- Competing policy goals
- Changes in economic or social conditions
- Incorrect assumptions
- People or communities being left out of planning
When harm or conflict has already occurred
Feedback may help explain what happened, identify what can still be repaired, and reduce the chance that the problem will happen again.
In serious situations, feedback alone may not be enough.
Formal accountability, investigation, grievance, disciplinary, regulatory, or legal processes may also be appropriate.
During monitoring and evaluation
Feedback should be one source of information in monitoring and evaluation.
Combine it with other relevant evidence when determining whether a campaign, policy, or program is working.
What are some methods of feedback?
One-to-one feedback
One person may provide feedback directly to another.
This can allow detailed discussion and clarification.
Power differences matter.
Feedback between a supervisor and employee, public official and resident, service provider and participant, or other unequal relationship may involve concerns about:
- Retaliation
- Employment consequences
- Access to services
- Social or professional relationships
Create conditions that make honest feedback reasonably safe.
Group feedback
A team or coalition may review its own performance together.
Group feedback can help identify shared problems and solutions.
Avoid turning a group discussion into a situation where several people criticize one individual at once.
Sensitive individual concerns may require a separate process.
Organization-to-organization feedback
Partner organizations may provide feedback to one another about:
- Communication
- Division of responsibilities
- Decision-making
- Public messaging
- Resource sharing
- Implementation
Organizations with competing positions may also exchange feedback when they are willing to discuss specific effects or concerns.
Consultative feedback
An organization may invite an external consultant, evaluator, advisory group, or community panel to review its work.
A useful consultant should have:
- Relevant expertise
- A clear scope
- Access to enough information to understand the issue
- Appropriate independence
- Transparent methods
Written, anonymous, and digital feedback
Written or anonymous feedback is not automatically less useful than face-to-face feedback.
It may be especially important when:
- Power differences are significant
- Participants fear retaliation
- People need time to think before responding
- Accessibility makes live discussion difficult
- A large number of people need to contribute
Possible methods include:
- Anonymous surveys
- Online forms
- Written evaluations
- Comment systems
- Confidential interviews
Each method has limitations.
Anonymous feedback may reduce the ability to ask follow-up questions, while identified feedback may discourage people from speaking candidly.
Multi-source or 360-degree feedback
Multi-source feedback gathers perspectives from people who interact with a person or organization in different ways.
In a workplace, that might include:
- Supervisors
- Peers
- Staff members
- People who receive services
- Other colleagues
In advocacy, it might include:
- People directly affected
- Coalition partners
- Staff and volunteers
- Community organizations
- Public officials
- Members of the broader public
Multi-source feedback can reveal differences in how the same actions are experienced by different groups.
It should not be treated as a complete or automatically accurate picture.
Its value depends on:
- Who was included
- Who was missing
- How people were selected
- Whether they could respond honestly
- How questions were worded
- How results were interpreted
Protect people from retaliation
Some people may risk employment, services, professional relationships, or community standing when they provide critical feedback.
Consider:
- Anonymous or confidential options
- Who can access raw responses
- How identifying information will be protected
- Whether results will be reported only in aggregate
- What retaliation protections exist
Do not promise anonymity or confidentiality unless you can actually provide it.
How do you give corrective feedback?
Focus on improvement
Describe what could be improved rather than making broad judgments about the recipient's character, intelligence, motives, or worth.
For example:
Instead of:
Your outreach is terrible.
try:
Several residents told us they did not know the meeting was happening because the notice was posted only online. Could we add text, print, and community-partner outreach next time?
Be specific
Useful feedback identifies:
- The behavior, action, decision, or policy being discussed
- When or where it occurred
- The effect that was observed or experienced
- What change might help
Distinguish observation from interpretation
For example:
Observation:
Three participants tried to ask questions, but the meeting moved to the next agenda item before they were recognized.
Interpretation:
It seemed as though participant questions were not being treated as important.
Both may be worth discussing, but separating them makes the feedback clearer.
Do not require praise before raising a serious concern
Positive feedback can be valuable when it is genuine.
However, do not force every concern into a “positive-negative-positive” structure or delay a serious issue simply to make the recipient more comfortable.
Urgent safety, discrimination, harassment, fraud, abuse, or rights concerns may need to be stated directly.
Focus on impact without assuming motive
Instead of telling someone what they intended, describe:
- What occurred
- How it affected you or others
- Why it matters
First-person statements can sometimes help:
I had difficulty following the discussion because several technical terms were not explained.
But “I-statements” are a communication tool, not a rule.
Some concerns are appropriately stated as direct factual claims:
The entrance is not wheelchair accessible.
Be honest about seriousness
Being respectful does not require minimizing a problem.
State clearly when:
- Harm has occurred
- A policy creates a significant barrier
- A practice may violate a requirement
- Immediate action is needed
Invite a response
Give the recipient an opportunity to explain:
- What happened
- What constraints were involved
- What information may be missing
- Whether they agree with the concern
- What changes they believe are possible
Listening does not require accepting every explanation.
Identify next steps
When appropriate, turn feedback into a plan.
A useful plan may identify:
- What will change
- Who is responsible
- What support is needed
- When the change will occur
- How progress will be reviewed
How do you receive corrective feedback?
Listen before responding
Try to understand what the person is saying before deciding whether you agree.
Ask clarifying questions when necessary.
Separate discomfort from accuracy
Feedback can feel unpleasant even when it is useful.
On the other hand, uncomfortable feedback is not automatically correct.
Ask:
- What specific evidence or experience supports this feedback?
- Is this one person's experience or a broader pattern?
- Is there information I am missing?
- Do other sources report something similar?
- What part of this feedback can help improve the work?
Discuss disagreement respectfully
If you believe the feedback is inaccurate, explain why and ask what led to the person's conclusion.
The goal is not to force agreement.
Sometimes the result may be:
- A change in behavior
- A clearer explanation
- Additional research
- A change in policy
- Recognition that perspectives genuinely differ
Protect people who give difficult feedback
Leaders and organizations should not retaliate against staff, volunteers, participants, residents, or partners for raising concerns in good faith.
If people consistently fear consequences for giving honest feedback, the organization should examine the feedback system itself.
How can corrective feedback strengthen advocacy?
It can reveal errors early
Feedback may identify:
- Incorrect assumptions
- Confusing messages
- Weak evidence
- Accessibility problems
- Missing perspectives
- Implementation barriers
It can identify people being excluded or harmed
Advocacy organizations may believe they are helping a community while some people affected experience the strategy differently.
Feedback can reveal:
- Whose voices are missing
- Which groups are not being reached
- Whether language or tactics are stigmatizing
- Whether participation feels meaningful
- Whether unintended burdens are being created
It can improve relationships
Coalition partners can use feedback to address:
- Communication problems
- Unequal decision-making power
- Confusion about roles
- Disagreements over strategy
- Credit or recognition
It can improve policy and institutional decisions
Policymakers, agencies, businesses, schools, health systems, and other institutions may receive feedback about the real-world effects of their decisions.
Useful feedback can help identify:
- Unintended consequences
- Barriers to access
- Differences between policy and practice
- Unequal effects across populations
- Areas where implementation needs to change
It can improve credibility through responsiveness
Credibility should not be treated primarily as a public-relations goal.
Organizations build trust when they:
- Ask for feedback
- Make it reasonably safe to provide
- Respond honestly
- Explain when they disagree
- Make changes when change is warranted
Feedback is not always enough
Some situations involve more than a need for improvement.
Complaints involving:
- Harassment
- Discrimination
- Abuse
- Fraud
- Retaliation
- Serious safety risks
- Legal or ethical violations
may require a formal complaint, investigation, regulatory process, disciplinary process, or other accountability mechanism.
Do not use a general feedback conversation as a substitute for a process designed to address serious misconduct.
Evaluate your feedback process
Periodically ask:
- Who is regularly asked for feedback?
- Who is rarely asked?
- Who feels safe giving honest feedback?
- Who may fear retaliation?
- Are feedback methods accessible?
- Are language needs addressed?
- Are anonymous options available when appropriate?
- Does feedback actually lead to decisions or changes?
- Are people told what happened after they provided feedback?
A feedback system is weak if people are repeatedly asked for input but never see evidence that anyone considered it.
In Summary
Corrective feedback is information intended to help a person, organization, advocacy effort, policy, or practice improve.
Useful feedback is specific, relevant, honest, and connected to an observable action, experience, or effect.
Feedback may come from people directly affected, staff, colleagues, community members, partner organizations, public officials, researchers, or other relevant sources.
No single source automatically provides the complete picture.
Feedback is particularly useful during planning, implementation, evaluation, and when unintended consequences or conflict emerge.
It may be provided one-to-one, in groups, between organizations, through consultants, anonymously, in writing, or through multi-source feedback processes.
Written and anonymous feedback can be especially valuable when power differences or retaliation concerns make direct conversation difficult.
Multi-source feedback can provide useful perspective, but it should not be treated as perfectly representative or automatically accurate.
When giving feedback, focus on specific actions and effects, distinguish observation from interpretation, avoid unnecessary judgments about character or motive, and explain what change may help.
Respectful feedback does not require minimizing serious problems.
When receiving feedback, listen carefully, ask questions, examine the evidence, and remain open to changing your understanding or approach.
Protect people who provide critical feedback from retaliation.
Feedback should lead to appropriate action when change is needed.
Serious misconduct may require formal accountability processes rather than an ordinary feedback conversation.
Finally, evaluate the feedback process itself.
The goal is not simply to make criticism easier to accept or advocacy more persuasive. It is to create reliable ways for people to identify problems, learn from experience, and improve decisions, relationships, policies, and practice.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
The Art of Corrective Feedback gives 10 tips to corrective feedback. Though this article is in the context of an educator-student relationship, the tips can be translated to an advocate relationship.
360-Degree Feedback weighs the pro and cons of 360-degree feedback within an organization.
Do You Know How to Give Constructive Feedback? is an article by the American Management Association with detailed information on providing constructive feedback that motivates a team.
Giving Constructive Feedback is an online PDF that provides six ways to make feedback constructive.
Giving Corrective Feedback is a section within an adapted guide from Brigham Young University-Idaho and offers information on the best feedback and how to properly give corrective feedback.
The U.K. Civil Service uses 360-degree feedback as a staff development tool. This is their explanation of the process, and includes a link to the Adobe version of their informative in-house handbook, "Getting the Best Out of 360 Feedback."
Print Resources
Hathaway, P. (2006). Feedback Skills for Leaders; 50 Minute Series: Building Constructive Communication Skills Up and Down the Ladder. Readers will learn specific techniques for giving and receiving feedback, as well as the positive impact of positive messages.
What is corrective feedback?
___You understand the definition and purpose of corrective feedback.
Who should give corrective feedback?
___As an advocate, you accept feedback from anyone who is affected by an advocacy campaign, whether as an advocate, a target, a beneficiary, or an interested observer.
___In dealing with targets of advocacy, you know that corrective feedback must be offered by advocates, beneficiaries of advocacy, or others who clearly understand the issue, and have some standing.
When should you give corrective feedback?
You provide (and accept) corrective feedback:
___When it is requested.
___ At the beginning of an advocacy campaign, especially in the planning stage.
___When the preliminary effects of the campaign can begin to be analyzed.
___When it's necessary to avoid unintended consequences.
___When it's necessary to avoid alienating real or potential allies or the public.
___When damage control is needed.
___When you're monitoring or evaluating a campaign or specific parts of it.
What are some methods of feedback?
You know how and when to use and not to use:
___One-to-one feedback.
___Intragroup feedback.
___Group-to-group feedback.
___Impersonal feedback.
___360-degree feedback.
How do you give and accept corrective feedback?
Giving feedback:
___Your feedback is formative, not summative.
___You're supportive when giving feedback.
___You focus on the specific issue, and don't point fingers.
___You're honest.
___You listen to the reaction to your feedback.
___Your feedback leads to a plan to address the issues it raises, and you offer help to carry out the plan.
Accepting feedback:
___You listen objectively to what the provider is saying.
___You're honest with yourself.
___If you think the provider's impressions are mistaken, you discuss that with her.
___You ask for and use the provider's help to formulate and implement a plan to address the issues her feedback raised.
___You thank the provider.
How can corrective feedback help an advocacy campaign?
You provide (and accept) corrective feedback to:
___Help advocates recognize errors, problems, and issues that could derail the campaign.
___Flag potential errors before they become problems.
___Avoid alienating potential allies.
___Help advocates claim the moral high ground.
___Help targets of advocacy avoid unintended consequences.
___Help targets of advocacy improve their image with their constituency and the community.
-
What does it mean to frame an issue?
-
Why should you think about how an issue is framed?
-
When should you consider framing or reframing an issue?
-
How do you frame an issue?
-
How do you reframe an issue?
What does it mean to frame an issue?
Framing is the process of deciding how to describe and organize information about an issue so people can understand what is happening, why it matters, what may be contributing to it, and what responses should be considered.
Every explanation emphasizes some information and gives less attention to other information.
For that reason, framing can strongly influence how people understand:
- What the issue is
- Who is affected
- What factors contribute to the issue
- What responsibilities different people or institutions have
- What solutions appear possible
Framing should help people understand an issue rather than manipulate them into accepting a predetermined conclusion.
A strong frame is accurate, supported by evidence, clear about uncertainty, and appropriate to the audience without changing the underlying facts from one audience to another.
Framing is not the same as spin
Advocacy organizations naturally want people to understand why an issue matters.
However, framing should not involve:
- Hiding important evidence
- Exaggerating the severity of a problem
- Assigning blame without evidence
- Using stigmatizing labels
- Presenting uncertainty as certainty
- Describing the same facts inconsistently simply to appeal to different audiences
Persuasive communication and accurate communication do not have to conflict.
Why should you think about how an issue is framed?
The way an issue is described affects which questions people ask and which solutions they consider.
For example, a transportation problem framed only as individual inconvenience may lead people to think primarily about personal transportation choices.
The same situation examined as a community-access issue may also raise questions about:
- Public transportation routes
- Disability access
- Job locations
- Housing patterns
- Service locations
- Transportation costs
Neither frame should be selected simply because it produces the political response advocates prefer.
The better frame is one that accurately represents the dimensions of the issue relevant to the decision being made.
Frames can reveal or hide important context
A narrow frame may focus attention on one behavior, institution, or event.
A broader frame may show how several conditions interact.
Both can be useful.
Problems arise when a frame excludes information necessary for understanding the issue fairly.
Frames can affect responsibility
Framing often communicates an idea about responsibility.
Be careful not to turn complex community conditions into simple stories about who is to blame.
Responsibility may be distributed across:
- Individual decisions
- Organizational practices
- Public policy
- Economic conditions
- Historical patterns
- Availability of services or resources
- Several interacting factors
When should you consider framing or reframing an issue?
Consider framing whenever you are explaining an issue to others.
Revisit the frame when:
- New evidence changes your understanding
- Community members identify an important perspective that was missing
- The existing frame stigmatizes or stereotypes people
- The frame focuses on symptoms while ignoring important contributing conditions
- People consistently misunderstand what you mean
- An opposing or competing frame leaves out important evidence
- Circumstances or policies change
Do not reframe simply because the evidence is inconvenient for your advocacy position.
If new information changes what the issue actually appears to be, change the frame accordingly.
How do you frame an issue?
Begin with several basic questions:
- What is the issue?
- Who is affected?
- Who has relevant responsibilities or decision-making authority?
- What evidence describes the issue?
- What factors contribute to it?
- What possible responses exist?
- What important uncertainty remains?
What is the issue?
Describe the issue specifically enough that people understand what is being discussed.
Avoid labels that already assume:
- Who caused the problem
- Which solution is correct
- Which people are responsible
- What motives people have
For example, instead of beginning with:
Parents are failing to get children to school.
you might begin with:
Student attendance has declined, and the community wants to understand the factors contributing to missed school days.
The second frame leaves room to examine transportation, health, housing instability, school climate, caregiving responsibilities, family circumstances, and other possible factors.
Broad frames and focused frames
Issues can often be described at different levels.
Broad framing
A broad frame identifies the larger community problem and allows several contributing factors or solutions to be considered.
For example:
Young people in the community need reliable access to accurate sexual-health information and appropriate health services.
This frame allows discussion of:
- Health education
- Access to clinical services
- Communication with parents and caregivers
- Contraceptive access
- STI prevention
- Healthy relationships
- Other relevant supports
Focused framing
A focused frame emphasizes one part of a broader issue when that part is the subject of the decision being made.
For example:
The community is examining whether adolescents have adequate access to confidential sexual-health services.
This narrower frame may be appropriate when the specific policy question concerns health-service access.
Focused framing should not imply that the selected factor is the only cause or solution unless evidence supports that conclusion.
Choose the level of framing carefully
A broad frame may be useful when:
- Several causes or solutions need to be considered
- Participants disagree about strategy but share a broader goal
- The problem involves several systems
A focused frame may be useful when:
- A particular policy decision is being considered
- One clearly documented factor requires attention
- A specific organization has authority over only one part of the issue
Do not assume that one approach is always best for a “diverse” audience and another for a particular type of group.
Choose the frame according to the issue and purpose.
Who is affected and involved?
Identify the people and organizations connected with the issue.
These may include:
- People directly affected
- Families and caregivers
- Community organizations
- Service providers
- Schools
- Businesses
- Public agencies
- Elected officials
- Other institutions with relevant responsibility or authority
Avoid describing people primarily as “targets” whose behavior advocates need to change.
People directly affected may be participants, leaders, decision-makers, researchers, organizers, or partners in developing solutions.
Know your audience without changing the facts
Different audiences may need different levels of explanation.
For example:
- Community members may want clear examples of how the issue affects daily life.
- Policymakers may need information about costs, implementation, legal authority, and population effects.
- Technical professionals may need detailed methods and data.
- Journalists may need concise findings, sources, and context.
Tailoring the level, format, or examples is appropriate.
Changing or withholding material facts in order to gain support is not.
What contributes to the problem?
Use evidence to identify contributing factors.
Avoid assuming that one factor is the cause simply because it fits the advocacy message.
Contributing factors may operate at several levels:
- Individual
- Family or household
- Organizational
- Neighborhood
- Economic
- Policy
- Social or cultural
- Historical
Complex community problems often involve several interacting conditions rather than one simple cause.
What contributes to the solution?
Once contributing factors are understood, consider possible responses.
Depending on the issue, strategies may include:
- Education and skill development
- Improving access to services or resources
- Reducing unnecessary barriers
- Changing organizational practice
- Providing appropriate incentives or supports
- Changing public policy
- Improving enforcement of existing policy
- Expanding community resources
Avoid presenting a solution as inevitable merely because it fits the frame you selected.
Compare alternatives according to evidence, feasibility, community priorities, equity, cost, and possible unintended consequences.
Framing and values
Many public issues involve legitimate differences in values as well as disagreements about evidence.
Be clear about which parts of an argument are:
- Factual claims
- Interpretations
- Predictions
- Ethical or value judgments
- Policy preferences
Do not present a value judgment as though it were a scientific finding.
Likewise, do not dismiss evidence simply because it complicates a preferred moral or political position.
Avoid stigmatizing frames
Frames can unintentionally suggest that a population itself is the problem.
Review language carefully when describing:
- Poverty
- Homelessness
- Disability
- Substance use
- Immigration
- Race or ethnicity
- Adolescence
- Mental health
- Criminal-justice involvement
Describe the condition, barrier, policy, or behavior as specifically as possible rather than turning an entire group into a label.
How should you reframe an issue?
Reframing means changing the way an issue is described because another frame provides a more accurate, complete, useful, or less stigmatizing understanding.
Reframing may be appropriate when:
- New evidence changes what is known
- An existing frame leaves out important context
- A frame incorrectly assigns responsibility
- A frame stigmatizes people
- A debate has become artificially limited to only two choices
- A competing frame contains misleading or incomplete claims
Respond to competing frames with evidence
When another organization frames an issue differently:
- Identify what its frame emphasizes
- Identify what it leaves out
- Check whether its factual claims are supported
- Explain the relevant evidence
- Present a more complete alternative when appropriate
Do not assume that every competing frame is simply “opposition” that must be defeated.
Another frame may reveal a legitimate concern that your original framing missed.
Example: Reframing tobacco use
Tobacco use can be framed as an issue involving individual choice.
A broader public-health frame may also consider:
- Nicotine dependence
- Marketing practices
- Exposure to secondhand smoke
- Product regulation
- Access to cessation support
- Population-level health effects
The purpose of reframing is not to replace one slogan with another.
It is to make relevant evidence and context visible.
Test your frame
Before using a frame widely, ask:
- Is it accurate?
- Is it supported by current evidence?
- What important information does it leave out?
- Does it stigmatize anyone?
- Does it imply causation that has not been established?
- Does it oversimplify responsibility?
- Would people directly affected recognize their experience in it?
- Does it leave room to consider evidence that challenges our preferred solution?
Ask people directly affected and others with relevant knowledge to review the frame when practical.
In Summary
Framing is the process of organizing and presenting information so people can understand what an issue is, who is affected, what contributes to it, and what responses may be possible.
Framing matters because the way an issue is described influences what people notice, what questions they ask, how they understand responsibility, and which solutions they consider.
Advocacy organizations should frame issues clearly and persuasively without sacrificing accuracy.
Begin by defining the issue, identifying people affected and institutions with relevant responsibilities, examining contributing factors, and considering possible solutions.
Use broad framing when several dimensions of an issue need to be considered and focused framing when a particular decision or factor is the subject of attention.
Know your audience, but tailor the level and format of communication rather than changing the underlying facts.
Avoid reducing complex problems to one cause or assigning responsibility without evidence.
Distinguish factual claims, interpretations, values, predictions, and policy preferences.
Review frames for stigmatizing language and involve people directly affected in determining whether the description reflects their experiences.
Reframe when evidence, community input, or changing conditions show that a different description is more accurate or complete.
When competing frames exist, evaluate them rather than simply trying to defeat them.
Finally, remember that framing should clarify an issue, not manipulate the audience.
The strongest frame is one that helps people understand the evidence, recognize the relevant context, and evaluate possible solutions more thoughtfully.
Resources
Online Resources
The Civic Language Perceptions Project is a resource from the Philanthropy for Active Civic Engagement. It explores how people perceive the language used in civic engagement and democracy work, and techniques for engaging more meaningful dialogue.
Framing an Advocacy Message is a guide to reframing advocacy messages distributed by UN Women: Advocacy Toolkit for Women in Politics.
Framing a Persuasive Advocacy Message is a science-based guide from Berkeley Law with information on how to convey the most persuasive possible advocacy message.
FSTV Keynote: Lori Dorfman (video)
Message delivery: The Interview, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, provides three components of a message: What’s wrong? Why does it matter? What is the solution?
Narrative Change, Framing, and Communications is a guide to shifting narratives and using effective framing to advance health equity and social justice.
Reframing Advocacy is a resource specific to reframing an advocacy message as it pertains to gender-based violence.
Reframing Youth Issues is a guide to reframing advocacy issues in order to appeal to public consideration and support.
Reframing the Issue from Advocacy International provides an example of how the issue of maternal mortality in Africa has been reframed from failure and despair to success and survival.
Strategic CaseMaking in a World That Won’t Stand Still emphasizes effective social change requires not just raising voices but making stronger, more adaptive arguments that resonate with shifting public sentiment. It calls for strategic "casemaking," blending bold leadership, coalition-building, and tailored messaging to create a compelling vision for a just and thriving future.
These Are The Words That Do (And Do Not) Persuade Americans, Study Shows is an article by Forbes Magazine. It shares a study emphasizing the importance of language in shaping public opinion.
More than a Message is an article by Dorfman that discusses framing public health advocacy to change corporate practices. Dorfman discusses frames extensively and why they matter.
Worksheet: Message development, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, helps you develop a message that communicates to your target your frame and solutions.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Argyris, C., Putnam, R., & Smith, D. (1990). Action science. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Ryan, C. (1991). Prime time activism. Boston, MA: Southland Press.
Wallack, L., Dorfman, D., Jernigan, D., et al. (1993). Media advocacy and public health. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
___You understand what it means to frame the debate.
___You understand the issue, who is involved and contributing factors.
___You understand that successful framing puts your group in a favorable position to direct the discussion of the problem.
You understand when you should consider framing or reframing an issue:
___Every time you present your issue and want to gain support
___When you are attempting to influence the public agenda
___When framing by the opposition may interfere with your plan of action
You understand how to successfully frame an issue:
___You understand what the issue is.
___You understand how to frame an issue as "common ground."
___You understand how to frame an issue as "single angle."
___You know how to tell who is involved.
___You know how to communicate information about what contributes to the problem.
___You know how to communicate information about what contributes to the solution.
___You understand how to reframe the issue.
Example #1: Reframing the substance use debate
Adolescent substance use is a nationwide problem. In particular, many national campaigns have sought to reduce the use of alcohol by minors. Framing and reframing the issue proved to be a significant key to gaining community support for an adolescent substance use coalition.
The coalition was experiencing difficulty in gaining support from many community members. The reason? The coalition operates in a college town, where adolescent alcohol consumption is thought of more as a rite of passage than a problem. That put the coalition in a vulnerable situation: Without support for their cause, how could they survive as an organization? Or, more importantly, how could they have an impact on substance use?
The coalition began brainstorming. Several new ideas began to emerge. Adolescent substance use is not just alcohol consumption, but also involves other substances that were public health concerns: marijuana, cocaine, tobacco, etc. The coalition began examining the risk and protective factors associated with substance use. They soon realized that most (if not all) of the risk and protective factors for alcohol use were relevant to addressing all of the various substances.
With this in mind, they reframed the issue to gain maximum support from the community. They chose to emphasize tobacco use, which most agree is a public health problem affecting youth today. Although the coalition's mission has not changed, the framing has been transformed to fit the purpose of a wider audience. As a result, the coalition received greater support from the community.
EXAMPLE #2: HOW TO TALK ABOUT FOOD AND FITNESS/COMMUNITY HEALTH
This brief summary highlights the FrameWorks Institute’s research on public perceptions of food and fitness. It summarizes three cultural models associated with food and fitness and community health that dominate public thinking, and provides guidance for reframing the issues to elevate community support.
Example #3: Framing Community Safety: Guidance for Effective Communication
The FrameWorks Institute offers Framing Community Safety: Guidance for Effective Communication (pdf), which is a guide for nonprofits, community-based organizations, public agencies, and others who want to communicate more effectively with the public about community-led efforts to prevent violence and promote safety and healing. Read more.
Example #4: From Victims to Survivors: Language Matters

Marvia Jones, MPH, PhD, Director of the Kansas City, Missouri Health Department, spoke at a panel titled Community-Engaged Research: Perspectives from researchers and community partners, at the Life Span Institute Collaboratory in Lawrence, Kansas. Dr. Jones shared the following about the importance of the use of language in community-based efforts:
“There was a study the Health Department was a part of, funded by the Department of Justice, titled, ‘Addressing Trauma in Youth Victims of Violence.’ One of the elements of our intervention was a survey. We would go out and ask, 'How many times have you been a victim of violence? What kinds of violence have you been a victim of?’ We used the word 'victim' in different ways. The people administering the surveys were saying 'These people spent the rest of the interview talking about how they’re not a victim.' They were talking about the term ‘victim’, about calling them a victim, calling them a victim in a circumstance, asking if they’ve been victimized, when have they been traumatized, anything that sounded like that. Those being interviewed didn’t see their everyday life as traumatic or their experiences as victimization. They just said it was a part of their experience; part of their life. We kept interviewing people to get to the crux of it, and someone said, 'It’s dangerous for me to ever consider myself to be a victim. That makes me weak, and makes me vulnerable.' So, we changed our approach. We changed the way we ask that question, and we also changed the way that we refer to people in the community who had experienced violence. We call them 'survivors,’ or 'people who have experienced violence,' or 'people who have been impacted by violence.' The federal funding is made by Congress, so we couldn’t change the study’s title, but we changed the way that we addressed the community about that issue.”
Example #5: ‘Affordable housing belongs here’: Nur Kausar makes the case for abundant housing
Nur Kausar, Business Development Manager at EAH Housing, discusses her commitment to expanding affordable housing in California. With a background in journalism and experience at Housing California and the state's Department of Housing and Community Development, Kausar emphasizes the importance of shifting narratives around homelessness and housing scarcity. She advocates for solution-oriented storytelling, utilizing Strategic CaseMaking principles to highlight the positive impacts of affordable housing and counter misconceptions that homelessness is a personal choice.
Kausar employs practical strategies like organizing tours of affordable housing developments to demonstrate successful solutions and engage stakeholders. She underscores the significance of illustrating potential losses if affordable housing is not prioritized, citing the rebuilding of Paradise, California, after a wildfire as an example of community resilience supported by affordable housing initiatives. Through her work, Kausar aims to inspire collective action and policy changes to ensure safe, stable homes for all Californians.
Read more about this story here.
What is a message to an elected official?
A written message to an elected official is a direct way to communicate your experience, position, question, or request regarding an issue within that official's area of responsibility.
Depending on the office, written communication may take the form of:
- An email
- A message submitted through an official contact form
- A mailed letter
- A message submitted through a legislative or government communication system
The best method depends on the office, the urgency of the issue, and the communication options the official provides.
A thoughtful message can help an elected official understand:
- How a policy affects constituents
- What concerns or priorities exist in the community
- What evidence or experience may be relevant
- What action the writer is requesting
Written communication is one advocacy tool among many. Depending on the issue, it may be combined with public testimony, meetings, coalition work, formal public-comment processes, community organizing, or other forms of civic participation.
Why write to elected officials?
You may contact an elected official:
- To explain how a proposed or existing policy affects you or your community
- To express support for a proposed law, policy, budget item, appointment, or course of action
- To express opposition to a proposed law, policy, budget item, appointment, or course of action
- To provide relevant information, research, community experience, or historical context
- To recommend an alternative approach
- To ask an official to take a specific action
- To request a meeting
- To ask an official to explain their position or vote
- To thank an official for an action you support
- To respectfully express concern about an action you oppose
- To request help with a government program, agency, or administrative problem
Constituent services
Elected officials and their staff often assist constituents who are having difficulty with government agencies or programs.
Depending on the office, constituent-service requests may involve:
- Veterans' benefits
- Social Security or other federal benefits
- Immigration case inquiries
- Public-assistance programs
- State or local agency problems
- Delays or confusion involving government services
Officials cannot necessarily change an agency decision or bypass applicable law, but their staff may be able to request information, clarify a process, or help identify the appropriate agency contact.
Individual constituent cases can also reveal broader problems in policy or administration.
Building a constructive relationship
Consistent, accurate, respectful communication can help an official and staff understand that your organization or community has relevant knowledge about an issue.
The purpose should not be primarily to build personal influence with people in power.
A stronger goal is to become a reliable source of information and community perspective.
When should you write to elected officials?
Contact an official when your message can contribute meaningfully to a decision, oversight process, public discussion, or constituent-service matter.
Timing may be especially important:
- Before a vote
- During a budget process
- During a legislative or regulatory review
- During a public-comment period
- When a relevant committee is considering the issue
- Soon after an action you support or oppose
- When implementation problems become apparent
- When you need constituent assistance
Before a vote
If an elected body is preparing to vote, contact the relevant officials early enough that they or their staff can review the message.
Include:
- The bill, ordinance, resolution, budget item, or policy involved
- Your position
- Your reason
- The action you are requesting
During a budget process
Budgets determine whether many public policies and services can actually be implemented.
If your concern involves funding, explain:
- What program, service, or responsibility is affected
- What funding is being requested or opposed
- Who would be affected
- What evidence supports your position
- What consequences may follow from the funding decision
During an election period
Election periods may increase public attention to policy issues and create additional opportunities for constituents to ask candidates and officeholders about their positions.
Do not assume that elected officials are responsive only because they fear losing votes.
Focus on the issue, the official's responsibilities, and the action you are requesting.
After an important action
Contacting an official soon after a vote, policy decision, public statement, or administrative action can make your response timely and specific.
Explain clearly what you supported or opposed and why.
If you believe serious misconduct occurred, distinguish documented facts from allegations and use appropriate oversight, ethics, investigative, or legal processes when necessary.
How do you write to an elected official?
Identify the right recipient
Start by determining who actually has authority or responsibility for the issue.
Depending on the issue, the appropriate recipient may be:
- A city council member
- A mayor
- A county commissioner
- A school-board member
- A state legislator
- A governor
- A member of Congress
- Another elected official
Verify the official's current name, title, district, office contact information, and preferred communication method using an official government source.
Identify yourself appropriately
If you are a constituent, say so.
You may also briefly describe a relevant connection to the issue, such as:
- Resident
- Parent or caregiver
- Student
- Worker
- Small-business owner
- Program participant
- Community volunteer
- Professional working in the field
Share only personal information that is relevant and that you are comfortable providing.
Avoid including sensitive personal information such as account numbers, medical records, immigration documents, or other confidential material in an ordinary advocacy message unless the office has given you a secure method for submitting it.
Use an appropriate greeting
Use the official's current title and name.
Examples include:
Dear Senator Rivera:
Dear Representative Chen:
Dear Councilmember Johnson:
Avoid assuming gender, marital status, or preferred honorific.
When in doubt, follow the form of address used on the official's government website.
State the purpose immediately
In the first paragraph, explain:
- What issue you are writing about
- What action is being considered
- What you are asking the official to do
For example:
I am a resident of your district writing to ask you to support funding for expanded evening bus service in the upcoming transportation budget.
Explain why the issue matters
Briefly describe the relevant effects.
You may use:
- Personal experience
- Community experience
- Current data
- Research
- Program information
- Examples of implementation problems
Use evidence accurately.
If you include a statistic, identify the source when practical.
Do not include an old or unverified number simply because it strengthens the argument.
Distinguish evidence from prediction
If you are describing what you expect a policy to do, make clear whether the claim is:
- Supported by research
- Based on local experience
- A reasonable prediction
- Your own opinion
Avoid promising that a policy will produce a specific result unless the evidence supports that conclusion.
Explain how people may be affected
Describe who is affected and how.
Numbers can help establish scale, but the importance of a concern should not depend only on how many people are affected.
A serious rights, safety, accessibility, or discrimination issue may matter even when it affects a smaller population.
Personal experience can add context
Personal experience can help an official understand how a policy works in everyday life.
For example:
The last evening bus leaves before my shift ends, so I currently pay for a rideshare several times a week to get home.
Personal stories and statistics are not competing forms of evidence.
When appropriate, use both: personal experience can explain the human effect, while data can show whether a broader pattern exists.
Acknowledge relevant previous action
If the official has previously taken an action relevant to the issue, it may be appropriate to mention it.
Be specific rather than offering generic praise.
For example:
Thank you for supporting last year's funding increase for accessible bus stops.
Make a specific request
State exactly what you want the official to do.
Examples include:
- Vote for or against a specific bill
- Support or oppose a budget item
- Sponsor or cosponsor legislation
- Request agency information
- Support a public hearing
- Meet with constituents
- Ask an agency to review an implementation problem
- State a position on an issue
Include a bill number, ordinance number, budget item, or deadline when available.
Offer an alternative when appropriate
If you oppose a proposal, it may strengthen the usefulness of your message to explain what you believe should happen instead.
An alternative is especially helpful when you can explain:
- Why it better addresses the problem
- What evidence supports it
- What it would cost
- How it could be implemented
Offer relevant assistance
If your organization has useful research, community knowledge, technical expertise, or participant perspectives, you may offer to provide additional information.
Do not imply that the official must rely on your organization as the sole authority on the issue.
Keep the message focused
A concise message is generally easier for an office to review and route to the appropriate staff member.
Focus on one primary issue or request unless the topics are closely connected.
If extensive documentation is necessary, consider attaching or linking to a short brief rather than placing every detail in the body of the message.
Close clearly
Thank the official or staff for considering the message.
Include enough contact information for a response.
Depending on your preference and the office's requirements, this may include:
- Full name
- City or ZIP code
- Mailing address when needed to verify constituency
- Email address
- Phone number if you want to be contacted that way
Do not publish or share someone's personal contact information without permission.
Review before sending
Check:
- The recipient
- Bill or policy numbers
- Dates
- Statistics
- Links
- Spelling and grammar
- Whether the requested action is clear
Perfect grammar is not a requirement for meaningful civic participation.
Clarity and accuracy matter more than polished writing.
Choosing a communication method
There is no single best communication method for every official or situation.
Check the official office's current instructions.
Email and web contact forms
Email or an official web form may be appropriate when:
- A decision is approaching quickly
- The office identifies electronic communication as a preferred method
- You want to include links to supporting information
- You want a written record of the message
Use a clear subject line.
For example:
Constituent request: Support HB 214 – Evening Transit Funding
Postal mail
A mailed letter may still be useful in some circumstances.
Allow additional time for delivery and any security screening or internal processing.
Do not assume postal mail will necessarily receive more attention than electronic communication.
Phone calls
A phone call may be appropriate for a short, time-sensitive message.
Be prepared to provide:
- Your name
- Whether you are a constituent
- The issue or bill
- The action you are requesting
Meetings
For complex issues, a meeting with the official or relevant staff may allow more detailed discussion.
A concise written message before or after the meeting can provide a useful record of the request and supporting information.
Letter-writing and message campaigns
A coordinated campaign may encourage many community members to contact one or more elected officials about the same issue.
Such campaigns can demonstrate that an issue matters to multiple constituents, but the goal should not simply be to generate a large volume of identical messages.
Individualized messages are generally more informative because they show:
- Why the writer cares
- How the issue affects them
- What action they want
Support participants without scripting their views
Campaign organizers can provide:
- A clear explanation of the issue
- Current bill or policy information
- Contact information for appropriate officials
- Suggested questions or prompts
- A sample structure
- Translation or interpretation
- Writing assistance
- Disability accommodations
Participants should remain free to express their own views in their own words.
Avoid asking people to sign or send a message they do not understand or agree with.
Templates can help, but avoid identical scripts
A template may show:
- How to address the official
- How to identify the issue
- How to make a request
- Where to include personal experience
- How to close the message
Treat the template as a guide rather than a message that everyone must copy exactly.
Participation should not depend on writing skill
People may have many reasons for wanting help with a written message, including:
- Limited familiarity with the political process
- Limited literacy
- Disability
- Language differences
- Limited experience with formal writing
- Concern about retaliation
- Lack of confidence communicating with government institutions
Do not assume that people who need writing assistance know little about the issue itself.
Someone may understand the effect of a policy extremely well while needing help with formatting, language, accessibility, or legislative terminology.
Protect privacy and informed choice
Some participants may be asked to describe personal experiences involving:
- Disability
- Health
- Immigration
- Housing
- Public assistance
- Employment
- Education
People should decide for themselves what details they are comfortable sharing.
Explain that messages to government offices may be retained according to public-records, records-management, or office policies.
Do not pressure participants to disclose sensitive information because a personal story might be persuasive.
Sample structure
Dear Councilmember Rivera:
I am a resident of Ward 3 writing to ask you to support funding for expanded evening bus service in the upcoming city transportation budget.
I work evenings, and the current route ends before my shift does. I currently spend substantially more on transportation several nights each week. Other workers in my neighborhood have described similar difficulties.
According to the city's transit report, evening service on this corridor has lower frequency than daytime service even though several large employers operate later shifts.
I ask you to support the proposed funding for an evening-service pilot and to include rider feedback in the city's evaluation of the program.
Thank you for considering my request. I would be glad to provide additional information about my experience.
Sincerely,
[Name]
[City or ZIP code]
[Preferred contact information]
In Summary
Written communication with elected officials can help constituents share experience, evidence, concerns, and recommendations with the people responsible for public decisions.
Contact the official who has relevant authority and use the communication method the office currently accepts or recommends.
State the issue and requested action early.
Explain why the issue matters using accurate information, personal experience, community evidence, or research as appropriate.
Personal experience can provide important context, while data can help show whether the experience reflects a broader pattern.
Do not assume that one is inherently more persuasive or more important than the other.
Be specific about what you want the official to do.
If you oppose a proposal, offer an evidence-informed alternative when practical.
Keep the message focused, respectful, and accurate.
Review names, bill numbers, dates, sources, and contact information before sending.
Coordinated message campaigns can broaden participation, but participants should understand the issue and express their own views rather than simply sending identical scripts.
Provide writing, language, accessibility, or civic-process support when needed without assuming that people requiring that support lack knowledge about the issue.
Protect personal information and let participants decide how much of their own experience they wish to share.
Finally, remember that writing an elected official is not primarily about gaining personal influence with someone in power.
It is a way for people to participate in public decision-making by communicating what they know, what they experience, what they believe, and what action they want their representatives to consider.
Contributor
Jenette Nagy
Resources
Online Resources
Action Tips provides information for communicating with public officials, and the webpage includes an example letter.
Contact Officials is a site provided by the United States government with links that give you contact information for the official you’re interested in contacting.
Early Childhood Advocacy Toolkit provides resources on framing your message and communicating with the media as well as policy makers and elected officials.
Effective E-mail Communication from the University of North Carolina provides tips on professional e-mail writing and communicating via e-mail.
How Do I Write an Effective Advocacy Letter? Is a webpage from the Hearing Loss Association of America, Delaware Chapters, and it provides information specific to drafting advocacy letters to elected officials.
10 Tips provides 10 tips on effectively communicating with legislators to make your message stand out to them.
Writing Your Elected Official is a guide provided by the Children’s Defense Fund, and it provides information on effectively communicating with elected officials.
Print Resources
Bates, D. J.(1985). Writing with precision. Washington, DC: Acropolis.
Fitch, B. (2010). Citizen’s Handbook to Influencing Elected Officials: Citizen Advocacy in State Legislatures and Congress: A Guide for Citizen Lobbyists and Grassroots. The Capitol Net, Inc. This book offers practical guidance for reaching elected officials with a variety of different communication strategies.
Homan, M.(1994). Promoting community change: Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks-Cole Publishing Co.
Managing correspondence--Plain letters, [available from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, DC: 20402]
Roman,K., & Raphaelson, J. (1992). Writing that works. New York, NY: Harper Collins.
Seekins, T., & Fawcett, S. The Research and Training Center on Independent Living.(1984). A guide to writing letters to public officials: Contributing to important decisions affecting you and others. University of Kansas.
Stonecipher, H. (1979). Editorial and persuasive writings: Opinion functions of the news media. New York, NY: Hastings House.
___You have decided who you will write to
___The official you have chosen has the authority to make a decision about your issue
___You have begun the letter in an official manner, including the official’s full name and title
___The purpose for which you are writing is clear
___You have summarized your understanding of the issue
___The general impact that you expect to occur if a particular decision is made is stated
___You have explained your position on this issue in detail
___The positive and negative effects the decision will have on you are described
___You have identified others who may be affected by the decision
___Statistics have been included if available and appropriate
___You have told the official about appropriate actions and decisions he or she has made in the past
___The action that you want taken is stated specifically
___If your letter opposes some action, you have offered an alternative
___You have offered your help if you have available time
___You have thanked the official for their time
___The letter is signed with your full name
___Your address and phone number are listed under your name at the end of the letter
___The letter you have written is free of spelling and grammatical errors
___You communicate with all potential letter writers at the start of a letter-writing campaign to inform them about the issue and the need for the campaign.
___You provide a template for the letters to be written.
___You make sure there’s help available for those for whom letter-writing is difficult.
___You use e-mail if you can.
Example 1: Proposed Actions to Protect Vulnerable Groups in Spain during the COVID-19 Crisis
The sample letter details a message to the City Council in Seville, Spain, in the midst of the coronavirus pandemic. The correspondence is written by a research team at the University of Seville in collaboration with a group of NGOs, and addressed specifically to the city's mayor, Juan Espadas. The community-based organizations recognize that the mayor is empowered with the capacity and privilege to make a difference in the functioning of the city's most vulnerable neighbors, comprised largely of Roma and migrant settlements. Multiple organizations, detailed in the attached letter, ask of actions being taken to comply with recommendations adopted by the Spanish government and offer their support in urgent efforts to protect the lives of these at-risk populations during a time of unpredictability.
Example 2: Supporting a Proposed Policy Change
1324 114th St. Suite #174
Norwalk, CT 06801
March 24, 1999
Honorable Mayor Cala Milan:
I was pleased to hear that the City Commission was considering a proposal to strengthen the handicapped parking ordinance. I urge your support for it.
I am a disabled American veteran who uses a wheelchair. Despite my disability, I drive my own van, as many other disabled citizens do. I value being as independent as I can possibly be.
The new ordinance is designed to discourage non-handicapped persons from parking in spots that are reserved for those with physical disabilities. The proposal has already led to publicity about the problems citizens with disabilities have getting a convenient place to park. This has increased the sensitivity of the general public. Further, an occasional $250 ticket ought to keep those important spaces open for those who need them.
For me, this new ordinance will mean that I can drive anywhere in town I need to go and have a fair chance of being able to park and go in. The latest census statistics indicate there are over 1,200 people in our community who are similarly affected and who have similar needs.
Your votes on the architectural accessibility ordinance in the past have demonstrated your support for disability issues. I urge you now to vote in favor of the new parking ordinance. It will mean a lot to me personally, and to the many others in our community who are disabled. It may also bring in some additional revenue to the city.
If there is any way I might be of assistance, please don't hesitate to call on me. Thank you for your support.
Sincerely,
Stergios Hardage
14 Cottage Avenue
Norwalk, CT 06801
(203) 555-8630
Example 3: Opposing a Proposed Policy Change
7862 Seneca
Wichita KS, 67134
Honorable Mayor Madio Smolanka:
As the coordinator of the Pleasant Rock Teen Pregnancy Prevention Program. I am writing to express my strongest concern over the proposed city funding cuts for the Teen Activities Center (TAC). Closing the Center would have several negative consequences for the youth of the city and the city itself. It would give our youth one less place they can go to relax and have a good time in a safe, healthy environment.
For my coalition, the closure of the center would have other, more direct consequences as well. Currently, our Teen Mothers' Support Group meets at the center on a weekly basis to discuss the challenges of motherhood, finishing school, and getting jobs. More than two-thirds of the (25) participants do not have their own means of transportation; so it is imperative that meetings be held in the neighborhood of the participants (the Potwin area, where the TAC is located), or at least on a major bus route. No public building is nearly as well suited to meet both of these requirements, as is the TAC.
In addition, the Teen Center hosts a variety of activities that are athletic, artistic, or just plain fun for young people. Their ability to participate in these activities is vital to helping them acquire the self-esteem needed to say "no" to potentially unsafe behaviors, such as engaging in sex prematurely or experimenting with drugs, as well as stay in school and prepare for meaningful work.
You have always been sensitive to the needs of our young people, and have been quick to recognize that they are the future of our community. I urge you to vote against this new proposal to cut the funding for the Teen Activities Center. Surely cuts can be made that will be, in the end, less costly to all of us than threatening the well-being of our children.
If I can help in any way to defeat this proposal, let me know. Thank you.
Sincerely,
Mary K. Steinert
1001 Park Walk Road
Wichita, KS 67134
(316) 555-2685
Contributor
Jenette Nagy
-
What is a letter to the editor?
-
Why write a letter to the editor?
-
When should you write one?
-
How should you submit it?
-
How do you write an effective letter?
-
How can you improve the chances that it will be published?

What is a letter to the editor?
A letter to the editor is a short public response submitted to a news organization or other publication for possible publication.
Letters may:
- Respond to a recent article, editorial, event, or public decision
- Correct or clarify information
- Express a position on a community issue
- Share relevant lived experience
- Provide evidence or context
- Recommend a specific action
- Recognize useful community work
Today, letters may appear in print, on a publication's website, in an app, in an email newsletter, or in another digital opinion section.
Each publication sets its own rules about:
- Length
- Topics
- Verification
- Identification
- Exclusivity
- Editing
- Submission method
Check the publication's current guidelines before writing.
Why write a letter to the editor?
A letter to the editor can contribute to public discussion by adding information, experience, analysis, or a perspective that readers may not otherwise encounter.
You might write:
- To respond to a recent news story or editorial
- To clarify a misunderstanding
- To explain how a policy affects people in the community
- To share relevant evidence
- To support or oppose a proposed action
- To suggest an alternative
- To encourage public participation
- To thank or recognize people for constructive work
The purpose should not be simply to generate attention for your organization.
A stronger goal is to add useful information or perspective to an ongoing public conversation.
Letters can connect evidence with lived experience
A short letter may combine:
- Personal or community experience
- A relevant statistic
- A recent event
- A policy recommendation
Personal experience can show what an issue looks like in everyday life.
Data can help show whether the experience reflects a broader pattern.
Neither should automatically be treated as more important than the other.
When should you write a letter to the editor?
Letters are often most useful when they are connected to a current public conversation.
Consider writing when:
- A relevant article or editorial has recently appeared
- A local policy or budget decision is being considered
- A public meeting, hearing, election, or community event has raised the issue
- Important information has been left out of recent coverage
- A misleading claim needs clarification
- Community members are discussing a problem that deserves broader attention
- An organization or public body has taken an action worth supporting or questioning
Timeliness matters because many publications prioritize letters connected to recent coverage or events.
When a letter may not be the best tool
A letter to the editor may not be the best format when:
- You need to announce an event or organizational action
- You need substantial space to explain a complex issue
- You are reporting possible misconduct that requires investigation
- You need to contact a specific official or agency directly
Depending on the goal, a news tip, press release, guest essay, public comment, formal complaint, report, direct message to an official, or another format may be more appropriate.
How should you submit your letter?
Follow the publication's current submission instructions.
Publications may accept letters through:
- An online submission form
- A reader-account system
- Postal mail
- Another designated process
Do not assume that every publication prefers email or postal mail.
Submission requirements change, and many organizations now use forms or digital systems that collect verification information.
Check the rules first
Before submitting, look for:
- Maximum word count
- Whether the letter must respond to recent coverage
- Required name and contact information
- Whether organizational affiliation should be disclosed
- Whether the publication accepts previously published material
- Whether the publication edits accepted letters
- Whether simultaneous submissions are allowed
How do you write a letter to the editor?
Start with the point
The opening sentence should tell readers what issue you are addressing and why.
Avoid spending the first paragraph building up to the main point.
For example:
The city's proposed reduction in evening bus service would make it harder for many workers to reach jobs that end after the current route schedule.
Connect the letter to something current
When relevant, refer to:
- A recent article
- An editorial
- A public meeting
- A local event
- A policy proposal
- A recent decision
This helps readers understand why the issue matters now.
Explain the issue plainly
Use clear language that readers outside your field can understand.
Define technical terms when necessary.
Do not assume that readers already know:
- The history of the issue
- Specialized terminology
- The names of programs or agencies
- Why the issue matters to your community
Support your claims
If you criticize or praise a policy, organization, or public action, explain the basis for your conclusion.
Depending on the topic, support may include:
- Public records
- Current local data
- Research
- Direct observation
- Personal experience
- Documented community experience
Avoid using statistics without checking the source, date, and relevance.
A striking number is not useful if it is outdated, misquoted, or drawn from a different population or setting.
Distinguish fact, interpretation, and opinion
Be clear about whether a statement is:
- A documented fact
- Your interpretation
- A prediction
- A personal experience
- A policy preference
This helps readers evaluate your argument and reduces the risk of overstating what the evidence shows.
State what you think should happen
If you are calling for action, be specific.
You might ask:
- An elected body to support or reject a proposal
- An agency to review a policy
- Community members to attend a hearing
- An organization to correct a practice
- Readers to learn more about an issue
Avoid vague endings such as “Something must be done” when you can identify a concrete next step.
Offer an alternative when useful
If you oppose a proposal, explain what you believe should happen instead.
A constructive alternative can make the letter more useful by moving the discussion beyond criticism alone.
Keep it focused
Most letters should make one main argument.
If you have several unrelated points, consider whether they should become separate letters, a longer guest essay, or another form of communication.
The publication's own word limit should determine the maximum length.
Disclose relevant affiliations
If you hold a position, receive funding, or represent an organization directly connected to the issue, disclose that relationship when relevant or required by the publication.
For example:
I am the director of a local housing organization that receives city funding for eviction-prevention services.
Disclosure helps readers understand your relationship to the issue.
A title or professional role does not automatically make an argument more credible. Evidence and transparency matter more than status alone.
Protect sensitive personal information
Do not include:
- Private medical details
- Home addresses
- Immigration information
- Children's identifying information
- Confidential employment information
- Other personal information
unless it is necessary, relevant, and the person involved has meaningfully agreed to its publication.
Use a respectful tone
Strong disagreement is appropriate.
Personal attacks, insults, unsupported accusations, and demeaning descriptions generally weaken the public discussion and may violate publication rules.
Critique:
- Decisions
- Evidence
- Policies
- Public statements
- Institutional practices
rather than attacking a person's character.
Be careful with allegations
Publishing serious allegations about a person or organization can create legal and ethical risks.
Before submitting such a letter:
- Verify important facts
- Distinguish allegations from official findings
- Avoid exaggeration
- Preserve the sources supporting your claims
- Seek qualified legal advice when significant risk exists
Defamation law varies by jurisdiction and circumstance.
General advocacy guidance should not be treated as legal advice about whether a particular statement is protected.
How can you improve the chances that your letter will be published?
Follow the publication's requirements
Editors are more likely to consider a letter that meets the publication's stated rules.
Check:
- Word limit
- Submission method
- Identification requirements
- Topic or timing requirements
- Whether attachments or links are allowed
Make the first paragraph useful
Editors and readers should be able to identify the main point quickly.
If the letter responds to an article, name the article or issue early.
Be timely
Letters connected to recent coverage or current community decisions are often more relevant than letters addressing issues with no current connection.
Submit promptly when timing matters.
Use local relevance when it genuinely exists
Local data, experience, or examples may help explain why a broader issue matters to the publication's readers.
Do not force a local connection when one is not actually supported.
Be transparent about who you are
Publications commonly require identifying information for verification.
Some may publish your city, title, or organizational affiliation.
Check what information will appear publicly before submitting if privacy is a concern.
Expect editing
A publication may shorten or edit a letter for:
- Length
- Clarity
- Style
- Accuracy
- Legal or editorial reasons
Review the publication's policy on editing if this matters to you.
Revise rather than simply repeat
If a letter is not published, you may:
- Shorten it
- Make the connection to a current event clearer
- Strengthen the evidence
- Clarify the requested action
- Submit a new letter when a genuinely new development occurs
Avoid repeatedly resubmitting substantially the same message when the publication has declined it.
Coordinated letter campaigns
Several people may independently write about the same issue.
This can show that a concern is shared across a community.
However, campaign organizers should avoid flooding a publication with identical or centrally scripted letters simply to create the appearance of spontaneous public opinion.
If helping others write:
- Explain the issue accurately
- Provide current information
- Share the publication's guidelines
- Offer writing or language assistance when requested
- Encourage people to express their own views
- Avoid inventing or editing personal experiences to make them more persuasive
Multiple signers may sometimes be appropriate, especially when a letter represents a coalition or shared organizational position.
Make sure every named signer has reviewed and agreed to the final text.
Consider whether another format is better
A letter to the editor is only one way to participate in public discussion.
Consider a longer guest essay or opinion article when:
- The issue requires substantial background
- You need to explain research or policy details
- Several arguments must be developed
- The publication invites longer submissions
Consider a news tip or press release when the main purpose is to provide journalists with information about an event, report, announcement, or development.
Consider direct communication with an agency or elected official when the primary purpose is to request a specific government action.
Sample letter
To the Editor:
Your recent coverage of the proposed reduction in evening bus service correctly noted the city's budget concerns, but the discussion should also consider workers whose shifts end after the current route schedule.
I live in the east side of the city and regularly use the Route 6 bus. When my shift ends at 10 p.m., missing the final bus means paying for another form of transportation that costs much more.
Before reducing service, the city should review evening ridership, employer shift schedules, and alternatives such as a limited late-night pilot. Budget savings matter, but so does whether residents can reliably reach work.
The transportation board should postpone the reduction until those options have been evaluated publicly.
[Name]
[City]
In Summary
A letter to the editor is a short public response that can add evidence, lived experience, analysis, or a recommendation to an ongoing community discussion.
Letters may appear in print or digital formats, and every publication has its own submission rules.
Check those rules before writing.
Make the main point early.
Connect the letter to a current issue when relevant.
Explain the issue in clear language and support important claims with reliable evidence.
Distinguish fact, interpretation, prediction, personal experience, and policy preference.
Be specific about what you believe should happen.
Keep the letter focused and within the publication's word limit.
Disclose relevant organizational or financial connections when appropriate.
Protect sensitive personal information and avoid unsupported accusations.
Strong disagreement is appropriate; personal attacks are not necessary.
Personal experience and statistics provide different forms of useful information and may be strongest when used together.
If several people write about the same issue, encourage them to use their own words rather than sending identical messages designed to simulate broad spontaneous support.
Finally, remember that the purpose of a letter to the editor is not simply to attract attention or “win” a public argument.
It is to contribute something clear, relevant, and well-supported to the public conversation.
Contributor
Jenette Nagy
Resources
Online Resources
Advocating for Change is an online PDF provided by the Treatment Advocacy Center with tips to writing and submitting an effective letter.
Advocates for Youth provides this guide to writing a letter to the editor and gives ten tips and a sample letter.
Effective E-mail Communication from the University of North Carolina provides tips on professional e-mail writing and communicating via e-mail.
Media Advocacy Basics is a mini-guide for hospice advocates and professionals.
Media Communication Tip Sheet provides tips on contributing to the local news, tailoring language and style for the media, developing messages to reach the public, and evaluating media coverage.
Using Effective Communications from UNISON is a guide to communicating effectively in both formal and informal settings.
Using Print Media as Advocacy is an article titled, “How to Write a Letter to the Editor,” with tips on effective communication with the media.
Print Resources
Bates, J. (1985). Writing with precision. Washington: Acropolis.
Homan, M. (1994). Promoting community change. Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks
Martinez, B., & Weiner, R. (1979) Guide to public relations for nonprofit organizations and public agencies. The Grantmanship Center.
Roman, K., & Raphaelson, J. (1992) Writing that works. New York, NY: Harper-Collins, 1992.
Ryan, C. (1991). Prime Time Activism. South End Press.
Seekins, T., & Fawcett. S. (1984). A Guide to writing letters to the editor: Expressing your opinion to the public effectively. Lawrence, KS: Research and Training Center on Independent Living, University of Kansas.
Stonecipher, H. (1979). Editorial and persuasive writings: Opinion functions of the news media. New York, NY: Hastings House.
U.S. Government. Managing Correspondence - Plain letters, Washington, DC: Superintendent of Documents
Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jemigan, D., &Themba, M. (1993). Media advocacy and public health. Newbury Park. CA: Sage Publications.
___You know what a letter to the editor is.
___You know why you should write a letter to the editor.
___You know when to write a letter to the editor.
___You understand the pros and cons of using e-mail to send your letter.
___You know how to open the letter.
___You grab the reader's attention.
___You explain what the letter is about at the start.
___You explain why the issue is important.
___You give evidence for any praise or criticism.
___You state your opinion about what should be done.
___You keep it brief.
___You check your letter to make sure it's clear and to the point.
___You know how to get your letter accepted.
Example 1: Writing a letter in favor of a proposed action
To the Editor of The Herald:
The U.S. House of Representatives has recently proposed a law (H.R. no. 396) that will ban the sale of cigarettes from vending machines. This is a landmark piece of legislation that everyone in our community should support right now.
Many people don't realize it, but vending machines are one of the main places that children are able to purchase cigarettes. In fact, it is estimated that 10% of all cigarettes purchased by minors take place at these machines. If this new legislation goes into effect, it will not only make it more difficult for youth to break the law by buying cigarettes, it will lower the chances of young people smoking in the first place
There are many reasons (besides the legal ones) why we should try to curb smoking by our children. 1) Research shows that most people who smoke started when they were underage. 2) Many people fear that smoking cigarettes serves as a "gateway" to harder drugs. 3) Smoking is a very expensive addiction (particularly for a teen who makes minimum wage) And, finally, 4) smoking can cause many life-shortening or fatal health problems (such as lung cancer and emphysema). Our young people would not smoke before they are really able to understand or accept the long-term consequences.
The vending-machine bill has been proposed, but now it needs to be passed. Your voice will count here. We encourage you to write or call the representative for your district (for those of us in District 8, that's Congresswoman Fisher) and let her know that you support her as she tries to get this legislation passed. The more support she gets, the more likely it is that this bill will become law. Contact Tobacco Free Youth for further information about this important issue.
Sincerely,
Jonathan Friedman, Director
Tobacco Free Youth
123 Forest Road
Example 2: Writing a letter opposing a proposed action
To the editor of the Lawrence Journal World:
Bulldozers began moving dirt last week at Lawrence High School and the Centennial Virtual School, but city commissioners and school district officials have been bulldozing this community for months with an athletic facilities expansion plan that is fiscally irresponsible, unnecessarily redundant and probably illegal. Our elected officials have misled the public, violated zoning codes and set taxpayers up for a $10.3 million loan that will take 10 years to pay off and cost taxpayers $2.25 million in interest.
Why was the public repeatedly told that this project could be built with leftover bond money when those funds don’t even represent a third of the proposed budget?
Why is it necessary to build two separate football stadiums at a cost of $4 million?
Why is it inconceivable to parents that both teams could play in a shared stadium at FSHS? The situation would be no different than it is in swimming, where both schools compete at the Indoor Aquatic Center.
Why are city commissioners allowing the school district to build a stadium for 4,000 spectators at LHS without also requiring the district to provide the 1,300 parking spaces required by city zoning ordinances?
Why did the school district repeatedly assert that the proposed facilities would only disrupt neighbors a few nights a year when it clearly intended to lease the fields for nightly city softball, baseball and soccer games?
We need new leaders with a clear vision, a commitment to fiscal responsibility, and the ability to balance community and educational needs.
Jerry Schultz, Bob Tryanski, Jeanne Klein and 10 other signers,
Lawrence
Example 3: Writing a letter opposing a completed action
To the Editor of The Herald:
I am outraged by the County Commission's recent decision to terminate the lease of the Head Start program at the County Court House. With this decision, a much-needed, already under-funded program may simply have no place to go!
Head Start is a fantastic program. It makes sure that poor and other at-risk pre-school children will have the nutritious food and special attention they just may not get elsewhere. It gives these children a true "head start" in a world where they may not get many other chances. And there is plenty of evidence to show that Head Start makes a big difference to kids later in life.
The Commission's recent decision to oust the program to make more room for a ''state Gifts Shop" is ridiculous! If the leaders of our community would like to run a store to sell Kansas-made goods, I'm all for it. However, neither my Kansas pride nor my greed run so deep as to wish to take away the breakfast of 30 hungry three-year-olds. And I am deeply saddened to see that the County Commissioners value profits over people.
This decision is shameful to all who live in Dade County. The County Commissioners should reconsider the situation and revoke their decision immediately. I hope all readers will let the commissioners know how they feel about this terrible situation by calling them at 913-432-1200 or writing to them at the County Court House.
Sincerely,
Victoria Stein
3960 Mount Hope Drive
567-8095
Example 4: Writing a letter opposing a completed action
To the Editor of the Lawrence Journal World:
Are we to praise our City Officials and their crews for hauling away all of the remnants of a homeless site on our river east of the Northern Santa Fe Depot? Is this supposed to be retaliation for notifying our City authories of yet two more deaths on City premises--these of an 18-year-old and a 29-year-old--in their "sophisticated" (J-W, Nov. 1) homeless campsite down by our river?
Do we really think clearing out this makeshift campsite (four City dump trucks full) will solves our City's (and nation's) homeless crisis? --Or lessen the number of vulnerable people dying way before their time for lack of treatment and shelter in our community? Are these people being punished for suddenly coming into eyesight of our authorities by having reported these unfortunate --(and preventable) deaths?
How many homeless deaths will it take for this caring community to come up with constructive answers?
Perhaps the best we can do before winter sets in is to designate SOME area where the building of makeshift wood and cardboard shelters will NOT be razed--and some of us even might be willing to help in its rebuilding...
Perhaps these deaths and the devastation of their only "shelter" will spur us on to building that warm and decent shelter--able to serve more than the 31 hapless people now sleeping on thin mats, wall-to-wall, at our present homeless shelter --with winter coming...
Hilda Enoch
Example 5: Writing a letter in favor of a proposed action
Opinion Piece to the Jackson Free Press
The Center for Disease Control currently ranks Mississippi second in highest infant mortality rates in the nation—in 2016, the state lost 325 babies before their first birthday. Data from the American Academy of Pediatrics shows that more than 900 infant lives per year may be saved in the United States if 90 percent of mothers exclusively breastfed for six months. This shows that if we want to improve the health outcome of babies and increase the number of those that reach their first birthday and beyond, we must center our efforts on removing systemic barriers to breastfeeding.
Moving the marker on breastfeeding and infant health takes the coordinated efforts of communities, hospitals, the government and industries to ensure that mothers’ rights to breastfeed are protected through policy, support, space and time. That is one reason why the Mississippi Urban League has partnered with the University of Mississippi Medical Center and the Mississippi State Department of Health to take on the important work of developing and sustaining a culture of breastfeeding here in Mississippi. Our partnership, which the national BUILD Health Challenge funds, wants to change systems so that they will support, and never inhibit, our community’s efforts to be healthy.
We see the value of a supportive environment for breastfeeding as we work with parents who come to our SIPPS Baby Café, a place where moms and dads not only receive important health and wellness information, but also support from each other. Moms who come to the café say the network of support they receive helps them make the decision to start breastfeeding and motivates them to continue. Knowing that those women, many of whom are the only ones in their family to breastfeed, have someone to call or if they have questions or need encouraging words makes this work fulfilling. This is how we build sustainable support within the community.
In an effort to normalize breastfeeding, we bring breastfeeding out of the café and into the community. SIPPS M.O.B.s (Mothers Out Breastfeeding) provides opportunities for moms to breastfeed in public in a supportive group setting. These outings are designed to educate and sustain a culture of breastfeeding.
Our partnership also works with businesses to develop policies that allow mothers to use their break time to pump and store milk or breastfeed; and have lactation rooms and lactation education programs on site. We know that due to the absence of universal paid maternity leave, many mothers must return to work shortly after giving birth.
The World Health Organization and the United Nations Children’s Fund launched the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative, a global program to encourage implementation of the “Ten Steps to Successful Breastfeeding and the International Code of Marketing of Breast-milk Substitutes,” in 1991. The BFHI assists hospitals in giving mothers the information, confidence and skills necessary to successfully initiate and continue breastfeeding their babies or safely feed with formula, and gives special recognition to hospitals that have done so.
The University of Mississippi Medical Center is among the few Mississippi hospitals to be designated a “Baby-Friendly Hospital” and refers mothers to the SIPPS Baby Café to support and educate pregnant mothers, and support breastfeeding in a community setting. We understand that some mothers are unable to or choose not to breastfeed, and no one should infringe upon their rights to access breast-milk substitutes. Our collaborative effort is aimed at providing education, creating policies and developing supports to ensure that systemic barriers do not influence a mom’s decision not to breastfeed.
We know what is best for the long-term health of Mississippi children. All babies need a head start to have a healthy future. We know breastfeeding the future generation of babies is a part of making that future a brighter one. We must not let our nation’s stance on the World Health Organization’s breastfeeding resolution discourage us. We will continue from the ground up with the momentum we have created to ensure a healthy future for Mississippi children.
Beneta Burt
Example 6: Writing a letter opposing a proposed action
Opinion Piece to The Lawrence Times
“Our people are more important than buildings. It’s our people that make this school district what it is.” — Lawrence Public Schools Superintendent Anthony Lewis
I call bull.
When Dr. Lewis said those words to a room full of press, teachers, parents, members of the Lawrence community, and even a handful of kids, you can imagine a collective eyeroll from the audience. These words were pulled nearly word-for-word from the equity impact analysis from the district’s Futures Planning Committee. Those words were, “Equity resides in the people in the buildings and the community around it — not the building itself.”
The district’s argument for the closure of four of the community’s poorest schools continued to come down to the size and shape of these buildings. And in the days after the board meeting, as other parents like me read the reports on these schools, we discovered complete candidness in the district’s shortcomings. The district was clear they hadn’t heard from the families who rely on the resources in these schools, and the only data they had to make this recommendation was based largely upon arbitrary mathematical data, which the district paid six figures for a consultant to grade.
In fact, a report from the committee’s equity impact analysis read, “We are making assumptions on student representation. Some decisions just need to be made — even without direct representation,” as well as, “Are the east-side voices representing the east side? Are they the rich, privileged voices?”
And so, once again, the community’s poorest schools are again on the chopping block. Same song, different verse.
It’s clear to the families in these schools that the district was not proactive in speaking to the people it claims to serve. Their only solution involved forcing working parents — parents working shift jobs, single parents with no access to child care outside of Boys and Girls Club — to figure out how to attend board meetings and planning sessions. When you’re scrambling to put food on your table or pay a power bill, there’s not much capacity left for attending a school board meeting that you were supposed to read about in the newspaper you can’t afford to buy.
It is once again painfully obvious our administration hasn’t taken any efforts to understand the culture of these schools. And now they’re pinning these decisions on lack of engagement from the community that doesn’t have the capacity to engage.
Melody Alexander
Example 7: To Protect Budget Cuts, Young Scientists Try Letters to the Editor
New York Times Article
Letters to the editor can be an effective way to shape public opinion.
In 2025, as the Trump administration was drastically reducing science funding, graduate students and scientists just starting careers organized the McClintock Letters project, encouraging scientists to write letters to the editor of their hometown papers. They are focusing on their smaller, hometown newspapers so that the letters feel more personal. “’Publishing in local newspapers gives us a chance to speak directly to the people who raised us, the people we grew up with, the people who, in many cases, we are working for,’ said Miles Arnett, a graduate student studying bioengineering at the University of Pennsylvania.”
Named after Barbara McClintock, the McClintock Letters are bringing awareness to the impact Trump’s funding cuts are having on research. In 1983, Barbara McClintock made history when she became the first female to win an unshared Nobel Prize in Physiology. Her namesake letters hope to share needed research from across the country. So far, more than 550 McClintock Letters have been sent to newspapers across the country.
Among them is Erin Morrow’s letter to The Marietta Daily. Erin studies the relationship between memory and stress at UCLA. Recently, she wrote to her local paper about how slow scientific innovation, which might seem pointless, actually saved her life. Erin Morrow’s pacemaker is the result of decades of research into the role of electricity in managing heart palpitations.
For many researchers, advocating for their research can be difficult. However, they are speaking out about the importance of their work. Projects like the McClintock Letter to the Editor Project are bringing awareness to the importance of scientific research in the face of recent threats.
To read the full New York Times article: https://www.nytimes.com/2025/06/16/science/science-budget-cuts-protest-…;
To read Erin Morrow’s Letter to Marietta Daily Journal: https://www.mdjonline.com/opinion/wellstar-cobb-hospital-is-where-scien…
Tool #1: Letter-writing party
The responsibility of writing a letter to the editor can be shared. One way to do this is to hold a letter-writing party, at which you and your friends or colleagues write a planned series of letters that will be sent to the editor. At the party
- Pick your topic.
- Have each friend write a letter addressing the topic--these are Group #1 letters.
- Have each friend write a draft letter in response to letters from Group #1--these are Group #2 letters. These will be left incomplete so that specific references to Group #1 letters can be filled in.
- Make a few of your letters provocative so that others will respond.
- Get permission from others to sign their names so that one person can handle the campaign.
- Use different types of stationery.
- Send copies to the "signer" as the paper may call him or her.
- Let the "signer" know if the letter is published.
- It may require only 5 or 6 people to develop a huge community response.
- Mail Group #1 letters. Some may be published. Mail Group #2 letters, with specific information related to those published added, in response to them soon after the Group #1 letters are published. This exercise is great for group morale. It can be fun, too.
-
What is criticizing an unfavorable action?
-
Why criticize an unfavorable action?
-
Who should raise the criticism?
-
When should you respond?
-
How do you criticize an unfavorable action effectively?
What is criticizing an unfavorable action?
In community work, organizations and public institutions sometimes make decisions or take actions that advocates believe are harmful, ineffective, unfair, inconsistent with evidence, or contrary to the public interest.
Criticizing an unfavorable action means clearly identifying the concern, explaining its effects, supporting the criticism with evidence, and requesting an appropriate change.
The response may be private or public depending on:
- The seriousness of the issue
- Whether harm is ongoing or urgent
- Whether legal or regulatory obligations are involved
- Whether previous attempts to resolve the issue have worked
- Whether public awareness is necessary for accountability
The goal should be to correct the problem, prevent harm, improve policy or practice, and strengthen accountability – not simply to embarrass or punish the person or organization involved.
Possible ways to respond
Depending on the circumstances, you might:
- Raise the concern directly with the person or organization responsible
- Request a meeting or written response
- Submit information to a regulator, inspector general, licensing body, court, or other appropriate oversight authority
- Use a formal complaint or grievance process
- Communicate findings publicly through reports, community meetings, news organizations, websites, social media, or other channels
- Organize lawful nonviolent advocacy or demonstrations
- Advocate for legislative, regulatory, administrative, or budget changes
- Combine several approaches when necessary
Choose the response according to the issue rather than following a rigid escalation sequence.
What kinds of actions may deserve criticism?
A well-intended action may be poorly designed
A person or institution may genuinely be trying to solve a problem while relying on incomplete information, ineffective methods, or unrealistic assumptions.
In these situations, criticism should identify:
- What assumption appears incorrect
- What evidence suggests a different approach
- What unintended consequences may occur
- What alternative could work better
An action may create a conflict of interest or improperly favor particular interests
Concerns may arise when a decision appears to provide improper benefits to an individual, organization, donor, contractor, or other interested party.
Avoid assuming improper motive without evidence.
Instead, document:
- Relevant financial or organizational relationships
- Procurement or decision-making procedures
- Applicable ethics or conflict-of-interest rules
- How the decision affects the public or other groups
An action may be based on inaccurate or incomplete information
Policies can be shaped by incorrect assumptions, outdated statistics, incomplete research, or misunderstanding of who is affected.
Correcting the record may be an important part of advocacy.
An action may delay rather than address a problem
Reviews, committees, commissions, studies, and planning processes can be valuable.
They can also become ineffective when:
- The purpose is unclear
- No timeline exists
- Findings are repeatedly ignored
- Urgent harm continues while action is postponed
Do not assume that every study or commission is an attempt to avoid action. Evaluate whether the process has clear authority, timelines, resources, and follow-through.
An action may discriminate or exclude
Policies or practices may create concerns involving race, ethnicity, religion, disability, gender, sexual orientation, national origin, age, or another protected or relevant characteristic.
Criticism should focus on the policy, practice, impact, and applicable standards rather than using stereotypes or attacking an entire group.
An action may violate law, policy, ethics, or professional standards
When there is credible evidence of possible misconduct, the response may need to include:
- Documentation
- A formal complaint
- Regulatory review
- Ethics review
- Legal advice
- Independent investigation
Distinguish allegations from established findings.
Why criticize an unfavorable action?
To make the action and its effects visible
People cannot evaluate a policy or decision if they do not know what happened or how it affects the community.
Useful criticism can explain:
- What action was taken
- Who made the decision
- Who may be affected
- What evidence is available
- What effects have occurred or are reasonably expected
To question the assumptions behind the action
Ask:
- What problem was the action intended to address?
- What evidence supported the decision?
- What alternatives were considered?
- Were conflicts of interest disclosed?
- Were people affected by the decision involved?
- Were important risks or tradeoffs overlooked?
To correct inaccurate or incomplete information
Criticism may need to correct:
- Outdated statistics
- Incorrect descriptions of a program
- Misleading public claims
- Missing context
- Unsupported assumptions
To explain why the action is problematic
Possible concerns include:
- The action is based on inaccurate assumptions
- Evidence suggests it is unlikely to work
- Costs may outweigh expected benefits
- It creates significant unintended consequences
- It places disproportionate burdens on particular groups
- It creates an improper conflict of interest
- It causes avoidable harm
- It may violate law, regulation, policy, contract, or professional standards
To advocate for a better alternative
When practical, explain what should happen instead.
An alternative may involve:
- Revising the current action
- Reversing it
- Delaying implementation while additional evidence is gathered
- Adopting another policy
- Adding protections or oversight
- Increasing funding or capacity
- Improving enforcement
Not every urgent criticism must arrive with a complete replacement policy.
It may be appropriate to call for immediate suspension of a harmful action while longer-term alternatives are developed.
Who should raise the criticism?
There is no single ideal spokesperson.
Relevant voices may include:
- People directly affected
- Community organizations
- Researchers
- Professionals with relevant expertise
- Public officials
- Advocacy organizations
- Whistleblowers or employees with direct knowledge
- Other community members with relevant experience
Credibility should depend primarily on:
- Accuracy
- Relevant knowledge
- Transparency
- Evidence
- Willingness to correct errors
- Clear disclosure of relevant interests or affiliations
Do not choose a spokesperson mainly because the person's celebrity, prestige, identity, or perceived similarity to the audience may make the criticism more persuasive.
People directly affected should not be treated merely as persuasive messengers
People experiencing the effects of a policy or decision may provide essential knowledge about how it works in practice.
They should have meaningful opportunities to help:
- Define the concern
- Decide what response is appropriate
- Develop alternatives
- Speak publicly if they choose
Participation should be voluntary, and people should understand any privacy or retaliation risks before sharing personal experiences publicly.
When should you criticize an unfavorable action?
Before implementation when credible risks are identifiable
Early criticism can sometimes prevent avoidable harm.
If a proposed policy or action is still under consideration, identify concerns while decision-makers can still revise it.
Use evidence rather than monitoring people or institutions simply because you assume they will act improperly.
When new evidence becomes available
A policy may appear reasonable when adopted and later produce unexpected effects.
New research, audits, complaints, data, or community experience may justify renewed review.
When urgent harm is occurring
Immediate action may be necessary when there is a credible risk involving:
- Health
- Safety
- Civil or human rights
- Environmental harm
- Loss of essential services
- Retaliation
In urgent situations, do not delay simply because an informal conversation has not yet occurred.
After an action has been taken
Criticism can still be useful after implementation.
It may support:
- Revision
- Reversal
- Additional oversight
- Compensation or repair
- Policy change
- Prevention of similar problems in the future
Continue as long as the issue warrants continued advocacy
Persistence can be important, but advocacy should be reviewed periodically.
Ask:
- Is the problem still occurring?
- Has the evidence changed?
- Has corrective action occurred?
- Is the current tactic still effective?
- Would another process now be more appropriate?
Do not assume that repeating the same criticism indefinitely is always the best strategy.
How do you criticize an unfavorable action effectively?
Do the research
Before making serious claims, understand:
- The relevant law and policy
- The history of the issue
- Who made the decision
- What evidence informed it
- What research exists
- What people directly affected are experiencing
- What alternatives exist
Be willing to revise your criticism if credible evidence changes your understanding.
Be clear and specific
Explain:
- What action you are criticizing
- What specific concern exists
- What evidence supports that concern
- Who may be affected
- What change you are requesting
Avoid vague accusations such as “they do not care” or “this is corrupt” unless you have evidence supporting those conclusions.
Use accessible language
Communicate in language appropriate to the people who need the information.
This may involve:
- Plain-language summaries
- Translation
- Interpretation
- Accessible digital formats
- Disability accommodations
Support your claims appropriately
Useful evidence may include:
- Public records
- Research
- Audits
- Inspection reports
- Photographs or video collected lawfully
- Administrative data
- First-person accounts
- Qualified expert analysis
Different forms of evidence answer different questions.
A person's experience may demonstrate that a problem occurred.
It may not, by itself, establish how common the problem is.
Repeated accounts may identify a pattern worth investigating, but the number of stories alone does not necessarily establish causation or the full scale of the problem.
Distinguish facts, allegations, interpretations, and values
Be clear about whether a statement is:
- A documented fact
- An allegation
- An interpretation
- A prediction
- A moral or ethical judgment
- A policy preference
Use values transparently
Advocacy often involves values such as:
- Fairness
- Justice
- Safety
- Responsibility
- Freedom
- Dignity
- Community well-being
People may interpret these values differently.
Explain how the value relates to the issue rather than assuming that everyone defines fairness, responsibility, or justice in the same way.
Avoid demographic stereotypes about audiences
Do not assume that an audience's race, religion, income, educational background, geography, political identity, or other demographic characteristic tells you what they will consider logical or persuasive.
Instead:
- Learn what questions the audience is asking
- Understand relevant community experience
- Use clear evidence and reasoning
- Invite questions and disagreement
Present feasible alternatives when possible
A strong criticism often explains what could be done differently.
Compare alternatives according to:
- Evidence of effectiveness
- Cost
- Equity
- Feasibility
- Legal requirements
- Community priorities
- Possible unintended consequences
Avoid claiming that an alternative is clearly superior unless the available evidence supports that conclusion.
Invite correction or collaboration when appropriate
In some situations, the person or organization responsible may be willing to change course.
You might ask:
- Whether important information was missing
- Whether the decision can be revised
- Whether affected community members can participate in redesign
- Whether additional safeguards can be added
- Whether a joint review is appropriate
Collaboration is not required when serious misconduct, retaliation, urgent harm, or another circumstance makes direct engagement unsafe or inappropriate.
Focus criticism on conduct and responsibility
Criticize:
- The action
- The decision
- The policy
- The evidence
- The reasoning
- The effects
- The responsibilities that were not met
Avoid insults, ridicule, demeaning labels, or speculation about someone's character.
Accountability does not require pretending that responsibility does not exist.
If evidence shows that a person or organization knowingly violated obligations, describe the conduct and evidence directly and seek appropriate consequences.
When misconduct appears intentional or serious
Serious misconduct may require stronger action.
Examples include credible evidence of:
- Corruption
- Fraud
- Retaliation
- Discrimination
- Abuse of authority
- Deliberate concealment of a serious safety risk
- Other significant legal or ethical violations
Stronger action may include:
- Formal complaints
- Regulatory referrals
- Independent investigation
- Litigation
- Public reporting
- Lawful nonviolent direct action
Strong accountability does not require ridicule, harassment, name-calling, or targeting someone's home or family.
Focus on documented conduct, institutional responsibility, and the remedy sought.
Communicate publicly when appropriate
Public communication may be necessary when:
- The issue affects the broader community
- Public participation is needed
- Formal accountability processes are inadequate
- People face an ongoing risk
- Public records reveal a matter of legitimate public concern
Communication channels may include:
- Community meetings
- Reports
- News organizations
- Websites
- Text messaging
- Social media
- Multilingual media
- Flyers or posters where appropriate
- Public testimony
Use channels that actually reach the people who need the information.
Public communication should inform, document, and support accountability rather than function primarily as a threat of embarrassment.
Avoid using exposure as coercive leverage
It may be appropriate to tell an organization that you intend to use a formal complaint, regulatory process, or public communication channel.
However, the purpose should be transparent accountability rather than threatening humiliation in exchange for concessions.
If information belongs in the public record because it documents a matter of legitimate concern, decide responsibly whether and how it should be disclosed.
Protect privacy and safety
Criticism can affect people who were not responsible for the decision.
Before publicly identifying individuals, ask:
- Is naming this person necessary?
- What responsibility did they actually have?
- Could disclosure create retaliation or safety risks?
- Could the accountability goal be achieved with less personal information?
Avoid targeting homes, families, or unrelated personal activities as a pressure tactic.
Evaluate whether the criticism is working
Periodically review:
- Whether the action has changed
- Whether harm has been reduced
- Whether the evidence has changed
- Whether the public understands the issue more clearly
- Whether decision-makers have responded
- Whether the current strategy is creating unintended harm
- Whether another accountability process would now be more effective
Persistence matters, but repeating an ineffective tactic indefinitely is not the same as effective advocacy.
In Summary
Criticizing an unfavorable action is an important part of advocacy when a policy, decision, practice, or institutional action appears harmful, ineffective, unfair, unsupported by evidence, or inconsistent with applicable obligations.
Begin with research.
Understand what happened, who had responsibility, what evidence is available, who is affected, and what legal, ethical, professional, or policy standards apply.
Make the criticism clear and specific.
Distinguish documented facts from allegations, interpretations, predictions, and value judgments.
Use first-person experience, community accounts, research, public records, expert analysis, and other forms of evidence appropriately.
Do not assume that repeated personal stories automatically prove causation or prevalence, but do not dismiss lived experience simply because it is not quantitative.
When possible, propose an evidence-informed alternative or identify the next step needed to develop one.
Criticize conduct, decisions, reasoning, and unmet responsibilities rather than using insults or unsupported attacks on character.
Serious misconduct may require strong accountability, including formal complaints, investigations, regulatory action, litigation, public reporting, or lawful nonviolent advocacy.
Strong accountability does not require ridicule, harassment, threats of humiliation, or pressure directed at people's homes or families.
Use public communication when it serves transparency, safety, participation, or accountability.
Choose communication channels based on who needs the information and how they can best access it.
Continue advocacy while the problem remains important, but periodically reassess whether the strategy is still appropriate and effective.
Finally, remember that the purpose of criticism is not simply to defeat an opponent or embarrass an institution.
It is to identify what is wrong, prevent or repair harm, improve decisions, strengthen accountability, and support a better course of action.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
Bolder Advocacy has information on both praising and criticizing elected officials on their actions with regard to advocacy.
Constructing Criticism is an article from CBS News that provides five ways to get your point heard.
Dealing with Criticism, written by Gregg Walker of the Department of Speech Communication at Oregon State University, has two lists of guidelines: one for the critic, and one for the individual being criticized..
How do you offer criticism and live to tell about it?, by Bob Rosner, the "Working Wounded" columnist.
How to Give Positive Criticism is an article that appeared in TIME magazine in May 2013, and it gives five tips for effectively giving and receiving criticism.
Public Criticism: Environmental Concerns. A case study of an environmental engineering situation from the National Institute for Engineering Ethics.
12 Ways to Criticize Effectively is an article written by Power to Change.
Print Resources
Meredith, C., & Dunham, M. (1999). Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
What is criticizing unfavorable action?
You protest - usually publicly-that the action is:
___Well-meaning, but ill-conceived action.
___A public or private entity putting its own interests ahead of the public good.
___Action, spurred by uninformed public opinion, that harms a cause or target population.
___Actions that sweep problems under the rug.
___Actions that are the result of unthinking prejudice or an ethnocentric world view.
Why criticize unfavorable action?
___You criticize unfavorable action primarily to cancel or change it.
In pursuit of that goal, you may try to:
___Spread the word about the situation.
___Question the assumptions behind the action.
___Correct false information.
___Pinpoint what's wrong with the action.
___Offer alternatives.
___Garner support.
Who should criticize unfavorable action?
___You choose spokespersons who are viewed as knowledgeable and trustworthy, with whom the audience can identify, and with whom they may be familiar.
When should you criticize unfavorable action?
___You anticipate unfavorable action when possible, and criticize it before it begins.
___You react to unfavorable action as quickly as possible in all instances.
___You make your voice heard immediately when a previously unknown action comes to light.
___You protest when new evidence of the unfavorable nature of an action surfaces.
___You criticize immediately when necessary to prevent harm.
___You continue to criticize until your succeed.
How do you criticize unfavorable action?
___Do your research ahead of time
___Be clear and specific
___Support your arguments
___Present clear alternatives
___Offer to work with opponents
___Assume the opponents are of good will unless you know otherwise
___Use media to inform
___Keep it up as long as necessary
Example: Crowd marches downtown in Lawrence, Kansas, to support detained scientist Syed Jamal
Earnest chants filled Massachusetts Street on Thursday as dozens of people marched in support of Syed Ahmed Jamal, a Bangladeshi-born Lawrence scientist who was detained by Immigration and Customs Enforcement on a deportation order after 30 years of residency in the U.S.
Shouts of “Free Syed Jamal” and “Say it loud, say it clear, immigrants are welcome here” rang out as marchers carried signs through downtown Lawrence to raise awareness for a local family that associate pastor Eleanor McCormick of Plymouth Congregational Church said has been “shaken to its core.” Read more.

What is filing a complaint?
A complaint is a formal statement that identifies a concern and asks a person, organization, agency, regulator, or other responsible body to review the issue and take appropriate action.
Complaints may involve:
- Poor or inaccessible service
- Failure to follow a policy, contract, or procedure
- Discrimination
- Safety concerns
- Professional misconduct
- Consumer problems
- Misuse of public or charitable resources
- Possible legal or regulatory violations
- Other actions or conditions requiring review
A complaint is often submitted in writing or through an organization's formal complaint system.
Depending on the setting, this may involve:
- An online form
- A written letter
- A grievance process
- A regulatory complaint portal
- Another official reporting process
Filing a complaint is different from simply expressing dissatisfaction.
A formal complaint generally asks for review, correction, explanation, compensation, enforcement, or another specific response.
Why file a complaint?
Filing a complaint can help create an organized record of a concern and place it before a person or institution with responsibility to address it.
A complaint may:
- Document what happened
- Preserve a record of when concerns were raised
- Trigger a formal review or investigation
- Request correction of a policy or practice
- Seek compensation, restoration, or another remedy
- Identify a recurring problem
- Alert an oversight body to possible misconduct or noncompliance
- Help an organization identify a service or implementation problem
The main purpose should be to obtain an appropriate review and response, not to increase the visibility of the person or organization filing the complaint.
When should you file a complaint?
A formal complaint may be appropriate when:
- The issue is serious or recurring
- Someone has experienced harm or is at risk of harm
- A policy, procedure, contract, professional standard, or legal requirement may have been violated
- You need a formal record
- An organization requires use of a grievance or complaint process
- Informal efforts have not resolved the issue
- An oversight agency needs a complaint before it can act
You do not always need to try informal resolution first.
A formal complaint may be appropriate immediately when:
- Serious harm is occurring
- Discrimination, harassment, abuse, retaliation, fraud, or another serious violation is alleged
- A filing deadline applies
- Evidence may be lost
- Direct contact could create safety or retaliation risks
- The applicable procedure requires formal filing
Do not delay a complaint merely because you have not yet exhausted every informal option.
Where should you file a complaint?
File the complaint with the person, office, organization, or agency that has responsibility and authority to address it.
Depending on the issue, this may be:
- A customer-service or complaint office
- A supervisor or program manager
- A human-resources or equal-opportunity office
- A school or university grievance office
- A licensing board
- A regulatory agency
- An inspector general
- An ombudsperson
- A civil-rights office
- A funder or contracting agency
- A court or administrative tribunal
- Another appropriate oversight body
Start with the office that has authority
Do not assume that the most senior executive is always the best first recipient.
Large organizations often have designated offices specifically responsible for complaints, grievances, ethics concerns, accessibility, discrimination, consumer disputes, or regulatory compliance.
Using the correct process may:
- Reduce delay
- Preserve appeal rights
- Ensure the complaint reaches trained staff
- Help meet filing requirements
- Create a clear record
If the initial complaint is not resolved, the process may provide a supervisor, appeal, review board, regulator, or other next level.
Determine whether an outside authority is appropriate
Some complaints should also or instead be submitted to an external body.
Examples may include:
- Regulators
- Licensing boards
- Civil-rights agencies
- Consumer-protection agencies
- Inspectors general
- Professional oversight bodies
- Courts
Which authority is appropriate depends on the issue, jurisdiction, and applicable law or policy.
Before filing a complaint
Check the current complaint process
Find out:
- Where the complaint must be submitted
- Whether a particular form is required
- What documentation should be included
- What deadlines apply
- Whether an appeal process exists
- Whether the complaint will remain confidential
- Whether information may be disclosed to the person or organization complained about
Use the organization's official website, written policy, complaint office, or another reliable source for current instructions.
You generally do not need to conceal why you are asking about the complaint process.
If confidentiality or retaliation is a concern, ask specifically what protections and reporting options are available.
Check deadlines
Complaint and appeal deadlines can be important.
Some processes allow only a limited period after an incident or decision.
Do not delay filing while trying to assemble perfect documentation if doing so could cause you to miss an applicable deadline.
Decide what you want the complaint to accomplish
Possible requests may include:
- Correction of an error
- A refund or financial compensation
- Restoration of a service or benefit
- An investigation
- Enforcement of a policy or law
- A change in procedure
- Removal of an accessibility barrier
- A written explanation
- Training or corrective action
- Another appropriate remedy
Your requested remedy should be as specific and realistic as possible.
How should you file a complaint?
State the purpose clearly
Explain at the beginning that you are filing a formal complaint and identify the issue.
For example:
I am submitting a formal complaint regarding the denial of accessibility accommodations for the September 14 public meeting.
Describe what happened
Include relevant:
- Dates
- Locations
- People or departments involved
- Actions taken
- Communications
- Previous attempts to resolve the issue
Present events in a clear sequence.
Distinguish what you personally observed from what you learned from another source.
Explain why the issue matters
Describe:
- Harm or loss that occurred
- Risks that remain
- Services or rights affected
- Relevant policies or agreements
- Laws or regulations that may apply
Avoid stating that a law was violated as an established fact unless you have an appropriate basis for that conclusion.
When uncertain, describe the facts and identify the law, policy, or standard you believe may apply.
State the requested action
Explain what response you are seeking.
For example:
I am asking the agency to review the decision, provide a written explanation, and correct the record if the denial was inconsistent with its accommodation policy.
Ask for acknowledgment or a response
If the complaint process does not already specify a response timeline, ask the recipient to:
- Confirm receipt
- Provide a complaint or case number
- Explain the next steps
- Identify the expected response timeframe
Avoid imposing an arbitrary deadline unless there is a legitimate reason for one.
Support the complaint with relevant evidence
Depending on the issue, supporting information may include:
- Contracts
- Receipts
- Emails
- Letters
- Screenshots
- Photographs
- Policies
- Public records
- Medical or professional documentation when relevant and appropriate
- Witness accounts
- Previous complaint correspondence
Include only what is relevant.
Do not overwhelm the reviewer with large quantities of unrelated material.
Preserve originals
Keep original documents and files when practical.
Send copies or upload duplicates unless the complaint process specifically requires an original.
Keep a complete copy of:
- The complaint
- Supporting documents
- Submission confirmation
- Case or reference number
- Follow-up correspondence
Make the complaint clear and credible
Focus on the strongest relevant concerns.
These may include:
- Possible violation of law or regulation
- Failure to follow established policy
- Failure to meet contractual obligations
- Inconsistent treatment
- Harm or risk of harm
- Accessibility barriers
- Discrimination or unequal treatment
- Errors in decision-making or records
Do not frame the complaint primarily around threats to the recipient's reputation, political support, or personal interests.
Those consequences may sometimes follow from serious unresolved problems, but the complaint itself should focus on the conduct, evidence, standards, and remedy.
Keep the complaint focused
A complaint should be long enough to explain the issue but concise enough for a reviewer to understand the main facts and requested action.
There is no universal one- or two-page limit.
Follow any length requirements provided by the complaint process.
For complex cases, consider:
- A short complaint summary
- A chronological timeline
- Numbered attachments
- An evidence index
Identify yourself appropriately
Provide the information the complaint process requires.
Depending on the situation, this may include:
- Name
- Organization
- Preferred contact information
- Account or case information
- Your relationship to the issue
Do not provide unnecessary sensitive personal information.
If anonymous or confidential reporting is allowed and retaliation or safety is a concern, determine whether that option is appropriate.
Professional status, public recognition, or powerful connections should not determine whether a complaint deserves review.
Complaints involving more than one person
Multiple people may report similar experiences.
This can help identify a possible pattern.
Options may include:
- Individual complaints
- A jointly signed complaint
- A complaint submitted by an authorized organization
- A coordinated referral to an oversight agency
Do not ask people to sign a complaint they have not reviewed or do not agree with.
Do not treat a single complaint as inherently unimportant simply because only one person has reported the problem.
A single incident may involve serious harm or a clear violation.
Use an appropriate tone
A complaint can be firm without being insulting.
Focus on:
- What happened
- Why it is a concern
- What evidence supports the concern
- What action you are requesting
Avoid:
- Personal attacks
- Name-calling
- Speculation about motives
- Unrelated criticism
- Threats of humiliation
Humor may be appropriate in some ordinary customer-service situations, but it is usually unnecessary.
In complaints involving harm, discrimination, abuse, safety, fraud, or other serious concerns, direct and factual language is generally clearer.
What if the complaint is not resolved?
Review the response carefully before deciding what to do next.
Ask:
- Did the recipient misunderstand an important fact?
- Is additional documentation available?
- Was the complaint submitted to the correct office?
- Is there a formal appeal process?
- Is an outside oversight body appropriate?
- Has the requested remedy become unrealistic or unnecessary?
- Does the evidence still support continuing the complaint?
Provide additional information if needed
If the response identifies missing information, provide it when relevant and available.
Do not describe the goal as making the case “airtight.”
A complaint process should evaluate the available evidence fairly, including evidence that may complicate your original interpretation.
Use the formal appeal or escalation process
If the complaint is denied or unresolved, determine whether there is:
- A supervisor review
- An administrative appeal
- A grievance panel
- An ombudsperson
- A regulator
- A licensing body
- A civil-rights office
- A court or other legal remedy
Follow applicable deadlines.
Be truthful about who receives copies
If you copy another person, agency, regulator, attorney, or organization on a complaint, actually send them the copy.
Do not list people or organizations in a “cc” line merely to create the impression that they have been notified.
Misrepresenting who has received the complaint can undermine your credibility and may create unnecessary confusion.
Public communication may be appropriate in some cases
An unresolved complaint may sometimes raise a legitimate matter of public concern.
Public communication may involve:
- A public meeting
- A report
- A news organization
- Public testimony
- A website or social-media statement
Public disclosure should serve transparency, public safety, accountability, or community participation – not merely threaten the recipient with bad publicity.
Before making serious public allegations:
- Verify important facts
- Distinguish allegations from established findings
- Protect confidential or private information
- Consider retaliation and safety risks
- Seek qualified legal advice when appropriate
Persistence and proportionality
Some complaints require persistence.
Continue following up when:
- The problem remains unresolved
- The evidence continues to support the complaint
- Additional levels of review remain available
- The issue continues to affect people's rights, safety, access, or well-being
Persistence should not become repeated unwanted contact with individuals who do not control the complaint process.
Use the formal channels available and reassess periodically whether continued escalation is likely to produce a useful result.
After the complaint is resolved
Keep the final decision and any documentation showing what action was taken.
If appropriate:
- Thank staff or officials who helped resolve the issue
- Confirm any commitments in writing
- Monitor whether promised corrective action occurs
- Share lessons with others when doing so does not violate privacy or confidentiality
In Summary
Filing a complaint is a formal way to ask an organization, agency, regulator, or other responsible body to review a concern and take appropriate action.
Use the complaint process when the issue is serious, a formal record is needed, applicable rules require it, informal resolution has failed, or immediate formal review is warranted.
Do not assume informal resolution must always come first.
Identify the office that actually has responsibility for the issue and follow its current complaint procedures, including deadlines and documentation requirements.
State clearly what happened, why it matters, what evidence supports the complaint, and what response you are requesting.
Distinguish facts from allegations, interpretations, and conclusions.
Keep the complaint focused and preserve copies of everything submitted.
Provide relevant evidence without overwhelming the reviewer with unnecessary material.
A complaint may be firm without relying on personal attacks, threats of embarrassment, political pressure, or powerful connections.
If several people report similar experiences, their complaints may reveal a broader pattern, but a single serious complaint can also warrant action.
If the complaint is denied or unresolved, use the applicable appeal, review, regulatory, or legal process.
Be accurate about who has received copies of the complaint.
Public communication may sometimes be appropriate, but it should advance transparency and accountability rather than function primarily as reputational leverage.
Continue pursuing the complaint while the evidence and available remedies justify doing so, and reassess the strategy as circumstances change.
The goal is not simply to pressure someone into giving you what you want.
It is to create a clear, accurate record, obtain fair review, correct problems when possible, and hold responsible institutions appropriately accountable.
Contributor
Eric Wadud
Resources
Online Resources
Complaint Writing is a guide from the New Hampshire Department of Justice that includes a sample complaint letter.
Effective E-mail Communication from the University of North Carolina provides tips on professional e-mail writing and communicating via e-mail.
Using Effective Communications from UNISON is a guide to communicating effectively in both formal and informal settings.
Print Resources
Bobo, K., Kendal J., & Max, S. (1991). Organizing for social change: A manual for activists in the 1990s. Cabin John, MD: Seven Locks Press.
Phillips, E. (1998). Shocked, Appalled, and Dismayed! How to Write Letters of Complaint that Get Results. This book is a guide to writing letters of complaint, specifically letters to corporations.
Tunney, B. (2014). Communication Skills: Improve Effective Communication Skills and Learn How to Communicate & Influence People. This book provides tools and techniques to becoming a better communicator.
Westheimer, P. (1990). How to write complaint letters that work. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.
Before you file your complaint
___You know who the person is to address your complaint to.
___You know the form that your complaint should take.
___You are aware of what you want to accomplish.
Writing your complaint
___You have stated your purpose clearly.
___The reason you are making the complaint is obvious.
___You have demonstrated the importance.
___You have requested what you would like to see happen.
___You have asked for a timely reply.
___Your complaint is short and to the point.
___You were polite.
___You refrained from criticism and personal attacks.
___You demonstrated that you have support.
___You have determined the appropriateness of humor.
___You are prepared to raise the stakes if necessary.
___You have a copy of the complaint.
This heading includes longer, more detailed examples of the key concepts discussed in this section. Portions of these are adapted from Patricia Westheimer's How to Write Complaint Letters that Work (1990).
Example #1: General format for writing complaint letters
This example summarizes the rules and format of a standard complaint letter.
|
Today's Date Your Name Mr./Mrs./Ms.______________[or other title] Dear Mr./Mrs./Ms. [Let the recipient know this is a formal letter of complaint] (Ingredient #1 ) [State the substance of your complaint as clearly and concisely as possible. Why are you complaining? Avoid being emotional. Just stick to the pertinent facts.] ( Ingredient #2) [Show why the reasons justify your complaint. What loss did you suffer? What harm was done? Give amounts, dates, and any other relevant information. Use a positive tone if possible. Angry, rude letters get negative, defensive reactions.] (Ingredient #3) [State the action you expect the target to take. If you believe the target owes you something, say so. Be very clear and unambiguous at this point.] (Ingredient #4) [Request a written reply, by a specific date. Close in a friendly, positive, manner. Assure the reader that you believe he/she will help you. Keep your letter to one page, unless it is absolutely necessary to make it longer.] (Ingredient #5)
Sincerely,
Your Name (signature above) Enclosures (such as copies of previous correspondence, receipts, etc.) cc: (If you are mailing copies to third parties, state to whom they were sent |
Example #2: Sample of a well-written letter of complaint
This is an example of a well-written, successful complaint letter to a business. George Jones, had trouble with an auto body repair shop. The work was sub-standard. The shop manager would not correct the problem. George called the local Chamber of Commerce and got the name of the owner of the shop. He then wrote the following letter:
|
George Jones November 17, 1999 John Burns Dear Mr. Burns: I am writing to you to complain about the lack of service I received from your shop on November 10. (Ingredient #1) I am not at all satisfied with the work your shop has done on my 1989 GMC truck. The paint job is uneven, and the running boards are still dented noticeably. I paid you in full to have these items corrected. (Ingredient #2) Your shop manager, Frank Wilson, has not been at all helpful in this regard. He refused to consider finishing the job he started, and he refused to give me your name. Is this the way you want to do business? (Ingredient #3) I would like you to either redo the work, or else refund my $765.58 so I can go to another shop. (Ingredient #4) Mr. Burns, your shop's advertising guarantees 100% satisfaction. I am sure you will be willing to live up to your claims. I look forward to hearing from you within the next two weeks. (Ingredient #5)
Sincerely,
George Jones Enclosures: Copy of receipt for work done on November 10th, 1992 Copy of original service agreement, November 5, 1992 cc: Kansas City Chamber of Commerce National Association of Auto Body Repair Shops Whitley, Jones & Moore George's letter is specific, reasonable and well written. He stated what the problem was, and exactly what he wanted from the body shop. The inclusion of the "cc" and a number of relevant third parties may have provoked some prompt attention, too. Two weeks later, George received a check for $765.58 in the mail, along with a written apology from Mr. Burns. |
Example #3: Sample of a poorly-written letter of complaint
This is an example of a poorly written complaint letter, with analysis, followed by an example of a properly written letter.
Karen Young, the newly appointed and somewhat inexperienced head of a community coalition in Cooper County, learned of the county health clinic's plans to reduce the number of services offered, and its plans to increase fees for other basic services. Upset, she decided to write on behalf of the coalition to let the clinic know the coalition's opinion.
|
August 20, 1995 Cooper County Health Department Dear Sir: I am writing to you on behalf of the concerned citizens of the Cooper County Coalition for Health Care. Once again you are cutting the services offered by your clinic. And you plan on increasing the fees on the few services you are keeping. This is ridiculous. Where are we supposed to go for our health care? The closest hospital is over 70 miles away! My husband just had surgery and we're $10,000 in debt. We can't afford to pay your fee increases. Don't expect to keep your job much longer, my cousin knows the county commissioner's brother's dentist, and when he hears what you've been doing to us, he'll fire you for sure.
Sincerely,
Karen Young, Director |
This letter lacks the "five ingredients" of a complaint letter, and is therefore, ineffective. It is just asking for an unsatisfactory response, and that's what it got. The Health Department Director (also in charge of the clinic), Shelly Marks, had her secretary write a weak apology for the policy changes, and suggested Ms. Young get in contact with her government representatives.
Karen made several mistakes in her letter:
- She did not personalize the letter. "Dear Sir" could have been addressed to anyone--let alone the fact that the director of the Cooper County Health Department was a woman.
- Shelly, the director, was not at the top level of decision making when it came to deciding the clinic's budget. She had little influence on how much funding it actually received. That decision came from higher up in the government.
- Karen was not specific about what changes she wanted made, if any. It almost appears that all she wanted to do was complain about her personal problems. Life's rough.
- She makes part of the letter a personal attack, implying that the Health Department director cannot do her job, and will soon be fired.
Here's how Karen should have written the letter. First of all, she should have obtained the name, title and address of the key decision maker on this particular issue. Let's suppose it was the local representative to the state legislature. Then she could have written the following: (A copy would also be sent to Shelly Marks.)
|
August 20, 1995 David Brenner Honorable Representative David Brenner, This letter is a formal complaint about the proposed cuts in the budget of the Cooper County Health Clinic. These cuts are totally unacceptable to all 150 members of our coalition, as determined by a recent vote. (See membership list attached.) (Ingredient #1) Ninety-five percent of the residents of Cooper County use the Cooper County Health Department clinic for their general health care. The proposed cuts will force many of these people to drive over 70 miles to receive necessary care. (Ingredient #2) The proposed fee increases will also put the cost of health care beyond the reach of many of our community members. (Ingredient #3) We understand that in this day and age budget cuts are sometimes necessary. However, cutting the budget of our health clinic will have serious negative health impact for many of your constituents. We strongly urge you to restore the budget to its original level. (Ingredient #4) We look forward to your prompt favorable action on this matter, and to your response before this matter is put to a vote. (Ingredient #5) Sincerely,
Karen Young |
This letter makes the same general point, but is directed to the key decision-maker, is more professional, and is slightly less aggressive. Karen is specific about what the problem is, and what she and the coalition want done. The letter is written by someone who seems to be reasonable. She doesn't threaten anyone, although the threat of not being re-elected hangs in the air. Hopefully, Rep. Brenner will be able to make the necessary changes.
Example #4: Dot Nary: Celebrating a nation with disability rights
Twenty years ago, my husband and I traveled to California to attend a wedding. After landing in San Francisco, we rented a car, drove north, and arrived at a chain motel where we had reserved a wheelchair-accessible room.
We checked in and entered the room only to discover that I, as a wheelchair user, could get inside the door but no further due to the furniture arrangement and the narrow bathroom door. Although we’d reserved an ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990) room, the one we were assigned did not permit access beyond the entrance.
I called the manager.
-
What do we mean by enforcement?
-
Who is responsible for enforcing laws and regulations?
-
When should you seek enforcement?
-
Why might laws and regulations not be enforced?
-
How do you seek enforcement of existing laws and regulations?
-
How do you help maintain enforcement over time?
Imagine that a manufacturing facility in a community appears to be releasing waste into a river in violation of environmental requirements.
Residents are concerned because the river is used for recreation, fishing, wildlife habitat, and other community purposes.
The facility is also a major employer, so community members want both effective environmental protection and a response that avoids unnecessary harm to workers and families.
The relevant environmental requirements have not disappeared, but residents believe they may not be adequately enforced.
A community coalition therefore begins by documenting the concern, identifying the regulatory authority, reviewing the applicable requirements, and determining what enforcement or corrective process is available.
This section discusses how community members can seek appropriate enforcement of existing laws and regulations while paying attention to evidence, legal process, safety, fairness, and possible unintended consequences.
What do we mean by enforcement?
Enforcement is the process by which an authorized government agency, court, licensing body, or other responsible institution ensures compliance with applicable laws, regulations, permits, orders, or professional requirements.
Enforcement may include:
- Investigation
- Inspection
- Warning or notice of violation
- Corrective-action requirements
- Administrative penalties
- License or permit action
- Court orders
- Civil penalties
- Criminal enforcement where applicable
Community advocates generally do not enforce the law themselves.
Their role may be to document concerns, report suspected violations, request appropriate review, participate in public processes, monitor agency response, or use legal and civic processes when enforcement appears inadequate.
Enforcement is not always the same as imposing the harshest available penalty
Laws and regulations often allow agencies or courts to consider factors such as:
- Severity of the violation
- Whether harm occurred
- Whether the violation was intentional, negligent, or accidental
- Whether violations are repeated
- Whether the responsible party cooperates with corrective action
- Applicable statutory or regulatory requirements
- Available remedies and penalties
Advocates can ask for effective enforcement without assuming that the maximum penalty is always the appropriate outcome.
At the same time, concerns about economic or organizational consequences should not be used to excuse serious or continuing harm.
Focus on compliance and correction
Depending on the law and the circumstances, effective enforcement may involve:
- Stopping the unlawful activity
- Repairing or mitigating harm
- Preventing recurrence
- Compensating people who were harmed when the law provides for it
- Improving monitoring or reporting
- Imposing penalties appropriate to the violation
Do not describe enforcement simply as achieving a “win-win” result.
Some legal protections exist precisely because health, safety, civil rights, environmental protection, or other public interests should not depend entirely on whether all parties benefit from compliance.
Who is responsible for enforcing laws and regulations?
The answer depends on the law, jurisdiction, and subject matter.
Enforcement authority may exist at:
- Federal level
- State level
- Tribal level
- County level
- Municipal or local level
Some laws involve shared or delegated authority across more than one level of government.
Start with the law or regulation itself
Identify:
- The current text of the law or regulation
- The agency or body responsible for administration
- Relevant implementing regulations
- Applicable permits, licenses, orders, or agreements
- Complaint or reporting procedures
- Filing or appeal deadlines
Use current official government sources whenever possible.
Agency names, responsibilities, and enforcement procedures change over time, so older descriptions should be verified before use.
Federal laws and regulations
Federal enforcement may involve a federal department, agency, commission, inspector general, or another authorized body.
In some areas, federal law is implemented or enforced partly through state agencies or federally approved state programs.
If jurisdiction is unclear:
- Review the relevant federal statute and regulations
- Check the responsible agency's current website
- Use the agency's complaint, reporting, or enforcement contact process
- Ask the agency which office has jurisdiction
State laws and regulations
State governments maintain their own administrative structures and enforcement agencies.
Similar issues may be handled by different agencies in different states.
Use current state statutes, regulations, agency guidance, and official complaint processes to determine responsibility.
Local ordinances and regulations
Local requirements may be enforced by:
- Health departments
- Building or code-enforcement offices
- Planning or zoning departments
- Housing agencies
- Civil-rights or human-relations offices
- Other municipal or county authorities
Check the current city or county code and the responsible office rather than assuming a particular type of board always handles the issue.
Professional licensing and disciplinary bodies
Professional conduct may be regulated by state licensing boards, courts, government agencies, or other bodies established by law.
Professional associations may also maintain voluntary ethical standards or membership requirements, but they are not necessarily the government licensing authority.
For a professional-conduct concern, determine:
- Who issued the license
- Which body has disciplinary authority
- Whether a complaint procedure exists
- Whether another civil-rights, consumer-protection, employer, institutional, or legal process also applies
Consumer and accreditation organizations
Some organizations provide consumer information, accreditation, ratings, or dispute-resolution services without having government enforcement power.
Understand the difference between:
- A government regulator
- A professional licensing body
- An accrediting organization
- A voluntary professional association
- A consumer-information organization
When should you seek enforcement?
Seek enforcement when credible information suggests that an applicable legal or regulatory requirement may be violated and an authorized body should review or address the issue.
Formal enforcement may be especially important when:
- Harm is occurring or likely
- Health or safety is at risk
- Civil or human rights may be violated
- Environmental damage may be occurring
- A violation appears repeated or systematic
- A regulated organization has ignored corrective requests
- New evidence reveals a previously unknown problem
- An enforcement agency appears not to be fulfilling its responsibilities
- A filing or legal deadline requires prompt action
You do not always need to contact the person or organization suspected of violating the law before contacting an enforcement agency.
Immediate formal reporting may be more appropriate when:
- Direct contact could create danger
- Retaliation is possible
- Evidence could be destroyed
- Serious misconduct is alleged
- The law or agency procedure requires direct reporting
Why might laws and regulations not be enforced?
Lack of enforcement can have many causes.
Do not assume corruption or bad faith without evidence.
The violation may not be known
Regulators may not know about conduct that occurs privately, intermittently, in remote locations, or through complicated records or transactions.
The agency may have limited resources
Agencies may have limited:
- Staffing
- Inspectors
- Investigators
- Technical expertise
- Funding
- Laboratory or monitoring capacity
Resource limits may force agencies to prioritize among cases.
The agency may prioritize more serious risks
Enforcement agencies commonly make decisions about where limited resources will have the greatest protective effect.
A lower-priority response does not necessarily mean the agency believes the conduct is lawful.
Jurisdiction may be unclear or divided
Several agencies may have overlapping responsibilities, or each may control only one part of the problem.
The evidence may be insufficient
A concern may be credible but still lack the documentation needed for formal enforcement.
Additional:
- Inspection
- Sampling
- Records
- Witness information
- Expert analysis
may be necessary.
Economic or political considerations may affect enforcement priorities
Agencies and elected officials may face competing concerns involving employment, budgets, public services, or other community effects.
Such considerations do not automatically justify failure to enforce applicable requirements.
Conflicts of interest or improper influence may exist
In some cases, credible evidence may suggest:
- Undisclosed conflicts of interest
- Improper political interference
- Favoritism
- Bribery or corruption
- Other misconduct
Treat these as serious allegations requiring evidence and appropriate investigative or oversight processes.
Penalties or remedies may be inadequate
If penalties are consistently smaller than the financial benefit of noncompliance, they may provide insufficient deterrence.
This may indicate a need for:
- Stronger enforcement
- Different remedies
- Improved monitoring
- Legislative or regulatory change
How do you seek enforcement of existing laws and regulations?
There is no single escalation sequence that fits every situation.
The appropriate path depends on:
- Severity
- Urgency
- Safety
- Applicable law
- Filing deadlines
- Available evidence
- Agency procedures
- Risk of retaliation
- Whether immediate court relief may be necessary
Understand the law
Before making a formal enforcement claim, determine as accurately as possible:
- What requirement applies
- Who is subject to it
- What conduct constitutes a violation
- What exceptions exist
- What agency has authority
- What remedies or penalties are authorized
- Whether private individuals or organizations have any right to bring a claim directly
- What deadlines apply
Do not rely only on summaries of a law when the exact wording matters.
Obtain qualified legal advice when the issue is complex, high-stakes, or likely to involve litigation.
Understand the relevant technical issues
Enforcement questions may require expertise in:
- Environmental science
- Medicine
- Engineering
- Accounting
- Accessibility
- Statistics
- Public health
- Other specialized areas
Community advocates do not need to become technical experts in every field.
They should know enough to understand the issue and obtain qualified expertise when the question exceeds their training.
Understand the history and context
Ask:
- How long has the suspected violation been occurring?
- Has it been reported before?
- Has the agency investigated previously?
- What happened after earlier enforcement efforts?
- Has the applicable law or permit changed?
- Who is affected?
- What harm has been documented?
Document the suspected violation
Relevant documentation may include:
- Dates and locations
- Public records
- Permits
- Inspection reports
- Photographs or video collected lawfully
- Correspondence
- Witness accounts
- Sampling or laboratory results from qualified sources
- Medical or other professional documentation when relevant
Do not trespass, unlawfully access systems or records, interfere with evidence, or perform technical testing beyond your competence.
Determine the appropriate reporting channel
Agencies may accept reports through:
- Online complaint systems
- Hotlines
- Written complaints
- Inspector or field offices
- Formal administrative petitions
Use the agency's current procedures.
A personal relationship with an employee is not required for a complaint to deserve review.
Decide whether direct contact with the regulated party is appropriate
Direct communication may sometimes resolve a problem quickly.
It may be appropriate when:
- The concern is not immediately dangerous
- Retaliation is unlikely
- Evidence will not be compromised
- The organization appears willing to correct the problem
Direct contact may be inappropriate when:
- People are in immediate danger
- Abuse, serious harassment, corruption, or criminal conduct may be involved
- Retaliation is a concern
- Contact could lead to destruction or concealment of evidence
- An agency specifically directs complainants not to contact the subject
Report the violation to the enforcement agency
Provide:
- The suspected violation
- Location
- Relevant dates or frequency
- The person or organization involved, if known
- The applicable requirement, if known
- Evidence or documentation
- Harm or risk associated with the conduct
State clearly what you know and what you believe or suspect.
Do not present an allegation as an established finding unless an authorized body has determined that a violation occurred.
Ask what happens next
Ask the agency:
- Whether the report has been received
- Whether a case or complaint number is available
- What review process applies
- Whether additional documentation is needed
- Whether information about the outcome can be provided
- What appeal or escalation process exists
Some information may remain confidential because of investigative, privacy, legal, or regulatory requirements.
File a formal complaint when appropriate
If the agency's process requires a formal complaint, follow the requirements carefully.
Pay particular attention to:
- Deadlines
- Required forms
- Standing or eligibility requirements
- Required documentation
- Appeal rights
Keep copies of all submissions and confirmations.
Use administrative review or oversight processes
If an agency does not act or you disagree with its decision, possible next steps may include:
- Administrative appeal
- Supervisory review
- Inspector-general complaint
- Ombuds review
- Licensing or oversight board review
- Legislative or elected-official oversight
- Another authorized review process
Seek public accountability when appropriate
Public communication can be useful when an issue affects the broader community or when greater transparency is needed.
Options may include:
- Public meetings
- News organizations
- Reports
- Public testimony
- Websites
- Social media
- Community newsletters
- Multilingual community media
Public communication should focus on accurate information, public safety, transparency, participation, and accountability.
Avoid treating embarrassment or reputational damage as the primary goal.
Use civic and political processes appropriately
Elected officials may have legitimate oversight, legislative, budget, or constituent-service roles related to agency enforcement.
Community members may:
- Request oversight
- Provide testimony
- Ask questions about agency resources or priorities
- Advocate for stronger laws or penalties
- Seek budget resources for enforcement
The purpose should be transparent public oversight rather than using personal political connections to bypass the ordinary process.
Consider lawful collective action
Depending on the issue, community members may use lawful nonviolent advocacy such as:
- Demonstrations
- Petitions
- Public-comment campaigns
- Consumer boycotts
- Other forms of organized civic action
These approaches should be chosen according to the goal, community priorities, legal requirements, possible risks, and likely effects.
They should not be treated simply as weapons for harming an organization financially or reputationally.
Consider legal action when appropriate
Litigation is not always the first or last step.
In some situations, legal advice or court action may be needed early, especially when:
- An injunction or emergency order may be necessary
- A filing deadline is approaching
- Serious or irreversible harm may occur
- Administrative remedies must be preserved
- A statute creates a private right of action
- A government agency's failure to act may itself be legally reviewable
Litigation can involve substantial cost, time, uncertainty, procedural requirements, and risk.
Obtain qualified legal advice about:
- Standing
- Applicable claims
- Filing deadlines
- Available remedies
- Administrative exhaustion requirements
- Evidence
- Possible costs and risks
Do not rely on general advocacy guidance to determine whether a lawsuit is legally available or strategically appropriate.
How do you help maintain enforcement of existing laws and regulations?
Successful enforcement should include mechanisms that reduce the likelihood of the problem recurring.
Continued monitoring
Depending on the issue, ongoing compliance may be monitored through:
- Regulatory inspections
- Independent monitoring
- Public reporting
- Permit conditions
- Audits
- Community advisory mechanisms
- Court or administrative oversight
Community participation in oversight should have a clear legal or negotiated basis.
Transparency
When legally permitted, relevant monitoring or inspection information should be accessible in ways that allow the public to understand whether compliance is occurring.
Modern access may include:
- Agency websites
- Public databases
- Published reports
- Public meetings
- Records-request processes
Measurable corrective requirements
Enforcement agreements or orders may include:
- Specific corrective actions
- Timelines
- Reporting requirements
- Monitoring requirements
- Compliance benchmarks
- Consequences for continued violations
Benchmarks should be grounded in applicable law, evidence, and the purpose of the corrective action rather than arbitrary demographic targets or unsupported assumptions.
Appropriate consequences
Penalties should be sufficient to support compliance and should follow the applicable legal framework.
Their purpose may include:
- Deterrence
- Correcting harm
- Removing economic incentives for noncompliance
- Protecting the public
Review whether monitoring is still necessary
Some enforcement issues require long-term oversight, but monitoring does not always need to continue forever in the same form.
Periodically ask:
- Is compliance being maintained?
- Has the risk changed?
- Is the regulator now providing adequate oversight?
- Are existing monitoring requirements still necessary?
- Should community resources be redirected to another need?
In Summary
Existing laws and regulations are useful only when the people and institutions subject to them comply and authorized bodies carry out their enforcement responsibilities.
When credible information suggests that a law, regulation, permit, order, or professional requirement may be violated, community members may need to document the concern and request appropriate review.
Begin by identifying the current law or requirement and the body with enforcement authority.
Agency names, jurisdiction, procedures, and legal standards can change, so verify them through current official sources.
Understand the relevant legal and technical issues well enough to describe the concern accurately and seek qualified expertise when necessary.
Document suspected violations carefully and distinguish allegations from established findings.
There is no universal escalation ladder.
Direct communication with the regulated party may sometimes resolve a problem, but immediate formal reporting may be more appropriate when serious harm, retaliation, evidence destruction, criminal conduct, or filing deadlines are involved.
Report concerns through the appropriate agency process, ask what happens next, and preserve records of your submissions.
If necessary, use available appeals, oversight processes, public accountability mechanisms, legislative oversight, lawful collective action, or legal remedies.
Litigation is not automatically the final step; in some cases legal advice or emergency judicial relief may be needed early.
Public communication can support transparency and accountability, but embarrassment or reputational harm should not be its primary purpose.
Effective enforcement may involve stopping the violation, repairing harm, preventing recurrence, improving monitoring, and applying appropriate penalties.
After enforcement occurs, monitor whether compliance continues and whether the enforcement system itself is working.
The goal is not endless conflict with regulated organizations or agencies.
It is reliable compliance with laws and regulations that protect people, rights, communities, and the public interest.
Contributor
Phil Rabinowitz
Resources
Online Resources
Examples of web sites of government enforcement agencies.
The Child Support Enforcement Agency of the U.S. Dept. of Health and Human Services.
The Departmental Enforcement Center of the Department of Housing and Urban Development.
Information on equal opportunity enforcement from the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission.
The Federal Communications Commission Enforcement Bureau. Includes instructions on filing consumer complaints.
The Federal Energy Regulation Commission's enforcement hotline.
Massachusetts Environmental Police (Dept. of Fisheries, Wildlife, and Environmental Law Enforcement.
New Jersey Election Law Enforcement Commission.
The Securities and Exchange Commission's Enforcement Division.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance.
Print Resources
Berkowitz, B., & Wolff. T. (2000). The Spirit of the Coalition. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association.
Meredith, C., & Dunham. M. (1999). Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
What do we mean by enforcement?
___You understand the difference between strict enforcement and other possibilities, and have determined whether you seek strict enforcement or:
- Enforcement of the spirit of the law
- Enforcement that deals with the underlying problem
- Enforcement that works to the benefit of the largest number of people.
Who is responsible for enforcing laws and regulations?
___You know how to find the agency or organization responsible for enforcement at the federal, state,local, and professional levels.
When might be the best times to seek enforcement of existing laws and regulations ?
___You seek enforcement, if appropriate, whenever individuals or the community are being harmed by the breaking of laws or regulations.
___You seek enforcement when violators refuse to respond to pleas to stop their violations.
___You seek enforcement when new information or situations highlight violations.
___You seek enforcement when the public is fed up with lack of enforcement.
Why might laws and regulations not be enforced?
You understand possible reasons for lack of enforcement:
___Violations are undiscovered.
___Enforcers lack the resources to track down or control violators.
___Enforcers choose to use limited resources only in the most serious cases.
___Enforcement might be economically or politically risky to the enforcers or the community.
___Violators and enforcers might be in collusion.
___Enforcers don't care.
___Violators don't care - penalties are less of a problem than stopping the violation.
How do you seek enforcement of existing laws and regulations?
___You educate yourself to the laws or regulations.
___You study the necessary background information well enough to discuss and explain the situation intelligently.
___You learn the context and history of the issue.
___You learn about the structure and operation of both the violator and the regulatory agency or association.
___You identify and establish relationships with the people at both the violating and regulatory organizations with whom you can work most effectively to gain enforcement.
___You decide, in the course of taking the following steps, if and when to alert the media and make the issue as public as possible.
___You take each of the following steps if the one before it fails to achieve results:
- Convince the violator to voluntarily cease the violation.
- Report the violation to the regulatory agency.
- File a formal complaint.
- Take your complaint to the next level.
- Apply political pressure.
- Take direct action.
- Initiate legal action.
How do you maintain enforcement of existing laws and regulations?
___You negotiate inspection or oversight rights for your group or some other mutually agreed upon neutral body.
___You negotiate the availability of the results of inspection or oversight to the public.
___You negotiate timelines for accomplishment of specific benchmarks.
___You negotiate appropriate penalties, spelled out and made public, for violations.
___You remain vigilant and active in overseeing enforcement forever.
This video illustrates how personal testimony can connect lived experience with a public policy issue.
What is personal testimony?
Personal testimony is a first-person account of how a law, policy, program, budget decision, regulation, or other public action affects a person's life or community.
Testimony may be given during:
- Legislative hearings
- City council or county commission meetings
- School board meetings
- Agency hearings
- Public-comment sessions
- Advisory-board meetings
- Community forums
- Other formal or informal decision-making processes
Testimony may be delivered in person, virtually, by telephone, in writing, by recorded video, or through another format accepted by the decision-making body.
Personal testimony can help decision-makers understand how a policy works in everyday life.
It can also identify effects, barriers, or unintended consequences that may not be visible in administrative data or research alone.
Why can personal testimony matter?
Policies affect people differently depending on their circumstances.
Personal testimony can add information that helps decision-makers understand:
- How a policy is experienced in practice
- What barriers or benefits it creates
- Which groups may be affected differently
- Whether implementation matches the policy's stated purpose
- What changes people directly affected believe would help
Personal testimony is one form of evidence.
It can demonstrate that a particular experience occurred and explain its human significance.
By itself, one person's experience does not necessarily show how common the experience is or establish that a policy caused a broader population-level outcome.
When appropriate, combine lived experience with research, public records, local data, or other evidence.
How do you prepare personal testimony?
Start with your experience
Begin by identifying what the policy or proposed change means to you.
Ask:
- What happened?
- How did the policy affect me?
- What changed in my daily life?
- What problem did I encounter?
- What benefit did I experience?
- What do I want decision-makers to understand?
Writing freely for several minutes can help you identify the parts of your experience that are most relevant.
At this stage, focus on getting your ideas down rather than producing polished language.
Decide what action you are asking for
Before writing the final testimony, identify the specific decision under consideration.
You might be asking decision-makers to:
- Support or oppose a proposed policy
- Amend part of a proposal
- Preserve an existing program
- Increase or restore funding
- Correct an implementation problem
- Review an unintended consequence
- Gather additional information before acting
- Adopt another approach
A clear request makes it easier for decision-makers to understand what you want them to consider.
Understand the policy or proposal
Review the current policy and the proposed change.
Identify:
- What would change
- Who would be affected
- When the change would take effect
- Which agency or institution would implement it
- What decision the hearing body actually has authority to make
Use current official information when possible.
Avoid basing testimony on summaries or social-media claims when the original proposal, bill, regulation, budget, or policy document is available.
Connect your experience to the policy
Explain the connection directly.
For example:
Because the last evening bus leaves before my shift ends, I currently spend substantially more on transportation several nights each week. Extending Route 6 until 11 p.m. would allow me and other evening-shift workers to use the public transportation system we already rely on.
Specific examples usually communicate more clearly than broad statements such as “this policy is terrible” or “this policy will help everyone.”
Add evidence when it strengthens the testimony
Relevant information may include:
- Local data
- Government reports
- Peer-reviewed research
- Program records
- Surveys
- Public records
- Other documented community experiences
Use evidence to clarify the issue rather than overwhelm the testimony with numbers.
If you include a statistic, make sure it is current, relevant, and accurately represented.
Distinguish experience from broader claims
It is appropriate to say:
This is what happened to me.
Be more cautious with claims such as:
This policy affects everyone the same way.
If you want to describe a broader pattern, support that claim with additional evidence when possible.
Use other people's stories responsibly
Do not share another person's identifiable experience without permission.
If someone has agreed to let you describe their experience, make sure they understand:
- Where the testimony will be given
- Whether the meeting will be recorded or livestreamed
- Whether testimony will become part of the public record
- What personal information may become publicly searchable
When possible, people directly affected should have the opportunity to tell their own stories if they want to do so.
Protect your own privacy
Public testimony may become permanently available through:
- Meeting recordings
- Government websites
- Meeting minutes
- Public-records requests
- News coverage
- Social media
Decide in advance how much personal information you are comfortable sharing.
You generally do not need to disclose every detail of your:
- Health
- Disability
- Immigration status
- Finances
- Family circumstances
- Employment
- Housing situation
Share only what is relevant and what you are comfortable making public.
Organize your testimony
A simple structure is:
- Identify yourself and your relevant connection to the issue.
- State the policy or decision you are addressing.
- Explain briefly how it affects you or your community.
- Provide one or two specific examples or supporting facts.
- State clearly what action you want the decision-making body to take.
- Thank the body for considering your testimony.
Example
Good evening. My name is Jordan Lee, and I live in Ward 4.
I am asking the council to support the proposed evening transit pilot.
I work until 10 p.m., but the last bus near my workplace leaves before my shift ends. When I cannot get a ride, I have to pay substantially more for another form of transportation.
The city's own ridership report shows that several major employers on this corridor operate evening shifts. Extending service on a trial basis would allow the city to determine whether later service improves access for workers.
Please support the pilot and include evening riders in its evaluation.
Thank you for the opportunity to comment.
Know the hearing rules
Public-comment procedures vary widely.
Before the meeting, check:
- Whether advance registration is required
- Whether speakers sign up online or at the meeting
- The speaking time limit
- Whether written testimony may also be submitted
- Whether virtual or telephone participation is available
- Whether exhibits, photographs, slides, or handouts are permitted
- Whether the meeting will be recorded
- Whether accessibility accommodations are available
- Whether interpretation or language access can be requested
Do not assume that testimony will always be limited to two or three minutes.
Use the actual time limit provided by the decision-making body.
Practice before you speak
Practice can help you determine whether the testimony:
- Fits the time limit
- Has a clear main point
- Explains the connection between your experience and the policy
- Makes a specific request
- Uses understandable language
You may practice by:
- Reading aloud
- Recording yourself
- Practicing with another person
- Timing the testimony
- Reviewing a written outline
You do not need to memorize the testimony.
Reading from notes or prepared remarks may be the best option for some speakers, especially when accuracy, accessibility, anxiety, language, or a strict time limit is a concern.
Know your audience without manipulating it
It can help to understand:
- Which body is making the decision
- What authority it has
- What questions members have already raised
- What evidence has already been presented
- What legal or budget constraints apply
Do not build testimony around stereotypes about the political, religious, racial, economic, or cultural identity of the audience.
For example, knowing that a district is politically conservative or progressive does not tell you how every resident or official will understand a particular policy.
Present the strongest relevant evidence and explain your values transparently rather than searching for an audience's supposed “weak link.”
Emotion and personal testimony
Personal testimony may naturally involve strong emotion.
You do not need to remove emotion from your story in order to be credible.
At the same time, the goal should not be to deliberately intensify the audience's emotions or use graphic material primarily for shock value.
Photographs, documents, or other exhibits may be appropriate when they provide relevant evidence and the hearing rules allow them.
Use them because they help establish or explain the issue, not simply because they are emotionally powerful.
What do you do at a hearing?
Arrive or log in early
Give yourself enough time to:
- Complete registration
- Find the meeting room
- Test virtual meeting technology
- Request any available accommodations
- Review the agenda and public-comment rules
Listen to other speakers
Listen respectfully to people who support, oppose, or approach the issue differently.
If another speaker already made the same point, you may briefly reinforce it and use your remaining time to add something new.
Follow the meeting's procedure
When recognized:
- State your name if required
- Provide any required residency or organizational information
- Address the body according to its rules
- Speak into the microphone or remain unmuted when instructed
- Stay within the allotted time
You do not need to make eye contact with every member of the body or direct all remarks to the person seated in the center.
Focus on communicating clearly in whatever way is comfortable and accessible to you.
Tell your story clearly
Explain:
- Your connection to the issue
- What happened or what you expect to happen
- How the policy affects you
- Why that effect matters
- What action you are requesting
Do not feel obligated to perform emotion
Some people speak emotionally. Others speak calmly, read prepared remarks, use an interpreter, communicate through an assistive device, or provide written testimony.
None of these approaches makes the person's experience inherently more or less legitimate.
Stay respectful without minimizing disagreement
Strong disagreement is appropriate.
Focus on:
- The policy
- The decision
- The evidence
- The effects
- The requested change
Avoid personal attacks on other speakers or decision-makers.
End with the request
Before your time ends, state clearly what you want the body to do.
Then thank the members for considering your testimony.
Written testimony
Some hearings allow or require written testimony.
Written testimony can be useful when:
- Speaking time is very short
- You need to include detailed evidence
- You cannot attend the hearing
- Speaking publicly is difficult or inaccessible
- You want the complete argument included in the record
A written submission may be longer than oral testimony if the hearing rules allow it.
Put the main request near the beginning and organize supporting information clearly.
Virtual testimony
When testimony is given online or by telephone:
- Test the technology in advance
- Use the name required by the meeting platform
- Keep your notes easily visible
- Mute yourself until recognized
- Have a backup plan if the connection fails
- Submit written testimony as well if the process permits it
After the hearing
Depending on the issue, you may:
- Submit requested documentation
- Send written testimony for the record
- Follow the decision or vote
- Thank staff who helped with the process
- Correct an important factual error if the procedure allows it
- Continue participating in later hearings or implementation processes
Keep a copy of your testimony and any supporting evidence.
In Summary
Personal testimony gives people directly affected by public decisions an opportunity to explain how those decisions operate in everyday life.
Begin with your own experience and identify the specific policy or decision you are addressing.
Explain clearly how the policy affects you and what action you want decision-makers to take.
Use relevant evidence when it strengthens or clarifies your account.
Personal experience can demonstrate what happened to one person; additional evidence may be needed to establish how widespread a problem is.
Protect your privacy and obtain permission before sharing another person's identifiable story.
Check the hearing's current rules, including registration, time limits, submission procedures, accessibility, interpretation, and virtual-participation options.
Practice enough to communicate the main point within the available time, but do not feel that you must memorize your remarks.
Understand the decision-making body and the policy context without relying on stereotypes about the audience or trying to exploit supposed political weaknesses.
Emotion may naturally be part of testimony, but it should not be manufactured for effect.
Speak, read, sign, use an interpreter, communicate through assistive technology, or submit written testimony in whatever accepted format allows you to participate effectively.
Listen respectfully to other participants and focus disagreement on policies, evidence, and consequences rather than personal attacks.
Finally, end with a clear request.
The purpose of personal testimony is not simply to persuade through emotion or show decision-makers how “average Americans” feel.
It is to bring lived experience into public decision-making so that policies can be evaluated with a fuller understanding of how they affect the people and communities involved.
Resources
Online Resources
Storytelling, from Frameworks Institute, is designed to help advocates distinguish between more and less effective ways of establishing a narrative that sets up policy thinking.
Testifying Before Lawmakers provides a variety of resources including information on preparing your testimony, delivering your testimony, and distributing your testimony.
Video: How words change minds: The science of storytelling In his talk, Nat Kendall-Taylor, PhD, breaks down the science of framing for philanthropy and nonprofit communications. He explores how people think about social issues and how advocates, experts, and strategic communications professionals can use an understanding of culture, storytelling, and science to communicate about social and scientific issues, shape policy, and lead change.
Video: The power of the personal voice in media advocacy, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, shares three steps that advocates can take to get better at articulating the problems in their communities and what can be done to address them.
What is advocacy? is from the National Coalition for Cancer Survivorship
Print Resources
Seekins, T., & Fawcett., S. (no date) A guide for personal testimony: The art of using your personal experiences to influence policy decisions [Brochure]. Research and Training Center on Independent Living. Lawrence, KS.
___You understand what a personal testimony is
___Your personal testimony works
___You know what you need to write in your testimony
___You know to whom you are speaking when you give your testimony
___You understand the attitudes of decision-makers toward the proposed changes
___You know what the responsibilities of committee members as office holders are
___You know what the current policy is and how it affects you
___You know what the proposed changes are and how they will impact your life
___You know what to do at the public hearing
Example #1: Testifying in support of public radio funds
Good evening. My name is Rusty Cameron and I live within the broadcasting range of KLXR. I farm wheat and milo west of Perry. I work fifteen hours a day to help support my wife, two daughters, and a baby who's expected to arrive during the fall harvest. It's important that I keep up with the farm and financial news every day. But I'm legally blind. I can see well enough to drive my tractor in an open field of 100 rows of wheat, but I can't read the masthead on my town paper. I can pick out the shapes of my little girls playing in the front yard as I sit in the porch swing, but I can't read the instructions on my tax forms. And that's why I depend on KLXR. KLXR radio gives me the information I need when I need it; I don't have to take time out of my day to get to town and pay 75 cents for a newspaper. I can listen to the farming news on KLXR while I drive the combine or slop feed to the hogs. At night before going to bed at 11:00 p.m., I can turn on KLXR and hear world news and then listen to a couple chapters from a history book that I can't read by myself.
So you see, cutting the amount of matching funds that you can give to this wonderful, needed radio service would jeopardize the amount of information that I get each day, and therefore jeopardize how well I can do my job. My neighbor down the way has an elderly mother, who, like me, can no longer read regular sized print. Yet she still can enjoy the books and newspapers she used to when she was a librarian by listening to KLXR. And one of my daughter's schoolmates has a reading disability; but volunteers at KLXR record books for her so she can learn in her own way while she tries to overcome her dyslexia.
I depend on KLXR like some people depend on the telephone or the television. I hope you'll reconsider cutting these funds and taking such a valuable service away. Thank you.
Example #2: Testifying against a bridge closing
Hello. My name is Barbara Anderson and I run a home daycare in Eudora. I have seven families who send their children to me five days a week, ten hours a day. Many of these families live north of the Kill Creek Bridge and drive seven to ten miles southwest to my home halfway between Eudora and Lawrence. If you close the Kill Creek Bridge, the families that I serve will have to drive 35 miles out of their normal routes, around Ottawa down Highway 40, to reach their babysitter. Closing Kill Creek Bridge will add up to another hour on to their commute, taking up time that could be better spent at work, going grocery shopping, or spent with their families.
Not only will closing the bridge put a lot of extra stress and hassle on these families, but it will kill my business. I provide childcare for their kids and they provide me with my own business and way of life. Closing the Kill Creek Bridge will destroy my livelihood and add the extra burden of these families either having to drive an extra hour to get to my home or having to find new childcare. And the closest registered daycare is forty miles away, in Liberty. Please don't close Kill Creek Bridge. Thank you.
Example #3: Testifying from personal experience
Scene: A public hearing concerning a change in educational policy that would reduce the requirment for public schools to provide equal education to all students. A woman took the floor. There was a moment of silence as she looked at the panel of officials who were charged with the decision.
She said, "My name is Barbara Krieder. It may not look like it to you, but I'm disabled. I have a learning disability. I can't read. When I was a child, my disability was not diagnosed, and I didn't get the special kind of help from my teacher that could have helped me learn how to read. Now I can't go to a restaurant alone, because I'm too embarrassed to tell the waitress I can't read the menu. I can't drive, because I can't read the sign on the road. I can't even read stories to my own children. I'm not stupid. I just never learned how to read."
She paused for a moment. "Now, whatever you do won't change things for me. It's too late for me. But it's not too late for those young kinds. If you change the law, the way I hear it, the kids whose lives were looking brighter than mine will end up suffering the same as I did. Teachers won't know how they have a disability. They'll push the kids too hard, or in the wrong way, or most likely they'll give up on them like they gave up on me. Those kids will just turn into shadows. So, what do you tell a kid like me? Where's the justice in it? What kind of progress have we made when kids like me still can't learn to read?"
She stopped and looked at each member on the panel. Then she returned to her seat.
Example #4: From Homelessness to Housing in San Francisco: Portraits and Oral History
As we build collaboration across sectors, storytelling and art that lifts up success stories become more and more important. A moving new multi-media art project called “Everyone Deserves a Home” on display in San Francisco’s Public Library asks 40 formally homeless residents in supportive housing, “what does home mean to you?”

Example #5: Everyday Sexism Project
As she was growing up, Laura Bates, a British feminist, was developing an increasing awareness of the gender inequality around her. In April of 2012 she started the Everyday Sexism Project website, which documents instances of sexism, women around the world face daily.
Read more about Laura Bates here.
Contributed by Lia Thompson, University of Kansas, Community Tool Box Intern.
Who, me? A lobbyist?
Quite possibly.
Lobbying is often associated with professional advocates, corporations, interest groups, and political influence. But community members, nonprofit organizations, coalitions, businesses, and other groups also communicate with decision-makers about policies and public issues.
Lobbying can be an appropriate and socially responsible form of civic participation when it is conducted lawfully, transparently, and without bribery, improper gifts, threats, undisclosed conflicts of interest, or other forms of improper influence.
What do we mean by lobbying?
In this section, lobbying means communicating with a person or institution that has authority over a decision and asking for a particular policy, budget, administrative, legislative, or organizational action.
Much lobbying involves government decision-makers, such as:
- City council members
- County commissioners
- School board members
- State legislators
- Members of Congress
- Governors and other elected officials
- Agency officials
- Other public decision-makers
Similar advocacy may also involve people outside government, such as:
- Organizational boards
- Business leaders
- University administrators
- Hospital or health-system leaders
- Foundation or nonprofit leaders
- Other people with authority over an institutional decision
The legal definition of lobbying may be narrower than the broad advocacy meaning used in everyday conversation.
Organizations should check the laws, ethics rules, disclosure requirements, grant restrictions, tax rules, and internal policies that apply to their activities.
Lobbying is not bribery or improper influence
Ethical lobbying does not involve:
- Bribes
- Kickbacks
- Undisclosed gifts
- Quid-pro-quo arrangements
- Improper personal favors
- Threats or harassment
- Misrepresentation of facts or community support
Ethical lobbying relies on evidence, experience, values, community priorities, and a clear explanation of the action being requested.
Why lobby decision-makers?
Lobbying can help decision-makers understand perspectives, experiences, and information that may not otherwise be part of the decision-making process.
You may lobby because:
- A proposed decision affects you or your community
- You have relevant lived experience or technical knowledge
- Important evidence has not yet been considered
- You support or oppose a proposed policy
- You believe a policy should be revised
- You want decision-makers to consider another option
- You want greater oversight, funding, or implementation
- You want to explain the consequences of a current policy
Do not assume that the decision-maker is less informed than you are.
Different people may hold different forms of knowledge. Community members may understand lived effects, agency staff may understand implementation, researchers may understand evidence, and elected officials may understand legislative, budget, or legal constraints.
Effective lobbying can bring those forms of knowledge into the same decision-making process.
When should you lobby?
Lobbying may be useful when a person or institution with relevant authority is considering, implementing, reviewing, or funding an issue that matters to your community.
Timing may be especially important:
- Before a legislative or board vote
- While a bill or proposal is being considered by a committee
- During a budget process
- During development of regulations or administrative policy
- When implementation problems become visible
- When new evidence becomes available
- When decision-makers request community input
- When an issue requires sustained public oversight
Avoid unnecessary or excessive contact
Repeated contact is not automatically more effective.
If an office has already received your information, consider whether your next communication adds:
- New evidence
- A new development
- A specific question
- An additional affected perspective
- A response to a recent decision
Persistence can be appropriate, but repeated unwanted personal contact can undermine the effort and cross professional boundaries.
How should you lobby decision-makers?
Start with the issue
Define clearly:
- What decision is being made
- Who has authority over it
- What you want to happen
- Why you believe that action is appropriate
- Who may be affected
- What evidence supports your position
- What important tradeoffs or uncertainties exist
Do not choose issues only because they appear easy to win, emotionally sympathetic, or politically advantageous.
Important issues may be difficult, unpopular, or affect relatively small populations.
The strength of an advocacy issue should depend on its significance, evidence, equity, legal context, community priorities, and potential effects – not simply its likelihood of generating favorable publicity.
Follow the issue closely
Use current, reliable sources to understand:
- The text of proposed legislation or policy
- Amendments
- Committee activity
- Hearing schedules
- Budget proposals
- Agency guidance
- Votes and implementation decisions
Government websites, legislative tracking systems, public meeting agendas, agency notices, reputable news organizations, and other current sources may help.
Larger organizations may designate staff or volunteers to monitor relevant public policy and report important developments.
Build meaningful community participation
Community support can matter, but advocacy should not be measured simply by how many people can be mobilized.
Strong participation means that people understand the issue and have a meaningful opportunity to express their own views.
Community members may:
- Help define the advocacy goal
- Share lived experience
- Review proposed policy
- Contact decision-makers
- Provide testimony
- Participate in meetings
- Evaluate proposed alternatives
Avoid creating the appearance of community support through identical scripts, undisclosed coordination, or messages sent by people who do not understand or support the position.
Constituents may appropriately hold elected officials accountable
Constituents have a legitimate interest in knowing how elected officials vote and what positions they take.
It is appropriate to:
- Ask an official to explain a position
- Track votes
- Publish accurate voting records
- Tell an official that an issue matters to constituents
- Consider an official's record when voting
Accountability should not be framed as a personal threat.
A more constructive message is:
This issue matters to people in your district. We are following the proposal closely and would like to understand how you plan to address it.
Identify the relevant decision-makers
Determine who actually has authority over the decision.
For legislation, this may include:
- Your elected representatives
- Committee chairs
- Committee members
- Legislative leadership
- Sponsors or cosponsors
- Relevant legislative staff
For administrative or institutional issues, identify:
- The responsible department
- Staff responsible for implementation
- The board or official with final authority
- Any formal public-comment or review process
Use official directories and organizational information rather than relying primarily on informal connections.
Understand the decision process
Knowing who has authority is only part of the task.
Also learn:
- What stage the proposal is in
- Which committees or departments are involved
- What deadlines apply
- Whether public comment is available
- What vote or approval is required
- What staff members work on the issue
Communicate with decision-makers
Offices may provide several ways to communicate, including:
- Official web forms
- Phone
- Virtual meetings
- In-person office meetings
- Community office hours
- Public hearings
- Postal mail
- Organized constituent meetings
Ask the office which method is most appropriate if you are unsure.
Respect personal and professional boundaries
Do not contact an official at a private home, personal event, family activity, restaurant, place of worship, recreational activity, or other personal setting simply because the person is difficult to reach officially.
Do not use private contact information obtained through personal connections unless the recipient has agreed to be contacted that way.
Use official communication channels, scheduled meetings, public events, or mutually agreed introductions.
Staff members are legitimate points of contact
Legislative and administrative staff often:
- Research policy
- Review constituent correspondence
- Schedule meetings
- Track legislation
- Prepare briefings
- Advise decision-makers
Treat staff members as professionals rather than as barriers between you and the official.
A constructive working relationship with relevant staff can improve communication and help you understand the decision-making process.
Invite officials to community meetings when appropriate
An elected official or staff member may be willing to attend:
- Community forums
- Listening sessions
- Site visits
- Public meetings
- Issue briefings
- Constituent events
Give adequate notice and explain:
- The purpose of the event
- Who will participate
- What role you are asking the official to play
- Whether the event is public
- Whether media will be present
Do not imply that attendance is politically obligatory or arrange an event primarily to create reputational pressure.
Prepare the message
A clear lobbying message usually explains:
- Who you are
- Whether you are a constituent
- What organization you represent, if any
- Your connection to the issue
- The bill, policy, budget item, or decision involved
- The action you are requesting
- The evidence supporting your position
- The likely effects of the decision
- Important tradeoffs or implementation concerns
Identify yourself transparently
State whether you are speaking:
- For yourself
- For an organization
- For a coalition
- In a professional capacity
Do not imply that you represent a larger population unless you have authority or evidence to do so.
Disclose relevant organizational or financial interests when appropriate or required.
Make a specific request
Examples include:
- Vote for or against a particular bill
- Support an amendment
- Preserve or change a budget item
- Request agency review
- Sponsor legislation
- Hold a hearing
- Change an administrative practice
Include the bill number, policy title, hearing date, or other identifying information when available.
Support the request with evidence
Use information that is:
- Accurate
- Relevant
- Current
- Clearly sourced
- Proportionate to what the evidence actually establishes
Personal experience can explain how a policy works in practice.
Research and data can help establish scale, patterns, costs, outcomes, or likely effects.
Use both when appropriate.
Explain benefits, costs, and tradeoffs
Decision-makers need more than a list of reasons to support your position.
Be prepared to discuss:
- Who benefits
- Who may bear costs
- Implementation challenges
- Budget effects
- Legal requirements
- Possible unintended consequences
- Alternatives
Do not dismiss possible downsides as easily overcome unless you have evidence supporting that conclusion.
Do not rely mainly on the official's personal self-interest
It can be appropriate to explain how a proposal affects constituents, public resources, agency responsibilities, local employers, services, or other legitimate interests.
Avoid building the message primarily around:
- Helping an official gain publicity
- Making the official look like a hero
- Helping the official win reelection
- Advancing the official's personal career
- Avoiding embarrassment
The strongest case should explain why the requested action serves the policy objective, community, public responsibility, or institution involved.
Keep communication concise and respectful
Decision-makers and staff often review large amounts of information.
Make the main request easy to identify.
Additional documentation can be provided separately when needed.
Strong disagreement is appropriate.
Avoid:
- Personal attacks
- Harassment
- Threats
- Unsupported accusations
- Misrepresentation of public support
Follow up appropriately
After a meeting or communication:
- Send requested information
- Correct any important factual errors
- Confirm major commitments in writing
- Track the relevant vote or decision
- Thank staff or officials for their time when appropriate
- Continue communication when new developments justify it
Do not continue contacting an individual through personal channels after the person or office has asked you to use another process.
Evaluate the lobbying effort
After a decision, ask:
- Did decision-makers understand the request?
- Was the evidence accurate and useful?
- Were people directly affected meaningfully involved?
- Did the advocacy accurately represent community support?
- Were important tradeoffs acknowledged?
- Did the strategy respect ethical and professional boundaries?
- What should be done differently next time?
In Summary
Lobbying is one way community members and organizations can communicate with people who have authority over public or institutional decisions.
Ethical lobbying relies on evidence, experience, transparency, lawful civic participation, and a clear request.
It does not require bribery, gifts, personal favors, threats, or undisclosed arrangements.
Begin by identifying the decision, the people or institutions with authority, and the action you want them to take.
Understand the decision-making process and use current official information to track legislation, policy, budgets, hearings, and implementation.
Build meaningful community participation rather than simply trying to maximize numbers or create the appearance of broad support.
Constituents can appropriately monitor officials' votes and consider those records when making electoral decisions, but accountability need not be framed as a personal threat.
Use official or mutually agreed communication channels and respect personal boundaries.
Treat legislative and administrative staff as important participants in the policymaking process.
State who you are, what you are asking for, why you are asking, and what evidence supports your position.
Explain likely benefits, costs, tradeoffs, and unintended consequences honestly.
Do not build the case primarily around opportunities for an official to gain publicity, political advantage, or personal status.
Keep communication clear, concise, respectful, and accurate.
Follow up when there is new information or a meaningful next step.
Finally, remember that lobbying is not simply about persuading someone with more power to give you what you want.
At its best, it is a form of civic participation that brings evidence, lived experience, community priorities, and proposed solutions into decisions that affect the public.
Resources
Online Resources
Grant & Lobbying- What Funders Need Grantees to Know (PDF) from Alliance for Justice
Guidelines on Lobby and Advocacy is an excellent 50-page resource to lobbying.
How to Lobby is from United to End Genocide, and it provides steps to successfully lobbying for a cause.
How to Lobby for your Cause provides an outline for the time you spend with legislators and how to most effectively reach legislators
The Nonprofit Lobbying Guide Second Edition (1999) is a downloadable book that is now out of print written by Bob Smucker. The book demonstrates many ways that charitable organizations can use lobbying to advance their causes in federal, state, and local legislatures.
Public Charities Can Lobby (PDF) from Alliance for Justice
10 things: How to better connect with your legislators, from the Vancouver Business Journal, offers seven state legislators discussing what local business owners can and should do to ensure that their voices are heard.
Print Resources
There's much more to learn about lobbying decision makers, more than we can convey in this Toolbox section. Fortunately, there are many other good and inexpensive print sources available to enhance your own learning. These are some of the best:
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Daly, J. (2012). Advocacy: Championing ideas and influencing others. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Throughout the book, Daly provides practical knowledge for how to transform advocacy ideas into practice, emphasizing the power of action-oriented marketing. Daly draws off of current research in the fields of persuasion, power relations, and behavior change to explain how to successfully advocate for a cause.
Homan. M. Promoting community change (Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole, 1994) has been cited many other places in Tool Box Resource sections, and for good reason; it's an excellent all-around source. Chapter 15, which is specifically on lobbying, is especially worth reading.
How--and why--to influence public policy, a 40-page guide, is about as sophisticated a publication as you'll find short of a full-length textbook. It's available for $5 from the Center for Community Change, 1000 Wisconsin Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20007, (202) 342-0567.
Libby, P. (2011). The lobbying strategy handbook: 10 steps to advancing any cause effectively. SAGE Publications, Inc. This book provides a 10-step framework that walks readers step-by-step through the elements of a lobbying campaign. Three separate case studies are used to show how groups have successfully employed the model.
Meredith. J. Real clout: Influencing public policy in the 90's (with Hugh C. Munoz) is an excellent lobbying primer, from which many materials in this section have been adapted. Single copies are available without charge from Meredith & Associates, 30 Winter Street, Boston, MA 02108, (617) 338-0954.
Before you begin lobbying:
___You have chosen an issue that is compelling
___The issue is sympathetic to the audience
___The issue is winnable
___You have followed the issue closely
___If you have a larger group, you have created a public policy team to track relevant issues
___You have a strong base of support
___You know who the decision-makers are for your issue
___You are aware of the current status of any relevant legislation
___You know how to contact decision-makers and/or aides
While you are lobbying:
___You stated your name and if appropriate your address and phone number
___You have stated the group or organization (if any) you represent
___Your reason for contact is clear
___You know the name, number, and current status of the bill if it is pending legislation
___You stated the specific action you want taken
___The reason for taking this action is clear
___The reason why the action you recommend will advance the decision-maker's interest is stated
___You have kept the type of contact short and to the point
___You were polite throughout the contact
___You have showed appreciation to the person(s) the contact is directed at
___You have thanked the person(s)
Example #1: Knowing your legislators
Candy Lightner, the woman who started the national organization Mothers Against Drunk Driving, recounts this story which illustrates the importance of knowing your legislators:
When I first decided to start the organization, one of the first people I went to was an old and dear friend, and he said to me, "What is it you want to do? "
And I said, "Well, I've started this organization, and I want to do something. "
And he says, "Do you know what?"
And I said, "Not really. What do you think I should do?"
And he said, "Well, I think you should go see your assembly person."
And I said, "Who's that?"
And he said, "Well, what district are you in?"
And I said, "I don't know."
And he said, "Well, what are you, a Republican or a Democrat?"
And I said, "I'm not either."
And he says, "Well, don't you vote?"
And I said, "No, I don't."
And he got so angry with me he sent me out of the office, and said, "Don't you even come back until you're registered to vote." And I didn't know how to register to vote....
But Candy Lightner learned fast. Eventually, she succeeded admirably in getting tougher laws against drunk drivers. But she never would have gotten anywhere until she learned something about her local decision-makers and the legislative process.
[From Bill Berkowitz, Local Heroes (Lexington, MA: Lexington Books, 1987), pp. 127 -128.]
Example #2: Developing a base of support
Judy Meredith, a professional human service lobbyist, describes the necessity of developing a grass-roots base of support:
"Yes, I am a full-time lobbyist. But I spend half my time organizing and mobilizing my clients into district-based grass-roots networks, because that's where the power is. So I'm going to a meeting tomorrow morning around the kids access issue to health care. We're doing two things. One, we're identifying reps who are most likely to vote for this, who might be undecided, or who might know nothing at all. And the professional lobbyist will walk up to the State House and drop off factual materials for every one of those people.
But at the same time, we will be telling various organizations -- the teachers, the hospital association, the Medical Society, everybody, saying, "Next week, we think this vote's coming up. Your job is to call your rep, with this specific message." So the rep knows exactly how this affects his district. How does he know? Because maybe 30-40 people have called him. Saying something like, "You know me. I'm on the board of the community hospital. We think this is an important piece of legislation, and we know it's going to be up next week, and we really hope you're going to vote for it, we hope we can count on you." And this legislator comes in and finds maybe 50 more pink slips on his desk. Then the bill comes up, and it's time to vote yes or no -- he is much more likely to vote yes.
Judy continues by describing why this grass-roots support really does count:
"You see, a legislative body makes decisions where opinion is weighted equal to fact. Because there's too much to know. The legislators are up there, the calendar has 150 items on it, they see the title of a bill and they go, [whispers] "What the hell is this bill about?". And they say to the guy next to them, "Do you know anything about this?" They can see it's sponsored by somebody who is generally trustworthy. So unless they've been lobbied to say "This is a terrible bill," they don't know any better. So they make most of their decisions based on opinion, the more so than fact. And our job is to get the fact in there and change their opinion.
It's a human place. I mean, human beings are good, and if you give them the right information, they'll make the right decisions...
Adapted from an interview with Judy Meredith
Example #3: A Successful Lobbying Effort
One of the best examples we know comes from a lobbying project carried out in Illinois. The issue there was a proposal to require safety seats for young children in cars. The state senate was scheduled to vote on the bill; sentiments were mixed. But two university researchers studied the issue, collected some new facts, and sent this written message to all state senators:
"As you know, the Child Passenger Protection Act (House Bill 608) is likely to be brought before the Illinois State Senate within the next month. We would like to provide you pertinent data that we hope will be useful to you as you consider this piece of legislation.
"Tom Rose and I, 2 investigators at DePaul University, have been collecting data over the past eight months and have found that 93% of children 4 years and less are not placed in appropriate restraints when riding in automobiles. These data were collected in the Chicago metropolitan area and are based on looking at whether children in 1450 cars were in appropriate restraints. To obtain information about citizen attitudes concerning the issue of child restraints in automobiles, in March of 1982, Mr. Rose and I interviewed a sample of Illinois citizens and found that 78% of adults in the Chicago metropolitan area would support the passage of the Child Protection Passenger Act.
"Illinois traffic statistics indicate that 140 children were killed and 25,828 children injured in automobile accidents during the period from 1975-1981. Not only do these statistics represent a tragic loss of human life and potential, they also represent a tremendous cost in rehabilitative care. For example, a 3-year-old who sustains a spinal injury in an automobile accident-- not an infrequent injury -- and is rendered a paraplegic will require $724,240 dollars in rehabilitative care over his or her life. If this child were rendered a quadriplegic, costs would exceed $3,317,929 for rehabilitative care over his/her lifetime.
"Finally, states that have adopted child restraint legislation have experienced significant increases in the use of restraint devices. In Tennessee, for example, twice as many children were placed in appropriate restraints after the Tennessee Child Passenger Protection Act became law on January 1, 1978.
"We hope this information is useful. Please feel free to contact me if you have any further questions. I can be reached at 312-[xxx-xxxx]."
When the actual vote was taken, this bill passed by a close-to-unanimous majority and became law. The written communication here--lobbying, in the best sense of the word--clearly made a big difference. The form and content of the message are excellent illustrations of many of the points we have made above. [From Leonard Jason and Thomas Rose, American journal of community psychology, 1984.]
You may not be a university researcher, and you may not be able to collect original data. But by presenting your facts in a clear, forceful, and respectful manner, your own work in influencing decision-makers is much more likely to be successful.
Tool #1:

Imagine that a local health coalition is seeking public funding for an early-childhood health program.
Some organizations that often disagree with the coalition on other policy questions may nevertheless share concerns about infant health, family well-being, preventive care, or responsible use of public funds.
The coalition does not assume that those organizations will support the proposal.
Instead, it decides to open a conversation, learn how those groups view the issue, identify any genuine areas of agreement, and determine whether communication would be useful even if no formal partnership develops.
Advocacy sometimes requires working across significant differences.
This section discusses how to establish respectful communication with people or organizations that often hold different positions from your own.
What do we mean by establishing lines of communication with people who often hold different positions?
Establishing a line of communication means creating a reliable and appropriate way to exchange information, ask questions, clarify misunderstandings, and discuss issues when useful.
The people or organizations involved may disagree with you on many issues while sharing concerns or goals on a particular one.
Communication does not require:
- Agreement on every issue
- A formal alliance
- Endorsement of one another's broader agendas
- A commitment to work together in the future
Sometimes the most valuable result is simply having a respectful channel through which people can contact one another when an issue arises.
Avoid assuming who will agree or disagree
Political, religious, professional, cultural, age, racial, geographic, or organizational identities do not reliably predict every position a person or group will take.
People may agree on one issue and strongly disagree on another.
Before labeling someone as an ally or opponent, examine:
- Their actual public positions
- Their organization's mission
- Their history on the specific issue
- What they say their priorities are
- Whether their position has changed over time
Do not build outreach strategies around stereotypes about how a demographic or political group is supposed to think.
Why establish communication across differences?
To understand one another more accurately
When groups communicate only through public arguments, campaign materials, news coverage, or assumptions about one another, misunderstandings can grow.
Direct communication can help clarify:
- What each group actually believes
- What each group is trying to accomplish
- Which facts are disputed
- Which values or priorities differ
- Where agreement already exists
To correct misinformation or misunderstanding
Misunderstandings may arise from:
- Incorrect information
- Incomplete information
- Public statements taken out of context
- Errors in judgment
- Misinterpretation of another group's actions
- Lack of direct communication
A trusted communication channel can make it easier to clarify what happened before a misunderstanding becomes a larger conflict.
To address harm or serious mistakes responsibly
If a staff member, volunteer, leader, or organizational representative commits serious misconduct, communication with affected communities or organizations may be appropriate.
The response should focus on:
- Acknowledging what occurred
- Taking responsibility for the organization's own response
- Supporting people affected
- Taking appropriate corrective or disciplinary action
- Preventing recurrence
- Listening to affected communities
Do not approach another organization primarily because the crisis creates a political opportunity or because contact could improve your image.
To identify genuine common ground
Organizations that disagree broadly may still share goals involving:
- Public health
- Safety
- Education
- Family well-being
- Economic stability
- Environmental protection
- Government accountability
- Another specific community concern
Working together on one issue does not require agreement on unrelated issues.
To improve future communication
Even when no partnership develops, having a reliable contact can be useful when:
- A new issue emerges
- A public statement may affect both groups
- A misunderstanding needs clarification
- Community tensions increase
- Joint problem-solving becomes possible
To learn from disagreement
Communication should not be treated only as a way to move the other party toward your position.
Another group may identify:
- Evidence you overlooked
- A legitimate implementation concern
- A value conflict you had not understood
- An unintended consequence
- A stronger alternative
Be prepared for the possibility that communication may change your own understanding as well.
Communication is not the same as coalition building
A conversation does not automatically create a partnership.
Different levels of relationship may include:
- Occasional information sharing
- A reliable contact for urgent issues
- Dialogue about areas of disagreement
- Cooperation on one specific project
- A formal coalition or partnership
Let the relationship develop according to actual areas of agreement and trust.
Do not treat another group's participation mainly as a way to weaken someone else's coalition or increase your own political strength.
When might outreach not be appropriate?
Communication across differences can be useful, but it is not always necessary or safe.
Consider whether:
- The proposed conversation has a meaningful purpose
- The other party is willing to communicate in good faith
- Participation would create safety or retaliation risks
- The relationship would require people directly affected by harm to interact with those responsible for it
- The time and resources required are proportionate to the likely benefit
- Another process, such as mediation, formal negotiation, investigation, regulation, or legal action, is more appropriate
Communication is not a substitute for accountability when serious misconduct or ongoing harm is involved.
How do you establish communication?
Understand the organizations and issues involved
Before reaching out, learn:
- What the other organization actually says about the issue
- What your own organization has said
- Where the positions differ
- Where possible areas of agreement exist
- Whether there is a history of conflict or cooperation
- Whether anyone directly affected should be involved
Do not assume motives such as prejudice, selfishness, ideology, or bad faith without evidence.
Identify the appropriate contact
Determine who has responsibility for the issue or for external communication.
This might be:
- A program director
- A policy staff member
- A community-engagement staff member
- An executive director
- A board representative
- Another designated organizational contact
Administrative and support staff should be treated as professionals, not as “gatekeepers” whose main role is to block or permit access.
Choose a legitimate reason for contact
Useful reasons may include:
- Clarifying a misunderstanding
- Discussing a specific policy
- Sharing relevant information
- Asking for the other organization's perspective
- Exploring whether common ground exists
- Discussing a shared community concern
- Repairing a damaged relationship
- Asking whether collaboration on a limited project is possible
Avoid contacting someone mainly because another organization has recently experienced internal conflict and you believe the moment can be exploited.
Use timing responsibly
Timing can affect whether someone has the attention and capacity for a conversation.
Good times to reach out may include:
- When the other party has contacted you
- When a relevant policy decision is approaching
- When misinformation needs clarification
- When both groups are responding to the same community issue
- At the beginning of an initiative when genuine participation is still possible
Do not time outreach around private family events, personal celebrations, vulnerability, organizational crises, or other circumstances simply because you believe the other party may be easier to influence.
Use introductions transparently
A mutual contact can sometimes make an introduction easier.
An appropriate intermediary might:
- Ask both parties whether they are open to an introduction
- Explain why the conversation may be useful
- Share contact information with permission
- Attend the first meeting if both parties want that
Do not recruit spouses, relatives, friends, or acquaintances to create access without the knowledge of the person being contacted.
Personal relationships should facilitate consensual introductions, not be used as leverage.
Do not engineer “accidental” encounters
Avoid deliberately placing yourself at someone's restaurant, bar, recreational activity, family event, conference activity, place of worship, or other personal setting in order to create an apparently spontaneous encounter.
If you meet someone naturally at a public event and the issue comes up, you may communicate appropriately.
But planned outreach should generally use official, professional, or mutually agreed channels.
Choose the communication method that fits the situation
Possible methods include:
- Phone
- Video meeting
- Scheduled in-person meeting
- Formal letter
- An introduction through a mutual contact
Do not assume that face-to-face communication is always superior.
Consider:
- Accessibility
- Distance
- Privacy
- Safety
- Scheduling
- The sensitivity of the issue
- The communication preferences of the people involved
Who should represent your organization?
Choose someone who:
- Understands the issue
- Can explain your organization's position accurately
- Listens carefully
- Can acknowledge legitimate disagreement
- Knows what commitments they are authorized to make
- Can communicate respectfully under tension
- Is willing to reconsider assumptions when new information emerges
Authority matters more than prestige
If the conversation may involve commitments, send someone who has authority to make or recommend those commitments.
Do not choose a representative mainly because the other organization is impressed by job titles, wealth, social status, professional prestige, or political influence.
Avoid class or institutional stereotypes
Do not assume that a corporate office, neighborhood organization, grassroots group, university, faith community, or other setting requires a particular kind of person in order to be taken seriously.
Respectful communication should not depend on whether someone is comfortable around expensive offices or informal community spaces.
Prepare representatives to understand the organizational context without stereotyping the people who work there.
What should the first substantive conversation cover?
Clarify the purpose
Begin by explaining why you requested the conversation.
You might say:
Our organizations often take different positions, but we may have overlapping concerns about this particular proposal. We wanted to understand how you see the issue and whether there is anything useful for us to discuss.
Ask questions
Useful questions may include:
- How does your organization understand this issue?
- What concerns do you have?
- What outcomes matter most to you?
- What information do you think is missing?
- Where do you think our organizations agree?
- Where do we disagree?
- Is there any useful next step we should consider?
Establish common ground without hiding disagreement
Do not manufacture agreement.
It is acceptable to conclude:
- We agree on the goal but not the strategy.
- We agree on one part of the proposal but not another.
- We do not agree, but we now understand the disagreement better.
- We may be able to work together on a separate issue.
Offer help without creating an implied exchange
Sharing useful information or assistance can build trust.
However, avoid framing help as an implicit trade:
We helped you, so now you should support us.
Be clear when assistance is being offered without conditions.
Apologize when an apology is warranted
A genuine apology can help repair a relationship.
An effective apology should focus on:
- What happened
- The harm or concern
- Your organization's responsibility
- What corrective action is being taken
Do not apologize primarily as a public-relations strategy or as a way to obtain future support.
Provide advance notice when appropriate
If your organization is about to make a public announcement that significantly affects another organization, advance notice may sometimes be appropriate.
This should be done to support accurate communication and reduce unnecessary surprise, not to trade advance information for cooperation.
Follow up on the conversation
If both parties want continued communication, agree on a practical next step.
This might include:
- Sharing documents
- Scheduling another meeting
- Identifying staff contacts
- Reviewing a proposal
- Exploring a limited joint project
- Agreeing to contact one another when a relevant issue arises
Keep commitments made during the conversation.
If circumstances change and you cannot meet a commitment, explain that promptly.
Do not force ongoing communication
Not every first conversation needs to become a permanent relationship.
Continue communication when:
- Both parties find it useful
- Shared work is continuing
- Relevant issues arise
- Maintaining the relationship reduces misunderstanding or conflict
If the other party declines further communication, respect that decision unless there is a legitimate reason to use another formal process.
Periodically reassess whether the relationship still needs regular attention.
When communication fails
A person or organization may decline to meet or may decide not to continue a relationship.
That does not necessarily mean either side acted improperly.
Consider:
- Whether the purpose of the outreach was clear
- Whether the timing was appropriate
- Whether trust had been damaged previously
- Whether the disagreement is too substantial for collaboration
- Whether another communication method would be more appropriate
- Whether further outreach should simply stop
Circumstances may change later, but do not repeatedly send “feelers” after someone has clearly declined contact.
In Summary
Advocacy does not require treating every person or organization with a different position as an enemy.
Groups that disagree on many issues may still benefit from respectful communication.
A communication channel can help correct misunderstandings, exchange information, identify genuine common ground, reduce unnecessary conflict, and create opportunities for limited cooperation.
Do not assume political, religious, cultural, age, or organizational identities tell you exactly what someone believes.
Learn the other party's actual position before deciding whether communication is useful.
Communication should not be pursued primarily to weaken someone else's coalition, enlarge your own power base, exploit internal conflict, or convert another group's supporters.
Use official, professional, or mutually agreed channels.
Personal introductions can be useful when everyone involved knows and agrees to the introduction, but personal relationships should not be used as covert leverage.
Do not engineer apparently accidental encounters or time outreach around private personal circumstances in order to increase influence.
Choose representatives who understand the issue, listen well, communicate respectfully, and have the authority needed for the conversation.
In the first substantive discussion, explain your purpose, ask questions, identify genuine agreement and disagreement, and avoid pretending that collaboration exists when it does not.
Keep commitments and follow up when both parties want the communication to continue.
Ongoing contact does not have to continue indefinitely.
Respect a decision not to continue communicating.
Finally, remember that the strongest reason to communicate across differences is not to gain strategic advantage.
It is to understand one another more accurately, reduce unnecessary conflict, and make cooperation possible where real common ground exists.
Resources
Online Resources
Basic Advocacy Skills is a guide that provides basic information to being a good advocate, including information on how to open lines of communication.
Identify Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to establish a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Now Hear This is a guide provided by FENTON Communications that offers information on communicating in advocacy. The guide discusses the “9 laws of successful advocacy communications.”
Print Resources
Kretzmann, J., & McKnight, J. (1993). Building communities from the inside out: A path toward finding and mobilizing a community’s assets. ACTA publications. This book provides case studies of successful community-building initiatives across the U.S. In addition to this, it outlines how a community can move toward asset-based development.
Meredith, C., & Dunham. C. (1999). Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
Robinson, J. & Green, P. (2010). Introduction to community development: Theory, practice, and service-learning. SAGE Publications, Inc. This book provides both theoretical and practical approaches to community development, as well as case studies and supportive materials to develop community development skills.
What is establishing lines of communication with the opposition's traditional allies?
___You establish lines of communication with your opposition's traditional allies in order to create a channel through which you can talk with one another when there is important information to be passed on or discussed, and to develop understanding and a basis for possible cooperation or alliance in the future.
Why would you establish lines of communication with the opposition's traditional allies?
You establish line of communication with the opposition's traditional allies to:
___Alleviate misunderstandings.
___Find allies wherever you can.
___Reduce your opposition's power base.
___Expand your own power base.
___Expand your network of contacts.
___Change your opposition's minds through their allies.
___Set up future alliances, and perhaps new relationships, among your opposition's traditional allies.
How do you establish lines of communication with the opposition's traditional allies?
You have conducted gathered background information and information about the interests of these groups:
___Your opponents.
___Their allies.
___Your allies.
You have timed your initial communication with the opposition when (may be one or more of these):
___Your opposition's traditional allies contact you.
___You know that the opposition's traditional allies are sympathetic to your cause or your point of view.
___Your opposition has done something to alienate one or more of its traditional allies.
___You've just learned of or gained a particularly good contact.
___You have something to offer.
___You're at the beginning of an initiative.
___You decide who will make the initial contact.
___You decide how to make the initial contact.
You have decided who will represent you in the first significant interchange based on:
___Interpersonal and communication skills.
___Background and information.
___Flexibility.
___Status.
___Familiarity with the other party's world.
You have decided on the content of the first real interchange, choosing one or more from among:
___Starting an open-ended conversation - perhaps, but not necessarily, about the advocacy issue - with no specific goal.
___Offering help or counsel to the other party in some way.
___Asking for something specific.
___Establishing common ground.
___Discussing common problems or issues, with an eye toward a solution.
___Apologizing for or explaining an error on your part or a misunderstanding on the other's.
___Letting the other party know about something you're about to say or do.
___Asking for noninterference, cooperation, or collaboration.
___You take action on making contact and holding a first significant communication.
___You follow up on your conversation, and try to schedule future communication.
___You maintain communication lines indefinitely.

What is a petition drive?
A petition is a written or electronic statement that people sign to express support for a specific request, position, proposal, or action.
A petition drive is the organized process of gathering those signatures and presenting them to a person, organization, public body, or other decision-maker with authority over the issue.
Petitions can be used to:
- Request a new policy or action
- Support or oppose a proposed policy
- Ask for an existing action to be changed or reversed
- Demonstrate that multiple people share a concern
- Trigger a formal governmental process when applicable law allows it
The significance of a petition depends on its purpose.
Some petitions have formal legal consequences when specific procedural requirements are met.
Others communicate public or organizational support but do not legally require the recipient to act.
What types of petitions are there?
Petitions can generally be divided into two broad categories:
- Governmental or legally regulated petitions
- Non-governmental petitions
Governmental petitions
Governmental petitions may be used in processes involving:
- Ballot initiatives
- Referenda
- Candidate qualification
- Recall procedures
- Legislative or regulatory processes
- Other legally defined petition procedures
The exact meaning and availability of these procedures vary by jurisdiction.
For example, a ballot initiative may allow eligible voters to propose a measure for the ballot, while a referendum may allow voters to approve, reject, or advise on a public decision.
Because governmental petitions can have legal consequences, organizers must follow the current rules issued by the responsible election authority, government body, or agency.
Requirements may address:
- Who may sign
- How many valid signatures are required
- Geographic distribution of signatures
- Petition wording
- Required forms
- Circulator requirements
- Signature-verification procedures
- Deadlines
- Submission procedures
- Appeal or challenge procedures
Do not assume that a process described in another state, county, city, or election cycle applies to your petition.
Verify current requirements through the official authority responsible for the petition.
Non-governmental petitions
A non-governmental petition is directed to a business, nonprofit organization, institution, association, employer, school, university, or another non-governmental decision-maker.
These petitions usually have more flexibility in:
- Format
- Length
- Signature collection
- Submission method
However, the recipient is generally not legally required to take the requested action simply because a certain number of people signed.
The petition instead communicates that identifiable people support a particular request or concern.
Why conduct a petition drive?
A petition may be useful when several people want to communicate the same request to a decision-maker in a clear and organized way.
A petition drive may:
- Demonstrate that an issue concerns multiple people
- Bring a community concern to a decision-maker's attention
- Create a record of public or organizational support
- Encourage people to learn more about an issue
- Help identify people who want to participate further
- Satisfy a legal requirement for a governmental process
- Support a broader advocacy or community-engagement effort
A petition is not automatically evidence that the majority agrees
The number of signatures tells you how many valid people signed the petition.
It does not necessarily tell you:
- What everyone in the community believes
- How strongly each signer supports the issue
- Whether people who did not sign oppose the petition
- Whether the signers are representative of the larger population
Describe the results accurately.
For example, say:
1,850 people signed the petition.
rather than:
The entire community supports this proposal.
When might a petition drive be useful?
Consider a petition when:
- There is a specific action you want a decision-maker to consider
- Several people share the concern
- Signatures have a formal role in the decision process
- A petition provides a practical way for people to participate
- The issue can be explained clearly enough for people to make an informed decision about signing
- You have enough time and capacity to collect and manage signatures responsibly
A petition should not be used simply because it is easy to circulate or because large numbers will make an organization appear influential.
When may another approach be better?
A petition may not be the most useful tool when:
- The issue requires detailed technical analysis
- A formal complaint or regulatory process is required
- Immediate safety action is needed
- The decision-maker does not have authority over the requested action
- People directly affected need a more substantial role than simply signing
- The issue requires negotiation rather than a yes-or-no request
A petition can also be combined with other forms of participation, such as:
- Public testimony
- Meetings
- Individual letters
- Community forums
- Formal public comments
- Research or policy proposals
How should you conduct a petition drive?
Define exactly what you want to accomplish
Before collecting signatures, answer:
- What change are we requesting?
- Who has authority to make that change?
- What exactly will signing the petition communicate?
- What will happen with the signatures?
- How will signers' information be used?
Make the requested action specific.
For example:
We ask the city transportation department to install a marked pedestrian crossing and evaluate traffic-calming measures at the intersection of Oak Street and 12th Avenue.
is clearer than:
Make our neighborhood safer.
Explain the reason for the request
Provide enough information for potential signers to understand:
- What the issue is
- Why the requested change is being proposed
- Who may be affected
- What evidence supports the request
- What important tradeoffs or uncertainties exist
Avoid exaggerating benefits or consequences simply to increase signature totals.
Make sure the recipient can actually act
Before beginning the drive, confirm that the person or institution receiving the petition has authority over the requested action.
If authority is divided among several agencies or organizations, determine whether:
- The petition should be directed to more than one body
- A different process is required
- The request should be revised
Governmental petitions
For a governmental petition, procedural compliance is essential.
Before collecting signatures, obtain current official instructions.
Confirm:
- Required number of signatures
- Who is eligible to sign
- Whether signers must be registered voters
- Required address or district information
- Whether official petition sheets are required
- Whether electronic signatures are permitted
- Whether circulators must meet specific requirements
- Whether signatures must be witnessed, verified, or notarized
- The filing deadline
- Where and how the petition must be filed
- What happens after submission
Requirements vary, so do not rely on general advocacy instructions in place of the official rules.
Build in a reasonable signature margin
Some submitted signatures may be rejected because a signer:
- Is not eligible
- Provided incomplete required information
- Signed more than once
- Signed outside the required district
- Did not meet another legal requirement
If the process requires a minimum number of valid signatures, collecting more than the minimum can reduce the risk that routine invalidations leave the petition below the threshold.
The appropriate margin depends on the rules, previous validation rates, available time, and organizer capacity.
Do not treat a fixed percentage, such as 50 percent more, as a universal rule.
Keep records
Preserve copies of petition forms, submission records, instructions, and other required documentation when permitted.
Protect personal information in accordance with applicable law and the petition process.
Non-governmental petitions
Non-governmental petitions usually allow more flexibility, but organizers should still establish clear procedures.
Decide:
- Who may sign
- What information will be collected
- Whether anonymous signatures are permitted
- Whether signatures will be publicly displayed
- How duplicate or false entries will be handled
- When the petition will close
- How it will be delivered
- Whether signers will receive follow-up information
Protect signer privacy
A petition may collect:
- Names
- Addresses
- Email addresses
- Phone numbers
- Geographic or eligibility information
Collect only the information you actually need.
Tell potential signers:
- What information will be public
- What information will be submitted to the recipient
- Whether information will be used for future advocacy or communications
- Whether they can opt out of future contact
Do not automatically add petition signers to email, text, fundraising, or membership lists without clear notice and appropriate consent.
Paper and online petitions
Petition drives may use:
- Paper forms
- Online petition platforms
- An organization's own website or form
- A combination of paper and digital methods
The method should match the petition's legal requirements and participation needs.
Consider:
- Accessibility
- Language access
- Digital access
- Identity verification
- Duplicate signatures
- Privacy
- Data security
A digital signature may be useful for a non-governmental petition but may not satisfy a legally regulated petition process.
Always follow the applicable official rules.
Publicizing a petition
Let people know that the petition exists and explain how they can review and sign it.
Outreach may include:
- Community meetings
- Text messaging
- Social media
- Websites
- Community newsletters
- Flyers
- Public events
- Partner organizations
- Multilingual outreach
The purpose should be to inform people and make participation possible, not simply to increase the visibility or prestige of the organization conducting the petition.
Present the petition appropriately
When the petition closes, present it through the process appropriate to the recipient.
This may involve:
- Formal filing
- A scheduled meeting
- Public testimony
- Delivery during a public meeting
- Electronic submission
- Another authorized method
Public presentation may be appropriate when the issue is of legitimate community interest.
Do not assume that a dramatic event, press conference, or demonstration is necessary for every petition.
Getting people to sign the petition
Decide how many signatures you need
For a governmental petition, follow the legally required threshold.
For a non-governmental petition, determine a realistic goal based on:
- Community size
- Time available
- Participation levels
- The purpose of the petition
- Organizer capacity
Do not treat the raw number of signatures as the only measure of success.
Recruit and prepare petition circulators
People collecting signatures should understand:
- The petition's purpose
- The exact request
- Eligibility requirements
- Required signer information
- Privacy expectations
- How to answer common questions
- Where and when forms must be returned
For regulated governmental petitions, circulators should receive the official instructions governing signature collection.
Choose locations responsibly
Possible locations may include:
- Community events
- Libraries
- Campuses
- Neighborhood meetings
- Public sidewalks or plazas where permitted
- Partner organizations
- Other places where the organizer has permission to collect signatures
Check property rules, event rules, local law, and permit requirements where applicable.
Do not assume that a shopping center, courthouse, post office, school, business, or other location automatically allows solicitation or signature collection.
Approach people respectfully
A simple introduction might be:
Hi. We're collecting signatures asking the city to evaluate pedestrian-safety improvements at Oak Street and 12th Avenue. Would you like to read the petition?
Give the person a reasonable opportunity to review the petition before asking them to sign.
Do not pressure people to sign immediately.
Use neutral forms of address
Avoid assuming a person's gender or preferred title.
A simple “Excuse me” or “Hello” is generally sufficient.
Do not require eye contact or a particular social style
Petition circulators should be polite and clear, but there is no need to require smiling, eye contact, particular clothing, or another specific interpersonal style.
People communicate differently because of culture, disability, personality, or circumstance.
What matters is that the interaction is respectful and the information is accurate.
Explain rather than persuade at all costs
Tell potential signers:
- What the petition asks for
- Who will receive it
- What signing means
- What information they must provide
- Whether that information will be public
Answer questions accurately.
If you do not know an answer, say so rather than guessing.
Respect a decision not to sign
If someone says no, thank them and move on.
Do not:
- Argue
- Shame them
- Repeatedly ask
- Imply that refusing to sign means they oppose the community
If someone wants more information, you may provide a website, handout, report, or another resource.
Make the petition accessible
Consider whether people can participate regardless of:
- Disability
- Primary language
- Literacy level
- Digital access
- Transportation
- Work schedules
Useful approaches may include:
- Plain-language explanations
- Translated materials
- Accessible electronic forms
- Multiple ways to review the petition
- Assistance completing required information when legally permitted
Verify and organize signatures
Before submission, review the petition according to the applicable rules.
For a governmental petition, this may include checking:
- Completeness
- Duplicate signatures
- Required addresses
- District information
- Circulator certifications
- Required form versions
Do not alter a person's signature or required signer information unless the applicable rules specifically permit correction.
Present petition results accurately
When reporting the results, distinguish:
- Total signatures collected
- Signatures submitted
- Signatures verified as valid, when applicable
- Geographic distribution, when relevant
Do not inflate totals or count duplicate, invalid, fictitious, or unverified signatures as though they were valid support.
Follow up after submission
Ask:
- Was the petition received?
- What happens next?
- When will the petition be reviewed?
- Will there be a public meeting, hearing, or response?
- Is additional information needed?
If the request is not granted, determine why before deciding what to do next.
Possible next steps may include:
- Providing additional information
- Meeting with decision-makers
- Participating in a hearing
- Revising the proposal
- Using an appeal or administrative process
- Continuing lawful advocacy through another appropriate method
Do not frame follow-up as continuing pressure indefinitely until the recipient gives you what you want.
Reassess the evidence, response, community priorities, and available options before choosing the next step.
Evaluate the petition drive
After the petition is complete, ask:
- Did people understand what they were signing?
- Did the petition reach people directly affected by the issue?
- Were signature-collection methods accessible?
- Were privacy expectations clear?
- Were the signatures reported accurately?
- Did the petition reach the right decision-maker?
- Did it contribute useful information to the decision process?
- What should be done differently next time?
In Summary
A petition is an organized way for people to express support for a specific request or position.
Some governmental petitions are part of formal legal processes, while non-governmental petitions generally communicate support without legally requiring the recipient to act.
Begin by identifying exactly what change you want and who has authority to make it.
For governmental petitions, verify and follow the current official requirements carefully.
Do not rely on general petition advice in place of jurisdiction-specific legal rules.
Explain the petition clearly enough that people can make an informed decision about whether to sign.
Collect only the personal information you need and be transparent about how it will be used.
Make participation accessible through appropriate language, disability, paper, and digital options.
Train petition circulators in both the issue and the applicable rules.
Respect people who decline to sign.
Report signature totals accurately and do not treat petition signers as automatically representative of the entire community.
Present the petition through the appropriate formal or organizational process.
Follow up to understand what happens next and consider additional advocacy only when it remains appropriate.
Finally, remember that the purpose of a petition is not simply to collect the largest possible number of names, publicize an organization, or create political pressure.
It is to give people a clear and organized way to express support for a specific request and bring that request to the decision-makers who can act on it.
Resources
Online Resources
How to Conduct a Petition Drive is a guide for conducting a petition drive, specifically through your church.
How to Start a Petition has information on the dos and don’ts of petition-writing, as well as how to create a successful petition.
How to Start a Winning Petition is a website provided through the National Association of Realtors.
Online Petition Tools provides a free and easy way to start an online petition.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S. (1996). Organizing for social change: A manual for activists in the 1990s. Cabin John, M.D.: Seven Locks Press.
Center for Community Change (1996). How and why to influence public policy: An action guide for community organizations. Washington, DC.
Fitch, B. (2010). Citizen’s Handbook to Influencing Elected Officials: Citizen Advocacy in State Legislatures and Congress: A Guide for Citizen Lobbyists and Grassroots. The Capitol Net, Inc. This book offers practical guidance for reaching elected officials with a variety of different communication strategies.
Homan, M. (1994). Promoting community change: Making it happen in the real world. Pacific Groove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
___You know what a petition is.
___You know what a petition drive is.
___You know the various types of petition.
___You understand why you should conduct a petition drive.
___You know when to conduct a petition drive.
___You know how to conduct a petition drive.
___You know the differences between governmental and non-governmental petitions.
___You know how to get people to sign the petition.
Example # 1: The Recall Petition
Example #2: 100% for Kids Campaign Petition
Example #3: Support for detained scientist Syed Jamal in Lawrence, Kansas
Earnest chants filled Massachusetts Street on Thursday as dozens of people marched in support of Syed Ahmed Jamal, a Bangladeshi-born Lawrence scientist who was detained by Immigration and Customs Enforcement on a deportation order after 30 years of residency in the U.S.
Nearly 60,000 people have signed a Change.org petition urging authorities to return Jamal to Kansas. Organizers of the march encouraged attendees to continue calling congressional representatives and the Department of Homeland Security and include Jamal’s case number. Read more.
Tool # 1: A finance report petition
-
What is legislative advocacy?
-
Why should you engage in legislative advocacy?
-
When should you engage in legislative advocacy?
-
How do you organize for legislative advocacy?
-
How do you approach legislators and other policymakers?
Legislative advocacy can help communities bring evidence, lived experience, priorities, and proposed solutions into decisions about laws, budgets, public programs, and government policy.
Effective advocacy usually requires more than contacting lawmakers when a vote is approaching.
Organizations may need clear goals, reliable internal communication, accurate information, meaningful participation by people affected, and an understanding of how the legislative process works.
The purpose is not simply to build political power or gain personal access to influential people.
It is to participate effectively and transparently in public decision-making.
What is legislative advocacy?
Legislative advocacy is organized activity intended to inform, influence, support, oppose, or improve decisions made by legislative bodies and other public policymakers.
It may involve:
- Proposed legislation
- Amendments
- Public budgets
- Appropriations
- Resolutions
- Local ordinances
- Legislative oversight
- Implementation of existing laws
- Other public-policy decisions
Legislative advocacy can include direct communication with lawmakers and staff as well as broader community participation.
Activities might include:
- Meeting with legislators or legislative staff
- Providing testimony
- Submitting written comments or policy briefs
- Sharing research and community experience
- Recommending legislative language
- Participating in budget processes
- Organizing constituents to communicate their own views
- Monitoring bills, amendments, hearings, votes, and implementation
Legislative advocacy and lobbying
Some legislative advocacy may legally qualify as lobbying.
The legal definition of lobbying depends on the jurisdiction, organization, funding source, and activity involved.
Organizations should understand any applicable:
- Lobbying registration requirements
- Reporting requirements
- Ethics rules
- Gift restrictions
- Grant restrictions
- Tax rules
- Internal organizational policies
Nonprofit organizations should not assume that all legislative advocacy is prohibited.
Different nonprofit organizations and funding arrangements are subject to different rules, so obtain current guidance appropriate to your organization.
What forms can legislative support take?
Legislation with funding
A bill may authorize or appropriate funding for a program, service, research activity, infrastructure project, or other public purpose.
Advocacy may involve:
- Creating a new funding stream
- Increasing existing funding
- Preserving funding that has been proposed for reduction
- Changing how funds may be used
Legislation that establishes policy
A bill may establish responsibilities, rights, eligibility standards, program requirements, or other public policy even when it does not include new funding.
Advocates should consider whether implementation resources will also be necessary.
Regulation or statutory requirements
Legislation may establish standards affecting:
- Health
- Education
- Housing
- Employment
- Transportation
- Environmental protection
- Civil rights
- Public benefits
- Other community concerns
Avoid describing people receiving public assistance or other services primarily according to whether they have moved “off the rolls.”
Evaluate policies according to outcomes such as economic stability, access to health care, employment, education, housing, safety, and other relevant measures.
Local ordinances and policies
Legislative advocacy also occurs at the local level.
City councils, county commissions, school boards, and other local bodies may consider:
- Public-health measures
- Land-use decisions
- Housing policy
- Transportation
- Education
- Public safety
- Environmental requirements
- Local budgets
Budget advocacy
Budgets often determine whether policies can actually be implemented.
Budget advocacy may involve:
- Requesting funding for a program or service
- Opposing a proposed reduction
- Recommending how funding should be distributed
- Asking for implementation or enforcement resources
- Examining whether existing spending is producing intended results
Public support and oversight
Legislators may also:
- Hold hearings
- Request information from agencies
- Convene working groups
- Ask for investigations or audits
- Communicate publicly about an issue
- Connect constituents with appropriate government offices
These actions can matter even when new legislation is not immediately available.
Why should you engage in legislative advocacy?
Some goals require legislative action
Legislative bodies have authority over many decisions that other organizations cannot make.
Depending on the jurisdiction, these may include:
- Creating or amending laws
- Raising or appropriating public revenue
- Establishing programs
- Setting statutory requirements
- Conducting oversight
- Confirming appointments
Advocacy can bring missing information into the process
Lawmakers and staff may understand legislative procedures, legal constraints, budgets, and political conditions.
Community members, service providers, researchers, practitioners, and people directly affected may hold other forms of knowledge.
Legislative advocacy can bring those perspectives together.
Advocacy can clarify your own goals
Preparing for legislative advocacy often requires an organization to answer:
- What exactly needs to change?
- What evidence supports that change?
- Who would be affected?
- What implementation challenges exist?
- What would the proposal cost?
- What alternatives should be considered?
The goal should be clarity, not forcing every participant to repeat identical language.
Coalition members may support a shared objective while explaining it from different perspectives.
Advocacy can increase public understanding
Hearings, public meetings, reports, news coverage, community events, and other forms of communication may help people understand what a proposal would do and why it matters.
Publicity should not be treated as an end in itself.
The purpose is to improve public participation and understanding.
Advocacy can build useful working relationships
Ongoing communication with lawmakers, staff, agencies, and other organizations can make future policy discussions more informed and efficient.
The goal should be to become a reliable contributor to the policy process rather than to accumulate influential personal contacts.
When should you engage in legislative advocacy?
Legislative advocacy can occur throughout the policy process, but some moments require particular attention.
When legislation is being developed
Early participation may allow advocates to:
- Identify unintended consequences
- Recommend alternatives
- Suggest language
- Provide evidence
- Include perspectives that were missing
Before committee action or a vote
If a bill or amendment is approaching a decision point, make sure relevant lawmakers have accurate information and understand the specific action you are requesting.
During the budget process
Budget advocacy is most useful before funding decisions are finalized.
Learn the budget calendar and identify:
- Executive budget proposals
- Committee hearings
- Appropriations deadlines
- Amendment opportunities
- Final votes
When new evidence or community experience emerges
New research, data, implementation problems, community experience, or changing conditions may justify renewed legislative attention.
Do not use heightened public attention merely as an opportunity to present your organization as the authority on the issue.
Use the opportunity to contribute reliable information and include people affected by the issue.
When a vote may be close
Additional constituent communication may be useful when lawmakers are still deciding how to vote.
Encourage people to communicate their own views rather than generating a flood of identical scripted messages.
After a decision
Legislative advocacy does not necessarily end when a bill passes or fails.
Depending on the outcome, advocates may need to:
- Monitor implementation
- Participate in rulemaking
- Evaluate results
- Recommend amendments
- Address funding gaps
- Prepare for future legislative sessions
How do you organize for legislative advocacy?
Effective advocacy generally requires:
- Relevant participants
- Clear coordination
- Accurate research
- A specific policy objective
- Reliable communication
- Appropriate public communication
- Continued evaluation
Step 1: Bring together relevant participants
Include people and organizations whose knowledge, responsibilities, authority, or experience are relevant.
Depending on the issue, participants may include:
- People directly affected
- Community organizations
- Service providers
- Researchers
- Professional associations
- Worker organizations
- Businesses
- Disability organizations
- Faith communities
- Youth organizations
- Other relevant groups
People directly affected
People affected by a proposed law or budget should not be treated primarily as “beneficiaries,” voting blocs, personal stories, or evidence that an advocacy group has political strength.
When practical, involve them in:
- Defining the issue
- Developing policy proposals
- Reviewing evidence
- Meeting with lawmakers
- Giving testimony if they choose
- Evaluating outcomes
Legislators who already support the issue
Supportive lawmakers may help explain legislative procedure, sponsor or amend legislation, request hearings, or identify other relevant decision-makers.
Do not assume a legislator will support an issue because of a disability, family circumstance, identity, or personal experience.
Ask about the person's actual position.
People with relevant technical knowledge
Researchers, practitioners, policy specialists, attorneys, economists, and other people with specialized expertise may help evaluate:
- Evidence
- Legal requirements
- Implementation
- Costs
- Unintended consequences
Professional status should not automatically make someone's perspective more important than lived or community experience.
Community leaders and organizations
Community organizations may bring relationships, practical experience, organizing capacity, or knowledge of local conditions.
Do not select participants simply because their status, fame, wealth, or public recognition may impress legislators.
Step 2: Create a coordination structure
Determine how the advocacy effort will:
- Make decisions
- Communicate
- Respond to time-sensitive developments
- Approve public statements
- Resolve disagreements
- Assign responsibilities
Coordination can be handled by:
- A staff member
- A steering committee
- A coalition leadership group
- Another structure appropriate to the organization
A coordinator may need authority to respond quickly, but the process should also establish what decisions require broader participation.
Avoid concentrating major strategic decisions in one person simply for speed.
Step 3: Do the research
Understand:
- The problem
- Relevant data
- Research evidence
- Existing law
- Current legislation
- Budget implications
- Implementation responsibilities
- Community experience
- Possible alternatives
Understand competing arguments
Learn why people or organizations disagree with your proposal.
Ask:
- Are they relying on different evidence?
- Do they identify a cost or implementation problem you missed?
- Are they applying different values or priorities?
- Are there factual misunderstandings?
- Are there legitimate unintended consequences?
Do not study competing arguments only so that you can produce point-by-point rebuttals.
If another argument reveals an important weakness in your proposal, revise the proposal when appropriate.
Be honest about uncertainty
Do not exaggerate favorable evidence or hide information that complicates your position.
Distinguish:
- Established findings
- Estimates
- Predictions
- Assumptions
- Values or policy preferences
Trust is easier to maintain when advocates are willing to acknowledge limitations.
Understand the legislative process
Identify:
- Relevant committees
- Sponsors and cosponsors
- Committee chairs
- Hearing schedules
- Amendment deadlines
- Budget committees
- Floor-vote procedures
- Executive approval or veto procedures
- Implementation agencies
Use current official legislative sources rather than relying on informal descriptions of the process.
Step 4: Define the policy request
Be specific about what you want.
The request might involve:
- A particular bill
- An amendment
- Legislative language
- A budget amount
- A hearing
- Oversight
- A local ordinance
- Another concrete legislative action
Explain:
- What problem the proposal addresses
- What the proposal would do
- Who would be affected
- What evidence supports it
- What it would cost
- How it would be implemented
- What important tradeoffs exist
Shared goal does not require identical language
Coalition participants should understand the common policy objective.
They do not necessarily have to use exactly the same script.
Different participants may explain the same objective through:
- Lived experience
- Research
- Professional practice
- Community priorities
- Fiscal analysis
Drafting legislative language
Advocates may provide suggested legislative language.
However, drafting legislation requires attention to:
- Existing law
- Defined terms
- Enforcement
- Funding
- Administrative authority
- Conflicts with other statutes
- Implementation
Work with legislative counsel, attorneys, agency staff, or other qualified drafters when appropriate.
Do not assume that advocates' draft language will necessarily be more effective than language prepared by legislative professionals.
Step 5: Create a reliable communication system
Legislative developments can move quickly.
Participants need a reliable way to receive accurate information and know when action is needed.
Communication options may include:
- Text or messaging systems
- Group collaboration platforms
- Phone
- Websites
- Newsletters
- Other accessible channels
Do not assume one technology works for everyone.
Consider:
- Disability access
- Language
- Internet access
- Mobile access
- Communication preferences
- Privacy
- Urgency
Maintain accurate information
Designate responsibility for verifying:
- Bill numbers
- Hearing dates
- Vote schedules
- Amendments
- Contact information
- Advocacy materials
Avoid distributing unverified legislative alerts simply because the issue is urgent.
Create a feedback process
Participants should be able to report:
- What lawmakers or staff said
- Questions they were asked
- New developments
- Concerns from community members
- Results of advocacy activities
Use this information to improve strategy rather than simply measuring how many calls or messages were sent.
Step 6: Communicate with the public and news organizations
Public communication may help explain a legislative issue and make participation easier.
Possible channels include:
- News organizations
- Community media
- Websites
- Social media
- Newsletters
- Public meetings
- Reports
- Opinion pieces
Journalists should not be treated as advocacy partners whose role is to provide favorable coverage.
Provide accurate information, appropriate sources, and opportunities to ask questions.
Respect editorial independence.
Step 7: Take a long-term but sustainable view
Legislative change can take time.
A proposal may require:
- More than one legislative session
- Additional research
- Revision
- New funding
- Administrative implementation
- Continued oversight
Persistence can matter.
However, advocacy does not need to continue forever in the same form.
Periodically ask:
- Is this still the right policy goal?
- Has the evidence changed?
- Has the problem changed?
- Are people directly affected still supporting this approach?
- Is continued legislative advocacy the best use of available resources?
- Has implementation become the more important focus?
A successful policy may eventually need routine institutional oversight rather than permanent advocacy by the original coalition.
How do you approach legislators and other policymakers?
Identify the right people
Depending on the issue, relevant contacts may include:
- Your own elected representatives
- Bill sponsors
- Committee members
- Committee chairs
- Budget or appropriations members
- Legislative staff
- Leadership offices
- Agency staff responsible for implementation
Use current official directories and legislative information.
Legislative staff are important participants
Staff may:
- Research legislation
- Draft or review policy
- Analyze budgets
- Review constituent correspondence
- Prepare lawmakers for hearings and votes
- Coordinate meetings
Treat staff members as policy professionals rather than simply as pathways to the elected official.
Use appropriate communication channels
Offices may accept:
- Meetings
- Official web forms
- Phone calls
- Public testimony
- Virtual meetings
- District office hours
- Postal mail
Follow the office's current procedures.
Personal recognition by the legislator is not required for your concern to deserve consideration.
Respect personal boundaries
Build professional working relationships through official or mutually agreed channels.
Do not seek private contact primarily because access may increase your influence.
Organize constituent participation appropriately
Constituents may:
- Attend scheduled meetings
- Participate in hearings
- Send individual messages
- Join a coordinated meeting
- Provide testimony
- Participate in public forums
A large group can demonstrate that an issue concerns many people.
Do not use group size to intimidate staff or lawmakers.
Office visits should be scheduled or conducted according to applicable public-access procedures.
Let people directly affected speak for themselves
Personal experience can help lawmakers understand how policy operates in practice.
When people directly affected want to participate, support them in telling their own stories.
Do not treat people primarily as persuasive examples designed to “put a face” on a stigmatized category.
Avoid labels such as:
- “Welfare recipients”
- “AIDS patients”
- “The homeless”
Use person-centered, specific language appropriate to the context.
Participation should be voluntary, and people should understand any privacy implications of meetings, testimony, media coverage, or public records.
Site visits can provide useful context
Inviting policymakers or staff to observe a program, neighborhood, facility, or service may help them understand:
- Physical conditions
- Implementation barriers
- Program operations
- Community experience
Arrange visits with the knowledge and consent of the people or organizations involved.
Protect privacy and confidentiality.
Educational briefings can be useful
Advocates may organize:
- Issue briefings
- Listening sessions
- Community forums
- Research presentations
- Site visits
Make clear whether the event is informational, advocacy-oriented, public, private, or open to news coverage.
Hiring professional lobbying assistance
Some organizations may hire a lobbyist or government-relations professional.
Before doing so, consider:
- Applicable registration requirements
- Cost
- Relevant experience
- Conflicts of interest
- Reporting requirements
- Who the professional represents
- How community participants will remain involved
Professional access should supplement rather than replace community participation.
Approach policymakers with a clear request
Policymakers should be able to understand quickly:
- Who you are
- Whom you represent
- What issue you are discussing
- What action you want
- Why you recommend it
Useful requests might include:
- Sponsor a bill
- Support an amendment
- Vote for or against legislation
- Fund a particular budget item
- Hold a hearing
- Request agency information
- Review implementation
- Meet with affected community members
Include bill numbers, budget line items, hearing dates, or other identifying information when available.
Bring useful material
Depending on the issue, you may provide:
- A short policy brief
- Proposed amendment language
- Fiscal information
- Research
- Local data
- Implementation examples
- Written testimony
Do not overwhelm staff with unnecessary material.
Explain the consequences of the policy
Explain how the proposed action may affect:
- Constituents
- People directly affected
- Public budgets
- Services
- Workers
- Businesses
- Agencies
- Communities
Use accurate numbers where available.
Do not imply that legislators should support a policy primarily because doing so will help them win reelection, gain publicity, or take credit for a popular outcome.
Constituents may appropriately hold lawmakers accountable
Constituents may:
- Ask how lawmakers plan to vote
- Review public voting records
- Communicate support or opposition
- Consider legislative records when voting
This is part of democratic accountability.
It need not be communicated as a personal threat.
Avoid artificial message volume
Coordinated advocacy can demonstrate organized concern, but a high volume of identical phone calls, emails, or scripts may provide less useful information than individual messages explaining:
- Why the issue matters
- How the person is affected
- What action they want
Encourage people to understand the issue and communicate in their own words.
Maintain constructive communication after the vote
Continue communication when it serves a useful purpose, regardless of whether a legislator supported your position.
You may:
- Thank the office for its time
- Provide requested information
- Ask for an explanation of the vote
- Discuss implementation
- Identify areas of future agreement
- Correct misunderstandings
Do not assume that every relationship must become a friendship or permanent alliance.
Professional, respectful communication is sufficient.
Evaluate your legislative advocacy
After a campaign or legislative session, ask:
- Did we define the policy goal clearly?
- Was our evidence accurate?
- Were people directly affected meaningfully involved?
- Did we understand competing arguments?
- Did we accurately represent community support?
- Were our communication methods accessible?
- Did we respect legal and ethical requirements?
- Did lawmakers understand what we were asking for?
- What changed because of the effort?
- What should we do differently next time?
In Summary
Legislative advocacy is organized participation in decisions about laws, budgets, public programs, and government policy.
Effective advocacy begins with a clear policy objective and an understanding of which legislative or public body has authority to act.
Build participation around relevant knowledge, experience, responsibility, and community connection rather than prestige, celebrity, or political influence alone.
Include people directly affected as meaningful participants rather than treating them primarily as beneficiaries, voting blocs, or persuasive stories.
Create a clear coordination structure and establish how decisions will be made.
Research the issue carefully, understand arguments for and against the proposal, acknowledge uncertainty, and revise your position when credible evidence warrants it.
Develop a clear, feasible request and explain its likely benefits, costs, implementation needs, and unintended consequences.
Use communication methods that are current, reliable, accessible, and appropriate to the people involved.
Communicate with news organizations and the public to improve understanding and participation rather than simply to generate favorable publicity.
Use official or mutually agreed channels when communicating with legislators and staff.
Treat legislative staff as substantive policy professionals.
Explain how policies affect constituents and communities, but do not base the case primarily on lawmakers' electoral or reputational self-interest.
Constituents may appropriately monitor votes and consider legislative records when voting, but advocacy does not need to take the form of personal threats.
Encourage people to communicate their own views rather than manufacturing large volumes of identical messages.
Legislative change may require sustained effort, but advocacy does not need to continue forever in the same form.
Reassess goals, evidence, community priorities, implementation, and organizational capacity over time.
Finally, remember that successful legislative advocacy is not simply about becoming a powerful organization or gaining access to influential people.
It is about bringing reliable evidence, lived experience, community priorities, and practical policy options into public decisions in a transparent and accountable way.
Resources
Online Resources
These Internet sites are arranged in two groups. The first includes examples of the ways advocacy organizations can use websites to keep advocates informed, involved, and aware of new developments. The second group is composed of sites which are general resources for legislative advocates, with constantly-updated information about Congress and the state legislatures and other government issues.
Group 1: Advocacy organization websites
American Bar Association legislative action page. A well-set-up page including information for ABA members, information on current legislation, etc.
American Social Health Association. A good example of how to use a web page to support advocacy efforts. Includes some information on coalition building.
California School Boards Association. A multi-purpose site with legislative priorities, current issues, "alerts," and links directly to legislators.
The Christian Coalition. A guide to Congress: complete contact information, thumbnail biographies, photos, find-your-Representative-by-zip-code, and more.
Congressional E-mail Directory. House of Representatives e-mail addresses.
Congressional E-mail Directory. Senate e-mail addresses.
Oregon School Boards Association. Includes tips for effective advocacy, suggestions about communicating with legislators, and information on the legislative process.
A Guide to Legislative Advocacy is a guide specifically designed as a resource for advocating for youth with disabilities, though the information is widely applicable to other causes.
Network--A National Catholic Social Justice Lobby. A site detailing the organization's legislative and social priorities, as well as suggested action on major issues.
Prevent Child Abuse New York. Information on a legislative advocacy conference -- one way to get legislators, advocates, and members of the target population all together in one place and talking to one another.
Group 2: General resources for legislative advocates
Legislative Advocacy. From Health Links: University of Washington. Links to a lot of information about advocacy at the federal, state, and local levels from the U. of Washington.
A Legislative Advocacy Guide for Members. Another legislative advocacy manual, this one from the American Library Association. Gives an idea of how the association makes advocacy information available to members, and alerts them when they should take action.
Legislative Advocacy 101, a guide for members from the Pacific Alliance on Disability Self-Advocacy.
Legislative Advocacy Handbook is a resource provided by the Nevada Coalition to End Domestic and Sexual Violence, and it offers practical information for legislative advocacy.
Legislative Training Manual. Advocacy manual for health care professionals, specifically for lobbying at the U.S. federal level.
Minnesota Legislative Reference Library. Links to lots of sites having to do with state legislatures, including all official state Internet web pages.
THOMAS. The Library of Congress legislative branch resource page. Everything you'll ever need to know and more: e-mails, committees, ins and outs of Congressional operations, and links to a myriad of other important sites. An excellent site.
THOMAS - The Library of Congress. The absolutely indispensable website for advocates. Named for Thomas Jefferson, this Library of Congress site has the actual texts of all federal bills, budgets, pending and passed legislation (all this from 1993 on), as well as that currently or recently under discussion, and access to everything else.
State and Local Government on the Net. A resource for all 50 state legislatures. Information for each state on each legislator, each legislative committee, texts of bills and budgets, etc. The site also includes the other branches of government, pending and passed legislation, and other information, depending on the state. A huge resource, especially for groups working in more than one state
University of Michigan Library. Another terrific site, including links to information for the federal and all 50 state governments--laws, courts, executive branches, and everything else.
Print Resources
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Fitch, B. (2010). Citizen’s Handbook to Influencing Elected Officials: Citizen Advocacy in State Legislatures and Congress: A Guide for Citizen Lobbyists and Grassroots. The Capitol Net, Inc. This book offers practical guidance for reaching elected officials with a variety of different communication strategies.
Libby, P. (2011). The lobbying strategy handbook: 10 steps to advancing any cause effectively. SAGE Publications, Inc. This book provides a 10-step framework that walks readers step-by-step through the elements of a lobbying campaign. Three separate case studies are used to show how groups have successfully employed the model.
Lawmaker's support
___a bill with funding attached
___a bill with regulations that benefits target audience
___a bill that makes issues legit
___local ordinance
___budget advocacy
___simple political, intellectual, and moral support
___link with other contacts
Reasons to engage in such
___to gain powerful allies
___to create positive publicity
___to lend focus to your issues
___it is an effective way to bolster a cause
How to organize
___get as many people involved as possible
___be competent of various aspects
___make all goals clearly understood
___network
___be patient
Tool: Preparing an Elevator Speech for Advocacy
This tool helps community members create a short, powerful message—an elevator speech—that clearly states who they are, the issue they care about, and what action they want. It’s designed to be delivered in 30–60 seconds to a legislator, policymaker, funder, or stakeholder anytime, anywhere.
Download Here: Elevator Speech (PDF)
-
Why are working relationships with legislators and staff important?
-
Who are legislators and legislative staff?
-
Whom should you communicate with?
-
What do we mean by developing a working relationship?
-
How do you make initial contact?
-
How do you maintain constructive working relationships?
Legislative advocacy often works best when communication with lawmakers and their staff does not begin only when a crisis or important vote occurs.
Community organizations can benefit from having reliable professional contacts who understand their work, know how to reach them, and trust them to provide accurate information.
These relationships should not be based on trading favors, campaign support, gifts, personal influence, or privileged access.
A strong working relationship is built through:
- Accurate information
- Clear communication
- Respect for roles and boundaries
- Follow-through
- Transparency
- Meaningful participation by people affected by policy
Why are working relationships with legislators and staff important?
Legislators and their staff make decisions across many policy areas and receive information from many sources.
A reliable working relationship can make it easier to:
- Share relevant research and community experience
- Ask questions about legislation or budgets
- Understand how the legislative process works
- Identify the person responsible for a particular issue
- Raise implementation concerns
- Request meetings, hearings, amendments, or other appropriate action
- Correct misunderstandings
- Respond when policy developments occur quickly
Relationships should improve communication, not create unequal access
Public officials have responsibilities to constituents and the public whether or not they know an advocate personally.
A working relationship may make communication more efficient, but familiarity should not be treated as a substitute for:
- Evidence
- Public process
- Ethics rules
- Transparency
- Fair treatment of other constituents
The goal is not to become the person whose calls receive special treatment.
The goal is to become a reliable source of relevant information and community perspective.
Avoid a favor-exchange model
Legislative relationships should not be treated as an informal system in which one side provides political support, publicity, campaign assistance, gifts, or personal favors in exchange for policy action.
Advocates may appropriately:
- Thank officials for work they support
- Provide information
- Participate in public events
- Invite officials to community meetings
- Share constituent perspectives
But policy requests should stand on their own merits rather than depending on a history of reciprocal favors.
Who are legislators and legislative staff?
In the United States, legislative authority exists at federal, state, and local levels.
The specific structures, titles, committee systems, staffing arrangements, and responsibilities differ by jurisdiction.
Use current official sources to identify:
- Your representatives
- Relevant committees
- Committee chairs and members
- Legislative staff
- District offices
- Hearing and meeting schedules
- Contact procedures
Congress
The U.S. Congress consists of the House of Representatives and the Senate.
Members of the House represent congressional districts and serve two-year terms.
Each state has two U.S. Senators, who serve six-year terms.
Avoid relying on fixed population figures for congressional districts in an evergreen resource because district populations change following each census and reapportionment.
State legislatures
State legislative structures vary considerably.
Most states have two legislative chambers, while Nebraska has a single-chamber legislature.
Differences among states may include:
- Length of legislative sessions
- Compensation
- Staffing
- Committee structure
- District size
- Office locations
- Rules for introducing and advancing legislation
Check current state legislative sources rather than relying on fixed examples of salary, office arrangements, or staffing.
Local legislative and policymaking bodies
Depending on the community, local policymakers may include:
- City council members
- County commissioners
- Mayors
- School board members
- Town or municipal governing bodies
- Planning or zoning boards
- Public-health boards
- Other elected or appointed bodies
Titles and authority vary by jurisdiction.
Legislative staff are important policy professionals
Legislative staff may:
- Research policy
- Analyze legislation
- Prepare lawmakers for hearings or votes
- Draft or review legislation
- Analyze budgets
- Review constituent correspondence
- Arrange meetings
- Conduct oversight work
- Communicate with agencies and stakeholders
Staff roles vary significantly among offices.
Avoid assuming that junior staff members are inexperienced, unimportant, poorly paid, or merely temporary.
Likewise, do not assume that a chief of staff or other senior aide is automatically the best contact for every issue.
Find the staff member who handles your issue
When contacting an office, ask who works on the relevant policy area.
Depending on the issue, this might be:
- A legislative assistant
- A policy advisor
- A committee staff member
- A district representative
- A constituent-services staff member
- Another member of the office
The most useful contact is often the person whose responsibilities match the issue, regardless of job title or seniority.
Whom should you communicate with?
You do not need a personal relationship with every legislator or staff member.
Prioritize contacts according to the policy decision and the person's actual role.
Your own representatives
Constituents have a direct reason to communicate with the officials who represent them.
Contact them when:
- Legislation affects you or your community
- You have relevant information
- You want to request legislative action
- You need clarification about a vote or policy
- You want to share implementation concerns
Do not frame this relationship primarily around the idea that officials need your vote or that your social network can help or hurt their reelection.
Legislators who represent people directly affected
An organization may also need to communicate with legislators whose districts include people affected by the issue.
Be transparent about:
- Whom your organization serves or represents
- Whether the people involved are constituents
- What authority you have to speak on their behalf
Whenever practical, support people directly affected in communicating their own views.
Committee members and staff
Committees often play an important role in:
- Holding hearings
- Reviewing bills
- Amending legislation
- Making recommendations
- Reviewing budgets
Identify the committee and staff actually responsible for the issue rather than assuming that a particular committee has the same authority in every legislature.
Sponsors and other lawmakers working on the issue
A bill sponsor, committee member, caucus member, or other lawmaker may already be working on the issue.
Such officials may be useful contacts because of their policy role, not simply because they are politically powerful.
Do not infer support from personal experience
Avoid assuming that a legislator will support a policy because:
- They have a disability
- A relative experienced a health problem
- They belong to a particular demographic group
- They have a particular professional or family background
Ask about the person's actual policy position.
What do we mean by developing a working relationship?
A working relationship is a professional pattern of communication in which each side knows how to reach the other and has reason to trust that the information exchanged will be accurate and respectful.
It does not require friendship.
A useful working relationship may mean:
- Staff know what organization you represent
- You know which staff member handles your issue
- The office responds through its normal procedures
- You provide accurate information when asked
- You understand the office's role and limitations
- Both sides can discuss disagreement professionally
- The office may contact you when relevant community information is needed
Recognition is not the goal
An advocate does not need to be personally recognized by the legislator or have calls immediately returned in order to participate effectively.
Legislative offices serve many constituents and organizations.
The more important questions are:
- Can you reach the appropriate office?
- Does your information reach the person who works on the issue?
- Is your request clear?
- Is the office able to respond appropriately?
Avoid treating responsiveness as evidence of “clout”
A lawmaker's willingness to respond should not depend on how much political power, money, prestige, or constituency pressure an organization can demonstrate.
Advocacy should not aim to become the group an office responds to because it fears political consequences.
Being a reliable source is valuable
An organization may become a useful source when it consistently provides:
- Accurate information
- Current data
- Relevant community experience
- Clear sourcing
- Timely responses
- Honest acknowledgment of uncertainty
Do not try to become the only source an office relies upon.
Policymakers should hear from multiple relevant perspectives.
How do you make initial contact?
Use official channels
Current communication options may include:
- Official web forms
- Phone calls
- District office meetings
- Capitol office meetings
- Virtual meetings
- Public office hours
- Legislative hearings
- Public community events
Check the office's current procedures.
Request a meeting
When requesting a meeting, briefly explain:
- Who you are
- Whether you are a constituent
- What organization you represent, if any
- What issue you want to discuss
- Why the issue is relevant to that office
A meeting with the staff member responsible for the issue may be just as useful as a meeting with the legislator.
Do not treat staff meetings merely as a step toward gaining access to the elected official.
Do not rely on private access
Avoid contacting officials through:
- Private home phone numbers
- Family members
- Personal social events
- Uninvited visits to private locations
- Other non-public channels
unless the official has explicitly invited that form of contact.
A personal connection may provide a consensual introduction, but it should not be used to bypass normal access procedures or create implicit pressure.
Public events can create appropriate opportunities for introduction
At an official town hall, community forum, legislative event, or other public setting, it may be appropriate to introduce yourself briefly.
Respect the setting and the official's time.
If a longer conversation is needed, request a follow-up meeting through the office.
Be prepared
Before the meeting, know:
- The specific bill, budget item, policy, or issue
- What action you are requesting
- The strongest relevant evidence
- Important competing arguments
- How the issue affects constituents or the community
Bring a concise written summary when useful.
Do not assume the office is uninformed
Community advocates may have specialized knowledge or direct experience that legislators and staff do not have.
Legislators and staff may also have:
- Relevant policy expertise
- Personal experience
- Legal knowledge
- Budget information
- Information from other affected groups
Approach the conversation as an exchange of information rather than assuming you alone represent “reality.”
Invite legislators and staff to learn directly from the community
Site visits, listening sessions, program tours, and community meetings may help policymakers understand how a policy operates in practice.
Invitations should have a clear substantive purpose.
For example:
- Observe a program
- See an accessibility barrier
- Meet participants
- Discuss implementation
- Hear community priorities
- Review local data
Avoid using honors as leverage
Do not give awards, special recognition, speaking roles, or favorable publicity primarily as a way to increase the likelihood of future political support.
Recognition may be appropriate when genuine and consistent with organizational policy, but it should not function as an implied exchange.
Let people directly affected speak for themselves
When people affected by a policy want to participate, provide opportunities for them to explain their own experiences.
Participation should be voluntary.
Consider:
- Privacy
- Public-record implications
- Media presence
- Accessibility
- Interpretation
- Retaliation risk
Avoid labels such as “welfare recipients,” “teen parents,” or other terms that reduce people to one circumstance.
Other ways to make contact
Public testimony
Legislative hearings and public-comment processes can provide formal ways to share evidence and experience.
Testify because the information is relevant to the decision, not primarily to become recognizable to legislators.
Legislative briefings
A briefing can help lawmakers and staff understand:
- Research
- Community experience
- Policy options
- Fiscal implications
- Implementation concerns
Make clear who organized the briefing and what policy position, if any, the organizers are advocating.
Introductions through mutual contacts
A mutual contact may make a transparent introduction when all involved are comfortable with it.
The introduction should make communication easier, not imply that the advocate deserves special treatment because of whom they know.
How do you maintain constructive working relationships?
Keep contact relevant
Follow up when you have:
- New evidence
- A policy development
- Requested information
- An implementation update
- A new constituent concern
- A meaningful next step
Communication does not need to occur merely so the office remembers your name.
Use appropriate frequency
Contact the office often enough to provide useful information and respond to developments, but not so often that communication becomes repetitive or burdensome.
Follow the office's stated preferences when possible.
Have substantive conversations
Listen as well as speak.
Ask:
- What concerns does the office have?
- What information would be useful?
- What implementation challenges do they see?
- What other perspectives should be considered?
- What steps are procedurally possible?
Ask for procedural or policy guidance when appropriate
Legislators and staff may be able to explain:
- Legislative timelines
- Committee procedures
- Budget constraints
- Amendment procedures
- Which office or agency has authority
Their advice may be useful, but advocates should still make independent decisions based on their organization's goals, evidence, community input, and ethical responsibilities.
Be accurate and reliable
When providing information:
- Verify important facts
- Provide sources
- Distinguish evidence from opinion
- Correct mistakes promptly
- Say when you do not know something
- Follow through when you promise additional information
Reliability is one of the strongest foundations for a long-term working relationship.
Thank officials appropriately
It is appropriate to thank a legislator or staff member for:
- Meeting with community members
- Providing information
- Participating in a hearing
- Taking an action you support
- Helping resolve a constituent issue
Be specific about what you appreciated.
Avoid exaggerated praise intended primarily to improve the official's public image or create an obligation for future support.
Keep advocacy and campaign activity appropriately separate
Organizations and individuals may have separate rights and responsibilities regarding elections, campaign contributions, endorsements, and legislative advocacy.
Do not treat:
- Campaign donations
- Fundraising attendance
- Election volunteering
- Endorsements
as the normal price of obtaining access or favorable legislative action.
Follow applicable election, ethics, lobbying, nonprofit, and organizational rules.
Respect disagreement
A legislator may decline your request for substantive, political, budgetary, procedural, or legal reasons.
You may disagree strongly and continue advocating for a different outcome.
Maintain professional communication when useful.
Do not assume that supporting the relationship requires withholding legitimate criticism or avoiding public disagreement.
Do not protect officials from accountability merely to preserve access
The source of a good working relationship should be trust in accurate communication, not a promise that advocates will avoid criticism that might place an official in a difficult position.
If an official's action warrants public criticism, advocates may say so honestly and respectfully.
Do not overuse the relationship
Reserve requests for matters that are relevant to the office's responsibilities.
Respect:
- Staff time
- Office procedures
- Scheduling limits
- Legal constraints
- Privacy and personal boundaries
Evaluate the relationship periodically
Ask:
- Are we providing accurate and useful information?
- Are we communicating with the staff who actually work on the issue?
- Are people directly affected able to participate?
- Are we respecting professional boundaries?
- Are we relying too heavily on one office or one personal connection?
- Are we accurately representing whom we speak for?
- Are our interactions transparent and consistent with ethics and lobbying rules?
- Can we disagree with the office without fearing the loss of access?
In Summary
Constructive working relationships with legislators and legislative staff can make advocacy more informed, timely, and effective.
These relationships should be professional rather than transactional.
Their purpose is to improve communication and understanding, not to create special access through favors, campaign support, gifts, social connections, or political leverage.
Identify the lawmakers, committees, and staff members who actually have responsibility for your issue.
Use current official sources because legislative structures, staff roles, district populations, committee responsibilities, and contact procedures change.
Treat legislative staff as substantive policy professionals.
Use official or mutually agreed communication channels and respect officials' personal boundaries.
Come to meetings with a clear issue, a specific request, and accurate supporting information.
Do not assume that lawmakers or staff are uninformed simply because you have specialized knowledge.
Invite policymakers to learn directly from communities when it has a genuine substantive purpose and when the people involved consent.
Help people directly affected speak for themselves rather than using them primarily as persuasive examples.
Maintain contact when you have useful information or a meaningful reason to communicate, not merely to keep your name familiar.
Be accurate, acknowledge uncertainty, correct mistakes, and follow through.
Thank officials appropriately, but do not use awards, publicity, campaign donations, or election work as informal currency for legislative support.
Respect disagreement and continue to hold public officials accountable when necessary.
Finally, remember that the strongest legislative relationship is not one in which a lawmaker “owes” your organization something.
It is one in which both the office and the community know that communication will be accurate, respectful, transparent, and focused on the public decisions at hand.
Resources
Online Resources
Communication Tools for Advocacy from the National Association for Gifted Children provides information on different ways to communicate with policy makers.
The Christian Coalition. A guide to Congress: complete contact information, thumbnail biographies, photos, find-your-Representative-by-zip-code, and more.
Project Vote Smart. Voting records of Congress and state legislators, among other political information.
University of Michigan Library. Another terrific site, including links to information for the federal and all 50 state governments -- laws, courts, executive branches, and everything else.
U.S. House Leadership Web Services -- web links to House Leadership.
State and Local Government on the Net. A resource for all 50 state legislatures. Information for each state on each legislator, each legislative committee, texts of bills and budgets, etc. The site also includes the other branches of government, pending and passed legislation, and other information, depending on the state. A huge resource, especially for groups working in more than one state
10 things: How to better connect with your legislators, from the Vancouver Business Journal, offers seven state legislators discussing what local business owners can and should do to ensure that their voices are heard.
Writing Your Elected Official is a guide provided by the Children’s Defense Fund, and it provides information on effectively communicating with elected officials.
Print Resources
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Berkowitz, B., & Wolff T. (2000). The Spirit of the Coalition. Washington, DC: American Public Health Association.
Congressional Quarterly, Congressional Staff Directory. Congressional Quarterly Press, Washington, DC. Updated three times yearly.
Fitch, B. (2010). Citizen’s Handbook to Influencing Elected Officials: Citizen Advocacy in State Legislatures and Congress: A Guide for Citizen Lobbyists and Grassroots. The Capitol Net, Inc. This book offers practical guidance for reaching elected officials with a variety of different communication strategies.
Why are relationships important?
You understand that:
___Politics is personal.
___Legislators and aides, like others, respond to those they know and trust.
___Relationships give you access to legislators and their aides.
___Relationships foster a web of mutual favors and support.
Who are legislators and their aides?
___You understand the structure of Congress: House and Senate, and the differences in their functions and length of terms.
___You understand the structure of your particular state legislature.
___You know which committees are important to your issue and to all issues, and who their chairs, important members, and staffers are.
___You know what legislative aides do.
___You've identified the legislators and aides who have power or influence over your issue.
Whom do you need to develop a relationship with?
___You've identified the legislators and aides who need you.
___You've identified the legislators that you need.
What do we mean by developing a relationship?
You understand the ideal goals of relationships with legislators and aides, and are working to accomplish one or more of the following:
___The legislator and staff recognize your name and will take or return your calls.
___The legislator will speak to you in person.
___The legislator's office thinks first of you when it needs information on your issue.
___The legislator will support your issue when you need it.
___The legislator's office will call to alert you to crises, situations where you need to mobilize support, opportunities, etc.
___The legislator is willing to visit your organization or community.
___You are willing to help the legislator and her staff when needed.
___You have enough of a personal relationship with at least one person in the office (ideally the legislator) that you can spend a few minutes chatting about family, sports, movies, etc.
How do you meet legislators and aides?
You know how to do the following:
___Make a formal appointment to meet in the district or in the capital.
___Invite the legislator to visit your organization or community.
___Arrange a meeting between the legislator and a community group or a group of your organization's participants.
___Have an initial phone conversation with the legislator or aide.
___Testify at a legislative hearing or public comment session.
___Organize a legislative briefing or other similar event.
___Get an introduction from a mutual acquaintance.
___Introduce yourself to legislators and aides at functions where they're present.
How do you establish and maintain relationships?
___You keep contact after your initial meeting.
___You attend fundraisers and other events honoring the legislator.
___You have real conversations with legislators and their aides.
___You ask for and follow legislators' and aides' advice.
___You establish yourself as an absolutely reliable source of information.
___You thank legislators for their help at every opportunity.
___You respect legislators' and aides' limitations and priorities.
___You don't abuse the relationship.

-
Why support voter registration and participation?
-
Who can help people register?
-
How do you conduct nonpartisan voter-registration activities?
-
How do you encourage registration respectfully?
-
How can organizations support voter participation?
-
What should 501(c)(3) organizations know?
Voting rights in the United States have expanded over time through constitutional amendments, federal and state laws, court decisions, organizing, and civic participation.
The 15th Amendment prohibited denying or abridging the right to vote on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.
The 19th Amendment prohibited denying or abridging the right to vote on account of sex.
The 24th Amendment prohibited poll taxes in federal elections, and the 26th Amendment lowered the voting age to 18.
The Voting Rights Act of 1965 established important federal protections against racial discrimination in voting.
These legal changes did not eliminate every barrier to political participation.
Registration requirements, language barriers, disability access, transportation, identification requirements, criminal-history rules, deadlines, and other conditions can still affect whether eligible people are able to participate.
Because election laws and procedures change, voter-registration information should always be checked against current official state or local election sources.
Why support voter registration and participation?
Voter registration helps eligible people participate in elections and public decision-making.
Nonpartisan registration efforts can:
- Make participation easier for eligible voters
- Help people understand registration procedures
- Reduce administrative and informational barriers
- Reach people who may have had limited access to election information
- Help people update registrations after moving or changing their names
- Connect eligible voters with official election resources
- Support broader civic participation
Voter registration should not be treated primarily as political leverage
The purpose of a nonpartisan voter-registration program should be to enable eligible people to participate, not to create a voting bloc that will pressure elected officials to support an organization's policy agenda.
People who register through an organization remain free to:
- Vote or not vote
- Support any eligible candidate
- Choose a political party where party registration applies
- Take positions different from those of the organization that assisted them
Who can help people register?
Voter-registration procedures vary by state and jurisdiction.
Organizations should verify current requirements with the appropriate state or local election authority before conducting registration activities.
Depending on the jurisdiction, rules may address:
- Who may distribute or collect registration forms
- Whether volunteers must receive training
- Whether completed forms may be collected by a third party
- Deadlines for submitting completed applications
- Registration-drive reporting requirements
- Required notices
- Rules concerning personal information
Do not assume that procedures used in another state or during an earlier election still apply.
The National Voter Registration Act
The National Voter Registration Act of 1993, often called the NVRA or “Motor Voter” law, requires covered states to provide voter-registration opportunities through certain government offices.
These include:
- Motor-vehicle agencies
- Public-assistance offices
- Offices providing state-funded programs primarily serving people with disabilities
- Armed Forces recruitment offices
- Other offices designated by the state
Agencies covered by these requirements must provide voter-registration services in a nonpartisan manner.
Community and nonprofit organizations
Community organizations may also provide nonpartisan voter-registration information or assistance when permitted by applicable law.
Organizations should determine:
- What activities are permitted
- Whether registration forms may be collected
- What records may or must be maintained
- What deadlines apply
- What nonprofit, grant, or organizational rules apply
How do you conduct nonpartisan voter-registration activities?
Designate responsibility
Identify a person or team responsible for:
- Monitoring current election rules
- Training staff and volunteers
- Maintaining accurate information
- Obtaining approved registration materials
- Following submission requirements
- Protecting personal information
Use current official election information
Before beginning, verify:
- Registration eligibility
- Registration deadlines
- Online-registration options
- Mail-registration options
- In-person registration
- Same-day or Election Day registration, where available
- Pre-registration rules for people under 18, where available
- Procedures for updating an address or name
- State-specific identification requirements
Election procedures can change between election cycles.
Use state and local election offices or current federal election resources rather than relying on an old printed list.
Use the current National Mail Voter Registration Form when appropriate
The U.S. Election Assistance Commission maintains the National Mail Voter Registration Form and its state-specific instructions.
Not every state uses the form in exactly the same way.
Follow the current instructions for the voter's state rather than relying on an old list of state exceptions.
Recognize online registration
Many states now allow eligible people to register or update their registration online.
Where online registration is available, organizations may direct people to the official state registration system.
Avoid sending people to unofficial sites when an official election-office service is available.
Set appropriate goals
Goals can help an organization evaluate whether people are being reached effectively.
Possible measures include:
- Number of people offered registration information
- Number of people receiving assistance
- Number of languages in which information is available
- Accessibility improvements
- Number of community locations reached
- Whether people received accurate information before applicable deadlines
Do not judge the success of the program only by how many people complete a registration form.
Some people may already be registered, may need only to update their information, may be ineligible, or may simply choose not to register.
Be careful when choosing communities for outreach
Organizations may reasonably prioritize communities they serve, places with limited access to registration information, or populations relevant to their charitable mission.
For organizations required to remain nonpartisan, outreach decisions should not be designed to favor or oppose a candidate or political party.
Make registration opportunities visible
Organizations may let people know that nonpartisan voter-registration assistance is available through:
- Websites
- Text messaging
- Social media
- Newsletters
- Posters or flyers
- Community events
- Program intake or orientation
- Public announcements
Make clear that assistance is available regardless of political preference.
Do not pressure people during intake or service delivery
When voter registration is offered in connection with health, social, educational, or other services, people should understand that their decision about registration will not affect the services or benefits they receive.
Registration assistance should remain separate from eligibility decisions for unrelated programs.
Protect people's information
Registration forms may contain sensitive identifying information.
Follow applicable law and official procedures for:
- Handling completed forms
- Transmitting forms
- Storing information
- Disposing of unnecessary copies
- Limiting staff or volunteer access
Do not automatically create a contact list from registrants
Do not collect or retain someone's phone number, email address, or other contact information for future organizational outreach simply because the person registered to vote.
If you want permission to send future reminders or civic-participation information, ask separately and explain:
- What information will be retained
- How it will be used
- Who will have access to it
- How the person can stop future communications
Make registration accessible
Consider barriers involving:
- Disability
- Language
- Literacy
- Digital access
- Transportation
- Work schedules
- Lack of information about registration procedures
Appropriate assistance may include:
- Accessible electronic materials
- Plain-language instructions
- Translated materials
- Interpretation
- Assistance completing forms when permitted
- Information about online, mail, and in-person registration options
Use official translated election materials when available.
How do you encourage registration respectfully?
The goal should be to provide people with information and an opportunity to register, not to overcome every reason someone gives for declining.
A simple invitation may be:
We have nonpartisan voter-registration information available today. Would you like to check your registration or learn how to register?
If the person says no, respect the answer.
Ask about barriers without making assumptions
Some people may want to register but face a practical barrier.
Others may not want to discuss why they are not registered.
Instead of assuming someone is apathetic, lazy, uninformed, unable to read, undocumented, or disqualified because of criminal history, offer useful information generally and allow the person to decide whether to ask for help.
Common questions
People may ask:
- Am I eligible?
- Where do I register?
- Can I register online?
- What is the deadline?
- How do I update my address?
- Can I register before I turn 18?
- How does a criminal conviction affect my voting rights?
- What identification will I need?
- Where can I find my polling place?
Staff and volunteers should use current official election information when answering these questions.
If you do not know the answer, say so and direct the person to the appropriate election office rather than guessing.
Criminal-history rules vary
Do not tell someone that a felony conviction automatically means they cannot register or vote.
Voting-rights restoration rules vary substantially by state and individual circumstances.
Direct people to current official information for their state.
Do not investigate someone's eligibility yourself
A person may have private reasons for asking questions about eligibility.
Do not pressure someone to disclose:
- Citizenship or immigration information
- Criminal history
- Disability information
- Other sensitive personal circumstances
unless the information is required by the official registration process and you are authorized to assist with it.
Conducting a voter-registration drive
A voter-registration drive may concentrate outreach during a particular period or at particular community events.
Choose timing carefully
Check current registration deadlines before setting drive dates.
Some states allow registration close to or on Election Day, while others require registration earlier.
Do not rely on a general rule such as “10 days” or “30 days.”
Choose outreach locations appropriately
Registration activities may occur at:
- Community events
- Campuses
- Libraries
- Community centers
- Faith-community events
- Neighborhood gatherings
- Organizational service locations
- Other places where organizers have permission
Follow applicable property, solicitation, and election rules.
Train volunteers
Volunteers should understand:
- That the effort is nonpartisan
- Current registration procedures
- How to handle completed applications
- Privacy requirements
- How to provide disability and language access
- Where to refer questions they cannot answer
- What they may and may not say about candidates or political parties
Avoid incentives unless you have verified that they are lawful and appropriate
Election laws can regulate incentives connected with electoral participation.
Do not offer money, gifts, prizes, or other benefits conditioned on registering or voting without first confirming that the practice is lawful and consistent with any nonprofit or program rules that apply.
Supporting voter participation after registration
Registration is only one part of participation.
Organizations may also provide nonpartisan information about how eligible voters can cast a ballot.
Procedures differ by state and election.
Provide current voting information
Depending on the jurisdiction, useful information may include:
- Election dates
- Polling locations
- Voting hours
- Early in-person voting
- Mail or absentee voting
- Identification requirements
- Accessible voting options
- Ballot-tracking services
- Procedures for correcting certain ballot problems when available
Do not publish a fixed nationwide description of absentee or early-voting rules.
State procedures change, and voters should be directed to current official information.
Reduce practical barriers
Nonpartisan assistance may include:
- Explaining available voting methods
- Providing accessible election information
- Providing language assistance
- Helping people locate official election resources
- Providing lawful nonpartisan transportation assistance
Any assistance connected with a nonpartisan voter-participation effort should be provided without regard to whom the person supports.
Do not tell people how to vote
A nonpartisan registration or turnout effort should not:
- Endorse candidates
- Oppose candidates
- Recommend a political party
- Provide voting assistance only to people with preferred political views
- Ask how someone plans to vote as a condition of receiving assistance
Nonpartisan voter education
Some organizations also provide election information.
Depending on applicable law and organizational rules, this may include:
- Links to official sample ballots
- Election dates and deadlines
- Information about where and how to vote
- Nonpartisan candidate forums
- Nonpartisan voter guides
- Explanations of ballot measures
Organizations subject to nonpartisanship requirements should establish neutral criteria and avoid selecting information in a way designed to favor or oppose a candidate.
Follow up carefully
If an organization helped submit a registration application, it may be useful to explain how the individual can independently check registration status through an official election source.
Avoid promising that submitting a form guarantees successful registration.
Election officials determine whether an application is accepted.
Obtain consent for reminders
If the organization wants to send election reminders, obtain appropriate contact permission rather than automatically retaining information from registration activities.
Reminders should remain nonpartisan when the organization is conducting a nonpartisan voter-participation program.
What should 501(c)(3) organizations know?
Section 501(c)(3) organizations may conduct nonpartisan voter-registration, voter-education, and get-out-the-vote activities.
They are prohibited from directly or indirectly participating or intervening in a political campaign on behalf of or in opposition to a candidate for public office.
This prohibition applies to federal, state, and local candidate elections.
Examples of generally permissible nonpartisan activities
Depending on how they are conducted, a 501(c)(3) organization may be able to:
- Conduct nonpartisan voter-registration drives
- Conduct nonpartisan get-out-the-vote activities
- Provide neutral information about voting procedures
- Conduct certain nonpartisan candidate forums
- Provide certain nonpartisan voter-education materials
- Continue appropriate public-policy advocacy
Prohibited candidate campaign intervention
A 501(c)(3) organization may not use organizational resources to support or oppose a candidate for public office.
Prohibited activity may include:
- Candidate endorsements
- Contributions to candidate campaigns
- Organizational statements supporting or opposing candidates
- Providing organizational resources to one candidate on preferential terms
- Biased voter-registration or turnout activity designed to favor or oppose candidates
Nonpartisan does not merely mean avoiding candidate names
The overall facts and circumstances matter.
A communication may create candidate-related concerns even without explicitly stating “vote for” or “vote against” someone.
Organizations should review current IRS guidance when election-related activities may intersect with candidate campaigns.
Public-policy advocacy may continue
A 501(c)(3) organization may continue to take positions on public-policy issues, including issues that candidates also discuss, as long as the organization's communication does not intervene in a candidate campaign.
Lobbying and political campaign intervention are different legal concepts and should not be treated as interchangeable.
Private foundations may have additional restrictions
Private foundations can be subject to additional federal tax rules concerning expenditures for voter-registration drives.
Organizations should determine their tax classification and review current legal guidance before relying on general voter-participation advice.
Obtain current legal guidance when necessary
Election law, tax law, grant conditions, state law, and organizational policies can interact in complicated ways.
When there is uncertainty, consult:
- Current IRS guidance
- The appropriate election authority
- Organizational counsel
- Other qualified legal guidance
General advocacy materials should not be treated as individualized legal advice.
Evaluate your voter-participation work
After an activity or election cycle, ask:
- Was the information accurate and current?
- Was the effort genuinely nonpartisan?
- Were people able to participate without pressure?
- Were disability and language needs considered?
- Was personal information handled appropriately?
- Did staff and volunteers understand the rules?
- Were people referred to official sources when questions exceeded our knowledge?
- What barriers did people report?
- What should be improved before the next election?
In Summary
Voter registration can help eligible people participate in elections and public decision-making.
Registration procedures, deadlines, eligibility rules, and voting options vary by state and can change over time.
Use current official election sources rather than relying on old nationwide lists.
Many states provide online registration, and the U.S. Election Assistance Commission maintains the current National Mail Voter Registration Form and state-specific instructions.
Community organizations may support registration by providing accurate information, making forms and official resources accessible, assisting people when permitted, and reducing practical barriers.
Registration activities should respect people's privacy, autonomy, disability access, language needs, and right to decline.
Do not assume why someone is not registered or pressure them to disclose sensitive information.
Criminal-history voting rules differ substantially by state, so do not make blanket statements about eligibility.
When conducting registration drives, train volunteers, verify current deadlines and procedures, and maintain clear nonpartisan standards.
After registration, organizations may provide accurate nonpartisan information about early voting, mail voting, Election Day procedures, accessibility, and other options available in the voter's jurisdiction.
Do not retain people's contact information for future advocacy simply because they registered; obtain appropriate consent for follow-up communications.
Section 501(c)(3) organizations may conduct nonpartisan voter-registration and get-out-the-vote activities but may not intervene in candidate campaigns.
Because election and tax rules can be highly fact-specific, organizations should use current official guidance and obtain qualified legal advice when necessary.
Finally, voter-registration work should not be treated primarily as a way to strengthen an organization's political influence or build a dependable voting bloc.
Its purpose is to help eligible people understand their options and participate in the democratic process according to their own choices.
Resources
Online Resources
Ballotpedia is a nonpartisan online encyclopedia that offers detailed information about elections, candidates, and political issues in the U.S. It provides data on federal, state, and local elections, including candidate profiles, ballot measures, and election results.
The Civics Center provides educational resources and tools to help high school students and young adults understand the voting process, register to vote, and engage in civic activities.
Election Line provides comprehensive, nonpartisan information on election administration and voting issues. It offers resources and analysis on various aspects of the electoral process, including voting laws, procedures, and access.
Fair Vote is a nonpartisan organization that researches and advances voting reforms to make democracy more functional and representative for every American.
The Federal Election Commission is the independent regulatory agency charged with administering and enforcing the federal campaign finance law.
The Federal Voting Assistance Program provides tools and resources for service members, their eligible family members, and overseas citizens to vote from anywhere in the world.
The Health & Democracy Index is an analysis conducted by the nonpartisan initiative Healthy Democracy Healthy People. It compares 12 public health indicators and voter turnout to the restrictiveness of voting policies in each state.
Know Your Rights: Voting Rights is an online guide provided by the American Civil Liberties Union. It contains information on exercising your voting rights, resisting voter intimidation efforts, and accessing disability-related accommodations and language assistance at the polls.
National Voter Registration Day is nonpartisan initiative established to boost voter participation by encouraging people to register to vote. Each year, the organization runs awareness campaigns, partners with community groups and businesses, and hosts events to simplify and promote voter registration. National Voter Registration Day is also a civic holiday celebrated annually in September.
RockTheVote is a nonpartisan organization dedicated to increasing young voters’ participation in U.S. elections. Resources provided include instructions for voter registration in your state, checking your voter registration, and contacting your Federal and Local elected officials. It also offers clear, engaging, and accessible articles on a variety of historical and current topics and issues designed to help voters understand and navigate the complexities of the democratic process.
Vote 411 provides voters with essential information about elections. It offers details on how to register, where to vote, and what identification may be required. It also provides information about candidates and ballot measures, helping voters make informed decisions.
VoteRiders is nonpartisan organization dedicated to ensuring that all eligible voters have the proper identification needed to cast their ballots. It provides practical, legal, and financial assistance with obtaining all necessary documents.
Vote Smart Facts for All provides free, factual, unbiased information on candidates and elected officials. It offers a variety of tools and resources available including elected officials’ biographies, voting records, speeches, funding sources, public statements, and committee memberships.
Vote.Gov provides information on voter registration for all U.S. elections including how to register and update your registration, voter registration deadlines, and instructions on how to check your voter registration and how to complete the National Mail Voter Registration form. You can also find answers to common questions about registering and voting such as voter ID requirements, voting as a new U.S. citizen, voting with a disability, voting while unhoused, and voting after a felony conviction.
Print Resources
The Disability Voter Guide (pdf) was developed by The Arc. It provides information about who can vote, how to register, how voting works on election day, what to do if your rights are violated, and more.
Know Your Voting Rights (pdf) is a guide provided by the U.S. Justice Department. It contains brief overviews of federal voting rights laws and frequently asked questions.
Nonprofit Power: Building an Inclusive Democracy (pdf) is a guide provided by Nonprofit Vote. It highlights the role of nonprofits in fostering a more inclusive democracy by engaging underrepresented communities in the voting process.
The Nonprofit Voter Engagement Playbook (pdf) was developed by Independent Sector. It is designed to support the development and implementation of voter engagement strategies that can be tailored to meet the unique needs of every nonprofit, regardless of experience, expertise, or organizational capacity.
Realizing a More Inclusive Electorate: Identity, Knowledge, Mobilization (pdf) is a policy brief that synthesizes research from the Haas Institute Diversity and Democracy affiliated faculty at The University of California, Berkeley. It provides lessons from recent research on how to confront voter disaffection, support inclusive identities, and increase democratic participation among underrepresented groups.
The Voter Engagement Toolkit for Private Foundations (pdf) was developed by Nonprofit Vote. It provides strategies, guidelines, and case studies to help private foundations conduct voter education and participation activities while staying within legal boundaries.
Your Vote Counts: A Self-Advocate’s Guide to Voting in the U.S. (pdf) is a toolkit developed by the Autistic Self Advocacy Network. It focuses on the process of voting and understanding how to prepare to vote on election day. It is available in both an easy to read and a plain language version.
Telephone Resources
Election Protection Hotline
English: 866-687-8683
Spanish: 888-839-8682
Chinese, Vietnamese, Korean, Bengali, Hindi, Urdu, and Tagalog: 888-274-8683
Arabic: 844-925-5287
The Election Protection Hotline provides comprehensive information and assistance at all stages of the voting process including registration, absentee and early voting, casting a vote at the polls, and overcoming obstacles to participation.
Federal Voting Assistance Program
1-800-438-VOTE (8683)
DSN: 425-1584
The Federal Voting Assistance Program provides tools and resources for Service members, their eligible family members, and overseas citizens to be able to vote from anywhere in the world.
Voter's Research Hotline
1-888-VOTE SMART (1-888-868-3762)
Your own personal researcher can answer your questions instantly over the phone. Open from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. EST, Monday through Friday, the Hotline has information on candidates and elected officials at the following levels:
- President and Vice President
- Congress
- Governors
- State Legislators
Information Available Includes:
- Voting records
- Campaign finance data
- Performance evaluations by special interest groups
- Issue stances
- Biographies
- Contact information
- Status of legislation
- Help navigating the vote smart web
- Voter registration information
- Request free publications
- What district you live in
Staff will also do customized research for you at no charge.
___Your organization wants to register voters because:
- It helps to build a strong democracy
- It increases the power of your organization to influence policies
- It increases your involvement
- It helps people to realize that they can have an impact
- It can be educational and self-esteem-building
___You have found out if you need to be deputized before you can resister voters by contacting your Election Commissioner or County Clerk.
___If you are not allowed to register voters, you have considered other things to do:
- Encourage people to vote
- Help people obtain and fill out the forms
- Participate in get-out-the-vote campaigns
___Your organization has decided to register voters.
___You have appointed someone to coordinate the activities.
___You have set voter registration goals
___You know what the local registration rules are.
___You have plenty of forms for clients to fill out
___You know how to use the forms
___You have publicized the fact that you are registering voters
___You were clear that your registration policies are nonpartisan
___You have extended your help to those who needed it
___You have kept a record of the names and phone numbers of people who you registered .
___You have decided to run a voter registration drive
___You have chosen a day or days to hold the registration drive
___You have decided where and how to reach your audience
___You have recruited volunteers to help who understand that the effort is nonpartisan
___You want to persuade people to vote by employing some of the following strategies :
- Making it easy for people to register and vote
- Finding out why people aren't registered
- Find a way to respond to reasons for not voting
- Offer incentives to people who register
___You have thanked the people you have talked to.
___You have considered the possible ways to get people who have registered to actually vote.
Example #1: Registering College Students as Voters in New York City
- Thousands of promotional, non-partisan buttons, pens and brochures were distributed this fall on CUNY campuses.
- Gannett Outdoor provided space at selected bus shelters to display posters about Project Vote.
- For the first time this fall, every CUNY freshman application and transfer guide included a tear-out registration form so that all students applying to CUNY, whether they enrolled or not, had the opportunity to register to vote.
- Student newspapers have been provided by the University with reproductions of the voter registration form for publication.
- By mid-fall, CUNY students will be able to request a voter registration form through the CUNY home page on the Internet.
- For students who are not yet U.S. citizens, citizenship information brochures were distributed throughout the University.
- CUNY-TV has produced a half-hour citizenship show, which was aired and distributed to the campuses.
- Voter Registration Coordinators at every CUNY college are working with student government and other student organizations to plan and promote campus voter registration activities.
Example #2: Kids Voting
Example #3: A Get-Out-The-Vote Campaign in Kansas City
Tool #1: List of commonly asked questions about registration to vote and their answers
How do I register if I am homeless? All you need to do is name a place where you "live" --a shelter, train or bus station, park, doorway, etc. --and a mailing address (for example, a soup kitchen or a relative who would be willing to accept mail for you).
How do I know if I am a U.S. citizen? You are a citizen if you were born in the continental United States, Guam, Puerto Rico, or the U.S. Virgin Islands. You can also become a citizen through naturalization. Holders of green cards are not eligible to vote.
If I register, am I permanently registered? Yes, unless you move or change your name. Even if you move to a different apartment within the same building you must re-register to vote. As of January 1, 1995, federal and state laws prohibit registered voters from being removed from the rolls for not voting.
If I vote in a party's primary election, do I have to vote for that party in the general election? No. In the general election (no matter what party you chose to enroll in), you have the right to vote for the candidate of any party--or even write in your own candidate.
Can I vote absentee? Generally, all U.S. citizens 18 years or older who will be residing outside the United States during an election period are eligible to vote absentee in any election for Federal office. In addition, all members of the Armed Forces, members of the Merchant Marine, and both groups' family members, who are U.S. citizens, may vote absentee in state and local elections.
The following questions have different answers depending on where you live. Check with local election officials for their answers.
- How will I know if I'm registered?
- Where do I vote?
- How do I get an absentee ballot?
- Do I need an I.D. card to vote?
- Can I register to vote at age 17 if I will be 18 on election day?
- Do I have to choose a political party when I register?
The above material was adapted from work done by Human SERVE.
Tool #2: Form for names and addresses
When running a registration drive, it's a good idea to keep a list of people who have registered, in order to be sure they have received their registration material and/or as part of a GOTV campaign. Use the form below to record names and addresses.
Names and Addresses of Newly Registered Voters
| Name | Address | Phone Number | Already Contacted? |
Tool #3: Get-Out-The-Vote Phone Bank
Adopt this for you (partisan) GOTV efforts. Thanks to Anastasia Nagy for allowing the use of this Tool.
Get-Out-the-Vote Phone Bank
[Ask for the name on the card.]
Hello, Mr./Ms. ____________________. My name is ____________, and I am a friend of (insert candidate's name), who is running for City Council in your district.
(Candidate's name) asked me to call you today because her race is very close. She wants to be sure that her supporters get to the polls this Tuesday.
Do you need a ride to your polling place?
If yes, say:
Someone will contact you to set up a time to pick you up. I know (candidate's name) will appreciate your support!
If no, then say:
Don't forget that the polls are open until 7 p.m. Tuesday evening, and remember to go vote! I know (candidate's name) will appreciate your support!
[Politely terminate call.]

-
What is a public hearing?
-
How is a public hearing different from a public meeting or community forum?
-
Why participate in or request a public hearing?
-
When should you participate?
-
How do you prepare to testify?
-
How do you organize a community forum or listening session?
-
What should happen during and after the event?
What is a public hearing?
A public hearing is generally a formal process through which a government body or other authorized decision-maker receives testimony or comments from members of the public about a proposed action, policy, regulation, budget, permit, project, or other matter.
Depending on the governing law or procedure, a public hearing may:
- Be legally required
- Be held at the discretion of the responsible public body
- Be part of a formal public-comment period
- Create an official record of testimony and comments
- Include written as well as oral testimony
- Follow specific requirements for notice, registration, timing, procedure, or recordkeeping
The rules for a public hearing depend on the law, jurisdiction, public body, and type of decision involved.
Before participating, check the current official notice and procedures.
How is a public hearing different from a public meeting or community forum?
A formal public hearing should be distinguished from a public meeting, listening session, town hall, community forum, panel discussion, or similar event.
A formal hearing generally provides an official opportunity to submit testimony or comments related to a government decision.
A community forum or public meeting is usually more flexible and may be designed for:
- Two-way discussion
- Questions and answers
- Information sharing
- Listening to community concerns
- Identifying priorities
- Exploring possible solutions
If your organization is creating its own event and does not have official authority to conduct a governmental hearing, describe the event accurately.
Terms such as “community forum,” “listening session,” or “public meeting” may be more appropriate than “public hearing.”
Do not assume every issue has only two sides
Public issues may involve several perspectives, proposed solutions, areas of agreement, and areas of uncertainty.
Avoid structuring an event automatically as:
Our side versus the opposition.
Instead, determine which perspectives are relevant to the decision and how people can participate fairly.
Why participate in or request a public hearing?
Public hearings can provide important opportunities to bring community knowledge into public decision-making.
You may participate:
- To explain how a proposed action may affect people or communities
- To provide research, local data, or other evidence
- To describe implementation problems
- To support, oppose, or recommend changes to a proposal
- To identify unintended consequences
- To offer an alternative
- To ask decision-makers to consider information that may be missing
- To place information or concerns into the formal public record
Public hearings should not be treated primarily as publicity events
A hearing may receive news coverage or increase public attention to an issue.
Those effects can be useful, but they should not become the primary purpose of participation.
The central goal should be to contribute relevant information to the decision-making process.
When should you participate in a public hearing?
Participate when the hearing concerns a matter relevant to you, your organization, or the community and you have information or experience that could help inform the decision.
Timing may be particularly important:
- Before a vote
- During development of a regulation or policy
- During a budget process
- Before approval of a permit or project
- When implementation problems have emerged
- When a public body is formally requesting community input
Check the official notice
Determine:
- The date and time
- Whether the hearing is in person, virtual, or hybrid
- Whether advance registration is required
- How speakers are selected or ordered
- How much speaking time is available
- Whether written comments are accepted
- Whether exhibits or supporting documents may be submitted
- The deadline for written submissions
- What accessibility accommodations are available
- Whether interpretation or language assistance can be requested
- Whether the hearing will be recorded or livestreamed
Do not assume that every hearing gives speakers two to five minutes or uses a first-come, first-served sign-up process.
How do you get an opportunity to testify?
Follow the process established by the body conducting the hearing.
Depending on the hearing, this may involve:
- Registering through an online form
- Signing up at the meeting
- Requesting a speaking slot in advance
- Submitting written testimony
- Participating during a designated public-comment period
- Being invited as a subject-matter witness
If speaking slots are limited, ask the organizers what alternatives are available.
For example:
- Submit written testimony
- Provide supporting documents
- Ask whether another hearing will occur
- Participate in the general public-comment process
Do not seek special placement through political connections
Use the established participation process.
Do not rely on political allies, personal relationships, persistence intended to make staff uncomfortable, or other forms of private leverage to obtain preferential access.
If you believe the public process itself is unfair or inaccessible, document the concern and use an appropriate administrative, legal, public-comment, or oversight process.
Establish your goals before preparing testimony
Ask:
- What decision is being considered?
- What do we want the decision-making body to understand?
- What action are we asking it to take?
- What evidence supports our request?
- What important tradeoffs should we acknowledge?
- What information or experience can we contribute that may otherwise be missing?
A hearing should not be approached primarily as an opportunity to make your organization look influential, gain volunteers, or defeat another group in public.
Find appropriate people to provide testimony
Useful testimony may come from:
- People directly affected by the issue
- Community members
- Researchers
- Practitioners
- Program staff
- Business or worker representatives
- People with relevant technical knowledge
- Other people with direct knowledge of the issue
Do not choose people simply because their story will be emotionally compelling
People directly affected should not be treated as persuasive props.
When someone wants to share personal experience:
- Make participation voluntary
- Explain the purpose of the hearing
- Explain whether testimony becomes part of a public record
- Explain whether the hearing will be recorded or livestreamed
- Discuss privacy and possible public exposure
- Let the person decide what details to disclose
Do not rewrite a person's experience simply to make it fit an advocacy message.
Lived experience and technical evidence can complement one another
A first-person account can show how a policy operates in someone's life.
Research, administrative data, financial analysis, or other evidence can help establish:
- Scale
- Cost
- Patterns
- Outcomes
- Likely effects
One type of evidence does not automatically replace the other.
Avoid demographic tokenism
A hearing may benefit from participation by people with different experiences and perspectives.
However, do not recruit speakers simply to display a particular racial, ethnic, age, income, disability, or other demographic “cross-section.”
Meaningful representation depends on whether people have relevant experience and a genuine opportunity to participate, not on how the speaker lineup appears.
Prepare speakers
Preparation can help a speaker communicate clearly within the hearing's rules.
Encourage speakers to:
- Identify their connection to the issue
- State the main point early
- Use accurate information
- Explain personal experience in their own words
- Identify the requested action
- Stay within the time limit
- Distinguish facts from predictions or opinions
Speakers may practice aloud, time themselves, or prepare notes.
They do not need to memorize their remarks or perform a particular speaking style.
The goal is clear and accurate communication, not to “blow away” the audience.
Protect privacy and well-being
Public testimony can remain accessible long after the hearing ends.
Depending on the process, testimony may appear in:
- Public meeting recordings
- Government websites
- Meeting minutes
- Hearing transcripts
- Public-records responses
- News coverage
- Social media
Speakers should decide what personal information they are comfortable placing into the public record.
Support people discussing traumatic experiences
Some hearings involve experiences of:
- Violence
- Discrimination
- Abuse
- Serious illness
- Housing instability
- Other difficult experiences
Do not pressure someone to disclose trauma because the testimony may be persuasive.
If a person chooses to testify, ask what support would be useful before, during, or after the hearing.
Support should be based on the person's preferences rather than automatically assigning counseling or another intervention.
If you are organizing your own event, choose the format that fits the purpose
If the goal is discussion, learning, questions and answers, or collaborative problem-solving, consider organizing a:
- Community forum
- Listening session
- Town hall
- Panel discussion
- Public meeting
Use the term “public hearing” when the event actually functions as a hearing or when that is the official term used by the responsible body.
Choose the date, location, and participation options
Consider:
- Work and school schedules
- Public transportation
- Parking
- Physical accessibility
- Virtual participation
- Childcare or caregiving responsibilities
- Language access
- Community safety
- Religious or cultural calendars
- Availability of accessible technology
Do not choose a room based on how attendance will look in news photographs.
Choose a space that is appropriate for the expected number of participants and supports safe, comfortable, and accessible participation.
Consider the community affected
Holding an event near the community most affected may make participation easier.
The reason should be access and relevance, not a desire to produce greater emotional impact.
Accessibility
Plan accessibility from the beginning rather than treating it as an optional addition.
Depending on the event and legal requirements, accessibility may involve:
- Step-free physical access
- Accessible seating
- Accessible restrooms
- Sign-language interpretation
- Real-time captioning
- Assistive-listening systems
- Accessible electronic documents
- Large-print materials
- Screen-reader-compatible information
- Accessible virtual participation
Tell participants how to request accommodations and provide reasonable advance notice when necessary.
Language access
Consider whether interpretation, translated notices, or translated materials are needed to allow meaningful community participation.
Applicable legal requirements vary according to the public body, program, funding, and jurisdiction.
Use qualified interpreters when interpretation is needed rather than relying automatically on family members or other participants.
Choose a facilitator for a community forum
A facilitator can help:
- Explain the purpose and process
- Keep the event on schedule
- Make participation opportunities clear
- Enforce agreed rules consistently
- Redirect personal attacks
- Clarify questions
- Make space for relevant perspectives
For a formal governmental hearing, the presiding official or staff will generally control the procedure.
Fairness does not always mean dividing time into two equal “sides”
A complex public issue may involve more than two perspectives.
Use participation rules that are:
- Clear
- Consistent
- Relevant to the event's purpose
- Designed to give participants a meaningful opportunity to contribute
Publicize the event accurately
Tell people:
- What the event is
- Who is organizing it
- What issue will be discussed
- Whether it is an official government hearing or an independently organized forum
- How people can participate
- Whether registration is required
- Whether written comments are accepted
- What accessibility or language assistance is available
- Whether the event will be recorded or livestreamed
Outreach may include:
- Government notices
- Community organizations
- Text messaging
- Websites
- Social media
- News organizations
- Community newsletters
- Flyers
- Multilingual outreach
Encourage authentic attendance, not audience staging
Encourage people who care about the issue to attend and participate.
It can be reassuring for speakers to see people who support them, particularly when they are sharing difficult experiences.
However, do not instruct supporters to:
- “Pack” the room to create an appearance of overwhelming support
- Applaud on cue
- Interrupt or intimidate speakers
- Ask planted questions designed mainly to embarrass another participant
- Disrupt testimony from people with different views
Attendance should demonstrate genuine public participation rather than stage-managed audience reaction.
At the public hearing
Be prepared
Know:
- The proposal
- Relevant evidence
- Important uncertainties
- Major competing arguments
- The action you are requesting
Preparation should help you answer questions accurately.
If you do not know an answer, say so and offer to provide reliable information later when appropriate.
Do not improvise facts simply to appear knowledgeable.
Follow the hearing procedure
Listen to the presiding officer's instructions.
Stay within the allotted time and use the participation method provided.
Strong disagreement is appropriate, but focus on:
- The proposal
- Evidence
- Effects
- Tradeoffs
- Alternatives
Avoid personal attacks on other speakers or decision-makers.
Listen as well as speak
Other participants may identify:
- Evidence you had not considered
- A legitimate implementation problem
- A different community experience
- An unintended consequence
- A possible compromise or alternative
A public hearing is not useful if advocates attend only to deliver a prepared message and ignore everything else that is said.
Document the hearing appropriately
If your organization is tracking the hearing, record information relevant to the issue, such as:
- Major arguments presented
- Questions raised by decision-makers
- New evidence
- Commitments or next steps
- Important implementation concerns
Do not focus primarily on which “prominent” people attended or attempt to infer political allegiance from attendance alone.
After the hearing
Follow up on substantive questions
Provide information that was requested during the hearing when appropriate.
Correct any significant factual mistake in your own testimony.
Monitor:
- The decision
- Additional hearings
- Written-comment deadlines
- Amendments
- Implementation
Support speakers when appropriate
Check with people who shared difficult personal experiences and ask whether they need any practical or emotional support.
Do not assume what kind of support they need.
Respect privacy and confidentiality after the event.
Communicate with news organizations accurately
If reporters ask about the hearing, explain:
- What your organization heard
- What evidence you believe is important
- What remains unresolved
- What action you are requesting
Do not describe the goal as putting favorable “spin” on the hearing.
Avoid selectively describing the event in a way that creates a misleading impression about testimony, attendance, disagreement, or the outcome.
Evaluate what you learned
Ask:
- Did we learn anything that changes our understanding?
- Was our evidence accurate?
- Did people directly affected have a meaningful opportunity to participate?
- Were accessibility and language needs addressed?
- Did our speakers understand the public nature of their testimony?
- Were important competing concerns taken seriously?
- What questions remain unanswered?
- What is the appropriate next step?
In Summary
A formal public hearing gives members of the public an opportunity to provide testimony or comments related to an official public decision.
A public hearing is different from a community forum, listening session, town hall, or other public meeting designed primarily for discussion.
Check the hearing's current rules before participating.
Learn how to register, how much time is available, whether written comments may be submitted, whether testimony becomes part of the public record, and what accessibility or language assistance is available.
Set a clear goal and identify the action you want the decision-making body to take.
Bring accurate evidence, relevant lived experience, and practical recommendations.
Support people directly affected in speaking for themselves when they choose to participate.
Do not recruit personal stories merely because they will be emotionally compelling.
Explain privacy and public-record implications before people share sensitive experiences.
If organizing your own event, choose the format that fits the purpose and describe it accurately.
Plan for accessibility, language needs, virtual participation, transportation, scheduling, and other barriers from the beginning.
Encourage genuine public participation rather than staging applause, packing the audience, planting hostile questions, or using political connections to obtain preferential access.
Listen to competing evidence and community experiences rather than treating the event simply as a contest between two sides.
After the hearing, follow up on substantive questions, monitor the decision, support participants where appropriate, and communicate accurately about what occurred.
Finally, the purpose of a public hearing is not simply to attract attention, make your organization look influential, or defeat an opponent in public.
It is to give decision-makers and community members a structured opportunity to place relevant evidence, experience, concerns, and recommendations into the public decision-making process.
Resources
Online Resources
Conducting Public Meetings and Public Hearings is a guide put together specific to the state of New York, though much of the information is applicable to conducting public meetings in other states.
Governmental Accounting Standards Board offers information on public hearings, including why public hearings are held and what occurs at public hearings.
Public Hearings: When and How to Hold Them is a detailed guide to holding a public hearing with tips, detailed information, and additional resources.
Print Resources
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., & Max, S.(1996) Organizing for social change: a manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN. Midwest Academy.
Heffron, J. (1989, March-April). Building consensus in public hearings. Colorado Municipalities.
McKnight, C., Kelley, M., Pursley, P., Wolfe, M., Meister, E., Rasmussen, M., Bell, B., Shapiro, N., & Mathews, C. (1995). Out against the right: An organizing handbook. New York, NY: The Lesbian Avengers Civil Rights Organizing Project.
National Model Cities Community Development Directors Association.(1975). A guide to meeting citizen participation requirements for community development. Washington, DC.
___You understand what a public hearing is.
Before the Public Hearing
___You have used your political connections, persuasion, and/or arrival time to get your name early in the agenda.
___You know what you want to accomplish with the public hearing.
___You have found and prepared people to testify.
___You have booked a location and set a time & date for the event, if you have control over it.
___You have made arrangements to ensure accessibility at the location.
___You have chosen a facilitator.
___You have publicized the event well.
___You have ensured that you will have a supportive audience present.
At the Public Hearing
___You prepared a brief introduction.
___You allowed each side to offer testimony.
___You took thorough notes.
After the Public Hearing
___You have offered your support to those testifying.
___You know how to deal with the news media.
___You have discussed the outcome with your staff.
Example: Interview with B.L. Hathaway
-
What is a public demonstration?
-
What forms can a public demonstration take?
-
Why might you organize a public demonstration?
-
When might a public demonstration be appropriate?
-
How do you organize a public demonstration?
-
How do you plan for safety, accessibility, and legal requirements?
-
What should happen after the demonstration?
What is a public demonstration?
A public demonstration is an organized public gathering or activity through which people express a position, concern, demand, value, or message.
Demonstrations may:
- Support a policy or community goal
- Protest a decision, policy, practice, or condition
- Express solidarity
- Call attention to an issue
- Request action from a government body, business, institution, or other decision-maker
- Commemorate an event or person
- Provide a visible opportunity for community participation
Public demonstrations have played important roles in labor organizing, civil-rights movements, peace movements, disability-rights advocacy, environmental advocacy, public-health activism, and many other forms of civic participation.
Demonstrations may be large or small.
Their significance does not depend only on the number of people who attend.
What forms can a public demonstration take?
The appropriate format depends on the purpose, location, participants, legal requirements, and safety considerations.
Marches
A march involves participants moving together along a planned route.
Marches can communicate public support, concern, remembrance, or protest.
Depending on the location, organizers may need permits, route approval, traffic coordination, or other authorization.
Rallies
A rally brings people together at a particular location for speeches, music, testimony, performances, symbolic activities, or other forms of expression.
A rally may accompany a march or occur on its own.
Vigils
A vigil is generally a peaceful gathering for remembrance, solidarity, reflection, mourning, witness, or advocacy.
Vigils may include:
- Silence
- Candles or other symbolic items where permitted
- Prayer or reflection
- Reading names
- Music
- Brief remarks
Picketing
Picketing usually involves people standing or walking near a workplace, business, institution, or other location while displaying signs or communicating a message.
Rules governing picketing can vary according to the location, labor law, property rights, court orders, permits, and other circumstances.
Organizers should understand the applicable rules before the activity begins.
Symbolic or creative demonstrations
Demonstrations may use:
- Art
- Music
- Theater
- Signs
- Visual displays
- Public readings
- Other symbolic activities
Creative expression can make an issue easier to understand, but ridicule or dehumanizing portrayals of people with different views are not necessary for effective advocacy.
Counter-demonstrations
A counter-demonstration expresses a different position from another demonstration or public event.
Counter-demonstrations should be planned with particular attention to:
- Safety
- Separation where appropriate
- Applicable permit requirements
- Communication with event officials
- De-escalation
- Avoiding interference with another group's lawful speech
The purpose should be to communicate your own position rather than prevent another group from being heard.
Civil disobedience and actions that may lead to arrest
Some advocacy movements have used civil disobedience – deliberate violation of a law or legal restriction as an act of protest.
Civil disobedience is different from an ordinary lawful public demonstration and can create significant legal, financial, employment, immigration, safety, or other consequences.
General demonstration-planning guidance should not tell participants that they are obligated to risk arrest or punishment in order for their actions to have moral value.
If organizers are considering conduct that may be unlawful or may lead to arrest:
- Obtain qualified legal advice
- Understand applicable laws and court orders
- Explain risks clearly to participants
- Make participation voluntary
- Provide lawful participation options for people who do not want to assume arrest risk
- Consider how arrest or detention could affect participants differently
- Avoid interfering with emergency access or creating unnecessary danger
Do not encourage people to trespass, obstruct traffic, block access, damage property, or interfere with law enforcement without understanding the applicable legal consequences.
Why might you organize a public demonstration?
To advocate for a specific action
A demonstration may ask a government body, institution, business, or other decision-maker to:
- Adopt a policy
- Change a policy
- Preserve a program or service
- Increase or restore funding
- Address a documented harm
- Investigate a concern
- Take another specific action
To express support or solidarity
People may demonstrate in support of:
- A community
- Workers
- A public program
- A policy
- People affected by an event or injustice
- Another group engaged in lawful advocacy
To protest a policy or condition
Demonstrations may provide a visible way to express disagreement with:
- Government action
- Institutional practices
- Workplace conditions
- Discrimination
- Environmental harm
- Other community concerns
To increase public awareness
A demonstration may bring attention to an issue that has received limited public discussion.
Public visibility can be useful, but attention should not be treated as the only measure of success.
To strengthen participation and solidarity
Participating in collective civic action may help people:
- Recognize that others share their concerns
- Build relationships
- Learn about the issue
- Become involved in other forms of civic participation
Organizers should avoid deliberately intensifying anger or fear simply to make participants easier to mobilize.
When might a public demonstration be appropriate?
A demonstration may be useful when public expression adds something that meetings, letters, testimony, petitions, or other advocacy methods do not.
Consider:
- What decision is being made
- Whether timing matters
- Whether public visibility could improve understanding
- Whether people directly affected want a public event
- Whether the demonstration is likely to advance the stated goal
- Whether another advocacy method would be more effective
- What legal, safety, financial, or accessibility requirements apply
Before an important public decision
A demonstration may be timed before:
- A legislative vote
- A budget decision
- A regulatory action
- A board decision
- Another public action that participants hope to influence
Make sure the requested action is clear enough that participants and decision-makers understand why the event is occurring.
In connection with a commemorative date or relevant event
A demonstration may coincide with a day or event that has a genuine connection to the issue.
Verify the date and meaning of commemorative events before using them in outreach materials.
When another group is demonstrating
A counter-demonstration may sometimes be appropriate.
Do not plan primarily around drawing news coverage away from another group or provoking confrontation.
Focus on communicating your own message safely and lawfully.
How do you organize a public demonstration?
Define the purpose
Before planning logistics, answer:
- What issue are we addressing?
- What do we want people to understand?
- What action are we requesting?
- Who has authority over that action?
- Who should be able to participate?
- What will happen after the demonstration?
Avoid goals such as simply becoming more famous, making another group look weak, or demonstrating that your organization is politically powerful.
Choose the format
Select the type of demonstration that fits the goal.
A march may be appropriate when movement between locations has symbolic or practical meaning.
A rally may work better when speeches, testimony, or performances are central.
A vigil may be more appropriate for remembrance or reflection.
A smaller gathering may be more useful than a large event when the issue is highly local or the intended audience is specific.
Build an organizing team
Assign responsibility for areas such as:
- Overall coordination
- Permits and legal requirements
- Accessibility
- Program
- Safety
- Participant communication
- Transportation
- Media communication
- Equipment
- Cleanup
- Follow-up
Check the law, permits, and site requirements
Rules for demonstrations differ by jurisdiction and location.
Depending on the activity, organizers may need to consider:
- Demonstration permits
- Parade or march permits
- Street or lane closures
- Sound-amplification rules
- Temporary structures
- Park or plaza rules
- Public-building restrictions
- Fire and occupancy rules
- Private-property permission
- Applicable court orders
Use current official information for the specific location.
Do not assume that a rule applying to one park, city, campus, or government building applies everywhere.
Coordinate road or traffic issues with the appropriate authorities
Participants should not attempt to perform traffic-control or law-enforcement functions unless they are legally authorized to do so.
If a march requires road closures or traffic changes, coordinate them through the appropriate permitting and public-safety processes.
Choose the location
Consider:
- Legal availability
- Accessibility
- Expected attendance
- Public transportation
- Parking
- Restrooms
- Emergency access
- Weather exposure
- Safety
- Whether the location has a meaningful relationship to the issue
Do not choose a site primarily because confrontation or visual drama is likely there.
Choose the date and time
Consider:
- The schedule of people you hope will participate
- Relevant decision dates
- Weather and seasonal conditions
- Public transportation
- School and work schedules
- Religious and cultural calendars
- Other major community events
Avoid assumptions about when “most people” are available.
Learn about the schedules of the communities you hope to involve.
Plan for accessibility
Accessibility should be considered at the beginning of the planning process.
Depending on the event and applicable requirements, consider:
- Step-free routes
- Accessible seating or rest areas
- Accessible restrooms
- Accessible transportation options
- Sign-language interpretation
- Real-time captioning
- Assistive-listening systems
- Accessible electronic information
- Large-print materials
- Screen-reader-compatible materials
- Language interpretation
- Accessible participation for people who cannot stand or march for long periods
Tell participants how to request accommodations.
Plan the program
Program elements may include:
- Speeches
- Personal testimony
- Music
- Art
- Prayer or reflection
- Readings
- Marching
- Symbolic activities
- Opportunities for participants to take a specific next step
Let people directly affected speak for themselves
People with lived experience may provide important knowledge about an issue.
Do not select them primarily because their experiences will create emotional impact.
Participation should be voluntary.
If speakers may disclose sensitive personal information, discuss:
- Privacy
- Media coverage
- Photography
- Livestreaming
- Social-media circulation
- Possible retaliation or unwanted attention
Celebrity participation is optional
A public figure may draw attention, but fame should not determine whose perspective matters.
Relevant expertise, community experience, and direct connection to the issue are generally more important than celebrity status.
Plan for safety
Consider foreseeable risks without assuming that every demonstration will become confrontational.
A safety plan may address:
- Severe weather
- Heat or cold
- Water and hydration
- Medical emergencies
- Crowd movement
- Lost children or separated participants
- Counter-demonstrations
- Traffic
- Accessible evacuation routes
- Emergency vehicles
- Communication failures
Participant marshals or event stewards
Some demonstrations use trained volunteers to help participants understand routes, schedules, accessibility arrangements, event expectations, and emergency procedures.
Volunteers should not be represented as police officers or encouraged to perform law-enforcement functions.
Define their responsibilities clearly and train them accordingly.
De-escalation
Organizers should communicate expectations about conduct before the event.
Depending on the circumstances, useful expectations may include:
- Do not threaten or harass other participants
- Do not dehumanize people with different views
- Do not initiate physical confrontation
- Follow lawful route and site requirements
- Allow emergency access
- Follow the event's agreed safety procedures
Do not deliberately use inflammatory rhetoric in order to make a crowd angrier or more difficult to control.
Plan the logistics
Depending on the size and location of the event, consider:
- Sound equipment
- Electrical power
- Toilets
- Water
- First aid
- Trash and cleanup
- Transportation
- Parking
- Signs and banners
- Staging
- Accessibility
- Participant check-in where appropriate
- Emergency communication
Have contingency plans
Ask what you will do if:
- Attendance is larger than expected
- Attendance is smaller than expected
- Severe weather develops
- Equipment fails
- Transportation changes
- A counter-demonstration occurs
- A medical emergency happens
- A scheduled speaker cancels
- The event must be relocated or shortened
Do not treat the absence of news coverage as an emergency.
Give yourself appropriate lead time
Large demonstrations may require substantial advance planning.
Smaller events may be organized more quickly.
The amount of time needed depends on:
- Permits
- Event size
- Location
- Equipment
- Accessibility services
- Transportation
- Speakers
- Safety planning
- Community outreach
There is no universal rule that demonstrations require months of planning.
If circumstances require quick action, reduce the event's complexity rather than ignoring important safety or legal requirements.
Communication
Communicate with organizers and participants
Use communication methods appropriate to the people involved.
Options may include:
- Text messaging
- Group-messaging platforms
- Phone calls
- Websites
- Social media
- Printed materials
Make sure participants can receive important updates about:
- Time and location
- Route
- Transportation
- Weather
- Accessibility
- Legal or site rules
- Schedule changes
- Emergency instructions
Do not measure advocacy only by message volume
A demonstration may lead participants to contact public officials afterward.
Encourage people to understand the issue and communicate their own views rather than treating thousands of identical messages as the primary measure of influence.
Publicizing the demonstration
Public outreach may include:
- Websites
- Social media
- Text messaging
- Community organizations
- Newsletters
- Flyers
- Community media
- News organizations
Clearly state:
- Who is organizing the event
- What the event is about
- When and where it will occur
- How people may participate
- What accessibility arrangements are available
- What participants should bring or know
Working with news organizations
News coverage can help inform the public, but journalists are not members of the advocacy campaign.
Organizers may provide:
- A media advisory
- A press release
- Accurate background information
- Contact information
- Relevant research or documents
- Access to speakers who have agreed to speak with reporters
Respect journalistic independence.
Do not expect favorable coverage because an organization has cultivated a personal relationship with a reporter.
Do not pressure participants to speak with media.
Photography and recording
Public demonstrations are often photographed or recorded by participants, journalists, organizations, and members of the public.
Organizers should tell speakers and participants when they know that official photography, livestreaming, or media coverage is planned.
People sharing highly personal experiences should understand that public images and recordings can circulate beyond the event.
During the demonstration
Organizers should:
- Monitor safety and accessibility
- Keep participants informed of schedule or route changes
- Follow applicable permit conditions
- Maintain emergency access
- Address equipment or logistical problems
- Communicate with site or public-safety officials when necessary
- Avoid unnecessary confrontation
If an unexpected problem occurs, prioritize people's safety over maintaining the planned program exactly as written.
After the demonstration
Complete immediate responsibilities
Make sure:
- Participants can leave safely
- Equipment is removed
- Cleanup is completed
- Permit or venue requirements are fulfilled
- Outstanding bills or contractual obligations are handled
- Important safety incidents are documented appropriately
Follow through on the requested action
A demonstration is rarely the entire advocacy strategy.
Depending on the goal, next steps may include:
- Meeting with decision-makers
- Providing testimony
- Submitting written comments
- Following legislation or a policy decision
- Continuing community organizing
- Providing services or information connected to the issue
- Monitoring implementation
Evaluate the event
Ask:
- Did the event accomplish its stated purpose?
- Was the requested action clear?
- Was participation accessible?
- Were people directly affected meaningfully involved?
- Were there safety problems?
- Did organizers follow applicable rules and permits?
- Did the communication system work?
- What did participants or decision-makers learn?
- What should be changed next time?
- Is another demonstration actually the best next step?
Describe the results accurately
Do not exaggerate:
- Attendance
- Community support
- News coverage
- Policy impact
- Organizational influence
A large demonstration does not automatically prove that the broader community supports the position.
Likewise, a small demonstration does not automatically mean that the concern is unimportant.
Do not define success mainly as organizational power
Success may include:
- A policy change
- A commitment to review an issue
- Greater public understanding
- New community participation
- Stronger relationships among affected people
- Identification of new evidence or concerns
- A clear next step
Being perceived as a politically powerful organization should not be the primary measure of whether the demonstration was worthwhile.
In Summary
A public demonstration is an organized public expression of support, protest, solidarity, concern, or a request for action.
Demonstrations may include marches, rallies, vigils, picketing, symbolic activities, and other forms of peaceful public expression.
Begin with a clear purpose and determine whether a demonstration is actually the most useful advocacy method.
Choose a format, location, date, and program that match the goal and allow meaningful participation.
Check current laws, permit requirements, site rules, and other restrictions for the specific location.
Do not assume that one jurisdiction's demonstration rules apply elsewhere.
Plan for accessibility, transportation, weather, emergency access, medical needs, communication, cleanup, and other logistical issues.
If counter-demonstrators are expected, prioritize safety, de-escalation, and the ability of different groups to express their views without interference.
Do not deliberately intensify anger, dehumanize people with different views, or treat confrontation as proof that a demonstration is effective.
Civil disobedience and activities likely to result in arrest require separate legal and safety consideration and should never be presented as an obligation for participants.
People directly affected by an issue should have meaningful opportunities to participate, but they should not be used primarily as emotional or media symbols.
News coverage can help communicate an issue, but media attention should not be the primary goal of every demonstration.
Treat journalists as independent professionals rather than advocacy partners.
After the event, complete logistical responsibilities, follow up on the substantive goal, and evaluate what worked and what did not.
Report attendance, public support, and policy effects accurately.
Finally, the purpose of a public demonstration is not simply to create spectacle, dominate news coverage, intimidate decision-makers, or make an organization appear powerful.
It is to give people a visible, organized, and responsible way to express their views, participate in civic life, and seek change.
Resources
Online Resources
Activists' Center for Training in Organizing and Networking (ACTION) (1998). Environmental Background Information Center.
Swearingen, Terry and Lipsett, Brian (1997). Generic Strategy Guide. Environmental Background Information Center.
How to Organize a Protest is a blog post on the Occupy Wall Street website, and it offers six steps to organizing a protest.
Environmental Policy Task Force (1999). How-to Guide #2: How to Organize Effective Demonstrations. National Center for Public Policy Research.
Floegel, Mark (1993). Speaking Truth to Power--No. 362. Rachel's Environmental and Health Weekly.
Tools for Organizers, Activists, Educators, and Other Hell-Raisers (1999). Progressive Politics Webring.
Print Resources
Rogers, S. (1998, Winter). Organize a Demonstration to Make Your Voice Heard. The Key, 4, 5-9.
Sen, R. (2003). Stir it up: Lessons in community organizing and advocacy. Jossey-Bass; 1st Edition. In this book, Sen goes step-by-step through the process of building and mobilizing a community and implementing key strategies to affect social change. Using case studies to illustrate advocacy practices, Sen provides tools to help groups tailor his model for their own organizational needs.
Shragge, E. (2013). Activism and Social Change: Lessons for Community Organizing. University of Toronto Press, Higher Education Division; 2nd Edition. This book discusses community organizing in a post-9/11 context, and includes a discussion of national and transnational organizing efforts.
Milkman, R., Bloom, J., Narro, V. (2010). Working for Justice: The L.A. Model of Organizing and Advocacy. ILR Press. Working for Justice provides eleven case studies of recent low-wage worker organizing campaigns in Los Angeles. This information was acquired through interviews, access to documents, and participant observation.
Thoreau, H. (1998). Civil Disobedience, Solitude and Life Without Principle. New York, NY: Prometheus Books.
___You know what a public demonstration is.
___You know the goals of a public demonstration, including:
- Advocacy
- Support
- Protest
- Counter-demonstration
- Public relations
- Action
___You know which goal(s) you would like your demonstration to accomplish.
___You know the different forms a demonstration can take:
- Marches/parades
- Rallies
- Picketing
- Sit-ins
- Vigils
- Street theater
___You know which form you would like your demonstration to take.
___You know why you might organize a demonstration:
- Other methods have failed
- Timing
- Public impact
- To energize your constituency
- To draw attention
___You have decided when to have your demonstration.
The four bases of putting together a public demonstration have been covered:
___Planning, planning, planning
___Lead time
___Communication
___Follow-up
Planning, planning, planning -- you have:
___Decided what you want to accomplish
___Decided on specifics you would like to see happen at the demonstration
___Decided who you are trying to reach
___Planned your program
___Chosen a place for the demonstration
___Decided on a specific date and time
___Figured out how to get people to attend
___Worked out the logistics
___Been proactive in your efforts to confront possible problems
Lead time -- you have:
___Allowed yourself plenty of time to reach your demonstration goals
___Found a large space in advance
___Booked guests far in advance
Communication -- you have:
___Designed an effective communication system
___Developed a plan for publicizing the demonstration
___Orchestrated media coverage
___Ensured good communication before, after, and during the demonstration
Follow-up -- you have followed up, both immediately following the demonstration and on the long-term by:
___Contacting your intended audience
___Keeping up with your constituents
___Publicizing your success
___Attempting to attain media coverage
___Organizing other events with the same focus
___Institutionalizing the demonstration
Example 1: Crowd marches downtown in Lawrence, Kansas, to support detained scientist Syed Jamal
Earnest chants filled Massachusetts Street on Thursday as dozens of people marched in support of Syed Ahmed Jamal, a Bangladeshi-born Lawrence scientist who was detained by Immigration and Customs Enforcement on a deportation order after 30 years of residency in the U.S.
Shouts of “Free Syed Jamal” and “Say it loud, say it clear, immigrants are welcome here” rang out as marchers carried signs through downtown Lawrence to raise awareness for a local family that associate pastor Eleanor McCormick of Plymouth Congregational Church said has been “shaken to its core.”
Read more.
Example 2: Lawrence Indigenous, queer communities and allies mourn death of nonbinary Oklahoma teen Nex Benedict

Members of Native American and queer Lawrence communities joined in solidarity for a vigil in honor of Nex Benedict, a 16-year-old nonbinary student from Oklahoma who died February 8th, 2024, after suffering injuries from a fight in the girls’ bathroom at school — the bathroom state law required them to use.
Nex, of Choctaw descent, lived within the Cherokee Nation reservation and “deserved love, support and to be kept safe,” Cherokee Nation Principal Chief Chuck Hoskin Jr. said in a statement.
You can read the full article at this link to the Lawrence Times.
-
Before you start
-
What is a negotiator?
-
What is a mediator?
-
What is a fact-finder?
-
When might professional dispute-resolution assistance be useful?
-
When might negotiation or mediation not be appropriate?
-
How do you find and select a negotiator, mediator, or fact-finder?
Negotiation is part of everyday life.
People negotiate at home, at work, within organizations, and throughout communities.
Organizations may negotiate:
- Collaborative agreements
- Contracts
- Funding arrangements
- Workplace issues
- Service responsibilities
- Community-benefit agreements
- Regulatory or administrative disputes
- Other issues requiring agreement among people or institutions
Many negotiations can be handled directly by the people involved.
In other circumstances, assistance from a negotiator, mediator, fact-finder, attorney, or another dispute-resolution professional may be useful.
The appropriate process depends on the issue, the relationship among the parties, the legal context, the power dynamics, the urgency of the situation, and what each party needs from the process.
Before you start
Understand the different processes
Negotiation, mediation, neutral fact-finding, arbitration, facilitation, and other dispute-resolution processes are related but distinct.
Negotiation
Negotiation is a process in which parties communicate directly or through representatives to explore whether they can reach an agreement.
A neutral third party is not required.
Mediation
Mediation involves a neutral third party who helps participants communicate, understand interests and options, and explore whether they can reach their own agreement.
The mediator does not ordinarily impose the outcome.
Neutral fact-finding
Neutral fact-finding generally involves an independent person or team examining disputed factual questions and reporting findings.
The authority of a fact-finder and the effect of the report depend on the law, agreement, court order, agency process, or other rules governing the matter.
Arbitration
Arbitration involves a neutral decision-maker who considers the dispute and issues a decision.
Depending on the governing agreement or law, the decision may be binding or nonbinding.
Do not assume every dispute should be settled through the same process
Alternative dispute resolution can be useful, but it is not automatically preferable to litigation, administrative enforcement, formal investigation, or another legal process.
The right process depends on the circumstances.
Power does not have to be equal before negotiation can occur
Parties frequently enter negotiation or mediation with unequal:
- Financial resources
- Organizational power
- Legal representation
- Technical expertise
- Access to information
- Political influence
- Ability to tolerate delay
Unequal power does not automatically make negotiation impossible.
It may, however, require safeguards such as:
- Independent legal advice
- Access to relevant documents
- Qualified interpretation
- Disability accommodations
- Additional preparation time
- Separate meetings where appropriate
- A carefully selected neutral
- Clear procedures for ending the process
Do not treat threats of embarrassment, economic harm, personal consequences, or exposure of unrelated information as prerequisites for being taken seriously.
Interest-based or principled negotiation
One influential approach to negotiation is commonly associated with Roger Fisher and William Ury's Getting to Yes.
Its concepts remain useful, but it is one framework among many approaches to negotiation and conflict resolution.
Separate people from the problem
Disagreement about an issue does not necessarily mean that the people involved are the problem.
Focus on:
- The issue
- The relationship
- Communication problems
- Interests and needs
- Relevant evidence
- Possible solutions
Avoid personal attacks or assumptions about another person's character or motives.
Focus on interests, not only positions
A position describes what someone says they want.
An interest helps explain why that outcome matters.
For example:
Position: We need the program funded at $300,000.
Interest: We need enough funding to serve the expected number of participants without reducing essential services.
Understanding interests can create additional options that may not be visible when people focus only on stated demands.
Generate options
Avoid assuming that only one possible agreement can solve the problem.
Consider alternatives involving:
- Timing
- Funding
- Responsibilities
- Monitoring
- Implementation
- Communication
- Evaluation
- Other relevant terms
Use appropriate criteria
Agreements may be easier to evaluate when participants use criteria that do not depend entirely on either party's preferences.
Depending on the dispute, useful criteria may include:
- Current law or regulation
- Scientific evidence
- Professional standards
- Comparable agreements
- Market information
- Independent evaluations
- Community priorities
- Established organizational policy
Not every disagreement has one completely objective answer.
Values, priorities, uncertainty, and differing interpretations of evidence may remain relevant.
What is a negotiator?
A negotiator represents a party in a negotiation.
Unlike a mediator, the negotiator is not expected to be neutral between the parties.
A negotiator may be:
- A staff member
- An organizational leader
- A union representative
- An attorney
- A community representative
- A professional negotiator
- Another authorized representative
What does a negotiator do?
A negotiator may help:
- Clarify your goals
- Identify your underlying interests
- Determine which issues are negotiable
- Develop possible options
- Evaluate proposals
- Communicate with the other party
- Protect your legal or organizational interests
- Document a proposed agreement
Establish the negotiator's authority
Before negotiations begin, clarify whether the negotiator may:
- Make proposals
- Reject proposals
- Tentatively accept terms
- Sign an agreement
- Recommend an agreement subject to approval by someone else
The other party should understand who has final authority to approve an agreement.
When might a negotiator be useful?
Consider professional or experienced representation when:
- The matter is legally or technically complex
- Significant money, services, rights, or organizational responsibilities are involved
- You lack experience negotiating the type of agreement involved
- The other party has professional representation
- The relationship has become highly adversarial
- Previous direct negotiations have stalled
- You need someone who can focus on negotiation while others manage the organization's regular work
Having professional assistance is not an admission of weakness.
What is a mediator?
A mediator is an impartial third party who assists participants in communicating and exploring whether they can reach their own resolution.
Mediation is based on party self-determination.
The mediator facilitates the process but ordinarily does not decide the dispute or impose a settlement.
What does impartiality mean?
An impartial mediator should not favor one participant over another.
Before mediation begins, potential conflicts of interest should be disclosed and addressed.
What does self-determination mean?
Participants make their own decisions about whether and on what terms to reach an agreement.
In some legal systems or programs, people may be required to attend or attempt mediation.
That does not necessarily mean they can be required to accept a settlement.
The exact rules depend on the jurisdiction and process.
What can a mediator do?
Depending on the mediation model and applicable rules, a mediator may:
- Structure the discussion
- Help participants identify interests
- Clarify misunderstandings
- Help participants identify areas of agreement
- Help generate options
- Ask participants to consider the practical consequences of alternatives
- Meet separately with participants when appropriate
- Help participants describe proposed terms clearly
A mediator is not the attorney for either participant merely because the mediator happens to be a lawyer.
Participants who need individualized legal advice should consider obtaining independent counsel.
Mediation may occur in several formats
Mediation may occur:
- In person
- Virtually
- By telephone in some circumstances
- With everyone together
- Through separate sessions
- Through a combination of these methods
Physical presence in the same room is not required in every mediation process.
Confidentiality varies
Do not promise that mediation is completely confidential without checking the rules that apply.
Confidentiality may be governed by:
- State or federal law
- Court rules
- Agency rules
- Professional standards
- Agreements among the participants
Exceptions may apply.
Ask the mediator to explain confidentiality and its limits before the process begins.
When might mediation help?
Mediation may be useful when:
- Direct communication has broken down
- Participants continue to misunderstand one another
- Strong emotions are making discussion difficult
- Participants want to preserve or repair an ongoing relationship
- Negotiations have stalled
- Participants want more control over the outcome than a court or arbitrator would provide
- Multiple possible solutions exist
- Participants want a structured but flexible process
When might mediation require additional safeguards or another process?
Mediation is not automatically appropriate for every conflict.
Additional safeguards or another process may be necessary when:
- There is violence or a credible threat of violence
- One participant is being coerced or intimidated
- A substantial power imbalance prevents meaningful participation
- A participant cannot safely communicate with the other party
- Important evidence may be destroyed
- An urgent court order or injunction may be needed
- A filing deadline is approaching
- A public investigation or precedent is important
- Criminal conduct or serious regulatory violations may require reporting or enforcement
- One party is participating only to delay accountability
In such circumstances, seek qualified legal, safety, regulatory, or professional guidance as appropriate.
Good faith in negotiation and mediation
Negotiation is more likely to be productive when participants:
- Provide required information accurately
- Have genuine authority to negotiate
- Consider proposals seriously
- Do not use the process solely to delay
- Follow through on agreements
However, do not assume that failed negotiation proves that another party acted in bad faith.
Parties may simply disagree strongly about:
- Facts
- Law
- Risk
- Values
- Cost
- Acceptable remedies
Do not rely on threats of unrelated harm
It may be legitimate to explain realistic consequences of failing to reach an agreement, such as:
- Litigation
- Administrative proceedings
- Continued operating costs
- Delayed implementation
- Loss of an available agreement
- Other lawful alternatives
Do not frame negotiation around causing personal pain, humiliation, harassment, unrelated reputational harm, or improper economic pressure.
What is a fact-finder?
A neutral fact-finder investigates disputed factual questions.
Depending on the process, the fact-finder may:
- Review documents
- Interview participants or witnesses
- Examine records
- Consult technical experts
- Compare competing accounts
- Prepare findings
- Make recommendations when authorized
The role should be defined before the investigation begins
Clarify:
- What questions the fact-finder will examine
- Who selected or appointed the fact-finder
- What records the fact-finder may obtain
- Whether interviews are confidential
- Who receives the final report
- Whether findings will be public
- Whether recommendations are authorized
- Whether the findings are advisory, presumptive, or binding under the applicable process
Do not assume that every fact-finder's report is nonbinding or that every judge or agency will adopt the findings.
When might neutral fact-finding help?
It may be useful when:
- Participants disagree about basic facts
- Technical evidence is disputed
- An organization needs an independent investigation
- A dispute cannot move forward until factual questions are clarified
- A court, agency, employer, labor-management process, or agreement provides for independent fact-finding
Fact-finding is not the same as advocacy
A neutral fact-finder should not be selected because you expect the person to prove your side correct.
If you need someone to advocate for your position, use an appropriate representative or expert rather than describing that person as neutral.
What about arbitration?
Arbitration differs from mediation because an arbitrator decides the dispute rather than helping the participants reach their own resolution.
Arbitration may be:
- Required by contract
- Voluntarily selected after a dispute arises
- Required by a particular statute or process
- Binding or nonbinding, depending on the governing rules
Before agreeing to arbitration, understand:
- Who will select the arbitrator
- What rules apply
- What evidence may be presented
- What the process will cost
- Whether the decision is binding
- What rights of review or appeal exist
When can you handle negotiation yourselves?
Direct negotiation may be reasonable when:
- Participants can communicate safely
- The issues are reasonably understandable
- The stakes are manageable
- Participants have enough information to make decisions
- There is a reasonable chance of agreement
- The people negotiating understand what they are authorized to agree to
- Professional representation is not required
Even then, legal or technical review may be appropriate before signing a final agreement.
Why might you seek professional assistance?
A negotiator may be useful when:
- You need an experienced representative
- The legal, technical, or financial issues are complex
- The other party has professional representation
- Previous negotiations have stalled
- You need help evaluating proposals or protecting important interests
A mediator may be useful when:
- Communication has broken down
- Participants want to retain control of the outcome
- Strong emotions or mistrust interfere with direct negotiation
- Negotiations have reached an impasse
- An ongoing relationship makes collaborative resolution valuable
- A court, agency, contract, or other process provides for mediation
A fact-finder may be useful when:
- Participants fundamentally disagree about facts
- Technical or scientific questions require independent assessment
- An investigation must establish what occurred
- Clarification of facts may help negotiations continue
When might negotiation or mediation not be enough?
Another process may be needed when:
- Immediate legal protection is necessary
- A statute requires formal enforcement
- Serious misconduct requires independent investigation
- Public accountability is an important part of the remedy
- Discovery or compulsory access to evidence is needed
- A legal precedent must be established
- One participant cannot safely or meaningfully participate
- A participant repeatedly refuses to honor agreements
- A filing deadline or limitation period requires immediate legal action
Do not delay obtaining legal advice merely because negotiation or mediation is being considered.
How do you find a negotiator, mediator, or fact-finder?
Current sources may include:
- Court-connected mediation or dispute-resolution programs
- Community mediation organizations
- State or local dispute-resolution programs
- Professional mediation or arbitration organizations
- Bar associations
- Universities or law-school dispute-resolution centers
- Labor-management mediation organizations
- Government programs appropriate to the dispute
- Referrals from attorneys or other professionals familiar with the field
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service
In the United States, the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service provides mediation and related conflict-resolution services primarily in labor-management matters and also provides certain services to government entities.
Check its current services and eligibility requirements before relying on it for a particular dispute.
Use current directories
Search current court, government, professional-association, and provider directories rather than relying on printed telephone directories or old lists of providers.
How do you select the right professional?
Do not select someone solely because another person says the individual is “good.”
Consider interviewing potential professionals about:
- Training
- Experience
- Relevant subject-matter knowledge
- Approach or mediation style
- Professional standards
- Conflicts of interest
- Confidentiality practices
- Accessibility
- Language capacity
- Fees
- Availability
- Virtual or in-person options
Ask specifically about competence
Experience in one type of mediation or negotiation does not necessarily qualify someone for every dispute.
Depending on the matter, useful experience may involve:
- Labor relations
- Community conflict
- Environmental issues
- Employment
- Housing
- Organizational governance
- Public policy
- Family matters
- Another specialized area
Check conflicts of interest
For a mediator or neutral fact-finder, ask whether the person has:
- Worked for either participant
- Represented a related organization
- A financial interest in the matter
- A personal relationship that could reasonably raise questions about impartiality
- Another conflict that should be disclosed
For a neutral, involve the other participants in selection
Mediators and neutral fact-finders are more likely to be trusted when participants understand and accept the selection process.
Discuss:
- Who will serve
- How the person will be selected
- What the person's role will be
- What authority the person will have
- What rules will govern the process
Agree on the process before beginning
When possible, clarify:
- The issues to be addressed
- Participants
- Decision-making authority
- Schedule
- Location or virtual platform
- Accessibility and interpretation
- Confidentiality
- Document sharing
- Fees
- Whether lawyers or other advisors will participate
- How the process may end
- How any agreement will be documented
How do you propose mediation or another dispute-resolution process?
Explain why you believe the process may help.
Potential benefits may include:
- More direct communication
- Greater control over possible solutions
- Flexible scheduling
- Opportunity to preserve an ongoing relationship
- Ability to explore creative solutions
- Potential savings in time or cost
Do not guarantee that mediation will be faster, cheaper, or more successful than litigation.
Complex disputes can still involve substantial time and expense.
Avoid a “carrot and stick” approach
You may explain lawful alternatives if agreement is not reached.
For example:
If we cannot resolve the matter through negotiation, the contract provides for arbitration.
or:
The filing deadline is approaching, so we may need to preserve our legal rights while discussions continue.
That is different from threatening unrelated humiliation, personal harm, or retaliation in order to force participation.
Court-ordered or agency-connected mediation
Courts, agencies, collective-bargaining agreements, contracts, or statutes may require or encourage participation in mediation or another dispute-resolution process.
The exact authority varies by jurisdiction.
A requirement to participate does not necessarily authorize a mediator to force participants to settle.
Check the applicable court rules, statutes, contract provisions, or agency procedures.
Formal complaints, investigations, and enforcement
When the underlying concern involves possible:
- Discrimination
- Harassment
- Fraud
- Safety violations
- Environmental violations
- Misuse of public funds
- Other legal or regulatory violations
a complaint, investigation, or enforcement process may be necessary whether or not mediation is also available.
Do not assume that a negotiated private agreement is always an adequate substitute for formal accountability.
Document agreements carefully
If participants reach an agreement, identify:
- Who is responsible for each action
- What must be done
- Deadlines
- Funding responsibilities
- Reporting requirements
- Monitoring procedures
- How future disagreements will be handled
For important agreements, consider qualified legal review before signing.
Follow up
Resolution of a dispute does not necessarily end the work.
Periodically determine:
- Whether commitments were completed
- Whether the agreement is working
- Whether circumstances have changed
- Whether clarification or modification is needed
- Whether new disagreements have arisen
The goal is not to maintain a negotiation process indefinitely.
It is to establish a workable resolution and an appropriate method for addressing future issues.
In Summary
Negotiators, mediators, and neutral fact-finders perform different roles.
A negotiator represents a party and advocates for that party's interests.
A mediator serves as an impartial facilitator who helps participants communicate and explore whether they can reach their own agreement.
A neutral fact-finder investigates disputed factual questions and reports findings according to the authority given by the applicable process.
An arbitrator differs from a mediator because an arbitrator makes a decision rather than helping the participants create their own settlement.
Interest-based negotiation can help participants distinguish positions from underlying interests, generate options, separate personal conflict from substantive problems, and use appropriate external criteria.
Dispute-resolution professionals do not require the parties to have equal power before they can become involved, but substantial power imbalances may require safeguards.
Mediation should respect self-determination, impartiality, informed participation, and appropriate confidentiality.
A court or other authority may sometimes require participation in a mediation process, but settlement generally depends on agreement by the participants under the rules governing that process.
Alternative dispute resolution is useful in many circumstances, but it is not automatically preferable to litigation, enforcement, investigation, or other formal processes.
Urgent legal rights, safety concerns, serious misconduct, filing deadlines, public accountability, and the need for compulsory evidence may make another process necessary.
When selecting a professional, examine training, experience, competence, conflicts of interest, professional standards, accessibility, confidentiality practices, fees, and the person's role in the process.
Use current courts, government programs, professional associations, community mediation services, and other reliable directories rather than outdated provider lists.
For mediators and other neutrals, involve the participants in selecting the person and defining the process whenever possible.
Do not try to obtain participation through threats of personal, reputational, or unrelated economic harm.
Explain instead why the process may be useful and what lawful alternatives exist if agreement cannot be reached.
Finally, the purpose of dispute resolution is not simply to pressure another party into dealing with you or to avoid court at all costs.
It is to choose a process appropriate to the dispute, protect the rights and interests of the people involved, clarify facts and interests, and seek a resolution that can be understood, implemented, and sustained.
Resources
Online Resources
The ABCs of Negotiation is an advocate’s guide to negotiating with providers to improve access to healthcare services.
The American Arbitration Association. The oldest and largest of ADR organizations. Membership, training, etc. AAA maintains over 11,000 mediators, arbitrators, and fact-finders, who engage in over 200,000 cases a year, mostly with larger entities.
The Association of Family and Conciliation Courts. An international, interdisciplinary membership organization for professionals focused on family conflict resolution and the best interests of the child.
The Association for Conflict Resolution, a merger of the Academy of Family Mediators, CRENet (Conflict Resolution Education Network), and SPIDR (the Society of Professionals in Dispute Resolution). One of the major ADR professional associations, with listings of professionals by state and city.
Advocacy Skills: Tips for Selecting a Good Mediator provides a variety of criteria that need to be taken into consideration when selecting a mediator for an advocacy campaign.
The Advocate's Mediation Checklist is an excellent resource with detailed information on mediation and advocacy.
The national website of CASA (Court Appointed Special Advocates), a volunteer program of court-appointed, trained fact-finders representing the interests of neglected and abused children.
The Climate Change Knowledge Network: A survival guide for developing country climate negotiators. Although the material here is specific to climate change, much of it can be relevant to local advocacy groups and coalitions as well, especially if they're negotiating with forces much more powerful than themselves.
Family Mediation Canada. A Canadian professional association of family mediators - interdisciplinary, focused on the best interests of the child.
Georgia Alternative Dispute Resolution links to most other state ADR programs.
The Mediation and Conflict Resolution Office (MACRO) of the state of Maryland.
Mediate.com. Links to information on selecting a mediator from one of the largest ADR-themed sites on the Internet. Also on this site: The Electronic Negotiator, an article on negotiating by e-mail from Harvard Business Review, Jan.-Feb., 2000, pp.16-17.
Te National Arbitration Forum. A provider of fee-based mediation in commercial, financial, and business situations. All mediators have at least 15 years of experience, and are qualified under any local laws or rules.
The Negotiator Magazine. Ten negotiating tips from Ed Brodow.
Negotiator Pro. Negotiation games and software. One game downloadable free; others from $12.95.
The Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School. The home of Getting to Yes.
The US Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service. FMCS provides mediation, conciliation, and voluntary arbitration in labor-management disputes; works with government agencies and public stakeholders to facilitate the formulation of public policy; runs programs in technology-assisted dispute resolution and youth violence prevention; and trains organizations and government agencies in ADR and other areas.
The website of Stephen Marsh, an attorney who teaches and practices mediation. Information on mediation, links, other ADR material.
Print Resources
Beer, J., Packard, C., & Stief, C. (2012). The Mediator’s Handbook: Revised and Expanded Fourth Edition. New Society Publishers. This book provides a time-tested, adaptable model for helping people deal with conflict.
Beer. J., & Stief. E. (1997). The Mediator's Handbook. (3rd edition) Gabriola Island, BC, Canada: New Society Publishers.
Cohen, H. (1982). You Can Negotiate Anything: The World’s Best Negotiator Tells You How to Get What You Want. Bantam. This book provides information on how to successfully negotiate.
Fisher, R., & Sharp, A. (1998). Getting it Done: How to Lead When You’re Not in Charge. Harper Business. Fisher and Sharp provide an explanation as to why collaboration with others is difficult, and they suggest a new strategy to working with others.
Fisher, R., Ury, W., & Patton. B. (1991). Getting to Yes. (2nd edition) New York, NY: Penguin.
Meredith, C., & Dunham. C. (1999). Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
Spence, G. (1996). How to Argue & Win Every Time: At Home, At Work, In Court, Everywhere, Every Day. St. Martin’s Griffin. Spence offers advice on optimizing oral presentation of an argument through use of story-telling and visual imagery.
___You realize that negotiators, mediators, and fact-finders all actually work in some form of negotiation, which is a process of give and take, aiming at an agreement satisfactory to both parties.
___You understand that negotiation, mediation, and fact-finding are all facets of alternative dispute resolution, or ADR, which provides alternatives to going to court.
___You know that another party is unlikely to engage in any of these activities with you unless he perceives you as a peer, or as having the power to benefit or harm him.
___You prefer to use principled negotiation, the guidelines of which are:
- Separate the people from the problem.
- Focus on interests, not positions.
- Continue to generate options throughout the process, and encourage the other side to do the same.
- Insist that the agreement be based on some objective standard.
What is a negotiator?
___You employ a negotiator to represent your interests in a negotiation or dispute.
What is a mediator?
___You employ a mediator as a neutral facilitator to help you and the other party come to your own agreement.
What is a fact-finder?
___You employ a fact-finder to determine, to the extent possible, the objective realities of a situation when the facts are in doubt or in dispute.
Why would you need a negotiator, mediator, or fact-finder?
You need a negotiator:
___To protect your interests.
___Because you don't have the skills to negotiate for yourself.
___Because the other party has one.
___Because you've tried negotiating yourself, and found it too difficult.
You need a mediator:
___Because you want to come to your own agreement, but don't trust the other party.
___Because you want to avoid an adversary negotiation.
___Because the parties are too distrustful or agitated to be able to negotiate face to face.
___Because your negotiations have stalled or broken down, and you need help to get them back on track.
___Because the other party has requested mediation.
You need a fact-finder:
___To determine the facts, because you and the other party disagree on them.
___Because you believe the other party is not forthcoming or is lying.
How do you go about seeking (and finding) a negotiator, mediator, or fact-finder?
___You look for a negotiator, mediator, or fact-finder to help you settle a negotiation or dispute by consulting:
- The Yellow Pages.
- The Internet.
- Federal, state, and local public ADR programs.
- The court system.
- Community mediation programs.
- University law schools.
- The bar association.
- The American Arbitration Association and other professional associations.
- Individual professionals.
- Word of mouth.
___You persuade the other party to enter into negotiation, mediation, or fact-finding by presenting the positive aspects of the process:
- Mutual benefit
- Low cost
- Saving of time and trouble
- The opportunity to craft your own agreement
- The advantages over the alternatives
___You demonstrate good faith by fully sharing with the other party the choosing of an individual mediator or fact-finder and the structuring of the process.
___You persuade an authority to order or recommend ADR by:
- Filing a formal complaint.
- Seeking enforcement of existing laws and regulations.
- Pointing out the consequences of the failure to settle the dispute or issue in question.

Imagine that a local fair-housing coalition receives repeated reports that Black and Latino prospective homebuyers are being told that homes are unavailable in a particular neighborhood while similarly situated white buyers are shown properties there.
The coalition conducts carefully designed fair-housing testing and finds a consistent pattern of different treatment based on race.
The organization first considers available complaint, administrative, enforcement, and resolution processes.
If those processes do not provide an adequate remedy – or if immediate court action is necessary to protect people's rights – the people affected and the organization may consult qualified legal counsel about possible litigation.
Legal action can sometimes protect rights, stop harmful practices, obtain compensation, clarify legal obligations, or produce broader changes.
It can also involve significant cost, time, uncertainty, and organizational resources.
This section explains how advocates can think about litigation responsibly and work with qualified legal professionals when court action may be appropriate.
Before you start
Legal action is not always the first step – or the last step
Negotiation, mediation, administrative complaints, regulatory enforcement, or other processes may resolve a problem without litigation.
However, do not assume that every possible alternative must be exhausted before consulting a lawyer or going to court.
Prompt legal action may be important when:
- A filing deadline is approaching
- Irreparable harm may occur
- Evidence may be lost or destroyed
- A temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction may be necessary
- A person's safety or legal rights require immediate protection
- A law specifically provides a judicial remedy
- Filing is necessary to preserve a claim
Consulting a lawyer early does not mean that you must file a lawsuit.
Early legal advice can help you understand deadlines, preserve evidence, evaluate alternatives, and avoid unintentionally giving up rights.
Obtain qualified legal advice
Complex or high-stakes litigation usually requires qualified legal counsel.
Individuals may represent themselves in many types of cases, and courts provide resources for people who proceed without an attorney.
However, litigation can involve complicated questions of:
- Jurisdiction
- Standing
- Filing deadlines
- Evidence
- Pleading requirements
- Discovery
- Injunctive relief
- Appeals
- Settlement
Organizations may also face rules requiring them to appear through licensed counsel.
General advocacy guidance is not a substitute for legal advice about a particular case.
What is legal action?
The phrase “legal action” can describe several ways of using legal processes to protect or enforce rights.
This section focuses primarily on civil litigation – lawsuits brought in court by individuals, organizations, businesses, government entities, or other parties.
Legal advocacy may also involve:
- Administrative complaints
- Agency enforcement proceedings
- Appeals
- Petitions for judicial review
- Demand letters
- Negotiated settlements
- Other legally recognized remedies
Civil and criminal proceedings are different
Civil cases
In a civil lawsuit, a plaintiff asks a court to provide a legal remedy for an alleged injury or violation of rights.
Depending on the law and circumstances, a plaintiff may seek:
- Compensatory damages
- Statutory damages
- Punitive damages when legally available
- An injunction
- Declaratory relief
- Specific performance
- Restoration of property or benefits
- Attorney's fees or costs when authorized
- Another remedy permitted by law
Civil litigation should not be described simply as a way to “punish” another party.
Courts provide remedies authorized by the applicable law.
Criminal cases
Criminal prosecution is generally brought by the government rather than by a private advocacy organization or individual.
At the federal level, criminal cases are prosecuted on behalf of the United States by U.S. Attorneys and other federal prosecutors.
State and local prosecutions may be handled by officials whose titles vary by jurisdiction, such as:
- District attorney
- County prosecutor
- State's attorney
- Attorney general
- Another authorized prosecutor
If you believe a crime has occurred, the usual role of an advocate is to report relevant information to the appropriate law-enforcement or prosecutorial authority.
The prosecutor then determines whether criminal charges are appropriate under the applicable law and evidence.
Do not use possible criminal prosecution merely as negotiating leverage
Do not threaten someone with criminal prosecution simply to pressure them into providing a civil settlement or other advantage.
If criminal conduct may have occurred, discuss appropriate reporting and communication with qualified counsel.
Some basic legal terms
In a typical civil lawsuit:
- The plaintiff is the party bringing the claim.
- The defendant is the party against whom the claim is brought.
- A complaint is the document that generally begins a civil lawsuit and states the plaintiff's claims and requested relief.
- Damages are monetary remedies available in some cases.
- An injunction is a court order directing a party to do or stop doing something.
- Declaratory relief asks a court to determine the parties' legal rights or obligations.
- A settlement is an agreement resolving some or all of a dispute without a final trial judgment.
In criminal proceedings, an indictment is a formal accusation returned by a grand jury.
Criminal charging procedures differ between federal and state systems, and not every criminal case begins with an indictment.
Understand the court system
The United States has federal and state court systems.
Federal courts
The principal federal court structure includes:
- U.S. district courts, which are the primary federal trial courts
- U.S. courts of appeals
- The U.S. Supreme Court
The federal judiciary also includes bankruptcy courts and specialized courts that handle particular categories of disputes.
State courts
Each state establishes its own court structure.
State systems commonly include trial courts and a court of last resort, and many states also have intermediate appellate courts or specialized courts.
Names, jurisdiction, procedures, and appeal routes vary.
Do not assume that every federal and state system has the same four levels.
Jurisdiction and venue matter
Before a court can decide a case, it must have legal authority over the dispute and the parties.
Important questions may include:
- Does this court have subject-matter jurisdiction?
- Does it have personal jurisdiction over the defendant?
- Is venue proper?
- Does federal or state law apply?
- Could the case be removed from state to federal court?
- Are administrative remedies required before filing?
These questions can be complicated and should be evaluated with qualified counsel.
Do not describe selecting a court primarily as finding the judge, state, or appellate circuit most sympathetic to your side.
What outcomes can civil litigation provide?
Monetary relief
Depending on the claim, monetary relief may compensate for:
- Financial losses
- Lost wages
- Property damage
- Medical costs
- Other legally recognized injuries
Some laws also authorize statutory or punitive damages under particular circumstances.
Injunctive relief
An injunction may require someone to take an action or prohibit particular conduct.
Depending on the circumstances, a party may seek:
- A temporary restraining order
- A preliminary injunction while litigation proceeds
- A permanent injunction as part of final relief
Emergency relief has specific legal requirements.
The availability and standards depend on the jurisdiction and claim.
Declaratory relief
A court may be asked to determine the parties' legal rights or obligations even when money damages are not the primary goal.
Settlement
Parties may resolve a civil case through settlement.
A settlement may address:
- Money
- Policy changes
- Corrective action
- Future conduct
- Monitoring
- Confidentiality where lawful and appropriate
- Other negotiated terms
Settlement should be evaluated according to the client's interests and legal options, not simply according to a predetermined minimum dollar amount.
When might legal action be appropriate?
There is no universal rule that litigation should occur only after every other tactic has failed.
Legal action may be appropriate when:
- A significant legal right has been violated
- People are experiencing serious or continuing harm
- Irreversible harm may occur without prompt court intervention
- A person or organization needs an injunction
- Compensation or another legal remedy is warranted
- Administrative or informal processes have failed
- Another party refuses to comply with an applicable legal obligation
- A filing deadline requires action
- Judicial interpretation of a law is necessary
- A broader pattern of unlawful conduct may justify systemic relief
Emergency situations
Some actions cannot meaningfully be undone after they occur.
Examples might include:
- Destruction of an irreplaceable resource
- Disclosure of protected information
- Immediate loss of legally protected services
- Continuing discriminatory conduct
- Other imminent and potentially irreparable injury
In those situations, consult counsel promptly about available emergency remedies.
Legal action can have broader effects
Some cases may clarify the meaning of a law or establish precedent that affects future cases.
However, litigation should not be initiated primarily to:
- Keep another organization “off balance”
- Embarrass an opponent
- Increase financial pressure for its own sake
- Generate publicity
- Burden a defendant
The litigation strategy should be tied to legitimate legal claims and remedies.
Why might you decide not to litigate?
Cost
Litigation can involve:
- Attorney's fees
- Filing fees
- Expert witnesses
- Depositions
- Investigation
- Discovery costs
- Staff time
- Appeals
Costs vary widely according to the case.
Some laws allow a prevailing party to recover attorney's fees, but such provisions are claim-specific.
Time
Litigation may take months or years.
Appeals or complicated discovery can extend the process further.
Uncertainty
A strong factual or moral case does not guarantee a favorable legal judgment.
The result may depend on:
- The applicable law
- Admissible evidence
- Procedural requirements
- Jurisdiction
- Standing
- Available remedies
- Judicial interpretation
Discovery and public exposure
Litigation may require parties to exchange relevant documents, electronic records, testimony, and other information through discovery.
Some information may become part of a public court record.
Discuss confidentiality, discovery obligations, preservation requirements, and public-record risks with counsel before filing.
Do not describe litigation as an inevitable contest in which lawyers search for personal “skeletons” or embarrassing private behavior.
Effects on relationships and organizational work
Litigation may increase conflict or make future cooperation more difficult.
It may also consume staff time that would otherwise support:
- Programs
- Organizing
- Research
- Legislative advocacy
- Community engagement
Consider those costs without allowing the desire to preserve relationships to prevent necessary action against serious harm.
Precedent
An important case may create precedent that affects similar disputes.
A loss can also produce an unfavorable legal ruling.
Discuss the broader legal implications with counsel when precedent is an important part of the strategy.
How do you prepare for possible legal action?
Seek legal advice early
Look for an attorney with relevant experience in the subject matter and legal process involved.
Possible sources include:
- State or local bar referral services
- Legal-aid organizations
- Public-interest law organizations
- Law-school clinics
- Attorneys referred by trusted organizations or professionals
- Lawyers with experience in similar cases
Interview potential counsel when practical.
Ask about:
- Relevant experience
- Potential claims
- Likely defenses
- Deadlines
- Possible remedies
- Litigation risks
- Fees and costs
- Communication expectations
- Settlement authority
Consider fee arrangements
Depending on the claim and lawyer, representation may involve:
- Hourly fees
- Flat fees for particular services
- Contingency fees where permitted
- Pro bono representation
- Legal-aid representation
- Limited-scope representation where permitted
Understand the fee agreement before representation begins.
Identify deadlines immediately
Legal claims often have statutes of limitation or other filing deadlines.
Administrative complaints may have separate deadlines that affect later litigation.
Do not delay legal consultation while completing every other advocacy strategy.
Preserve evidence
Relevant evidence may include:
- Emails
- Text messages
- Photographs
- Videos
- Contracts
- Policies
- Public records
- Financial records
- Witness information
- Electronic files and metadata
Once litigation is reasonably anticipated, legal duties concerning preservation of relevant information may apply.
Obtain counsel's guidance before deleting, altering, or reorganizing potentially relevant records.
Establish what happened
Create an accurate chronology.
Distinguish:
- What you personally observed
- What documents establish
- What witnesses reported
- What you infer
- What remains uncertain
Do not exaggerate evidence because you believe doing so will strengthen the case.
Determine what remedy you want
Ask what successful legal action should accomplish.
The answer might include:
- Stop ongoing conduct
- Prevent imminent harm
- Restore a benefit or service
- Compensate people who were harmed
- Change a discriminatory practice
- Require compliance with a contract or statute
- Obtain a declaration of legal rights
- Establish monitoring or corrective requirements
Standing
A person or organization cannot necessarily sue simply because it believes unlawful or harmful conduct occurred.
Standing rules determine whether a particular plaintiff is legally entitled to bring a particular claim.
In federal court, standing generally requires a plaintiff to establish:
- A concrete and particularized actual or imminent injury
- A sufficient connection between that injury and the defendant's challenged conduct
- A likelihood that the requested judicial relief would redress the injury
Organizational and representational standing raise additional questions.
State standing rules may differ.
Consult counsel rather than assuming that only the person who directly purchased a product or personally experienced the conduct can ever have standing.
Class actions
A class action allows representative plaintiffs to pursue claims on behalf of a larger group when the applicable legal requirements are satisfied.
It is not simply a strategic choice available whenever many people have experienced similar harm.
In federal court, class certification is governed by Rule 23 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.
Among other requirements, the court considers issues involving:
- Numerosity
- Common questions of law or fact
- Typicality of the representatives' claims
- Adequacy of representation
- The applicable type of class action
State class-action rules may differ.
Do not pursue a class action primarily because it will:
- Attract more publicity
- Impose a larger financial burden on the defendant
- Increase political pressure
The question is whether class treatment is legally available and appropriate for the claims and people involved.
Determine where the case can legally be filed
Choosing a court can involve complex questions of:
- Federal or state jurisdiction
- Personal jurisdiction
- Venue
- Removal
- Choice of law
- Available remedies
- Appellate review
Your lawyer can determine what lawful choices exist and what consequences follow from each.
Avoid framing the decision as simply searching for the most politically sympathetic court.
Understand the other party's position
Work with counsel to identify:
- Likely legal defenses
- Competing factual interpretations
- Evidence that may weaken your claim
- Procedural arguments
- Alternative explanations
- Settlement interests
Do not investigate opposing parties unlawfully or encourage harassment, deception, unauthorized access, or other misconduct.
Tell your lawyer relevant unfavorable information
Your lawyer needs accurate information, including facts that may complicate your case.
Do not hide documents or relevant information because you believe they are embarrassing or harmful.
Your attorney can help determine:
- Whether the information is legally relevant
- Whether it may be discoverable
- How it affects litigation strategy
- Whether it changes the strength of the case
Consider settlement and alternative dispute resolution
Filing a lawsuit does not necessarily mean that every issue must be decided at trial.
Parties may continue negotiating or use mediation and other dispute-resolution processes while litigation is pending.
When evaluating settlement, consider:
- The legal strength of the claims and defenses
- The requested remedies
- Risk and uncertainty
- Time
- Cost
- Enforceability
- Effects on people directly involved
- Whether nonmonetary changes are important
- Whether confidentiality terms are appropriate
The decision whether to accept a settlement ultimately belongs to the client, informed by legal advice.
Plan for the effect on your organization
Litigation may become a substantial organizational responsibility.
Decide:
- Who will communicate with counsel
- Who has authority to make litigation and settlement decisions
- How records will be preserved
- How staff time will be managed
- How expenses will be monitored
- How confidential information will be protected
- How public communications will be handled
Communicate publicly with care
A pending lawsuit may receive public attention.
Coordinate important public statements with counsel when appropriate.
Distinguish:
- Allegations
- Evidence
- Court findings
- Settlement terms
- Your organization's policy position
Do not describe allegations as proven facts before they have been established.
Evaluate the strategy throughout the case
Litigation strategy can change as evidence, law, resources, and circumstances change.
Periodically ask:
- Does the lawsuit still advance the intended legal goal?
- Has new evidence changed the case?
- Has another remedy become available?
- Is settlement now appropriate?
- Are people directly affected still being represented appropriately?
- Are the costs proportionate to the likely benefits?
- What happens if we win?
- What happens if we lose?
In Summary
Litigation can be an important tool for protecting rights, stopping harmful conduct, obtaining compensation, clarifying legal obligations, and producing systemic change.
It can also be expensive, time-consuming, uncertain, and demanding.
Do not assume that litigation must always be the last possible step.
Filing deadlines, imminent harm, evidence preservation, or the need for emergency relief may require early legal consultation or court action.
At the same time, consider negotiation, mediation, administrative remedies, regulatory enforcement, and other alternatives when they can protect the relevant interests effectively.
Understand the difference between civil litigation and criminal prosecution.
Private parties can bring civil claims when the law permits, while criminal charges generally are brought by government prosecutors.
Identify the remedies you need rather than treating litigation primarily as a way to punish, embarrass, burden, or politically pressure another party.
Obtain qualified legal advice about deadlines, standing, jurisdiction, venue, evidence, remedies, and procedural requirements.
Preserve relevant evidence and give your lawyer an accurate account of both favorable and unfavorable facts.
A class action is available only when the applicable certification requirements are satisfied; it is not simply a larger or more powerful version of an ordinary lawsuit.
Understand that state and federal court structures and procedures differ.
Evaluate settlement and alternative dispute resolution throughout the process rather than assuming that filing requires taking every issue to trial.
Finally, treat litigation as a legal process for obtaining authorized remedies – not as an advocacy tactic designed primarily to keep opponents off balance or increase pressure.
When a viable legal claim, appropriate plaintiff, suitable remedy, and sound strategy come together, legal action can be an important part of protecting people, communities, and the public interest.
Resources
Online Resources
The number of Internet sites relating to the law and legal issues is enormous. We've tried to provide a few that contain both general and specific information, and that can lead you to other sites as you need them:
Action Resources – When directed to this page, a variety of links are available, and there is a section specific to taking legal action with related resources.
Columbia Law School Library Online Resources houses a variety of documents and information related to initiating legal action.
An explanation of the lawsuit process.
Gallagher Law Library from the University of Washington School of Law provides a free law library online that offers a variety of legal resources.
All about grand juries from the University of Dayton Law School.
Free Legal Web Resources is a service provided by Emory University Law School, and it is organized by subject.
FindLaw. Articles, guides, and other information on a broad range of legal issues.
How to Research a Legal Problem is a guide intended for non-lawyers, and it offers information for a person with a legal problem to find legal rules that can resolve or prevent conflict.
The Legal Advocacy Fund seeks to challenge gender discrimination in higher education and the workplace; this website provides resources for legal case support and legal referrals.
The Lectric Law Library. An irreverent and useful site, including a legal dictionary with definitions of thousands of legal terms, articles, and other material on hundreds of legal topics.
The Legal Information Institute at Cornell Law School. One of the best legal information sites on the web, including all US state laws and all federal laws.
Martindale-Hubbell, including the Martindale-Hubbell Law Directory.
Legal Action
___Your group has met and determined that taking this legal action is your last resort.
___You have retained the right attorney.
___You determine whether you have a case.
___You have decided whether a class action suit is appropriate, both for the situation and for achieving your goals.
___You have determined that your legal action is a ____criminal lawsuit or a ____civil lawsuit, by deciding what you want to get out of the lawsuit.
___You decide where to file suit, and whether to use the state or federal courts (if you have choices in any of these areas).
___If you want to file a criminal action, you have taken your evidence to the police, the FBI, or the prosecutor's office.
___If a criminal lawsuit you have worked with a state or federal prosecutor who has decided to pursue the lawsuit.
___If a civil suit, your group has decided to file suite against other parties (who may be either private or public entities).
___Your group has, with advice from your attorney, filed suit for money or other payment for injury caused by the defendant.
___In a civil case, you have decided to not pursue money or other payments, but instead seek an injunction, an apology, or some action on the part of the defendant.
___You do your research, so you can counter opposition arguments.
___You anticipate whatever the other side may throw at you.
___You make allowances for having this legal action in your life for a long period.
Why would you - and why wouldn't you - initiate legal action?
You initiate legal action because:
___The other party refuses to deal with you at all.
___You've tried negotiation and/or mediation, and found that the other party wouldn't deal with you in good faith.
___You want a judge to order mediation, fact-finding, or arbitration to resolve an issue.
___The other party has made it clear that legal action is the only course it will accept.
___You know or believe that the other party is about to initiate legal action against you.
___The other party is doing, or about to do, something so harmful that you have to act quickly and pointedly.
___Taking legal action is part of a larger strategy to keep the opposition off balance while you work to get a law passed that will make your suit unnecessary.
___If you win, you may set a legal precedent that helps your cause over the long term.
You hesitate to take legal action because:
___It's expensive.
___It's time-consuming.
___It can be extremely unpleasant.
___It can destroy current or potential relationships.
___The effort you put into the lawsuit may take away from your other work as an advocate.
___There's no guarantee that, after all the expenditure of money, time, good will, reputation, etc., you'll win.
___If you lose, you may set a legal precedent that hurts your cause over the long term.
The Southern Poverty Law Center
Tool #1: More on criminal and civil law
Criminal law includes felonies and misdemeanors.
Felony. A felony is a serious crime, usually defined as punishable by one year or more in prison. Felonies include such violent crimes as murder, armed robbery, and rape, and also some non-violent crimes - embezzlement, burglary, drug dealing, etc. The fact that the possible penalty for a felony is a year or more in jail doesn't mean that someone convicted has to receive that sentence. Actual punishment for a felony can vary from the maximum sentence - which, for a first-degree murder conviction in some states or the federal system, could be death - to probation, community service, restitution (repayment, either in money or some other form), or some other alternative to jail.
Misdemeanor. A misdemeanor is a less serious crime, punishable by a short jail term and/or a fine, restitution, community service, probation, or another alternative to jail time. Misdemeanors are usually non-violent - although being involved in a bar brawl or street fight may be classed as a misdemeanor - and include such actions as drug possession, drunk driving, and shoplifting.
In federal cases, and in many states, the prosecutor must bring any serious criminal case first to a Grand Jury to determine whether there is enough evidence to bring an indictment. Federal and most state grand juries are chosen from the same pool of jurors - usually registered voters and/or holders of drivers' licenses - as trial juries. A grand jury, however, meets over a longer period of time (6 months to as long as 36 months for a federal grand jury) than a trial jury, and may do its own investigation as well as hearing witnesses and considering evidence.
The federal government and 23 states (Alabama, Alaska, Delaware, Florida, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and West Virginia), as well as the District of Columbia have to present serious felonies to the grand jury for possible indictment. In 25 other states, prosecutors have various options, one of which is to seek a grand jury indictment. In the final two states, Connecticut and Pennsylvania, grand juries no longer indict, but are only investigative.
Civil law.
Any jury or judge has to make judgments - that's what they're there for. However, the judgments in criminal and civil trials are very different. In a criminal trial, the law is clearly spelled out, and the jury or judge has to decide whether the government has shown "beyond a reasonable doubt" that the defendant has actually violated the law. This may often be a difficult decision to make, but the lines around it are cleanly drawn.
In a civil action, the judgments are of a different nature. First, the jury or judge has to decide - by considering the evidence and testimony - which of the parties is telling the truth (or something closer to the truth), and whether there has actually been an injury to one of the parties. If there has been, then the judgment shifts to deciding on a reasonable compensation for that injury.
This last can open a huge can of worms. Juries angered by the callous behavior of a defendant - or simply angered by the apparent general attitude of large corporations or government agencies - may award huge amounts in damages. Juries and judges may also find that there has been injury, but that it isn't worth any money damages to speak of. You sometimes hear of cases in which the winner is awarded a dollar, or perhaps attorney's fees (which can amount to a large sum if the case has been a long one). Either type of judgment can lead to years of appeals and a big win...for the lawyers.
In short, while all trials are, in some sense, crapshoots, with juries and even judges often influenced by factors other than the law and the facts of the case, civil trials are even more so. This is one of the reasons that the Community Tool Box advises that you exercise extreme caution before deciding to file a lawsuit.
Perhaps the most common outcome of all in a civil suit is that its outcome is not determined as the result of a trial. Even if it goes to the point where a trial is going on, attorneys on both sides are generally negotiating behind the scenes, trying to come to some agreement before the judge or jury beats them to it. The vast majority of civil suits are settled out of court by an agreement negotiated between the parties.
Judge or jury?
The defendant in a civil or criminal action usually has the right to refuse (waive her right to) a jury trial. Defendants in civil suits may do this because they feel a jury will be more likely than a judge to favor an underdog plaintiff, or to be emotionally swayed, rather than attending to the facts of the case. In a criminal case, a defendant who's accused of a particularly nasty crime might feel, again, that a jury will be more emotionally affected by the case than a judge will. Only the defendant has this choice, because US law gives the accused both the benefit of the doubt and the right to be tried by a jury of peers.
Tool #2: The court system
Federal courts. The federal court system has three levels, as well as three special courts.
- The Supreme Court of the United States decides Constitutional issues, and handles cases between or among states, and between or among states and the federal government. It is the "court of last resort," i.e., the highest court of appeals, for any case involving a Constitutional question or a matter of federal law.
- The 12 Circuit Courts, or Courts of Appeals, cover the 50 states, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and the Northern Marianas. They do not decide cases, but hear appeals on questions of the Constitution and of federal law. There is also a 13th Federal Circuit, which has nationwide jurisdiction to hear appeals in special cases, including patent law and cases from the Courts of International Trade and Federal Claims (see below).
- The 94 Federal District Courts, covering the same geographical area as the Circuit Courts, are the trial courts of the federal system. They hear all serious felony cases dealing with violations of federal law, as well as civil cases with more than $75,000 at stake where the parties are citizens of different states or US citizens and foreign governments. They also try cases where Constitutional issues are raised, and have jurisdiction in matters of maritime law.
- Special courts include Bankruptcy Court (the federal government has jurisdiction over all bankruptcies); the Court of International Trade, which has jurisdiction over international trade and customs issues; and the Court of Federal Claims, which handles trials and some appeals for all claims - money damages and others - against the federal government.
State courts. The court system of each state deals with the laws and constitutional issues of that state. While there is considerable variation in state court systems, the general structure in most cases provides three or four levels of courts:
- State Supreme Court. The court of last resort on appeals involving state law and the state constitution. In some states, the Supreme Court is the only appeals court, with all other state courts being trial courts.
- Appeals Court. In states that have an Appeals Court, it functions similarly to the federal Circuit Courts, hearing appeals from the trial courts on issues of law and state constitutionality.
- General jurisdiction trial courts (District Courts). These courts, located, as you might guess, in different districts around the state so as to be accessible to citizens in all areas, try most civil and criminal cases. In some states, there are two levels of general trial courts, with one handling only the more serious cases.

What is a boycott?
A boycott is an organized effort in which people voluntarily stop or reduce purchasing, using, or otherwise economically supporting a product, business, organization, or other target in order to express a concern and seek a specific change.
Boycotts may address issues involving:
- Working conditions
- Civil or human rights
- Environmental practices
- Discrimination
- Consumer protection
- Animal welfare
- Corporate or institutional policies
- Other community concerns
A boycott generally works by showing that a meaningful number of people are willing to change their economic behavior because of a particular concern.
Depending on the circumstances, the resulting effects may include:
- Reduced sales or participation
- Increased public attention
- Greater scrutiny of a policy or practice
- Dialogue with the organization involved
- Changes in organizational policy or practice
The goal should be clearly identified before the boycott begins.
Boycotts have played important roles in social movements
Boycotts have been used in movements for civil rights, worker rights, consumer protection, environmental protection, and other forms of social change.
For example, the Montgomery Bus Boycott began after Rosa Parks was arrested in 1955 for refusing to give up her seat under Montgomery's segregated bus system.
Parks was not simply a tired passenger who made a spontaneous decision. She was an experienced civil-rights activist and NAACP member, and Black organizers in Montgomery had been challenging segregation before her arrest.
The boycott lasted 381 days and accompanied the legal challenge that ultimately resulted in the desegregation of Montgomery's buses.
Different forms of boycott
Consumer boycott
A consumer boycott asks people not to purchase particular goods or services.
For example, consumers might decide not to purchase products from a company until it changes a labor, environmental, or business practice.
Targeted product boycott
Sometimes the boycott focuses on a particular product rather than every activity of the organization that produces it.
A narrower boycott may make sense when the concern applies only to:
- One product
- One supplier
- One location
- One practice
Secondary or third-party boycott
A boycott may sometimes ask people to stop doing business with another organization because that organization buys from, sells for, or otherwise maintains a relationship with the primary target.
The legal rules governing this type of activity can be complicated.
In the United States, federal labor law restricts certain secondary conduct by labor organizations in labor disputes.
That does not mean that every consumer campaign involving a third party is automatically illegal.
If a proposed boycott involves:
- A labor organization
- Picketing a neutral employer
- Encouraging employees of another employer to stop working
- Coordinated commercial restraints
- Other legally complicated conduct
obtain qualified legal advice about the specific activity rather than relying on a general statement that secondary boycotts are either always legal or always illegal.
A strike is different from a consumer boycott
A strike generally involves employees collectively withholding their labor.
Strikes and consumer boycotts may sometimes occur together, but they involve different rights, participants, laws, and procedures.
Why organize a boycott?
A boycott may be useful when people want to use voluntary economic choices to communicate a concern and seek a specific response.
To seek a change in policy or practice
A boycott may ask an organization to:
- Change a workplace practice
- Correct discriminatory conduct
- Improve environmental practices
- Change sourcing or supply-chain practices
- Improve consumer protections
- Meet a previously stated commitment
- Take another specific corrective action
To express values through economic choices
People may decide that they do not want their spending to support a particular product, practice, or organization.
A boycott can give people an organized way to act on that decision together.
To increase public understanding of an issue
A boycott may draw attention to a concern that has received limited public attention.
Publicity should support understanding of:
- What the problem is
- What evidence supports the concern
- What change is being requested
- What would cause the boycott to end
Generating negative publicity should not itself be the goal.
Do not make destruction the objective
A boycott may create serious financial consequences.
Those consequences should be considered carefully, particularly when they may affect:
- Workers
- Franchisees
- Small suppliers
- Contractors
- Local communities
- Other people who were not responsible for the disputed practice
Do not treat forcing an organization out of business as the ordinary purpose of a boycott.
Define the corrective action you are seeking and consider whether the boycott is proportionate to that goal.
When should you consider a boycott?
There is no universal rule that a boycott must always be the last possible advocacy tactic.
Whether it is appropriate depends on:
- The seriousness of the problem
- Whether harm is ongoing
- Whether the organization has been informed of the concern
- Whether meaningful corrective action is occurring
- Whether other processes are available
- The likely effectiveness of a boycott
- Possible unintended consequences
- Legal considerations
Direct communication may be useful first
In many situations, it may be useful to contact the organization before beginning a boycott.
Explain:
- The concern
- The evidence
- The requested change
- A reasonable opportunity to respond when circumstances allow
Direct engagement is not always required.
Immediate public action may be appropriate when serious harm is occurring, previous engagement has failed, or delay would create significant risks.
Consider other people who may be affected
Ask:
- Could workers lose income?
- Could locally owned franchises be affected differently from corporate headquarters?
- Could small suppliers or community organizations experience unintended harm?
- Are the people most affected by the disputed practice involved in deciding whether a boycott is appropriate?
Consider organizational capacity
A boycott may require substantial:
- Research
- Communication
- Coalition coordination
- Public education
- Monitoring
- Negotiation
Determine whether your organization can sustain the effort without neglecting other important work.
Understand the legal environment
Peaceful political boycotts can involve protected speech, association, assembly, and petition.
At the same time, particular boycott tactics may be governed by:
- Labor law
- Antitrust law
- Contract law
- Defamation law
- Trespass and property rules
- Picketing regulations
- Other federal, state, or local law
Do not assume that every tactic described as a boycott has the same legal status.
Obtain qualified legal advice when the campaign involves significant legal or financial risk.
How do you organize a boycott?
Set a clear and realistic goal
Define exactly what you want the target organization to do.
A good demand is specific enough that both organizers and the organization can determine whether it has been met.
For example:
We are asking the company to publish a corrective-action plan, adopt the identified workplace-safety standards, and begin independent compliance reporting by January 1.
is clearer than:
Treat workers better.
Decide what would end or modify the boycott
Determine in advance:
- Which changes are essential
- Which changes are negotiable
- What evidence of compliance would be sufficient
- Whether partial progress would justify narrowing or suspending the boycott
- Who has authority to make those decisions for the campaign
Do not rely on unsupported rules claiming that a fixed percentage of consumers must participate for a boycott to succeed.
Economic impact varies by industry, target, market share, customer behavior, duration, and many other factors.
Do the research
Before asking other people to change their purchasing behavior, understand:
- What the organization is alleged to have done
- What evidence supports the claim
- Whether the practice is ongoing
- What the organization says in response
- Which products, brands, subsidiaries, or locations are actually connected to the issue
- What corrective action is possible
- What alternatives consumers have
Use reliable sources
Evaluate sources according to:
- Evidence
- Expertise
- Transparency
- Methodology
- Currency
- Independence or relevant conflicts of interest
Do not decide whether a source is credible merely from whether it is commonly associated with a particular political ideology.
Correct mistakes promptly
If an important claim turns out to be inaccurate:
- Correct it publicly
- Update campaign materials
- Reconsider the boycott if the correction changes the underlying case
Build meaningful collaboration
Other organizations may bring:
- Direct experience with the issue
- Technical expertise
- Community relationships
- Language access
- Worker or consumer perspectives
- Communications capacity
Collaborate because participants share a genuine concern, not simply because another organization has a large membership that can increase economic pressure.
Center people directly affected
When a boycott concerns working conditions, discrimination, environmental harm, or another impact on a particular community, involve people directly affected in decisions about:
- The goals
- The demands
- The target
- The timing
- The acceptable resolution
Do not organize economic pressure supposedly on behalf of a community while excluding that community from the strategy.
Notify the organization when appropriate
If advance notice is appropriate, communicate clearly and professionally.
The communication may explain:
- Who is raising the concern
- What conduct or policy is at issue
- What evidence supports the concern
- What corrective action is requested
- When the boycott is expected to begin
- What would cause organizers to suspend or end it
Use the appropriate contact
Send the communication to the office with authority to address the issue.
Depending on the situation, this may be:
- Executive leadership
- Customer relations
- Human resources
- Compliance
- Sustainability staff
- A board
- Another responsible department
Do not assume that the most senior executive must always be the sole or primary recipient.
Do not use prestige as leverage
The communication should come from the person or organization actually responsible for the campaign.
Do not place the letter on the stationery of a more famous or powerful supporter merely to create an impression of greater influence.
Explain the boycott publicly
People deciding whether to participate should be able to understand:
- What happened
- What evidence is available
- What organization or product is being boycotted
- What change is requested
- What participation involves
- What would cause the boycott to end
Communication methods may include:
- Websites
- Social media
- Community meetings
- News organizations
- Public statements
- Flyers or posters
- Lawful demonstrations or picketing
Use channels appropriate to the community and the campaign.
Keep public claims accurate
Strong criticism can be appropriate.
However, distinguish:
- Documented facts
- Allegations
- Interpretations
- Predictions
- Values or policy judgments
Do not exaggerate allegations because stronger language may generate more attention.
Offer practical alternatives
Participation is easier when people know what they can do instead.
Depending on the boycott, alternatives may include:
- Comparable products
- Other stores or service providers
- Reusable alternatives
- Community-based options
- Doing without a nonessential product
Research alternatives too
Do not recommend an alternative organization simply because it is not the boycott target.
Determine whether the alternative has similar problems relevant to the boycott's goals.
Be transparent when no clearly preferable alternative exists.
Participation should be voluntary
Ask people to participate based on the evidence and goals of the boycott.
Do not:
- Harass people who continue purchasing from the target
- Threaten participants or nonparticipants
- Shame individuals publicly
- Misrepresent who supports the boycott
- Interfere unlawfully with access to a business
People should remain free to evaluate the issue and make their own purchasing choices.
Monitor the boycott
Establish measures that help determine whether the strategy is useful.
These may include:
- Whether the organization has responded
- Whether policy or practice has changed
- Whether agreed corrective steps have been completed
- Participation levels
- Economic effects where reliable data are available
- Unintended effects on workers or communities
- Whether public understanding has improved
Do not assume that criticism or resistance from the target proves that the boycott is working.
Evaluate actual evidence of progress.
Respond to meaningful change
If the organization takes corrective action:
- Verify what changed
- Compare the change with the campaign's stated goals
- Communicate the development accurately
- Decide whether to narrow, suspend, or end the boycott
Acknowledge genuine progress when it occurs.
Do not describe an organization as having “caved in” simply because it negotiated or changed course.
Likewise, do not declare the problem solved solely for favorable publicity if important commitments remain unmet.
Know when to reassess or end the boycott
Persistence may be necessary, but “be relentless” should not mean continuing indefinitely regardless of evidence.
Periodically ask:
- Is the underlying problem still occurring?
- Is the boycott producing meaningful progress?
- Has new information changed our understanding?
- Are unintended harms outweighing likely benefits?
- Are the people directly affected still supportive of the strategy?
- Would another advocacy method now be more effective?
Ending an ineffective boycott is not necessarily a failure.
It may reflect responsible reassessment of strategy and resources.
Another option: Supporting organizations whose practices you value
People may also choose to direct their spending toward organizations whose practices they support.
This is sometimes called a “buycott.”
Supportive purchasing may help:
- Reward improved practices
- Strengthen local or mission-aligned businesses
- Demonstrate consumer demand for particular standards
Apply the same research standards used for a boycott.
Do not recommend a company solely because of one favorable policy without considering whether claims about its practices are accurate.
In Summary
A boycott is a form of voluntary collective economic action in which people withhold purchases or other support to express a concern and seek change.
Boycotts have played important roles in civil-rights, labor, consumer, environmental, and other movements.
They should not be framed primarily as economic warfare, punishment, or an effort to destroy the target.
Begin by identifying the problem, the responsible organization or product, and the specific change you are requesting.
Research the issue carefully and distinguish verified facts from allegations, interpretations, and predictions.
Involve people directly affected by the disputed policy or practice.
Consider possible unintended effects on workers, suppliers, franchisees, and communities.
Understand the legal rules that apply to the particular type of boycott.
In the United States, labor-law restrictions on some secondary boycott activity should not be confused with a blanket prohibition on every boycott involving a third party.
When appropriate, communicate the concern and requested corrective action to the organization before the boycott begins.
Explain the campaign publicly in clear, accurate language and give people enough information to decide for themselves whether to participate.
Offer practical alternatives when possible.
Participation should remain voluntary and nonviolent.
Monitor actual results instead of assuming that publicity, controversy, or resistance proves success.
When meaningful corrective action occurs, acknowledge it and reassess whether the boycott should continue.
Periodically reconsider the strategy if progress is limited or unintended harm develops.
Finally, the purpose of a boycott is not simply to damage an organization financially.
It is to use coordinated, voluntary economic choices to communicate values, seek accountable change, and give people another way to participate in collective civic action.
Resources
Online Resource
Boycott Organizer's Guide is an excellent resource for planning a boycott and deciding who to target with the boycott.
The Quick Start Guide to boycotts provides information specific to starting a consumer boycott.
On Boycotts Organized through the Internet is a study published by Paul Sergius Koku. In the article, he analyzes use of the internet in boycott organization.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Avner, M., & Smucker, B. (2002). The lobbying and advocacy handbook for nonprofit organizations: Shaping public policy at the state and local level. Amherst H. Wilder Foundation. This book offers a clear step-by-step guide to implementing a successful advocacy program at both the state and local levels.
Biklen, D. (1983). Community organizing: Theory and practice. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Bobo, K., Kendall, J., Max, S.(1996). Organizing for social change: A manual for activists in the 1990s. Minneapolis, MN: Seven Locks Press.
Kahn, S. (1982). Organizing. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill.
Miller, A. (1992, July). Do Boycotts Work? Newsweek, 58-61.
Shragge, E. (2013). Activism and Social Change: Lessons for Community Organizing. University of Toronto Press, Higher Education Division; 2nd Edition. This book discusses community organizing in a post-9/11 context, and includes a discussion of national and transnational organizing efforts.
Sen, R. (2003). Stir it up: Lessons in community organizing and advocacy. Jossey-Bass; 1st Edition. In this book, Sen goes step-by-step through the process of building and mobilizing a community and implementing key strategies to affect social change. Using case studies to illustrate advocacy practices, Sen provides tools to help groups tailor his model for their own organizational needs.
Milkman, R. J., & Narro, V. (2010). Working for Justice: The L.A. Model of Organizing and Advocacy. ILR Press. Working for Justice provides eleven case studies of recent low-wage worker organizing campaigns in Los Angeles. This information was acquired through interviews, access to documents, and participant observation.
___You understand the two ways boycotts work -- by creating negative publicity and threatening to hurt an organization's bottom line.
___You know the difference between a primary and a secondary boycott.
You know the basic ways a boycott can be used:
___As an end in itself.
___To destroy an individual or corporation.
___As a bargaining chip.
You know the advantages of organizing a boycott:
___Achieving success by forcing an individual or business to change their policies.
___Letting people put their money where their values are.
___Bringing a lot of attention to you and your cause.
___Making other organizations rethink their policies.
___You have exhausted your other more gentle options and are turning to a boycott as a last resort.
You have taken extra time to answer the following questions:
___Could the boycott alienate any of my current supporters?
___Could legal action be taken against my organization because of this boycott?
___Am I willing to put in the time and effort required to make this endeavor successful?
___You have come up with goals that are clear and realistic.
___You have a good understanding of what makes a boycott effective.
___Solid facts and trusted sources have been used in your research.
___All of the groups you want to boycott have been identified.
___You have made partnerships with other groups who share your opinions.
__The perpetrators have been informed of your intentions, preferably through a letter.
The letter to your perpetrators has met the following criteria:
___It is clear and professional in tone, without being overtly threatening.
___It has been written on agency letterhead.
___Information has been included about other groups collaborating on the boycott.
___The who, what, and when of your boycott have been clearly stated.
___It has been sent two weeks prior to the date listed for your boycott to begin.
___It has been signed by the head of your group or groups.
__It has been checked and rechecked for spelling and grammatical mistakes.
___It has been sent to the CEO or President of the organization, as well as any other personnel directly involved with the issue.
___You have run your ideas by your friends and colleagues to make sure they make sense, and have also invited and encouraged them to join your efforts.
___You have held a press conference to let the rest of the community know about your efforts, and their benefits in joining.
You have examined other sections of the Toolbox for additional information on boycott strategies, such as:
___Organizing Public Demonstrations, Chapter 33, Section 14.
___Writing Letters to the Editor: Chapter 33, Section 2.
___Using Paid Advertising: Chapter 6, Section 9.
___Creating Posters and Fliers: Chapter 6, Section 11.
___Arranging a Press Conference: Chapter 6, Section 8.
___Communications to Promote Interest: Chapter 6.
You have made efforts to explain why you are sponsoring the boycott, and have included in your explanations:
___Solid reasoning.
___Updated information.
___Simple explanations.
___You have offered alternatives to whatever you are boycotting, and have made the boycott easy to participate in.
___You have praised the boycotted organizations publicly following any of their attempts to meet your demands.
___You have kept at your boycott over time, and celebrated your smaller landmark victories.
Example #1: Betty Patton, Recycling Advocates
In this interview, Ms. Patton talks to the Community Tool Box about a successful boycott by members of her organization, Recycling Advocates, against companies that used packaging containing polyvinyl chloride (PVC). We thank Ms. Patton for sharing her time and expertise.
Example #2: A sample letter to be sent to a company being boycotted
- The National Association for the Advancement of Colored People
- The Simply Equal Coalition
- The St. Louis Interfaith Council
- The National Organization for Women
- The Student Government of University of Missouri-St. Louis
- The American Civil Liberties Union
- And, of course, we fully expect the support of individuals of conscience in Overland and throughout the St. Louis metropolitan area. We intend to maintain the boycott until such a time as you acquiesce to treat all people with dignity within your stores, or until our efforts force their closing.
Example #3: The Buycott Project
This article, written by Laura Brown, was taken from the 7/17/97 web issue of Atlanta's Southern Voice newspaper. It is reprinted here with permission from the editor.
-
What is a strike?
-
Why would you want to organize a strike?
-
-
What is a strike?
-
Why might workers consider a strike?
-
What legal questions should workers consider?
-
How do you prepare for a strike?
-
How do you organize lawful picketing and communication?
-
How do you support workers during a strike?
-
How do negotiations continue during a strike?
In 1877, workers on the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad responded to repeated wage reductions by stopping work.
The resulting Great Railroad Strike spread across several states and is often described as the first major nationwide labor strike in the United States.
The conflict also involved violence, government intervention, military force, and substantial loss of life and property.
The history of the strike illustrates both the collective power of workers and the serious risks that can accompany large labor disputes.
Strikes continue to be an important form of worker action, but their legal status, consequences, and procedures depend on the workers involved, the reason for the strike, applicable labor law, collective-bargaining agreements, and the conduct of participants.
What is a strike?
A strike is a coordinated refusal by workers to perform their jobs in connection with a workplace dispute or collective demand.
Workers may strike over issues such as:
- Wages
- Benefits
- Scheduling
- Staffing
- Health and safety
- Working conditions
- Job security
- Collective-bargaining rights
- Alleged unfair labor practices
Strikes are often associated with labor unions, but some workers who are not represented by a union may also have rights to engage in protected concerted activity under applicable labor law.
Not every work stoppage has the same legal protection
In the United States, whether a strike is legally protected can depend on:
- Which workers are involved
- Which labor law applies
- The purpose of the strike
- The timing of the strike
- A collective-bargaining agreement
- Required notice procedures
- Conduct during the strike
Do not assume that a strike is protected simply because workers are acting together.
Workers and organizations considering a strike should obtain current information from their union, labor organization, labor agency, or qualified labor counsel.
Why might workers consider a strike?
Workers may consider a strike when they believe other forms of bargaining or workplace advocacy have not resolved an important dispute.
A strike can:
- Demonstrate that workers consider an issue serious
- Affect an employer's operations
- Create pressure for renewed bargaining
- Draw public attention to workplace concerns
- Strengthen participation and solidarity among workers
- Create an opportunity to negotiate different employment terms
These possible effects are not guaranteed.
A strike can also result in:
- Lost wages
- Loss or interruption of benefits
- Employment consequences
- Replacement of some workers where legally permitted
- Legal disputes
- Financial hardship for workers and families
- Strain within a bargaining unit or organization
- Effects on customers, patients, students, or the broader community
A strike should therefore be considered according to its likely benefits, risks, legal status, worker support, available resources, and alternatives.
What legal questions should workers consider?
Labor law is highly dependent on jurisdiction, industry, worker status, contracts, and the facts of the dispute.
General advocacy guidance cannot determine whether a particular strike will be protected.
Determine which labor law applies
The National Labor Relations Act applies to many private-sector workers, but it does not cover every worker.
Workers who may be governed by different legal systems include:
- Federal employees
- State and local government employees
- Agricultural workers
- Domestic workers
- Independent contractors
- Supervisors
- Railroad and airline employees covered by the Railway Labor Act
State and local public-sector labor laws differ significantly.
Some public employees face restrictions or prohibitions on striking.
Federal employees are prohibited by federal law from participating in a strike against the federal government.
Understand the reason for the strike
Federal labor law distinguishes among different types of strikes.
For covered private-sector workers, an economic strike may involve demands concerning wages, hours, benefits, or other working conditions.
An unfair-labor-practice strike may involve a protest against an employer's alleged unfair labor practice.
These categories can affect reinstatement rights and other legal consequences.
Understand replacement and reinstatement rules
Do not promise workers that participation in a strike automatically guarantees that they will immediately return to the same job afterward.
Under federal law applicable to covered private-sector employees:
- Workers participating in protected unfair-labor-practice strikes generally have stronger reinstatement rights.
- Economic strikers generally remain employees but may, under some circumstances, be permanently replaced.
- Workers participating in an unlawful or unprotected strike may lose reinstatement rights and may face discipline or discharge.
The details can be legally complex.
Review the collective-bargaining agreement
A collective-bargaining agreement may contain:
- No-strike provisions
- Grievance procedures
- Arbitration provisions
- Notice requirements
- Rules governing bargaining during the contract term
A work stoppage that violates an enforceable no-strike obligation may not receive the same legal protection as another strike.
Check notice requirements
Certain strikes may be subject to statutory or contractual notice requirements.
Requirements can differ according to the industry, type of bargaining relationship, and reason for the strike.
Verify all applicable deadlines before setting a strike date.
Conduct matters
Workers may lose legal protection for serious misconduct.
Avoid:
- Violence
- Threats of violence
- Property destruction
- Physically blocking people from entering or leaving a workplace
- Other conduct prohibited by applicable law or court order
Lawful picketing can be protected, but the purpose, location, timing, and conduct of picketing can affect its legal status.
How do you prepare for a strike?
Follow union and organizational procedures
If workers are represented by a union, review:
- The union constitution or bylaws
- Strike-authorization procedures
- Membership-vote requirements
- National, international, or parent-union requirements
- Collective-bargaining obligations
- Applicable labor law
Do not assume that local leadership can independently call a strike.
Make worker participation meaningful
Workers who may lose wages, benefits, or employment opportunities should understand the likely consequences before a strike begins.
Provide clear information about:
- The dispute
- The bargaining history
- The proposed demands
- Legal advice received
- Financial support available
- Possible employment consequences
- How major strike decisions will be made
Avoid pressuring workers to participate through threats, intimidation, or misleading claims about their legal rights.
Establish clear decision-making responsibilities
A strike may require responsibility for:
- Overall coordination
- Bargaining
- Legal issues
- Picketing
- Worker communication
- Public communication
- Financial assistance
- Safety
- Recordkeeping
These responsibilities may be handled by separate committees or by a smaller coordinating group depending on the size of the organization.
What matters is that authority and responsibilities are clear.
Maintain records
Keep accurate records of:
- Membership decisions
- Bargaining proposals
- Communications with the employer
- Legal guidance
- Financial decisions
- Picket schedules
- Significant incidents
- Agreements reached
Protect confidential bargaining, personnel, legal, and personal information appropriately.
Define the bargaining objectives
Be clear about:
- What workers are requesting
- Why those changes are important
- What evidence supports them
- Which issues are priorities
- Where compromise may be possible
- What would constitute an acceptable settlement
Demands may concern wages, staffing, benefits, safety, scheduling, disciplinary procedures, job security, or other employment terms.
Do not automatically include a guarantee that no striking worker can experience any employment consequence unless that guarantee has actually been negotiated and is legally enforceable.
Negotiate before and during a strike
A strike is generally connected to a bargaining dispute, and bargaining may continue before, during, and after a work stoppage.
Negotiators should:
- Understand the bargaining objectives
- Have authority defined by the workers or organization
- Communicate developments accurately
- Consider employer proposals seriously
- Identify areas of possible agreement
- Avoid making commitments beyond their authority
Depending on the dispute, mediation, arbitration, or another labor-relations process may be available or required.
Use current labor-relations resources rather than relying on an outdated directory or a fixed list of books.
How do you organize lawful picketing?
Picketing is a visible form of communication associated with many strikes, but it is subject to legal limitations.
Before picketing:
- Review applicable labor law
- Review local rules concerning public space
- Review any court orders
- Determine where participants may lawfully stand
- Establish safety procedures
- Train picket captains or coordinators
Focus on safety and legality rather than appearance
The purpose of a picket schedule should be to maintain an orderly, sustainable, and effective presence.
Do not determine staffing simply because a small group will look unimpressive on television.
Do not obstruct access
Participants should not physically prevent workers, customers, vendors, or other authorized people from entering or leaving the site.
Serious misconduct can affect legal protections and create safety risks.
Establish conduct expectations
Expectations may include:
- No violence
- No threats
- No harassment
- No property damage
- No intoxication while participating
- Compliance with lawful safety instructions
- Prompt reporting of significant incidents
Document events responsibly
Organizations may document public strike activity when lawful and useful for:
- Safety
- Incident records
- Legal review
- Accurate public communication
Follow applicable privacy, recording, workplace, and property laws.
Documentation should not be used to intimidate workers who choose not to participate.
Respect workers' choices
Workers may have different legal rights and obligations concerning strike participation.
Do not use threats, coercion, or harassment to make workers join a picket line or punish them for declining.
Communicate with workers throughout the dispute
Workers need accurate and timely information about:
- Bargaining developments
- Changes in proposals
- Strike schedules
- Legal developments
- Financial assistance
- Meetings and votes
- Settlement proposals
Communication methods may include:
- Text messaging
- Secure messaging platforms
- Member meetings
- Websites
- Printed materials
Consider language access, disability access, privacy, and workers who may not have reliable digital access.
Communicate accurately with the public
A strike may attract public and news-media attention.
Public communication should explain:
- What the dispute concerns
- What workers are requesting
- Relevant bargaining history
- How the dispute may affect the community
- Any significant developments
Avoid treating communication primarily as an effort to portray workers as more sympathetic than the employer.
Correct misinformation when necessary, but distinguish:
- Verified facts
- Bargaining positions
- Allegations
- Predictions
- Opinions
News organizations should be treated as independent sources of public information, not as extensions of the strike organization.
How do you support workers financially?
Workers may lose income during a strike, so financial preparation can be essential.
Depending on resources and applicable rules, support may include:
- A strike fund
- Emergency financial assistance
- Food assistance
- Transportation assistance
- Referrals to community resources
- Information about health coverage
- Information about public benefits for which workers may independently be eligible
Do not guarantee public-benefit eligibility
Eligibility for Medicaid, food assistance, unemployment benefits, or other programs depends on current law and individual circumstances.
Direct workers to current official eligibility information or qualified benefits assistance rather than assuming striking workers will qualify.
Protect sensitive financial information
If a union or organization operates an assistance fund, establish clear procedures for:
- Eligibility
- Applications
- Confidentiality
- Approval
- Recordkeeping
- Financial oversight
Develop a realistic budget
Possible costs may include:
- Legal services
- Communication materials
- Meeting space
- Transportation
- Financial assistance
- Administrative expenses
- Safety supplies
- Other strike-support costs
Do not assume that arrests, bail, injunction litigation, or other conflict-related expenses are inevitable parts of a strike.
What about injunctions and court orders?
Federal law places important limits on federal-court injunctions in labor disputes, but injunction law is complex and includes statutory and judicial exceptions.
State law, collective-bargaining agreements, industry-specific statutes, alleged misconduct, arbitration obligations, and other circumstances may also affect available court remedies.
Do not rely on a general statement that employers “cannot get an injunction” or on a fixed timeline for when a court will hold a hearing.
If an employer, union, agency, or other party seeks a temporary restraining order or injunction:
- Obtain qualified labor counsel promptly
- Preserve relevant documents and evidence
- Follow all court orders
- Inform participants about any restrictions that affect them
- Do not encourage participants to violate an order while challenging it
Reassess the strike as conditions change
During a strike, periodically review:
- Worker support
- Bargaining progress
- Financial sustainability
- Legal developments
- Effects on workers and families
- Effects on the community
- Whether priorities have changed
Continuing a strike simply because it has already begun is not necessarily the best strategy.
Workers may decide to continue, modify, suspend, or end a strike according to their bargaining process and applicable organizational rules.
Settlement and return to work
A settlement should clearly address the issues necessary to end the dispute.
Depending on the circumstances, this may include:
- Wages
- Benefits
- Staffing or scheduling
- Safety provisions
- Contract duration
- Grievance procedures
- Return-to-work procedures
- Reinstatement issues
- Treatment of replacement workers
- Outstanding disciplinary or legal issues
Do not assume that all employment consequences disappear automatically when workers and management reach agreement.
Review settlement language carefully with appropriate union representatives and legal counsel.
Other forms of workplace collective action
Workers have used many forms of collective workplace action throughout labor history.
However, tactics should not be presented as interchangeable or automatically protected.
Sit-down strikes
A sit-down strike in which employees occupy the employer's workplace while refusing to work is not protected under current federal labor law applicable to covered private-sector employees.
It should not be recommended as a routine alternative to a conventional strike.
Partial, intermittent, or slowdown activity
Certain partial strikes, slowdowns, and intermittent work stoppages may not receive protection under federal labor law.
Workers should obtain current labor-law advice before considering such tactics.
Coordinated sick leave
Workers should not be advised to falsely report illness or misuse sick leave as a substitute for a legally prohibited strike.
Such conduct may violate employment policies, collective-bargaining agreements, public-sector labor laws, or other requirements.
The legal consequences depend on the workers and jurisdiction involved.
Other concerted activity
Depending on the workplace and applicable law, workers may have other lawful ways to act together regarding employment conditions.
These may include:
- Group complaints
- Petitions
- Workplace meetings
- Grievances
- Public testimony
- Protected picketing
- Regulatory complaints
- Other protected concerted activity
Determine the legal status of a particular tactic before recommending it.
In Summary
A strike is a coordinated work stoppage used by workers in connection with workplace demands or disputes.
Strikes can significantly affect bargaining, but they can also create serious legal, employment, financial, and community consequences.
The legal right to strike is not identical for every worker.
Determine which labor law applies, review collective-bargaining obligations, check required notice procedures, and obtain qualified guidance before beginning a strike.
Do not promise workers that participation automatically protects them from replacement, discipline, or other employment consequences.
Under federal law applicable to many private-sector workers, economic strikers and unfair-labor-practice strikers can have different reinstatement rights.
Public-sector, railroad, airline, agricultural, domestic, supervisory, independent-contractor, and other workers may be governed by different rules.
Establish clear objectives and decision-making procedures before a work stoppage begins.
Make sure workers understand the dispute, the risks, the available financial support, and how important decisions will be made.
Continue bargaining when appropriate and consider mediation or other dispute-resolution processes when available.
If picketing occurs, keep it peaceful, lawful, safe, and free from threats, violence, property damage, or obstruction.
Communicate accurately with workers and the public.
Plan for the financial impact on workers and families and provide benefits information based on current eligibility rules.
Obtain legal counsel promptly if an injunction, temporary restraining order, or other court process arises.
Do not recommend sit-down strikes, slowdowns, intermittent strikes, or coordinated misuse of sick leave without understanding their legal status.
Reassess the strike as bargaining, worker support, finances, and legal conditions change.
Finally, a strike should not be framed simply as a way to “force” an employer to surrender or to “bring the opposition to its senses.”
It is a serious form of collective workplace action whose purpose is to advance workers' employment interests through lawful collective pressure and bargaining.
-
Resources
Online Resources
Bay Area Industrial Workers for the World. (1998). How to fire your boss: A workers' guide to direct action.
Employee Rights is a PDF provided by the United States government, and it offers information on legal rights surrounding unionization and participation in a strike.
How Chicago Teachers Got Organized to Strike is an article published on October 19, 2012 by Norine Gutekanst.
198 Methods of Nonviolent Action is a resource provided by A Force More Powerful that lists 198 different methods of nonviolent action.
Organizing a Strike for Better Working Conditions is an article by Survival in Sight that discusses using strikes as an effective tool in the workplace.
Print Resources
Brecher, J. (1997). Strike! Cambridge, MA: South End Press.
Chenoweth, E., & Stephan, M. (2012). Why Civil Resistance Works: The Strategic Logic of Nonviolent Conflict. Columbia University Press. Using statistical analysis and case studies Chenoweth and Stephan discuss the factors of different civil resistance campaigns that cause some to succeed and others to fail.
Roberts, A., & Ash, T. (2011). Civil Resistance and Power Politics: The Experience of Non-Violent Action from Gandhi to the Present. Oxford University Press. Civil resistance is an inadequately understood feature of world politics, and Roberts and Ash identify and discuss peace struggle as a key phenomenon in international relations.
Rothman, J., Erlich, J. L., & Tropman, J. E. (1995). Strategies of Community Intervention. Fifth edition. Itasca, IL: F.E. Peacock Publishers, Inc.
Milkman, R., Bloom, J., & Narro, V. (2010). Working for Justice: The L.A. Model of Organizing and Advocacy. ILR Press. Working for Justice provides eleven case studies of recent low-wage worker organizing campaigns in Los Angeles. This information was acquired through interviews, access to documents, and participant observation.
United Electrical, Radio, and Machine Workers of America. (1989). Preparing for and conducting a strike: A UE guide. Fourth edition. Pittsburgh, PA: UE Publishing.
___You understand what a strike is
___You know why you want to organize and how to negotiate a strike
___You notified the national offices, and made sure you'll be able to update and report throughout the duration of the strike
___You have set up committees to handle the various planning responsibilities for the strike:
- General strike committee
- Negotiating committee
- Picketing committee
- Publicity committee
- Financial/fundraising committee
___You came up with a budget including all strike expenses
___You made a list of demands including:
- What you want
- Why you are threatening to strike
- Why you want what you want
- A guarantee that striking workers will not suffer any negative consequences
___You have negotiated as much as you can before picketing
If negotiations fail...
___You got your picketers out
___You have negotiated further with management until you reach a mutual conclusion

Social media and other digital tools can help advocacy organizations inform people, listen to communities, coordinate participation, and make it easier for people to take action.
Effective digital advocacy begins with the same questions as other forms of advocacy:
- What are you trying to accomplish?
- Who needs to receive or contribute information?
- What action, if any, are you asking people to take?
- Which communication channels are appropriate for those people?
- How will you know whether the effort is useful?
Do not begin with the assumption that your organization needs to be active on every popular platform.
Platforms, algorithms, features, audiences, and online habits change frequently.
Choose digital tools according to your goals, audience, capacity, accessibility needs, privacy requirements, and the type of communication involved.
What is digital advocacy?
Digital advocacy is the use of digital communication tools to inform, listen to, organize, engage, or support people around a public issue or community goal.
Digital advocacy may use:
- Organizational websites
- Text messaging
- Social media platforms
- Video and livestreaming services
- Messaging or community platforms
- Online forms
- Digital newsletters
- Virtual events
- Other digital communication tools
Not all digital advocacy tools are social media.
A website, email list, or text-messaging system may serve a different purpose from a public social network.
Strong digital advocacy often combines several channels rather than depending on one commercial platform.
Why use social media for digital advocacy?
Social media may help an organization:
- Share information quickly
- Reach people in different locations
- Listen to questions and community concerns
- Direct people to reliable information
- Promote public meetings, hearings, events, or opportunities for participation
- Share research, stories, and updates
- Recruit volunteers when appropriate
- Encourage specific civic or community actions
- Maintain communication during rapidly changing events
- Learn which information people are finding useful
Social media also has limitations.
Reach may depend on platform algorithms, advertising systems, account status, user behavior, and other factors outside your control.
Not everyone uses social media, and people who follow an account are not necessarily representative of the wider community.
When might you use social media?
Social media may be useful when the people you want to reach actively use a particular platform and the format supports your communication goal.
Examples include:
- Sharing a time-sensitive policy update
- Announcing a public event
- Directing people to a report or public resource
- Explaining a complex issue in accessible language
- Gathering questions or community feedback
- Recruiting participants for an advocacy activity
- Sharing public testimony or an organizational statement
- Correcting significant misinformation about your work or issue
Do not rely on universal posting-time rules
There is no single best time to post or send digital messages for every audience, organization, or platform.
Instead:
- Review your own engagement data
- Consider when your intended audience is likely to be available
- Test different times when useful
- Account for time zones
- Consider the urgency of the information
If a message concerns an approaching deadline, hearing, safety issue, or other time-sensitive event, communicating promptly may matter more than optimizing for engagement.
Who should use social media?
Social media is useful only when it fits the organization's goals and the people it is trying to reach.
Different platforms attract different communities, and patterns of use change over time.
Before committing resources to a platform, ask:
- Are people relevant to this issue actually using it?
- What types of content work well there?
- Can we make our content accessible?
- Do we have enough staff or volunteer capacity to maintain the account?
- Can we moderate comments or respond to important questions?
- What privacy or security concerns exist?
- What happens if the platform changes its rules or becomes unavailable?
An organization may decide that email, text messages, a website, community meetings, print materials, or another communication method serves some audiences better.
How do you use social media for digital advocacy?
Conduct a strategic review
Start with the advocacy objective, not the platform.
Define:
- The issue
- The change or outcome you seek
- The people you need to reach
- The information they need
- The action you want them to consider
- The resources available to your organization
- How you will evaluate the effort
Avoid adopting a new platform simply because it is receiving attention.
A tool is useful only when it contributes to the larger advocacy goal.
Identify the people you need to reach
Instead of assuming where an audience is online, use current information.
Possible sources include:
- Your organization's analytics
- Surveys
- Community conversations
- Platform audience information
- Current research about digital-media use
Avoid treating broad demographic categories as if everyone within them uses the same platforms or communicates in the same way.
Choose your digital channels
You do not necessarily need one social-media platform to function as the center of all digital advocacy.
In many cases, an organization-controlled website, email list, or other channel can serve as the most stable source of information while social platforms help people discover or share that information.
Consider the role of each channel.
For example:
- A website may host detailed and durable information.
- Email may provide direct updates to people who have opted in.
- Text messages may work for short, time-sensitive reminders when recipients have consented to receive them.
- Social networks may help distribute information and support public conversation.
- Video platforms may help explain issues visually or share events.
Do not make your organization dependent on one platform
Commercial platforms can change:
- Algorithms
- Pricing
- Moderation rules
- Account features
- Application programming interfaces
- Advertising policies
- Ownership
- Availability
Maintain ways to communicate with your community that are not completely dependent on a single platform.
Set meaningful goals and measures
Decide in advance what success would look like.
Useful measures depend on the advocacy goal.
They may include:
- People reaching an accurate information page
- Event registrations
- Public comments submitted
- Volunteer sign-ups
- Newsletter subscriptions
- Completed surveys
- Downloads of an advocacy resource
- Questions received from community members
- Participation by people directly affected
- Progress toward the underlying policy or community objective
Do not confuse attention with impact
Metrics such as:
- Followers
- Views
- Likes
- Shares
- Comments
may help show how content is being distributed, but they do not by themselves show that an advocacy effort changed policy, improved participation, or reached the people who most needed the information.
Connect digital metrics to the larger advocacy objective whenever possible.
Create useful content
Digital advocacy content may include:
- Issue explanations
- Policy updates
- Public records or research
- Frequently asked questions
- Event information
- Personal experiences shared with permission
- Videos
- Graphics
- Calls to action
- Follow-up information showing what happened
Use plain language
Write for people who may not already understand the issue.
Avoid unnecessary:
- Jargon
- Acronyms
- Technical terminology
- Insider language
When specialized terms are necessary, explain them.
Be accurate before being fast
Social media rewards rapid communication, but speed should not replace accuracy.
Before publishing important factual claims:
- Verify the source
- Check the date
- Read beyond a headline
- Confirm whether an announcement is official
- Distinguish preliminary information from established findings
- Correct significant errors promptly
If information is uncertain or still developing, say so.
Credit sources
When sharing:
- Data
- Research
- Photographs
- Graphics
- Quotes
- Reporting
identify the source when appropriate and follow applicable copyright, licensing, and platform rules.
Make social-media content accessible
Accessibility should be built into digital advocacy from the beginning.
Depending on the content and platform, accessible practices may include:
- Adding meaningful alternative text to images
- Captioning videos
- Providing transcripts when useful
- Providing audio description when important visual information is not communicated through narration
- Using readable color contrast
- Avoiding flashing or unnecessarily distracting animation
- Using plain language
- Capitalizing individual words in multiword hashtags
- Using emojis and special characters carefully
- Providing an accessible web version when a platform cannot make the content fully accessible
Do not assume automatically generated captions or image descriptions are always accurate.
Review them when possible.
Respect privacy and consent
Digital advocacy can make personal information widely and permanently visible.
Before posting another person's:
- Name
- Photograph
- Video
- Personal story
- Health information
- Immigration information
- Housing circumstances
- Contact information
- Other identifying information
make sure you have appropriate permission.
Explain how the material may be used and where it may appear.
Do not assume that someone who agreed to tell a story at a private meeting also agreed to have that story posted publicly online.
Be especially careful with children and people facing retaliation risks
Consider whether publishing someone's identity could create:
- Harassment
- Employment consequences
- Immigration concerns
- Safety risks
- Stigma
- Other unwanted exposure
Sometimes the most responsible choice is to share an experience without identifying the person.
Protect organizational accounts
Advocacy accounts can be targets for unauthorized access, impersonation, phishing, or other forms of abuse.
Organizations should establish clear account-security procedures.
Consider:
- Multifactor authentication
- Strong credential management
- Limited administrative access
- Clear procedures when staff or volunteers leave
- Recovery contact information
- Review of third-party social-media management tools
- An incident-response plan
Avoid sharing one password informally among several staff members or volunteers when a platform provides safer account-management options.
Establish roles and an approval process
Decide:
- Who may publish content
- Who responds to messages
- Who verifies factual claims
- Who approves high-risk or sensitive posts
- Who handles account security
- Who manages emergencies
Not every routine post needs a complicated approval process.
However, statements involving:
- Serious allegations
- Legal disputes
- Personal information
- Organizational crises
- Major policy announcements
may require additional review.
Develop a content plan
A content calendar can help coordinate:
- Key advocacy dates
- Hearings
- Meetings
- Reports
- Events
- Calls to action
- Educational content
- Follow-up information
Leave enough flexibility to respond to unexpected developments.
Do not rely on a fixed formula stating that a particular percentage of posts must be self-promotional or non-promotional.
Instead, ask whether the content is useful to the people you are trying to serve and whether it supports the advocacy goal.
Ask people to take clear action
When action is appropriate, explain:
- What is happening
- Why it matters
- What action people can take
- Who should receive the action
- Any deadline
- Where people can find more information
Examples may include:
- Attend a meeting
- Submit public comments
- Contact an elected official
- Complete a community survey
- Volunteer
- Register for an event
- Read and share a public resource
Do not pressure people into actions they do not understand.
Engage rather than simply broadcast
Digital advocacy can involve listening as well as publishing.
Pay attention to:
- Questions
- Corrections
- Community concerns
- Requests for more information
- Perspectives that differ from your own
- Accessibility problems
- Reports of harassment or misinformation
Respond when doing so is useful and appropriate.
You do not need to answer every comment or engage indefinitely with hostile or repetitive exchanges.
Moderate online spaces responsibly
If your organization manages comments, groups, forums, or other interactive spaces, establish clear rules.
Rules may address:
- Threats
- Harassment
- Hate speech
- Doxxing or disclosure of personal information
- Spam
- Repeated off-topic content
- Impersonation
- Other disruptive conduct
Apply moderation policies consistently.
Do not remove legitimate disagreement merely because it is critical of your organization or advocacy position.
Respond to misinformation carefully
Not every inaccurate comment requires a public response.
Consider:
- How widely the claim is spreading
- Whether it may cause harm
- Whether your organization is an appropriate source to correct it
- Whether responding could unintentionally amplify it
When correcting misinformation:
- State the accurate information clearly
- Provide a reliable source
- Avoid unnecessary personal attacks
- Correct your own errors using the same standard
Use partnerships transparently
Organizations may collaborate with:
- Community organizations
- Researchers
- Content creators
- Businesses
- Public agencies
- Other partners
When content involves a paid endorsement, gift, sponsorship, or another material relationship, follow applicable disclosure requirements.
People should be able to understand relevant relationships that may affect how they interpret an endorsement or recommendation.
Be thoughtful about automation and artificial intelligence
Digital tools may help organizations:
- Schedule posts
- Draft content
- Summarize information
- Translate material
- Generate graphics or other media
- Analyze engagement
Human review remains important.
Before publishing automated or AI-assisted content:
- Verify factual claims
- Check names, dates, statistics, and links
- Review translations
- Check accessibility
- Confirm that images, audio, or video do not create a misleading impression
- Follow applicable disclosure or platform requirements
Do not use automation to create fake community participation, fictitious testimonials, artificial grassroots support, or misleading engagement.
Manage multiple accounts carefully
Maintaining several accounts can require substantial time.
Before expanding to another platform, ask:
- Does the audience justify the additional work?
- Can we publish platform-appropriate content?
- Can we respond to important messages?
- Can we secure the account?
- Can we maintain it over time?
Social-media management tools may help schedule or coordinate content across accounts.
Review the tool's security, privacy, access controls, cost, and current platform compatibility before using it.
Avoid identical automated posting everywhere
Reusing information across platforms can save time, but each platform may have different:
- Formats
- Accessibility features
- Audience expectations
- Character or media requirements
- Context
Adapt important content where necessary.
Connect digital and offline advocacy
Digital advocacy works best when it supports the larger advocacy effort rather than functioning as a separate activity.
Connect digital communication with:
- Public meetings
- Testimony
- Community organizing
- Print materials
- News-media outreach
- Research
- Direct communication with decision-makers
- Programs and services
At the same time, do not require social-media participation as the only way community members can receive information or take part.
Monitor and evaluate
Review your digital advocacy periodically.
Ask:
- Are we reaching the people we intended to reach?
- Are people finding the information useful?
- Are our calls to action understandable?
- Is our content accessible?
- Are we protecting personal information?
- Are our accounts secure?
- Are comments or questions identifying concerns we had not considered?
- Are we accurately representing community views?
- Are the time and resources devoted to each platform justified?
- Is digital activity contributing to the underlying advocacy objective?
Change or discontinue practices that are not helping.
A large follower count should not prevent an organization from leaving or reducing activity on a platform that no longer serves its goals.
In Summary
Digital advocacy uses digital communication tools to inform, listen to, organize, engage, and support people around an issue or community goal.
Social media can be an important part of that work, but it is only one part of a larger communication strategy.
Start with the advocacy objective rather than the platform.
Identify the people you need to reach and use current information to determine which communication channels they actually use.
Do not depend entirely on a single commercial social-media platform.
Maintain stable channels, such as an organizational website, email list, or another system appropriate to your work.
Create accurate, useful, accessible content and give people clear information about how they can participate.
Use alt text, captions, plain language, accessible formatting, and other accessibility practices so digital participation does not unnecessarily exclude people with disabilities.
Obtain appropriate permission before sharing identifiable personal stories, photographs, or other sensitive information.
Protect organizational accounts through good credential practices, multifactor authentication, limited administrative access, and an incident-response plan.
Develop clear moderation policies and distinguish legitimate disagreement from harassment, threats, or other harmful conduct.
Verify information before posting it and correct significant errors promptly.
Be transparent about sponsorships, paid partnerships, endorsements, and other relevant relationships.
Use automation and artificial intelligence carefully, with human review for accuracy, accessibility, privacy, and misleading content.
Measure more than followers, likes, and views.
Evaluate whether digital activity is actually increasing useful participation, improving public understanding, or advancing the underlying advocacy goal.
Finally, expect the digital environment to keep changing.
An effective digital advocacy strategy is not tied permanently to one platform, posting formula, or technology.
It is a flexible approach to communicating accurately, accessibly, safely, and meaningfully with the people involved in public and community change.
Resources
Contributors
This section was contributed by Heather Bowen Ray, a social change marketing consultant and technical advisor serving a variety of organizations and agencies. Visit her website The Habits Whisperer for more information. Additional text was supplied by Michele Schlehofer, Chair of the Psychology Department at Salisbury University, in Cumberland, MD.
Online Resources
10 free social media monitoring sites you should try - An overview of ten analytics sites you can use to track your blog or website's traffic.
50 (More) Social Media Tactics for Nonprofits - This session provides 50 beginner-level to intermediate-level tactics to better engage supporters, communicate your mission, and inspire action using the social web.
A YouTube video from the Connecticut Network: Advocacy & the Media - The power of print & broadcast; “do’s & don’ts” for social media advocacy, and some final advice. (5 min.)
Beth’s Blog is a blog written by Beth Kanter, social media for nonprofits expert and author of The Networked Nonprofit: Connecting with Social Media to Drive Change.
Blogging tips for media advocates, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, shows how blogs can help establish your online identity, build credibility on an issue, share expertise, discover new allies, bring new viewers to your website, and, ultimately, advance your social change goals
Cause Collaborative: Social Media Strategy for Nonprofits - Utilizing your brand within social media to increase awareness. Focusing on 30% of your posts to promote your own organization while keeping the rest of your content focused on your community, partners, and relevant news within your field.
Cause Collaborative: Social Media Strategy for Nonprofits - Determining what is social media worthy; creating an infrastructure that determines what content is appropriate and where it should be published. Featuring Cause Collaborative guest panelists (L to R): Jason Moore, Principal & Creative, Fulcrum Creatives; Lourdes Barroso De Padilla, Executive Director, City Year; Jami Goldstein GCAC, Vice President of Marketing, Communications & Events; Chris Hurtubise, Sr. Director of Marketing & Communications, COSI.
Choosing the Right Tools - A brief overview from e.politics about how to maintain a successful online presence.
Creating a Social Media Policy for Your Nonprofit - In this presentation creating a social media policy for your organization is discussed, including examples from real world policies from nonprofits large and small. They also discuss critical elements you need in your own policy and share with you several resources that can help you on your path to developing a common sense social media policy for your organization.
Facebook for Nonprofits contains tools and tips to help your cause and build your community.
How Nonprofits Can Use Social Media was an article published in the Chronicle of Philanthropy on February 20, 2011 by Maureen West.
Nonprofit Tech For Good is a social and mobile media blog for nonprofits that includes webinar on use of social and mobile technology for the purpose of training nonprofit staff.
How Nonprofits Use Social Media to Engage with their Communities is an article published on March 13, 2014 in Nonprofit Quarterly that reviews the success of social media usage and discusses practical social media applications for nonprofits.
How a Small Nonprofit Effectively Used Facebook Ads - This article explores how placing ads on Facebook helps provide a targeted advertising strategy because Facebook knows the demographics and interests of its millions of users.
HOW TO: Curate Nonprofit Videos on YouTube, from Nonprofit Tech for Good, offers steps to create a YouTube Channel, then select and organize videos relevant to your nonprofit’s mission and programs.
Introduction to Social Media for Nonprofits: Select a social media platform - As part of the 2010 Day of Giving on PittsburghGives, The Pittsburgh Foundation has hosted workshops on the basics of social media to assist nonprofit organizations. For those that have been unable to attend, they have created a series of webinars. This is the introductory video to social media.
The Future of Social Activism: How Young Adults Are Supporting Causes, and Why You Should Care from TBWA/Worldwide and Take Part.
Promotion of Advocacy Campaigns Through Social Media is a YouTube video by Janette Toral that was streamed live on September 25, 2013 and answers several important questions regarding use of social media for advocacy.
RadioActive - The Magic Sauce of Social Media, Activism and Social Change is a streaming audio feed from Natalie Kivell.
Search Engine Journal has interesting infographics on the growth of social media worldwide, social media demographics, and basics on social media security.
5 Social Fundraising Alternatives to Facebook Causes - An overview of 5 alternatives to Facebook Causes to help kickstart your fundraising.
A sociologist's adventures in social media land. On her blog, sociologist Deborah Lupton describes how she has used a wide variety of social media platforms to enrich her research, as well as her ability to interact with and receive feedback from readers. The blog post also links to Digital Sociology: An Introduction, a collection of several articles she has written on the subject.
e-Nonprofit Benchmarks Study is an infographic that shows top trends in online messaging, social media, and mobile programs for 2011.
Pew Research Center's Internet and American Life Project - From the Pew Research Center, this website produces reports exploring the impact of the internet on families, communities, work and home, daily life, education, health care, and civic and political life.
The Power of Social Media: Connecting for Good - The Case Foundation highlights the ways nonprofits and foundations can use social media and technology to make an impact on our world for good -- online and offline.
Social Media is a site provided by the National Council for Nonprofits, and it offers 30+ resources for various aspects of social media including use of Facebook, Twitter, and YouTube.
Social Media For Nonprofits is an organization website dedicated to including up-to-date information regarding use of social technology for social media.
Social Media Monitoring -- 5 Tips To Make It Easier (video).
Social Media Strategy for Beginners: Principles of Social Content & To-Dos - From CanadaHelps and BethKanter.org: So you've dipped your toes into social media: you've got a Facebook page, Twitter feed, YouTube channel and CEO blog set up. So now what?
Ten Tips for Non-Profits on Facebook - Provides ten simple but effective tips to strengthen your organization's Facebook presence.
The Ultimate TweetDeck Tutorial (video)
Top 5 social media mistakes we see nonprofits making - from Fenton Studios, a social change communications agency.
Top 10 Social Media Mistakes [2009-12-02] - This webinar will discuss some common social media mistakes that others have made so you don't have to.
Using Social Media as a Tool to Complement Advocacy Efforts - This article presents findings from an extensive literature review to serve as a resource for community practitioners on ways to enhance advocacy efforts with social media.
Using Social Networking for Advocacy - From the National Alliance on Mental Illness, this article describes how you can use social media platforms to reach a large audience of existing and potential supporters, inspire public dialogue, and influence key decision makers.
Worksheet: Crafting your media advocacy plan, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, can help you identify key moments in the political process or opportunities — such as holidays, anniversaries or other key dates — far enough in advance that you can prepare and act effectively.
Mike Kujawski’s Writing a social media strategic engagement plan.
Print Resources
Aaker J. & Smith A. The Dragonfly Effect.
Kanter, B., Fine, A., & Zuckerberg, R. (2010). The Networked Nonprofit: Connecting with Social Media to Drive Change. Jossey-Bass. This book shows nonprofits a new way of operating under a network approach enabled by social technologies.
Kapin, A., & Ward, A. (2013). Social Change Anytime Everywhere: How to Implement Online Multichannel Strategies to Spark Advocacy, Raise Money, and Engage Your Community. Jossey-Bass. This book is written for nonprofit staff as a guide to social media, email communication, and mobile use.
Mansfield, H. (2011). Social Media for Social Good: A How-To Guide for Nonprofits. McGraw-Hill. This book includes 100 practices for Web 1.0, Web 2.0, and Web 3.0 nonprofit communications and fundraising.
Mathos, M., Norman, C., & Kanter, B. (2012). 101 Social Media Tactics for Nonprofits: A Field Guide. Wiley. This guide is broken into five key areas, and it provides 101 actionable social media tactics for nonprofit organizations, most of which are free.
The Social Pulpit: Barack Obama’s Social Media Toolkit, Edelman Digital; Public Affairs, January 2009.
Conduct a brief strategic review
___Be clear about your main goal – what direct action are you trying to prompt?
___Evaluate where your supporters are most likely to be online
___Evaluate the time and resources available to you and your team
___Determine how you will measure success (And check out these monitoring sites, some of which may help you establish metrics: Google analytics, Google Alerts, Technorati, Addictomatic, Twazzup, Social Mention, Workstreamer, HootSuite, Klout, Web2express Monitoring, BoardTracker, and Monitter.)
Sign up for social media accounts
___Create a central platform (most likely a web or blog site or facebook cause page)
___Choose social media tools that will help you communicate with supporters and potential supporters (facebook, twitter, instagram, pinterest, foursquare, online petition sites, etc.)
___Sign up for accounts, enter profile information
Become familiar with the tools
___Listen and monitor activity
___Engage in conversations
___Develop a voice that is authentic, transparent, and contagiously enthusiastic
___Request the action you are seeking in a clear and direct way
___Build in metrics for evaluating progress
Develop systems for managing your digital advocacy efforts
___Develop a single content plan / calendar of topics to post, outlining timing of advocacy requests and desired outcomes
___Integrate and streamline social media efforts, while retaining an authentic presence on each platform
___Integrate online and offline efforts for maximum success
___Use established metrics to evaluate your progress
___Keep listening to your supporters
___Encourage and support the most active participants – they can become evangelists for your cause
___Review other social media tools that support your cause and add them to the mix as needed
___If you stop using a social media tool, take the content down or redirect supporters to an area where there is active engagement
___Evaluate and revise strategies as necessary
Example 1: Facebook
ASPCA
Livestrong
JDRF Advocacy
Children's Foundation of Mid-America
The “Occupy Wall Street” Movement
Example 2: Twitter
The “Occupy Wall Street” Movement
Arab Spring Cairo 2011
Avoiding gang violence in Veracruz, Mexico
Example 3: Change.org
Example 4: Petitions
Example 5: MoveOn.org
Example 6: Tumblr
Example 7: Foursquare
Example 8: Integrated Social Media
Organizing Bone Marrow Drives using Facebook, Google Docs, and YouTube
2008 Campaign: Obama's Social Media Advantage
Example 9: The Food Babe's Integrated Approach
In February 2014, Food Babe Vani Hari (of foodbabe.com) mobilized an army of supporters to successfully petition Subway to stop using “azodicarbonamide (ADA)” in their breads. ADA is a chemical compound found in plastics, synthetic leather, and ceramics. Her integrated approach included a blog post, video, petitions on her website, twitter appeals integrating the hashtag #NoWaySubway, and a Facebook page.
See this foodbabe.com web page for an example of work done during this advocacy effort.

Looking at the long term
Vision: seeing the whole.
Looking at the long term means having an ultimate goal and a series of intermediate goals along the way, each of which brings you closer to your destination. The process of reaching that goal matters too. The long view takes in the whole journey - its length, its changes in direction, and the steps needed to move forward.
Your vision, for instance, might be a community where everyone has access to safe, stable, affordable housing. Reaching that goal takes sustained investment and collaboration. The shelter and outreach worker are meaningful gains, and people with lived experience, community organizations, and public agencies can help identify what should come next.
Flexibility: understanding that circumstances and community priorities will change over time, and that your advocacy may need to change in response.
You've already helped establish a family shelter and an outreach program. As a result, homelessness may receive more public attention, and additional funding may become available. At the same time, the number of people experiencing homelessness could still increase, or new barriers to housing and services could emerge.
Constant vigilance: maintaining your gains.
Changes can threaten earlier gains. Policy makers may shift their attention to other priorities or assume that an issue has been resolved. Whatever the reason, maintaining progress may require renewed advocacy, clear information, and continued community involvement.
Patience
Allowing time for change. Many changes happen incrementally and take longer than expected. Advocacy can still have value when progress is not immediately visible. Public understanding, relationships, and policy priorities may develop over time. Continue to assess your approach, recognize smaller gains, and adjust when needed.
Perseverance
Sustaining the effort. Long-term advocacy depends on consistent engagement and shared responsibility. Regular contact with policy makers and the media can keep community priorities visible, especially when you share useful information and community perspectives. The same principle applies to holding an employer accountable for mistreating migrant workers or maintaining unsafe working conditions. Build a team that can sustain this work through changing circumstances, with clear roles, leadership transitions, and time for rest. Lasting commitment should not require any one person to be available every day indefinitely.
Even reaching a major goal does not necessarily end the need for advocacy. New priorities may emerge, and earlier gains may require continued funding, community involvement, and monitoring. For example, a community that has reduced violence may still need to sustain prevention activities and supportive services. Treat progress as a reason to examine what is working and how to maintain it, while adapting to new community needs.
Planning for the long term
A participatory process - one in which everyone who might be involved in or affected by the effort participates as an equal partner - is an important element in creating a shared vision. Working through differences and agreeing on goals takes time. Support meaningful participation through accessible meeting formats, language access, transportation or childcare support where needed, and compensation for community expertise when possible. Share decision-making authority so participation can influence the direction of the effort.
Here are some important elements in developing a vision and strategies for carrying it out:
Consider the issue in context.
How does the issue affect the community? How do broader social, economic, and political conditions influence it? Given that context, what changes would help you reach the outcome you envision?
- What is its history in the community? What efforts have been made to address it, and what have community members learned from them? How have public attitudes influenced those efforts?
- What factors contribute to homelessness, such as housing costs, wages, discrimination, or gaps in services? Which can you address locally, and where could regional or national partnerships help?
- How do community members understand the issue? What do people with lived experience identify as priorities, and what concerns or misconceptions need to be addressed?
- What community strengths, relationships, knowledge, and resources could support efforts to prevent and address homelessness?
Anticipate trends and attitudes.
Looking at your issue in its historical context can help you understand how public attitudes and responses have developed. Using homelessness as an example, some questions you might ask include:
- How are attitudes and approaches to homelessness changing among community members and policy makers at the local, state, and national levels?
- What are funders prioritizing, and how are those priorities changing? Services for people experiencing homelessness who have mental health conditions? Emergency shelter? Affordable housing? Homelessness prevention?
- How can your group use community knowledge and available evidence to help shape these trends? How can people with lived experience help guide funding priorities, policy decisions, and public understanding?
- What changes does your community want to see? Remember that your advocacy can help shape future priorities rather than only respond to existing trends.
Develop short- and long-term objectives and strategies.
Considering context and anticipating trends help you understand the issue and the conditions surrounding it. Setting objectives and developing strategies bring that understanding together with your goals. Your plan should identify the steps needed to make progress and how you will know those steps are making a difference.
- Choose short-term objectives that can reasonably be reached within a clear timeframe. A series of meaningful gains can help people see progress, learn from the work, and remain involved through setbacks.
- For each objective, develop an action plan that includes a timeline. Identify responsibilities, needed resources, and ways to assess progress. Review the plan with participants and make adjustments as necessary.
- Connect your long-term goal to practical strategies and partnerships. Some conditions extend beyond local control, but communities can still take meaningful action. Identify what your group can influence directly, where broader coalitions are needed, and how you will assess progress.
Some goals may be worth pursuing even when they extend beyond a single campaign or generation. Efforts to prevent war, end discrimination, or achieve lasting environmental protection may involve many stages of work. In these situations, define meaningful intermediate goals and document what is learned so future participants can build on earlier contributions.Efforts like these can be difficult to sustain, but each generation can build on earlier work. In the U.S., movements led by people from underrepresented racial and ethnic groups and by women have challenged exclusion and expanded rights, although inequities remain. International efforts to prevent conflict also show that long-term goals may require ongoing cooperation across generations. Progress is not automatic; it depends on continued participation, accountability, and learning.
- Be proactive. Work with community members to identify priorities and develop solutions, rather than waiting only to respond to someone else's proposals. Make your own proposals at each stage of your long-term effort.
Preparing for the long term
Prepare yourself by getting organized
Getting organized can mean different things in different situations. If you're already part of an organization, you may want to review and refine its structure. If you're part of a loosely organized grassroots group, consider what coordination, shared responsibilities, or organizational structure would help sustain your effort. If you're an individual or part of a small group, you may want to form a larger coalition as a base for long-term advocacy.
If you're embarking on a long-term advocacy campaign, you will need a clear structure for making decisions, sharing responsibilities, managing resources, and remaining accountable to the community. Depending on your goals, that might be a formal organization, a coalition, a fiscally sponsored project, or a coordinated grassroots network. Choose a structure that fits your capacity and preserves meaningful community leadership. Review it as the effort grows or changes.
- Overall coordination. A person or small team can help coordinate the effort, clarify shared messages, organize the timing of activities, and make sure everyone knows what they have agreed to do and when. Coordination should support shared decisions and make information available to the people who need it.
- Communication. Agree on reliable ways to share information, make decisions, and approve public statements. A coordinator or small team can maintain contact lists, check information, and help people respond when action is needed. Clear responsibilities should support open communication and shared leadership. Use accessible formats and communication channels that work for participants, and make sure community members can raise concerns and receive responses.
- Day-to-day management. Even when materials and labor are donated, someone needs to coordinate supplies, schedules, and responsibilities. Volunteers need clear roles and support. Paid staff need appropriate supervision, resources, and timely pay. Bills must be paid, and money received or spent must be recorded accurately. Whether you're a large organization, a small grassroots group, or an individual coordinating occasional help, these practical arrangements support the work.
Prepare and motivate allies and other supporters.
To sustain advocacy over the long term, everyone involved needs an opportunity to understand and shape the effort. Participatory planning helps people see how their contributions connect to the larger vision, what the intermediate steps are, and how long the work may take. Sharing decisions and responsibilities also strengthens collective ownership.
- Expect setbacks, and create opportunities for progress. You won't reach every milestone or persuade every decision maker. Choosing priorities carefully, learning from setbacks, and setting achievable objectives can help people see how their contributions support the shared goal.
- Support realistic optimism. Recognize progress and possibilities while making room for frustration, uncertainty, and disagreement. People should be able to discuss difficulties honestly and help decide how to respond.
- Recognize contributions. Let people know how their work matters. Acknowledge individual and collective efforts, including less visible support tasks, and ask participants how they prefer to be recognized.
Celebrating progress can strengthen relationships and help people reconnect with the purpose of the work. A gathering or other recognition can mark a milestone or simply acknowledge sustained effort. Also address workloads, provide practical support, and make room for rest and changing responsibilities to reduce the risk of burnout.
Prepare the public and policy makers.
A strategic plan can help you explain how each achievement connects to a larger goal. Statements such as "We are committed to making safe, stable housing available to everyone in this community" remind the public and policy makers of the shared vision. The opening of a shelter or program can be celebrated while making clear what further work is needed.
Committing to the long term
Resources
People
An advocacy effort depends on people's knowledge, relationships, skills, and time. Depending on the circumstances, you may need researchers, community organizers, public spokespersons, outreach workers, fundraisers, grant writers, and people to handle essential day-to-day support tasks. These might include answering messages, maintaining records, preparing materials, organizing meeting spaces, and coordinating activities. Recognize all these contributions as part of the work.
Money
Money will probably be necessary at least at some points in your long-term effort, and may be a continuing concern. If you employ staff, you need to pay them fairly and on time. Your budget may also include computers, internet and phone service, accessible communication tools, printing, meeting space, transportation, interpretation, childcare, and compensation for community participation. Plan for the resources your particular effort needs, including both online and in-person activities.
A diverse funding base can help sustain an effort. When possible, build a funding base from several sources so that the loss of any one does not seriously disrupt your work. Consider the reliability, restrictions, and administrative demands of each source when planning.
Time
Two kinds of time come into play here. First, people need enough time to carry out the work. Set realistic expectations with staff and volunteers, share responsibilities, and offer ways to contribute that fit different schedules and capacities. A campaign may continue for years or decades, even as individual participants take breaks, change roles, or leave.
Drive to continue the effort
People may join an advocacy effort because of lived experience, a commitment to fairness, concern for their community, or a belief that change is possible. Respect these different motivations and the different ways people contribute. Commitment can be expressed through public leadership, practical support, sharing knowledge, or occasional participation. Support that commitment without expecting people to sacrifice their health, financial stability, or other responsibilities.
Revisit your plan regularly, at least annually and when major changes occur. Develop a plan for the coming year that connects to the broader strategy while reflecting current community priorities and available capacity. An annual plan can clarify what needs attention now, what can wait, and how the group will assess progress.
Reevaluation and adjustment of the plan
Chapters 36, 37, 38, and 39 of the Community Tool Box offer guidance on evaluating programs and initiatives. Match the scope of your evaluation to the questions you need to answer and the resources available. Even a small effort can gather useful information through participation records, progress measures, community feedback, and structured reflection. Include people affected by the effort in interpreting what the findings mean.
Maintenance of past gains and of the effort as a whole
In Summary
- A shared vision that connects intermediate achievements with long-term goals.
- The flexibility to adjust objectives and strategies in response to changing circumstances and community priorities.
- Ongoing attention to maintaining gains and responding to emerging challenges.
- Patience, reflection, and recognition of progress when change takes time.
- Sustained commitment supported by shared responsibility, practical resources, and care for the people involved.
Resources
Online Resources
The Democracy Center. "Strategy Development: Key Questions for Developing an Advocacy Strategy," by Jim Shultz, Democracy Center director.
Ensuring Success for the Long Run is an article by the Institute for Sustainable Communities discussing sustaining yourself and your campaign throughout the advocacy process.
A Guide to being a Successful Advocate is a legislative guide with practical advice to create a lasting effect through advocacy work.
The Human Rights Connection. Lots of information on advocacy and advocacy planning, including a short piece on setting long-term and short-term goals and objectives, and a number of interesting case studies.
Strategic Advocacy for Lasting Results is a toolkit focused on creating an advocacy campaign with lasting results.
Successful Stories and Advocacy Case Studies has a variety of stories of successful advocacy campaigns with lasting effects.
The UNICEF Advocacy Toolkit is an extensive resource for creating long-term advocacy strategies.
What Makes an Effective Advocacy Organization is a guide that discusses both the short-term and long-term needs for an advocacy campaign.
Print Resources
Meredith, C., & Dunham.C. (1999) Real Clout. Boston: The Access Project.
You look at the long term:
__ You develop a vision that guides your long-term effort, and allows you to see the road ahead as one that may be long and winding, but that leads inevitably to a chosen end.
__ You remain flexible so you can respond to changes in attitudes, circumstances, and needs as time goes on, in order to keep moving toward the fulfillment of your vision.
__ You maintain your gains, and don't get complacent, so that you're always moving forward, rather than trying to make up lost ground.
__ You're patient, and continue to work at advocacy, even when it may seem that nothing is happening as a result of your efforts.
__ You persevere over the long term, continuing to work indefinitely in the service of your vision.
You plan for the long term:
__ You create a participatory strategic planning process.
__ You consider the issue in its historical, political, economic, and social context.
__ You anticipate short- and long-term trends and attitudes.
__ You develop short- and long-term goals and objectives.
__ You choose short-term goals that are achievable, and can be used to motivate your allies and supporters to persist in their advocacy.
__ You make sure that your ultimate goal is realistic, not a huge global vision that you can't possibly influence without world-wide or nation-wide organization and support (unless a feasible part of your goal is to construct that organization and support through your advocacy).
__ You are proactive, offering ideas for resolving issues, instead of waiting for others to propose plans.
You prepare for the long term:
__ You prepare yourself by creating organization or an organization, paying attention to:
- Coordination
- Communication
- Day-to-day management.
__ You prepare and motivate allies and other supporters by:
- Being honest about the need for perseverance and the probability of at least occasional setbacks.
- Maintaining and demonstrating optimism and passion for the cause.
- Liberally handing out public and private praise
- Celebrating successes and effort.
__ You prepare and educate policy makers by establishing and maintaining relationships with them, and giving them the benefit of your research and knowledge of the issue.
__ You prepare and educate the public by working closely with the media.
You commit to the long term:
- Resources
- Drive to continue the effort
- Reevaluation and adjustment of the plan
- Maintenance of past gains and of the effort as a whole
Example: Lawrence activist Mattie Bell’s environmental advocacy centers both the planet and people
“It can feel really overwhelming to be like, ‘Oh my goodness. If my individual actions don’t mean anything because I’m living in these giant systems that are contributing to climate change, then what’s even the point?’” Bell continued. “It’s a long-haul thing and no one person can fix it. I think my biggest recommendation is to find community — find people who you have affinity with, who have the same worries or thoughts, and then figure out something you can start doing together.”
When Mattie Bell advocates for a thriving environment, they simultaneously advocate for human rights. This fervent passion for social justice began at a young age.

Organizations and community groups use television, radio, newspapers, digital news, podcasts, and social media to explain issues, share community perspectives, and build support for change. Effective media advocacy depends on accurate information, clear goals, respectful relationships, and meaningful participation by the people affected by an issue. This section introduces ways to work with the media as part of a broader advocacy effort.
What are the media and media advocacy?
Media, the plural of "medium," are channels used to communicate information. They include television, radio, newspapers, magazines, websites, newsletters, podcasts, social media, and other digital platforms. Information may come from journalists, community members, organizations, businesses, public agencies, or other sources. Different channels reach different audiences and offer different opportunities for reporting, discussion, and participation.
Advocacy means supporting a cause, a policy change, or the rights and priorities of a group of people. Advocates may work with public agencies, elected officials, businesses, institutions, and community members to improve policies, funding, services, or everyday practices. For example, families and children with disabilities might work together to advocate for accessible, affordable health services in their community.
Media advocacy is the strategic use of media to build understanding and support for changes that advance community goals. It connects public communication with efforts to improve policies, practices, and conditions. For example, suppose your organization works with young people and neighborhood groups to prevent violence, including violence associated with gangs. Your media advocacy might aim to:
- Change how the issue is understood. Explain how violence affects the community, the conditions that contribute to it, and the strengths and relationships that support safety. Include young people's perspectives without assuming that all young people in a neighborhood are involved in gangs.
- Create opportunities for accurate, sustained coverage of the issue and possible solutions. Stories might examine prevention efforts, community leadership, access to opportunities, and lessons from local programs. People with relevant lived experience should be able to choose whether and how they participate, with attention to privacy and safety.
- Motivate community members and policy makers to take action. You might seek investment in youth programs, improved access to services, changes in organizational practices, or public participation in a community safety plan. Make the requested action clear and explain how it connects to the broader goal.
Media advocates help connect community knowledge, evidence, and proposed solutions with the audiences who can support change. Reaching a large audience can be useful, but reaching the right people with a credible, relevant message is often more important than the amount of publicity received.
As a media advocate, you can use the media to:
- Inform the public about conditions that contribute to community health and well-being, including housing, education, employment, safety, discrimination, and access to services. Explain community strengths and practical opportunities for improvement.
- Reframe issues such as violence and substance-related harms as concerns shaped by community conditions, policies, and access to support. Avoid portraying people as the problem or suggesting that individual choices alone explain complex circumstances. Show how prevention, treatment, supportive relationships, and broader changes can contribute to solutions.
- Encourage community members, professionals, organizations, and decision makers to learn more, contribute their knowledge, and participate in community-led action.
Media advocacy also requires attention to safety. Journalists and sources can face censorship, surveillance, harassment, detention, or violence. Risks vary across countries and communities and may come from public authorities or other powerful actors. The Committee to Protect Journalists documents threats to journalists and provides safety resources.
Before a sensitive campaign, assess risks to community members, staff, and journalists. Consider whether identifying a person, location, or relationship could expose someone to retaliation. Discuss safer ways to communicate and seek relevant local expertise when needed.
Participation should be voluntary and informed. No one should be pressured to accept danger for a campaign. People should understand the possible consequences of publicity and have alternatives to appearing publicly.
Plan for physical, digital, and psychological safety, including how to respond if threats emerge. Reassess the plan as conditions change, and be prepared to postpone or change an activity when risks cannot be adequately addressed.
Why should you engage in media advocacy?
Media coverage can help people understand community issues, consider possible solutions, and learn how to participate. However, journalists may have limited time or specialized knowledge about your issue. Provide clear explanations, reliable sources, and relevant community perspectives. Avoid assuming that a reporter already understands the terminology, history, or local context.
Journalists also seek independent evidence and perspectives that may differ from your own. Their role is to report, question, and verify information, not to promote your organization. Respond honestly, meet agreed deadlines, and respect editorial independence. A good working relationship supports communication but does not guarantee favorable coverage.
Working with a range of outlets can help you reach different audiences. Local news, community and ethnic media, radio, podcasts, and digital platforms may each offer useful opportunities. People affected by an issue can share their own knowledge and priorities, rather than having others speak for them.
Some specific reasons for media advocacy are:
- To inform the media - and through them the public - about the social, economic, environmental, and policy conditions that influence health and community well-being.
- To use media attention to build public support and accountability for policies and practices that improve community conditions.
- To encourage meaningful coverage that includes community members' experiences, knowledge, and proposed solutions in their own words.
- To support community leadership by expanding access to media participation for people whose perspectives are often underrepresented. Communities already have knowledge and leadership; media access can help their priorities receive greater attention.
- To encourage participation by showing how people can contribute to practical, community-led solutions.
When should you focus on the media?
Focus on media advocacy when it supports a clear goal and your group is prepared to respond to questions, public attention, and possible criticism. Before seeking coverage, confirm that your information is accurate, participating community members understand what publicity may involve, and someone can manage follow-up.
Good times to focus extra energy on the media include:
- When announcing a new project. For example, a youth-led initiative to prevent tobacco and nicotine use could explain its goals, introduce participating partners, and invite community involvement.
- When you have information connected to community news. If local reporting raises concerns about neighborhood safety, offer verified information about relevant conditions, community priorities, and prevention efforts. Avoid reinforcing stereotypes about particular neighborhoods or groups.
- When public understanding could influence an important decision. Timely coverage can help people compare proposals, understand their likely effects, and participate before a decision is made.
- When an urgent issue is receiving little attention. For example, older adults may be experiencing food insecurity or unsafe indoor temperatures. Reporting can make unmet needs visible and explain what services, investments, or policy changes could help.
- When a proposed law or regulation creates an opportunity for public discussion and action.
- When the community has achieved something important. Share the results, recognize collective contributions, explain what was learned, and identify any work still needed.
What does media advocacy involve?
There are two ways to answer this question: by considering how you work with the media and by examining what you hope to accomplish through that work.
Working with the media
Establish professional relationships
An important first step is to establish personal contact with journalists, editors, producers, or other relevant staff at the outlets you hope to reach. Learn what they cover, whom their outlet serves, and how they prefer to receive story ideas. Keep contact information current and avoid relying on a single relationship.
A productive working relationship rests on mutual respect, clear expectations, and reliable communication. It does not require friendship or agreement on every issue. Be comfortable explaining when a request would be inappropriate for your organization or participating community members, and respect a journalist's decision to decline a story.
Be a useful and reliable source
Help journalists do their work by providing relevant information, responding clearly, and respecting the limits of what you can responsibly share. Useful practices include:
- Respond promptly. Ask about the reporter's deadline and explain when you can provide an answer. Identify a backup contact so one person is not expected to be available at all times.
- Be transparent. Share relevant information and explain its context, while protecting confidential records and personal information. Ask permission before sharing someone's story or contact details.
- Be trustworthy. Tell the truth and distinguish what you know from what you have not confirmed. If you cannot answer a question, explain the limitation when possible rather than providing a misleading response.
- Be accurate. Check facts before making a statement. When using statistics, identify the source, date, population, and any important limitations. If you do not know an answer, say so and follow up when you have verified it. Correct mistakes promptly.
- Suggest relevant stories. These might include new findings, community-led solutions, policy decisions, program results, or local events. Explain why the story matters to the outlet's audience and offer credible sources who are willing to participate.
News outlets operate under different business and funding models, including advertising, subscriptions, donations, public funding, and combinations of these. They also work within limits on staff, time, and space. Understanding an outlet's audience and reporting priorities can help you make a relevant pitch.
A useful story idea explains its public significance, offers reliable evidence, and identifies people who can speak from relevant knowledge or experience. Avoid sensationalism or presenting people mainly through hardship to attract attention. Audience interest and responsible reporting can be supported by showing both the problem and credible responses.
Ask for what you want, within reason
Be specific about the story or issue you hope an outlet will examine. Explain why it matters now, provide background information, and suggest available sources. Journalists decide whether and how to cover a story. Your role is to offer useful information and access, not to direct their conclusions or expect favorable treatment.
You can also propose opinion pieces, submit letters to the editor, or offer interviews about a community concern. For example, residents might explain how housing and energy costs affect their households and what changes they support. Follow the outlet's submission guidelines, be transparent about affiliations, and respect each participant's choice about sharing personal experiences.
Some outlets may express editorial support for an issue or participate in a clearly identified community initiative. Keep those activities distinct from independent news reporting. Discuss concerns about language, images, or proposed activities, especially when they could misrepresent community members or reduce their experiences to stereotypes. You can offer context and request factual corrections without expecting control over editorial decisions.
If a request is declined, ask whether another angle, timing, or format would be useful. Respect the answer. If an outlet repeatedly overlooks an issue, consider other outlets and direct communication channels while continuing to offer relevant, well-supported information.
Be respectful and maintain clear boundaries
Communicate professionally, listen carefully, and address disagreements directly. Respectful communication can help maintain a working relationship, but it does not make you responsible for another person's harmful behavior. You do not need to accept harassment, discrimination, threats, or pressure to disclose private information.
A brief or delayed response may reflect a deadline, workload, or personal circumstances. Clarify what is needed and agree on a practical next step rather than assuming bad intent.
If someone behaves inappropriately, state your boundaries and consider ending the conversation, documenting the concern, or contacting an editor or supervisor. Supporting staff and community members takes priority over preserving any single media relationship.
Goals for working with the media
Agenda setting
Agenda setting involves helping an issue receive attention in news coverage, public discussion, and policy decisions. The aim is to make community priorities and possible responses visible to people who can help address them.
To help set an agenda:
- Explain the issue, why it matters, and what affected community members identify as priorities.
- Connect the issue to community conditions, shared concerns, and practical opportunities for improvement.
This process may involve several stages. If an issue receives little coverage, begin by explaining its significance and offering credible local information. If it is already widely discussed, identify what is missing from the conversation, such as community perspectives, structural causes, or evidence about possible solutions.
Media attention alone does not ensure understanding or action. Listen to how people respond, address questions, and connect coverage with opportunities to participate. Be willing to revise your approach if the message is unclear or leaves out important perspectives.
- Connect attention to a clear next step, such as attending a public meeting, contributing to a community plan, contacting decision makers, or supporting a specific policy change.
Coverage can help make public concerns and institutional decisions more visible. Combined with organizing, research, and direct engagement, it can encourage governments, businesses, and other institutions to respond. Explain who has responsibility for the proposed change and how community members can hold them accountable.
Agenda setting can help you make connections with the media and their audiences. It also creates opportunities to improve how the issue is discussed.
Shaping the debate
Shaping the debate means helping people examine an issue with enough context to understand its causes, consequences, and possible solutions. Clear messages are useful, but they should not reduce complex concerns to individual responsibility or a single simple answer.
For example, coverage of substance use that focuses only on personal choices can overlook access to treatment, housing, supportive relationships, and other conditions. Coverage of poverty can similarly overlook wages, costs, discrimination, and policy decisions. Offer accurate language, relevant evidence, and community perspectives that explain these connections without defining people by the challenges they face.
You cannot control independent coverage, but you can contribute reliable information, challenge inaccurate assumptions, and help journalists connect with knowledgeable community members. The goal is a more useful public discussion that supports informed action.
Advancing a policy
Media advocacy can help explain a proposed policy, show whom it would affect, and build support for action. Identify the decision makers involved, the change you are requesting, the reasons for it, and how progress will be assessed.
This process can take time. Decision makers and community members may need background information, opportunities to ask questions, and a clear explanation of the options. Media coverage works best as part of a broader effort that includes relationships, community organizing, and direct participation.
Connect communication with opportunities for people to act, such as contacting officials, participating in public meetings, submitting comments, joining demonstrations, or contributing to petitions. After a policy changes, continue to examine implementation, resources, and effects on the community. Share both progress and concerns so the policy can be improved when necessary.
Getting attention
Common ways to reach the public include:
- News media - including television, radio, newspapers, digital newsrooms, and community outlets - can investigate issues and reach audiences beyond your existing contacts. Independent news coverage is different from paid promotion: you can suggest a story, but the outlet decides whether to cover it and what to report. Consider the outlet's relevance, reporting quality, and audience rather than assuming that every form of coverage will have the same reach or credibility.
- Public service announcements, or PSAs, communicate information intended to benefit the public. Some outlets offer donated placement, but acceptance, scheduling, format, and eligibility depend on the outlet. Confirm its policies and production requirements. Keep the message clear, accessible, and focused on a practical action, and do not rely on unconfirmed placement for an urgent deadline.
- Press releases are concise announcements that explain news from your organization or coalition. Include the main facts, why the news matters, a contact person, and links to useful supporting information. You control the release you distribute, but outlets may use only part of it, investigate further, or decide not to cover it.
- Press conferences bring journalists together for an announcement and questions. They may be held in person, online, or in a hybrid format. Use them when there is a clear reason for a shared event, and prepare accessible materials, knowledgeable speakers, and time for questions. Attendance and coverage are not guaranteed, so consider whether a written announcement or individual interviews would better serve the purpose.
- Paid advertisements allow you to purchase space or time in selected channels. They provide more control over wording, presentation, and placement than independent news coverage, subject to the outlet's policies. Costs and effectiveness vary. Set a budget, identify the audience and intended action, and assess whether the likely benefit justifies the resources. Make paid promotion clearly identifiable.
Your own website, email newsletter, social media accounts, podcasts, and community meetings can complement these approaches. These channels let you publish directly and respond to questions, although they still require staff time, accessible content, and attention to privacy. Choose a combination based on your goal, the people you want to reach, and how those people prefer to receive information.
How do you set up a media campaign?
A media advocacy campaign needs a clear purpose, a practical plan, and people prepared to carry it out. Begin with the change your community seeks, then decide how communication can support it. Agree on responsibilities, resources, timing, and ways to assess progress before launching major activities.
Prepare your organization
Designate a media coordinator or coordinating group to organize the strategy, handle inquiries, and maintain contact with outlets. Establish a review process for official statements so information is accurate, responsibilities are clear, and personal information is protected. The process should support timely communication and meaningful community participation.
Identify and prepare appropriate spokespersons. These may include staff, community leaders, young people, or others with relevant experience who choose to participate. Provide background information, practice opportunities, interpretation or accessibility support when needed, and clear guidance about questions outside their knowledge or role. Arrange backup coverage and reasonable availability rather than expecting one person to respond at all times.
Errors or misunderstandings can occur in reporting. If you identify a factual problem, contact the reporter or editor promptly, explain the specific issue, and provide supporting information. Distinguish a factual error from a difference in interpretation or an editorial choice you dislike. Keep correction requests clear and professional.
Assume an interview is on the record unless different terms have been explicitly agreed to in advance. "Off the record" and "on background" are recognized arrangements, but their meanings and use should be clarified with the journalist before sharing information. You cannot assume that a comment becomes confidential simply because you request it afterward. Avoid sharing sensitive information when you do not understand or accept the agreed conditions.
Make sure staff and participating members understand the campaign's goals, key messages, and contact procedures. People approached unexpectedly should know how to refer an inquiry, verify information, or explain that they are speaking from personal experience rather than on behalf of the organization.
Identify your objectives
Ask what you want the campaign to accomplish. Are you seeking greater understanding, participation in a decision, changes in policy, investment in services, or accountability for an institutional practice? Identify a specific action and the people who can take it. Decide how you will assess progress, using measures such as relevant audience engagement, participation, decision-maker responses, or policy outcomes rather than publicity alone.
Identify the audiences you need to reach
A community includes people with different experiences, concerns, languages, and communication preferences. Identify whom you need to reach and why. Your audiences might include people directly affected by an issue, potential partners, decision makers, or people unfamiliar with the concern. Develop messages with community input and check whether they are understandable, relevant, and respectful. Avoid assuming that everyone in a demographic group will respond in the same way.
For example, an adult literacy program might develop different messages for prospective learners and volunteers. Information for learners could explain available classes, scheduling, costs, accessibility, and the goals participants can pursue. Volunteer outreach could describe roles, training, and the contributions volunteers can make. Learners who choose to share their experiences can help shape both messages, without being portrayed as lacking ability or having failed.
Make a plan
Decide when the campaign will begin, which outlets and community channels you will use, who will communicate, and what materials are needed. Your options may include television, radio, print and digital news, newsletters, podcasts, websites, social media, videos, and public events. Plan for accessible formats, captions, image descriptions, translation or interpretation where needed, and ways to reach people with limited internet access. Include a budget, review procedures, follow-up responsibilities, and a schedule for assessing results.
Be flexible
Be prepared to adjust your activities as circumstances change. A news event may create an opportunity, while a change in community priorities, resources, or safety concerns may call for a different approach. Review whether your message remains accurate and useful, whether you are reaching the intended audiences, and whether a different channel or timeframe would work better. Revisit major changes with the people who helped shape the campaign.
Listen to the community
Use conversations, community meetings, surveys, feedback, and media monitoring to understand what people know and what questions remain. Pay attention to whose perspectives are missing and whether coverage reinforces stereotypes or misinformation. Online reactions alone may not represent the wider community. Use what you learn to clarify messages, address concerns, and improve the campaign.
Sustain the work and review progress
A campaign can have a clear endpoint while the broader advocacy effort continues. Review what was achieved, what was learned, and what needs further attention. Maintain useful media relationships, keep public information current, and plan follow-up when it serves a clear purpose. Share responsibilities and allow time for rest so communication remains sustainable and accountable to the community.
Contributor
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
CDC Media Advocacy is a comprehensive guide for media advocates provided by the Centers for Disease Control.
Early Childhood Advocacy Toolkit provides resources on framing your message and communicating with the media as well as policy makers and elected officials.
Media Advocacy Manual. This manual provided by the American Public Health Association offers information on connecting with the media through newspapers, internet, radio, television, and magazines.
Media Advocacy 101 is a website provided by the Berkley Media Studies Group that includes an hour-long keynote address by Lori Dorfman about the approach of media advocacy.
Media Advocacy Guide is a guide provided by the National Association of Clinical Nurse Specialists.
Media Communication Tip Sheet for Sharing Science [pdf] provides tips for scientists on contributing to the local news, tailoring language and style for the media, and developing messages to reach the public.
Media Advocacy Basics is a mini-guide for hospice advocates and professionals.
News Media: A Different Kind of Advocacy is an excellent guide from the National Association of Foreign Student Advisors for working with the media.
Using Print Media as Advocacy is an article titled, “How to Write a Letter to the Editor,” with tips on effective communication with the media.
Working Upstream: Skills for Social Change - a resource guide for developing a course on advocacy for public health.
Worksheet: Answering hard questions, from the Berkeley Media Studies Group, helps you practice your responses, anticipating your opposition’s arguments and preparing for hard questions, whether they’re from a news reporter, your target decisionmaker(s), or even a community member who could one day become an ally.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Goldman, K., & Zasloff, K. (1994, December). Tools of the Trade: Media do's and don'ts. SOPHE News & Views, 6 - 7.
National Cancer Institute. (1988). Media strategies for smoking control: Guidelines. Bethesda, MD: Author.
Pertschuk, M., & Wilbur, P. (1991). Media advocacy: Reframing public debate. Washington: The Benton Foundation.
Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jerniagan, D., & Themba, M. (1993). Media advocacy and public health: Power for prevention. Newbury Park: Sage Publications.
Wallack, L., Woodruff, K., Dorfman, L., Diaz, I. (1999). News for a Change: An Advocate’s Guide to Working with the Media. SAGE Publications, 1st edition. This book provides step-by-step instructions for working with the media to promote social change.
You know the reasons to get involved in media advocacy:
___To inform
___To pressure decision makers
___To influence
___To gain control
___To involve others
You have decided you are ready to focus on the media:
___You have a new project announcement
___Your information can be tied to a news-breaking event
___Good publicity is needed to reach your goals
You have set up a media campaign:
___A coordinator and spokesperson has been designated
___You have prepared that person to talk to the media
___Your objectives have been identified
___A target audience has been selected
___The type of media to be used has been decided
___You have decided that it is a good time to start
___You know whom you will contact first
___The issue you will target is clear
___You have determined how you will present the issue
___You are prepared to be flexible
___You’re paying attention to what the public knows and is talking about
___You’ll keep at it indefinitely
Example 1: Media as foe
In 1988, the Oregon Smoking and Health Coalition successfully got an initiative, one that would have created the strongest state-sanctioned indoor 'no smoking ' law in the nation, on the fall election ballot. The initiative called for the prohibition of smoking in almost all indoor public places and work places.
At the beginning of the coalition's campaign, public support for the initiative and public awareness of the dangers of smoking and of breathing in second-hand smoke were high. The tobacco industry decided it probably couldn't convince the public, at this stage in the game, that tobacco use and second-hand smoke weren't dangerous. Instead, industry officials and their media advocates decided to portray public health advocates as health fanatics and their initiative as an intrusive, unfair measure that would violate smokers' right to privacy and their right to freedom of choice. The theme of their campaign: “Ballot Measure 6 just goes too far."
By the end of the tobacco industry's media campaign, it had spent millions of dollars on direct mailing and paid advertising. The industry sent out multiple letters that used a popular and well-known state Supreme Court judge as its spokesperson to more than half of Oregon's registered voters, and invested in heavy television and radio advertising in the days leading up to the election.
After the direct mailing, support for the anti-smoking initiative dropped by 15 percentage points. In addition to casting the initiative as an unfair measure, the industry distorted part of the initiative to make it look as if government officials would swoop down on unsuspecting smokers who ran businesses in their homes and punish them on their own property. With such a strong and evocative counterattack by the tobacco industry, the initiative failed.
Example 2: Media as friend
President George Bush nominated William Bennett to be in charge of the war on drugs. The day before Senate confirmation hearings of Bennett's nomination began, members representing several different tobacco control groups took out a full-page advertisement in the Washington Times. The ad issued a "drug-free challenge" to Bennett, urging him to give up his two and a half pack a day smoking habit. The loose coalition of anti-smoking activists also bought a similar ad that was aired on a local Washington radio station.
The publicity the activists purchased reached millions of people and generated more publicity for itself. A story highlighting the coalition's efforts and advertisements was picked up by the Washington Post, the New York Times, USA Today, and the Mutual Broadcasting Network. So you see, a little bit of smart media advocacy can go a long way!
-
What does it mean to build productive relationships with news media?
-
Why build relationships with journalists and news organizations?
-
How do you identify the right media contacts?
-
How do you become a reliable source?
-
How do you pitch information or a story?
-
How do you maintain professional media relationships?
What does it mean to build productive relationships with news media?
Building productive relationships with news media means establishing professional, reliable communication with journalists, editors, producers, photographers, hosts, and other people who gather, verify, produce, or distribute news.
The goal is not to become personal friends with journalists or gain special access to favorable coverage.
A strong media relationship is one in which:
- Journalists know how to reach you when your organization or expertise is relevant
- You understand which journalists and outlets cover your issue
- You provide accurate, timely, clearly sourced information
- You respond to questions when you can
- You correct mistakes promptly
- You respect journalists' editorial independence
- Both sides understand any necessary confidentiality or communication ground rules
A professional working relationship is usually more appropriate than trying to develop a personal friendship for strategic reasons.
Journalists need to maintain independence from the people and organizations they cover.
What counts as news media today?
News reaches people through many types of organizations and platforms.
Depending on your community and issue, relevant news sources may include:
- Local and regional newspapers
- Television news organizations
- Radio and public-media organizations
- Online-only news organizations
- Community and neighborhood publications
- Newsletters
- Podcasts
- Specialized or trade publications
- Multilingual and culturally specific news organizations
- Investigative nonprofit newsrooms
- Journalists who publish through social platforms or independent channels
Not everyone who posts news-related material online follows journalistic standards or works for a news organization.
Before contacting someone, understand whether they are functioning as:
- A journalist
- An opinion writer
- A commentator
- A podcast host
- A social-media creator
- An organizational communicator
- Another type of information source
These roles may have different editorial practices, audiences, disclosure expectations, and standards.
Why build relationships with journalists and news organizations?
News coverage can help communities understand issues, institutions, programs, policies, and events.
A productive relationship with news media may help your organization:
- Make accurate information available to journalists
- Help reporters understand complex community issues
- Connect journalists with relevant research, records, experts, or community members
- Correct misinformation or factual misunderstandings
- Alert journalists to developments that may be newsworthy
- Explain how a policy or event affects people in the community
- Respond accurately when your organization is part of a news story
News organizations may also decide that your proposed story is not newsworthy, that another angle is more important, or that competing perspectives need to be included.
That editorial judgment belongs to the news organization.
Do not define success as positive coverage
A journalist's responsibility is not to portray your organization positively.
News coverage may include:
- Information that supports your position
- Criticism of your organization
- Perspectives you disagree with
- Facts that complicate your preferred message
A productive media relationship should survive accurate reporting that you do not particularly like.
The goal is accurate, fair, well-informed coverage – not guaranteed favorable coverage.
Identify the right media contacts
Before contacting a newsroom or journalist, do some research.
Determine:
- Who covers your issue or community
- What types of stories they usually report
- Which geographic area they cover
- Whether they are a news reporter, editor, producer, columnist, or another type of journalist
- How they prefer to receive story ideas or information
A journalist's recent work can help you determine whether your information fits their responsibilities.
Use current:
- Newsroom staff pages
- Reporter biographies
- Bylines
- Professional contact information
- Published submission or pitching guidance
You do not need a personal introduction
A mutual professional introduction can sometimes be useful, but it is not necessary.
A clear, relevant message from someone the journalist does not already know can still be appropriate.
Do not assume a journalist will dismiss you simply because the contact is unsolicited.
What matters more is whether:
- The information is relevant to their coverage
- You have explained why it matters now
- Your information is accurate
- You can provide appropriate sources or documentation
Become a reliable source
Be accurate
Verify important facts before sharing them.
Check:
- Names
- Dates
- Statistics
- Research findings
- Quotations
- Locations
- Policy or bill numbers
- Links and source documents
If you are unsure about a fact, say so.
Do not guess because a reporter is working under a deadline.
Offer to verify the information and follow up.
Correct errors promptly
If you discover that information you provided was wrong, contact the journalist promptly and explain the correction.
Do not wait and hope the error will go unnoticed.
A willingness to correct mistakes can strengthen credibility.
Distinguish fact from interpretation
Be clear about whether a statement is:
- A documented fact
- An estimate
- A prediction
- An interpretation
- An organizational position
- A personal opinion
Avoid presenting advocacy claims as established facts.
Be transparent about whom you represent
Tell journalists:
- Your name
- Your organization or affiliation
- Your role
- Whether you are speaking for yourself or for an organization
- Any relevant financial or organizational interest that should be disclosed
Do not conceal the sponsor of an advocacy effort, create an apparently independent source that is actually controlled by your organization, or misrepresent who supports a position.
Be responsive without promising constant availability
Journalists often work on deadlines.
Respond promptly when practical.
If you cannot respond immediately, you may provide:
- A time when you will be available
- Another qualified contact
- Existing documentation
- A short acknowledgment that you received the request
Organizations may benefit from identifying more than one person who can respond to routine media questions.
Understand communication ground rules
Do not assume that a conversation is confidential simply because you consider it informal.
If confidentiality or attribution matters, establish the ground rules before providing the information.
Terms such as:
- On the record
- Off the record
- On background
- Not for attribution
may be interpreted differently by different organizations or journalists.
Ask what the journalist means and obtain agreement before sharing sensitive information.
If your organization cannot disclose information because of privacy, legal, personnel, safety, or confidentiality obligations, say that clearly rather than lying or deliberately misleading the journalist.
“No comment” is not the only option
Depending on the circumstances, you may be able to say:
I can't discuss the details of that personnel matter, but I can explain the policy that applies.
or:
We are still verifying the information and do not want to speculate. We will provide confirmed information when it is available.
Do not invent an explanation simply to avoid leaving a question unanswered.
Respect editorial independence
Journalists decide:
- Whether to cover a story
- What angle to pursue
- Which sources to interview
- Which information to include
- How a story is edited
Providing useful information does not entitle your organization to favorable coverage.
Do not exchange benefits for coverage
Avoid offering:
- Gifts
- Personal favors
- Special treatment
- Payments
- Travel or entertainment
- Other benefits
in exchange for news coverage or favorable treatment.
Journalists and news organizations may have their own policies governing gifts, meals, travel, access, and conflicts of interest.
Respect those policies.
Sponsored content is different from independent journalism
Paid advertising, sponsored content, native advertising, organizational social-media posts, and independent news coverage are different communication products.
If content is paid for or sponsored, disclose that relationship clearly.
Do not present paid exposure as though an independent newsroom chose to endorse or report favorably on your organization.
How do you pitch information or a story?
Explain why the information matters now
A useful pitch generally identifies:
- What happened or is about to happen
- Why it matters
- Who is affected
- Why the information is relevant to that journalist's audience
- What sources or evidence are available
Avoid sending a generic announcement to every journalist you can find.
A focused message to the appropriate journalist is often more useful.
Keep the initial pitch concise
Put the important information near the beginning.
Include:
- A clear subject line
- A brief description of the development
- Why it is timely
- Relevant local or community impact
- Available sources or documentation
- Your contact information
Follow up proportionately
A brief follow-up may be appropriate when:
- The story is time-sensitive
- You have genuinely new information
- The journalist asked you to follow up
- You need to correct something important
Avoid repeated calls, texts, direct messages, or emails simply to pressure someone into covering the story.
Provide useful supporting material
Depending on the story, useful materials may include:
- A concise background brief
- Current data
- Research links
- Public records
- Photographs
- Video
- Maps or charts
- Contact information for relevant sources
- A timeline
- A press release when appropriate
Large traditional “press kits” are not always necessary.
Make materials easy to verify, access, and reuse where permission allows.
Label visual and digital material accurately
Do not provide altered, staged, synthetic, or AI-generated images, video, audio, quotations, or documents in a way that could cause a journalist to believe they are authentic records of an event.
Clearly identify:
- Illustrations
- Simulations
- Reenactments
- Substantially edited material
- Synthetic or AI-generated media
when relevant.
Help journalists find relevant people without scripting them
You may offer to connect journalists with:
- People directly affected
- Researchers
- Program participants
- Community leaders
- Practitioners
- Other people with relevant knowledge
Do not tell a person what they must say in order to make the story more persuasive.
People should decide whether they want to speak with a journalist and what they want to disclose.
Explain the consequences of speaking publicly
Before referring someone to a journalist, especially when sensitive personal experience is involved, explain that:
- Their name or image may be published
- Material may remain available online for a long time
- Other news organizations or social-media users may repeat the information
- They may receive public attention they did not anticipate
Participation should be voluntary.
Understand different outlets without trying to manipulate them
Learn how different outlets work.
Consider:
- Geographic coverage
- Subject areas
- Audience
- Publication schedule
- Deadlines
- Format
- Whether the outlet produces breaking news, investigations, features, newsletters, podcasts, video, or other formats
Use that knowledge to determine whether your information is relevant.
Do not assume news coverage is supposed to favor your position
News organizations and individual journalists differ in:
- Editorial mission
- Audience
- Resources
- Story selection
- Editorial standards
It is reasonable to evaluate the accuracy and quality of coverage.
It is less useful to classify journalists primarily according to whether they give your organization “good coverage.”
Separate editorial decisions from advertising
Advertising relationships may help explain a news organization's business model or audience, but advertisers should not be treated as a reliable guide to what journalists will or should report.
Do not pressure a newsroom through advertisers or sponsors in order to influence independent coverage.
Understand what can make information newsworthy
Journalists may consider factors such as:
- Timeliness
- Local relevance
- Public impact
- Accountability
- New or unusual information
- Evidence of a broader trend
- Human experience
- Availability of reliable sources
- Visual or audio material
A compelling personal story can help illustrate an issue, but it should not substitute for evidence about how widespread the issue is.
Likewise, professional or social status does not automatically make one person's information more credible.
Credibility depends on the person's knowledge, evidence, transparency, and relationship to the issue.
Communicate respectfully
Treat journalists, editors, producers, photographers, and other newsroom staff professionally.
Respect:
- Deadlines
- Requests for verification
- Decisions not to pursue a story
- Editorial independence
- Professional boundaries
Thank someone when they have helped clarify a process or when you appreciate careful work, but do not use praise as a strategy for obtaining favorable treatment.
If coverage contains an error
Distinguish between:
- A factual error
- A quotation error
- Missing context
- An editorial judgment you simply disagree with
If there is a factual error:
- Contact the appropriate journalist or editor
- Identify the specific error
- Provide reliable evidence supporting the correction
- Ask what correction process the outlet uses
Do not demand a correction merely because the story was critical or did not emphasize your preferred interpretation.
Maintain relationships while they remain useful
You do not need to contact journalists simply to make sure they remember you.
Maintain communication when you have:
- Relevant new information
- A significant development
- A useful source or document
- A correction
- A response to a reporter's request
- A genuinely newsworthy story idea
Journalists change beats, outlets, roles, and careers.
Keep your contact information current rather than assuming one personal relationship should continue indefinitely.
Evaluate your media relationships
Periodically ask:
- Are we providing accurate information?
- Do we correct mistakes promptly?
- Are we contacting journalists whose work is actually relevant?
- Are we respecting editorial independence?
- Are we transparent about whom we represent?
- Are we protecting the privacy and autonomy of people whose experiences we share?
- Are our materials accessible and easy to verify?
- Are we mistaking favorable coverage for accurate coverage?
- Are we relying too heavily on personal relationships rather than the quality of our information?
In Summary
Productive relationships with news media can help journalists understand community issues and help organizations communicate accurate information to the public.
The goal is not to make journalists personal friends, gain access to their influence, or secure favorable coverage.
Identify the journalists and news organizations that actually cover your issue.
Understand that today's media environment includes traditional outlets, digital newsrooms, newsletters, podcasts, community publications, social platforms, and other formats.
Be accurate, transparent, responsive, and clear about what you know and what you do not know.
Correct errors promptly.
Distinguish documented facts from estimates, interpretations, predictions, and advocacy positions.
Establish confidentiality or attribution rules before sharing sensitive information.
Respect journalists' editorial independence and do not offer gifts, favors, payments, or other benefits in exchange for coverage.
Keep sponsored or organizational content clearly distinguishable from independent journalism.
When connecting journalists with community members, obtain meaningful consent and explain the possible public and long-term consequences of speaking with the media.
Provide useful documents, sources, data, photographs, video, or other materials when they help journalists verify and understand the story.
Clearly label synthetic, staged, substantially altered, or AI-generated media rather than presenting it as authentic documentation.
Learn how different outlets work, but do not reduce journalists to whether they provide your organization with favorable coverage.
Maintain professional communication when you have useful information or a meaningful reason to contact someone.
Finally, the strongest media relationship is not one in which a journalist feels personally connected or obligated to your organization.
It is one in which the journalist knows that when you provide information, you will be accurate, transparent, responsive, and respectful of the independence of the news process.
Contributor
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
Building Media Relations is an article about becoming a valuable resource to the media provided by the Public Relations Society of America.
Building Strong Relationships is a site created by The Center for Media Justice, and it has links to information on writing press releases and developing press kits.
How to Build Relationships with the Media is an article published on July 26, 2007by Aileen Pincus in Business Week.
Media Advocacy Guide is a guide provided by the National Association of Clinical Nurse Specialists.
Media Advocacy Manual. This manual provided by the American Public Health Association offers information on connecting with the media through newspapers, internet, radio, television, and magazines.
PTA - Working with the Media is a comprehensive resource and downloadable PDF with information about building and maintaining relationships with the media.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Goldman, K., & Zasloff, K. (1994, December). Tools of the trade: Media do's and don'ts. SOPHE News & Views, 6-7.
National Cancer Institute. (1988). Media strategies for smoking control: Guidelines. Bethesda, MD: Author.
Pertschuk, M., & Wilbur, P. (1991). Media advocacy: Reframing public debate. Washington, DC: The Benton Foundation.
Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jerniagan, D., & Themba, M. (1993). Media advocacy and public health: Power for prevention. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Reasons to become friends with the media:
___Increase awareness about group
___Help recruit members
___Raise awareness of issues
___Positive publicity
Making friends with the media:
___You are informed
___You are up to date on current events that effect your organization
___You have studied various news sources
___You know who is sympathetic to your field of interest
___You paid attention to advertisers to get an idea of who the audience is
___You have chosen a method to get attention:
- News media
- PSA
- Press release
- Press conference
- Paid advertisement
___You have tailored your story to each media outlet you have chosen
___You are comfortable with all forms of media
___You have assembled a press kit that includes background information on your organization
___When appropriate, you have sent out information packets to the media
___You have followed up with a phone call, emphasizing the importance of your issue
-
What is a news story?
-
What are the benefits of news coverage?
-
What makes a story newsworthy?
-
How do you present a story idea?
-
How do you choose good media opportunities?
-
How do you build constructive relationships with journalists?
Community organizations often have information, experiences, research, programs, events, or public-policy concerns that may be relevant to journalists and their audiences.
News coverage can help the public understand an issue, learn about a community development, hear from people directly affected, or examine the actions of institutions and decision-makers.
Organizations can suggest stories and provide information to journalists, but they do not control whether a story is covered or how the final reporting is framed.
The strongest media outreach treats journalists as independent professionals rather than as a publicity channel for the organization.
What is a news story?
A news story is journalistic coverage that provides timely, verified information about events, developments, issues, people, institutions, or ideas that are relevant to an audience.
News may appear through:
- Newspapers and magazines
- Television
- Radio
- News websites and apps
- Digital-native publications
- Email newsletters
- Podcasts
- Streaming audio or video
- Other journalistic digital formats
A story may be:
- Breaking news about a recent event
- A straight-news report explaining an important development
- An investigative or accountability story
- An explanatory story that helps audiences understand a complicated issue
- A feature focused on people, places, programs, or community experiences
- An interview or question-and-answer story
- An audio, video, or multimedia report
An organization may provide:
- A story idea
- Background information
- Research or data
- Documents
- Interview sources
- Photographs, video, or audio when appropriate
- Contact information for people with relevant expertise or experience
The journalist or news organization generally decides whether to pursue the story, what additional reporting is needed, which sources to interview, and how the story is ultimately presented.
News is different from organizational publicity
A press release, social-media post, newsletter, website article, advertisement, or organizational video is content produced by or for the organization.
Independent news coverage is produced through a journalistic process.
Do not describe organizational communications as independent news.
Likewise, paid or sponsored content should be clearly distinguished from independent editorial coverage.
What are the benefits of news coverage?
News coverage may:
- Help more people understand an issue
- Bring relevant community experiences into public discussion
- Explain research, policy, or programs in an accessible way
- Draw attention to a problem that has received little public consideration
- Provide additional scrutiny of institutions or public decisions
- Connect an issue to current events
- Reach audiences that do not already follow your organization
- Encourage further public discussion or reporting
News coverage may reach people without requiring the organization to purchase advertising, but it should not be viewed simply as “free publicity.”
Journalists may:
- Interview people who disagree with you
- Examine weaknesses in your proposal
- Verify or challenge your claims
- Include information you did not provide
- Decide that the story is not newsworthy
That independence is part of what distinguishes journalism from organizational promotion.
What makes a story newsworthy?
Newsworthiness depends on the outlet, audience, location, timing, and subject.
A development may be worth pitching when it has a clear reason to matter now.
Common forms of news value include:
A timely development
Something has recently happened or is about to happen.
Examples include:
- A new policy
- A vote
- A court decision
- A program opening or closing
- New funding
- A new report
- An emerging community concern
New evidence or findings
New research, data, records, evaluations, or other credible evidence may provide a reason for coverage.
Be clear about:
- Who produced the information
- How it was collected
- What it shows
- What it does not establish
- Any important limitations
Local relevance
A broader issue may become particularly relevant when it has identifiable effects in the journalist's community.
Useful local information may include:
- Local data
- Local implementation
- Community experiences
- Effects on local services
- Decisions by local institutions
Public accountability
A story may involve:
- Government decisions
- Public spending
- Institutional practices
- Regulatory compliance
- Conflicts of interest
- Unequal access or treatment
- Other matters of legitimate public concern
Make serious allegations only when you have reliable information supporting them.
Distinguish documented findings from allegations, interpretations, and unanswered questions.
A meaningful milestone
A milestone may provide a legitimate news opportunity when it reflects something important about the community or issue.
Examples might include:
- Completion of a major community project
- A significant anniversary
- Publication of a long-term evaluation
- A major change in participation or outcomes
- A new partnership addressing a community need
An organizational anniversary alone may not be newsworthy unless there is a broader community story connected to it.
A significant human experience
Lived experience can help explain how a larger issue affects people in everyday life.
A useful human-centered story should do more than present someone as an example designed to create sympathy.
It should help audiences understand:
- What happened
- Why it matters
- What broader issue it illustrates
- What evidence or context helps readers understand the experience
A seasonal or calendar connection
Some issues become particularly relevant during:
- A public observance
- A school or budget cycle
- A weather season
- An election period
- A recurring public-health or community event
Use these connections only when they genuinely help explain why the story matters now.
A response to another current development
A national, state, or local event may create a legitimate opportunity to provide local information or expertise.
This can be useful when your organization has:
- Relevant evidence
- Direct community experience
- Specialized expertise
- Local data
- A meaningful local example
Avoid inserting your organization into unrelated breaking news simply to obtain attention.
Do not manufacture news
Organizations can recognize timely opportunities, organize legitimate public events, publish research, or provide new information.
They should not fabricate controversy, exaggerate findings, stage misleading scenes, or create events mainly so they can be represented as spontaneous news developments.
Do not give “old news a facelift” by making it appear newer or more surprising than it really is.
If the information is not new, explain honestly why it has become relevant again.
How do you present a story idea?
Know what the story is before contacting a journalist
Be able to explain:
- What happened
- Why it matters
- Why it matters now
- Who is affected
- What evidence is available
- Which people are available to speak
A pitch should identify the possible story rather than merely describe the organization.
Keep the initial pitch concise
Journalists often receive many story ideas.
A useful pitch usually provides the most important information near the beginning.
It may include:
- A clear subject line
- One or two sentences describing the development
- Why it is relevant now
- Why it matters to the outlet's audience
- Links to supporting information
- Available interview sources
- Contact information
Prepare supporting material
Depending on the story, have available:
- A short background document
- Original research or reports
- Data sources
- Public records
- Relevant policy documents
- A timeline
- High-quality photographs or video when appropriate
- Contact information for knowledgeable sources
Use plain language and make source material easy to verify.
Use numbers responsibly
Check every statistic before providing it to a journalist.
Include the source, date, and relevant context.
Comparisons can help explain scale, but avoid dramatic analogies that exaggerate or oversimplify what the numbers mean.
Be transparent about your role
Tell journalists:
- Who you are
- Which organization you represent
- Your role in the issue
- Relevant funding or organizational interests when appropriate
- Whether the research or data being provided were produced or funded by your organization
Do not present an organizational advocate as an independent expert.
Likewise, do not describe someone as an independent researcher if they have a relevant relationship that should be disclosed.
Identify useful interview sources
Depending on the issue, useful sources may include:
- People directly affected
- Researchers
- Practitioners
- Community leaders
- Program staff
- Public officials
- Other people with relevant direct knowledge
Do not treat people as “real-person” props
Someone's lived experience should not be used merely to make an organizational message more emotional or persuasive.
Before connecting someone with a journalist, make sure the person understands:
- Who the journalist is
- What the story may concern
- That the journalist controls the interview and reporting process
- That publication may make personal information widely available
- That online stories may remain accessible for a long time
Participation should be voluntary.
Do not pressure someone to disclose trauma, medical information, financial hardship, immigration information, or another sensitive experience because it may make the story more compelling.
Take additional care with children and other sensitive situations
Consider privacy, consent, safety, power differences, and possible long-term effects before suggesting someone as an interview source.
Journalists may have their own ethical and editorial requirements concerning sensitive sources.
Provide visual and audio material responsibly
If you provide photographs, audio, video, graphics, or other media:
- Make sure you have permission to share them
- Identify what the material actually shows
- Provide accurate dates and locations
- Identify people accurately when appropriate
- Disclose whether an image is staged, illustrative, edited, or reconstructed
- Do not manipulate material in ways that create a false impression
Do not provide fabricated quotations, synthetic audio, altered photographs, or generated video as though they were authentic records of an event.
Choosing good media opportunities
Timeliness matters, but media outreach should not become an effort to attach your organization to every breaking event.
A useful opportunity exists when:
- Your organization has genuinely relevant information
- A local development relates directly to your work
- New evidence changes the public understanding of an issue
- A decision is approaching
- An event creates a legitimate need for local context
- People directly affected have perspectives that are missing from current coverage
Avoid stereotypes when connecting issues to events
Do not assume that a prom, holiday, neighborhood, age group, racial or ethnic community, or another demographic category automatically creates a particular health or social problem.
Use evidence to establish the connection rather than relying on stereotypes or assumptions.
Choosing whom to contact
Identify journalists and outlets that regularly cover:
- Your community
- The relevant policy area
- Public health
- Education
- Local government
- Business
- Environment
- Housing
- Other relevant topics
Review their recent work before making contact.
This helps you determine whether your story fits their beat and audience.
Do not select reporters primarily because you believe they are “friendly” to your organization or cause.
A journalist who covers the subject independently and understands the field may be a more appropriate contact.
The media landscape is broader than television, radio, and newspapers
Depending on the audience, relevant outlets may include:
- Local and regional newspapers
- Television stations
- Radio stations
- Digital news organizations
- Topic-specific publications
- Newsletters
- Podcasts
- Community and nonprofit newsrooms
- Student news organizations
- Multilingual news organizations
Choose outlets according to the people who need or are likely to value the information.
Respect journalists' time and communication preferences
There is no universal best time of day to contact every reporter.
Deadlines, work schedules, time zones, and newsroom practices differ.
When possible:
- Check the journalist's or newsroom's stated contact preferences
- Use the channel provided for pitches
- Send information early enough for meaningful reporting
- Identify genuinely urgent or breaking information clearly
- Avoid repeated messages when the journalist has not responded
Email is often useful because it allows supporting material and links to be included, but some journalists or outlets may prefer another method.
Follow up proportionately
If a pitch is time-sensitive and you have not received a response, one concise follow-up may be appropriate.
Avoid:
- Repeated calls
- Multiple messages through different personal channels
- Pressuring a journalist to cover the story
- Treating lack of response as hostility toward your organization
Communicate facts rather than performing emotion
You may care deeply about the issue.
Speak honestly about why it matters, but do not manufacture enthusiasm, anger, outrage, or another emotional response because you hope the reporter will imitate it.
Provide:
- Accurate facts
- Relevant context
- Clear sourcing
- Access to appropriate interview subjects
- Your organization's perspective when relevant
Let the journalist determine how to report the story.
Become a reliable source
Organizations can build credibility by consistently providing accurate and useful information.
A reliable media contact should:
- Respond within a reasonable timeframe
- Verify important information before sharing it
- Provide original sources when possible
- Correct errors promptly
- Be clear about what is known and unknown
- Respect requests for clarification
- Disclose relevant organizational interests
You do not need to be available 24 hours a day
Organizations may designate:
- A primary media contact
- A backup contact
- Normal availability hours
- An after-hours process for genuinely urgent issues
Do not create unrealistic expectations that staff must abandon all other responsibilities whenever a reporter calls.
You do not need to know every answer immediately
If you do not know the answer to a reporter's question:
I don't want to guess. Let me verify that and get back to you.
is more useful than providing uncertain information.
Then follow up within the timeframe you agreed upon.
Maintain professional relationships with journalists
It can be useful to stay familiar with journalists who cover your field and to make sure they know how to contact your organization.
Maintain the relationship by:
- Providing useful information when relevant
- Responding to reasonable questions
- Correcting errors respectfully
- Sharing significant new research or developments
- Respecting journalists' editorial independence
Do not contact journalists merely so they remember your organization or set quotas for how often your organization should appear in the news.
News coverage should result from information that is genuinely relevant to the outlet and its audience.
Understand that coverage may not follow your preferred frame
Once a journalist begins reporting, the story may develop differently from your original pitch.
The journalist may:
- Interview additional people
- Find contradictory information
- Focus on a different aspect of the issue
- Examine your organization's role critically
- Decide not to publish or broadcast the story
Do not expect a journalist to “report the story your way.”
Your responsibility is to provide accurate, relevant information and to explain your perspective transparently.
If coverage contains an error
Distinguish between:
- A factual error
- An important omission
- A framing choice you dislike
- A legitimate perspective different from your own
If there is a factual error, contact the journalist or newsroom promptly and provide the information supporting a correction.
Do not demand a correction simply because the coverage did not advance your organization's preferred message.
Evaluate your media outreach
After a media effort, ask:
- Was our information accurate?
- Was the story genuinely relevant and timely?
- Did we disclose our role clearly?
- Did people interviewed understand the possible public exposure?
- Did we protect privacy appropriately?
- Did we provide reporters with useful source material?
- Did we respect editorial independence?
- Did the resulting coverage improve public understanding?
- What should we do differently next time?
In Summary
Community organizations can be valuable sources of information for journalists.
News stories may appear through print, television, radio, websites, newsletters, podcasts, streaming media, and other journalistic formats.
Begin with a genuine story rather than simply a desire for publicity.
Ask what is new, timely, locally relevant, important, unusual, or useful for the audience to understand.
Do not manufacture news, exaggerate evidence, or stage events in ways that create a misleading impression.
Prepare accurate background information, original sources, relevant data, and appropriate interview contacts before making a pitch.
Be transparent about your organization, your role in the issue, and relevant financial or organizational interests.
Support people directly affected in speaking with journalists when they want to participate, but do not use personal experiences merely as emotional props.
Consider privacy, consent, safety, and the long-term reach of online publication before sharing sensitive personal stories.
Provide photographs, audio, video, and other materials only when they are accurate, appropriately authorized, and clearly identified.
Contact journalists who actually cover the relevant topic or community rather than seeking reporters mainly because you expect favorable treatment.
Keep pitches concise and respect newsroom deadlines and communication preferences.
Be responsive, but do not assume that effective media relations require 24-hour personal availability.
If you do not know an answer, verify it rather than guessing.
Build credibility over time by being accurate, transparent, useful, and willing to correct mistakes.
Finally, remember that journalism is not simply free publicity.
Your role is to provide a legitimate story idea, reliable information, and access to relevant sources.
The journalist's role is to report independently and decide what the audience needs to know.
Contributor
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
Digital Age Media Relations is from e.politics, and it provides information on pitching stories for different media outlets.
How to Pitch Nonprofit Stories to Media is an article by Joanne Fritz about how to make your story timely, newsworthy, and relevant.
News Media: A Different Kind of Advocacy is an excellent guide from the National Association of Foreign Student Advisors for working with the media.
Pitching Your Story to a Reporter has pointers to creating a story the media wants from Strategic Alliance.
Pointers on Pitching from Both Ends of the Call is an article from Freerange Thinking that offers various pointers and links on pitching stories.
Rural Housing Coalition Media Advocacy 101 is a guide for pitching news stories and writing persuasive editorial articles.
Seven Tips to Pitch Your Story by Phone is an article from the Community Media Workshop on how to make the call and make the news.
10 Tips to Pitching to a Reporter is a list of tips from Advocates for Youth.
Tips and Principles of Pitching Stories is a document from the Sierra Club with information on how to tailor your pitch to make it more likely to be picked up.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Goldman, K., & Zasloff, K. (1994, December). Tools of the trade: Media do's and don'ts. SOPHE News & Views, 6-7.
National Cancer Institute. (1988). Media strategies for smoking control: Guidelines. Bethesda, MD: Author.
Pertschuk, M., & Wilbur, P. (1991). Media advocacy: Reframing public debate. Washington: The Benton Foundation.
Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jerniagan, D., & Themba, M. (1993). Media advocacy and public health: Power for prevention. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Creating news stories the media wants:
___The audience you want to reach has been chosen
___You have decided what medium would be most effective to use for your story
___Your news story is appropriate in length
___Your story has a fresh and unique spin
___You have decided on a news angle, some possibilities are:
- Anniversary
- Breakthrough
- Celebrity supported
- Controversial
- Injustice
- Ironic
- Local interest
- Milestone
- Human interest
- Seasonal
___Your story is full of facts or human interest, depending on the angle you have chosen
___If possible, you have used a combination of news angles for your story
___Contact reporters with everything they need to write the story
___Target reporters who will be interested in the stories you have to offer
___Remember that reporters are busy and respect their deadlines and their time
___Become a “go-to” organization for the media by gaining their trust
___Work to maintain your relationships and reputation with the media over the long term
Example: Newspaper article
This is a written article about a current event using a seasonal news angle.
SUA plants Earth Day awareness
Today's activities tie global concern to local action.
Student Union Activities will celebrate Earth Day today with a speaker and an open house.
All activities are free and will take place in front of the Kansas Union. If it rains, activities will be moved to the Union lobby. SUA will offer free lemonade.
Charles Benjamin, legislative coordinator for the Kansas Natural Resources Council and the Kansas Sierra Club, will speak from noon to 1 p.m. Benjamin will talk about how students can think globally and act locally.
"I'll talk about what I see going on around the state and in legislation," Benjamin said. "Legislators have a lot of pressure to keep environmental legislation to a minimum, but people can improve their environment. You should have a concern about global warming, but there are things happening in Kansas everyday that affect the food we eat and the water we drink."
In addition to Benjamin's speech, SUA will have a station for making hemp necklaces and bracelets and a planting station where students can plant wildflowers and prairie grass.
An exhibition of recycled art also will be in front of the Union. Students will select the best entry by ballot, and the winner will receive a cash prize.
"I don't know what it's going to look like," said Kielyn Scott, SUA special events coordinator, "but in my imagination, I expect something like aluminum cans and used paper recycled into art."
An acoustic guitar jam session will set the tone to the activities from 10 a.m. to noon and from 1 to 2 p.m. John Orcutt, SUA live music coordinator, said SUA always had music on Earth Day, but this year the music would be acoustic instead of amplified.
At 11 a.m., students and SUA staff will plant flowers in a flowerbed outside the Kansas Union.
Student groups such as KU Environs, All About Hemp, Sierra Club, Biology Club, Amnesty International, and Habitat for Humanity will set up information tables at the plaza.
"It's a unique event because lots of student groups are involved," Scott said. "We're hoping for a big turnout."
SUA has been collecting aluminum cans, clean blankets, and towels throughout the week, Scott said. The blankets, towels and money from the cans will be donated to the Humane Society of Lawrence.
Vilela, M. (1998, April 22). SUA plants Earth Day awareness. The University Daily Kansan.
-
What is advertising?
-
Why would you pay to advertise?
-
When should you advertise?
-
How do you advertise?
Let's say you're sharing information about your initiative and its activities, but your message is not reaching enough of the people you want to engage. You've used public service announcements, community partnerships, and other free or low-cost approaches. Paid advertising may offer another way to reach people, explain an issue, or invite participation.
Can advertising work for you? With clear goals, community input, and careful planning, it can support your outreach. Its value depends on whether the message reaches the intended audience and helps people take a meaningful next step.
For example, a community health organization might advertise a local screening program. The advertisement could explain whom the program serves, how to ask questions, and where to find information about appointments, costs, and accessibility. The organization could then track inquiries and completed appointments to assess whether the campaign helped people connect with services. Advertising is most useful when the service or opportunity being promoted is available and ready to respond.
What is advertising?
Paid advertising involves purchasing space, time, or placement to communicate a message. Options include radio, television, newspapers, magazines, websites, search engines, social media, podcasts, streaming services, outdoor displays, and direct mail. Unlike independent news coverage, advertising gives your organization more control over its message and placement, subject to the provider's policies and your agreement. This section considers broadcast, print, digital, and other advertising options.
Broadcast advertising
Radio and television advertising is sold in spots of specified lengths, often including 15-, 30-, or 60-second formats. Available lengths, prices, and placement options vary by outlet, audience, and schedule. Some stations offer writing, recording, filming, and editing services, while others accept completed advertisements. Ask what production assistance is available, what it costs, and whether the quoted price includes both production and airtime.
Print advertising
Newspapers and magazines sell advertisements in formats such as column-based sizes, quarter pages, half pages, and full pages. Prices depend on the publication, size, placement, color, and frequency. Ask about nonprofit discounts, community rates, and packages that combine print and digital placement.
Confirm each publication's dimensions, file requirements, image resolution, and deadlines before designing an advertisement. Formats vary, so a design prepared for one publication may need adjustments for another. Request a proof when available and check that text, images, contact information, and any response codes remain clear at the final printed size.
Other media
Digital advertising includes paid search results, website placements, sponsored social media posts, podcast messages, and streaming audio or video ads. These options differ in how they are purchased, delivered, and measured. Choose channels based on community members' communication preferences and access, rather than assuming digital advertising will reach everyone. Other possibilities include:
- Outdoor and transit advertising: billboards, bus shelters, vehicle displays, and other public-facing locations. Ask the transportation agency, property owner, or advertising provider about available placements, costs, audience information, and content requirements.
- Bumper stickers and other take-home materials: these can help participants share a short message voluntarily. Their usefulness depends on local travel patterns, visibility, and whether people want to display them. Avoid assuming they will work equally well in every community.
- Advertising in shared spaces. Displays in community venues, elevators, public restrooms, or other locations may reach people during their daily activities. Consider whether the placement is appropriate, accessible, and relevant to the people you hope to engage.
- Direct mail advertising can share information with households in a service area. Plan for printing, postage, readable design, appropriate language options, and responsible use of mailing information.
What about free or low-cost options?
Before paying for advertising, consider whether community partnerships, newsletters, public calendars, donated placements, or your organization's own communication channels could meet the same goal. These approaches still require time and resources, but they may be a better fit for your budget.
Some radio and television stations accept public service announcements for donated airtime. Availability, eligibility, production support, and scheduling vary by station. Ask about its current policies rather than assuming a fixed number of free announcements is available. You may have limited control over when a donated announcement airs.
If you're planning print advertising, an advertising agency, designer, or community partner may offer donated or reduced-cost services. Agree on responsibilities, deadlines, and the scope of the work.
Another possibility is to ask a local business or other partner to pay for your advertising. Consider whether the partnership fits your mission, clarify any conditions, and be transparent about sponsorship.
Why would you pay to advertise?
Paid advertising can support many of the same goals as other forms of outreach: increasing awareness, explaining an issue, connecting people with services, recruiting participants, or inviting community action.
Because advertising uses resources that could support other activities, identify what it can add to your existing efforts. Reasons to consider paid advertising include:
- To help people recognize your organization and understand what it offers through repeated, consistent messages in relevant channels.
- To reach people who are not being reached adequately through your existing communication methods. Compare the likely reach and cost of paid placements with other options before committing funds.
- To have more control over the wording, images, and presentation of your message than independent news coverage allows. Develop the message with people affected by the issue, and present their experiences accurately and with permission.
- To arrange a schedule or placement that supports a specific goal. For example, you might advertise before a community meeting or in a publication that serves the area where your program operates. Confirm what timing and placement the provider actually guarantees.
- To respond to misleading claims or criticism of your work with clear, verifiable information. Advertisements can reframe your issues by explaining the evidence, identifying institutional responsibilities, and presenting practical solutions. Focus on supported claims rather than personal attacks.
What are some of the benefits of using paid advertising?
- Greater control over your message and design, within the provider's requirements.
- The ability to purchase a defined schedule, placement, or delivery arrangement.
- Opportunities to adapt content for particular audiences using relevant language, examples, and clear next steps.
- The possibility of additional discussion or independent coverage, although this is not guaranteed and may include criticism.
- Opportunities to build recognition and familiarity over time when messages are consistent and useful.
When should you advertise?
Consider these questions when deciding whether to advertise.
- What do you want the advertisement to accomplish? Identify a specific outcome, such as event registrations, service inquiries, volunteer applications, or participation in a public discussion. If you are seeking donations, compare the full campaign cost with realistic expectations for funds raised and longer-term relationships. Advertising may work best alongside direct outreach and other communication.
- Can you afford enough advertising to test and support your goal? A single placement may not provide the reach or repetition you need. Compare channels, production costs, and available schedules. Begin with a manageable test when possible, and do not assume the campaign will pay for itself.
- Would advertising help address misinformation or criticism? Consider whether a paid response would clarify the issue or draw unnecessary attention to a misleading claim. Other options include a letter to the editor, a guest column, a public explanation, or direct conversation with community members.
- Is there a relevant connection to current events? A timely advertisement can help people understand an issue and find useful information. Verify the facts and avoid exploiting a crisis or someone's personal experience for attention.
For example, during a period of extreme heat, a community organization might advertise confirmed cooling-center hours, accessible transportation options, and a phone number for assistance. The message would connect an immediate concern with practical resources, and the organization would update or stop the advertisement if the information changed.
- Can you respond promptly to a useful opportunity while still checking facts and meeting production requirements?
For example, a community coalition wants residents to participate in an upcoming public meeting about preventing alcohol-related harm.
The coalition places an advertisement explaining the proposal, the meeting time, and how people can contribute. It uses current, clearly sourced information and includes perspectives from affected community members. The same information is shared with local journalists, who can independently decide whether to cover the issue.
Independent attention that an organization does not purchase is often called earned media. It can include news coverage or discussion prompted by a campaign. Although you do not pay for the editorial placement, obtaining and responding to coverage takes time. Its tone and conclusions are outside your control. Seek coverage because the issue matters, rather than manufacturing controversy.
- Would advertising help make important information easier to understand? Use clear language, meaningful comparisons, and readable visuals. Explain what a number represents, where it came from, and why it matters. Avoid dramatic comparisons that distort the evidence.
For example, an organization promoting tobacco cessation could pair a current, verified statistic with information about available support. Rather than relying on fear or blame, the advertisement might explain that people can get help making a quit plan and provide a clear way to contact the service. Any claims about results should match the evidence.
- Would a public acknowledgment help recognize shared contributions? An advertisement can thank volunteers, community partners, and funders. Obtain permission before identifying individuals, recognize less visible contributions, and avoid implying that a supporter endorses something they have not agreed to support.
Paid advertising has many possible uses, but its value depends on your goals, resources, and the response it generates. Choose it because it fills a clear communication need, and plan how you will determine whether it was worthwhile.
How do you advertise?
Decide whether to work with an agency
Consider whether your team has the time and skills to plan, design, place, and assess the campaign. An advertising agency, communications firm, or independent professional may help with some or all of these tasks. Compare the full cost of outside support with the staff time and expertise required to do the work internally. Ask about donated or reduced-cost services where appropriate. Agree on deliverables, fees, approval responsibilities, ownership of materials, and access to campaign accounts and results.
Identify the audience you want to reach
Think about who needs the information and how best to communicate with that audience. Ask community members where they get information, which sources they trust, and what would make the message useful. Agencies and media providers may offer audience estimates, but check how those estimates were developed. Use demographic information thoughtfully without assuming that people who share an identity have the same needs or preferences.
Relevant considerations may include:
- Gender-related experiences or access barriers, when relevant to the purpose of the campaign
- Age ranges, life stages, and communication preferences
- Location, transportation, and access to the services or activities being promoted
- Costs and other economic barriers that may affect participation
- Language, literacy, disability access, and familiarity with the subject
- Cultural context and racial or ethnic experiences, as described by community members
- Community priorities, questions, concerns, and trusted sources of information
- Daily routines, media use, internet access, and opportunities to respond
Decide which media to use
You may use a combination of channels. Digital options include search, social media, websites, newsletters, podcasts, and streaming services. Compare their audience, pricing, accessibility, placement controls, and reporting with broadcast and print options. Avoid using sensitive personal information to reach people without an appropriate basis and clear understanding of the implications. Include offline options when they are needed to reach the community.
Radio
- Radio can reach listeners through local, regional, or language-specific programming. Use a clear spoken message and an easy-to-remember action, such as calling a number or visiting a short web address.
- Ask whether the station offers production services or accepts a completed recording, and confirm what is included in the price.
- Confirm the audience, schedule, spot length, file requirements, and how the station will document that the advertisements aired.
Television and video
- Television and video can combine images, sound, and demonstrations. Their value depends on the audience and placement; do not assume that television reaches everyone or holds everyone's attention. Compare production and distribution costs with other channels.
- Ask whether the outlet provides production services or accepts completed material. Plan for captions, readable on-screen text, clear audio, and ways to communicate essential visual information.
- Confirm format, length, scheduling, review requirements, and reporting. If the video will also run online, check whether different versions or dimensions are needed.
- Newspapers and magazines may offer display advertisements, classified listings, inserts, or packages that include digital placements. Ask which options fit your purpose and budget.
- Display advertisements allow combinations of text and images in a purchased space. Keep the main message and requested action easy to identify.
- Classified advertisements and community listings may be useful for recruitment, meetings, or other announcements. Formats, prices, and eligibility vary by publication.
- Community newspapers, cultural and language-specific publications, faith-community publications, and organizational newsletters may reach people who are less likely to encounter your message elsewhere.
- Confirm circulation or distribution information, placement, design specifications, and submission requirements with the publication.
- Choose timing and frequency based on your goal, the publication schedule, and how much notice people need to participate.
For events:
- In a weekly publication, arrange coverage early enough for readers to plan transportation, registration, childcare, or other needs. Consider a reminder closer to the event if the budget allows.
- In a daily publication or digital channel, schedule an initial announcement and appropriate reminders before the registration deadline or event. Adjust timing to the audience rather than relying on a fixed formula.
For recruitment:
- Plan repeated opportunities to see the message over a reasonable period. Explain the role or opportunity, eligibility, time commitment, available support, and how to respond. Test the schedule and adjust based on applications or inquiries rather than assuming that a large number of placements will produce better results.
Whatever channels you choose, confirm submission deadlines, technical requirements, review procedures, and cancellation terms in advance. Make sure the phone number, website, or service receiving responses is ready before the advertisement appears.
Develop a budget
Estimate the full cost of the advertisement or campaign, including staff time and follow-up. Set a spending limit and decide what results would justify continuing, changing, or ending the campaign.
Include these items in your budget:
- Audience research, community consultation, message testing, and compensation for community contributions where appropriate.
- Writing, design, recording or filming, editing, translation, accessibility work, permissions, and any revisions needed for different formats.
- Placement costs, agency or management fees, taxes or other charges where applicable, and measurement or reporting costs. Ask about nonprofit rates and require clear explanations of commissions, markups, and billing. Do not assume a standard discount or commission applies.
- Confirmed donated services or placements, staff time to manage the campaign and respond to inquiries, and a reasonable allowance for unexpected costs. Record any conditions attached to donated support.
Produce your advertisement
Work with your team or agency to develop a clear message and a specific next step. Some of the same principles used to create a public service announcement or poster apply: focus the message, use readable design, provide useful information, and make it easy to respond.
Review the advertisement with people from the intended audience before publishing it. Check accuracy, clarity, spelling, accessibility, and cultural relevance. Use images and stories with informed permission, represent people through their strengths and experiences, and avoid stereotypes or blame. Make the sponsor clear and support factual claims with appropriate evidence. Confirm that linked pages are accessible and that information about costs, eligibility, and services is complete enough for people to make informed decisions.
Know and meet the deadlines for placement
Build a schedule that includes drafting, community review, approvals, production, submission, and any corrections. Obtain deadlines directly from each provider and allow time for review or technical problems. Confirm the placement in writing rather than assuming that submitting the advertisement guarantees it will appear as requested.
Lead times vary by outlet and format. An advertisement that requires production may need more preparation than a completed file, and magazines, broadcasters, print publications, and digital platforms have different processes. Ask about approval times, proofing, changes, cancellations, and what happens if a scheduled placement cannot be delivered.
Follow up!
Check that the advertisement appeared as agreed and review its results against your original goal. Track meaningful responses such as inquiries, registrations, applications, or service connections, along with costs. Treat impressions, clicks, and estimated audience size as indicators of exposure rather than proof of impact. Gather community feedback, consider who may have been missed, and use what you learn to improve future outreach. Collect only the personal information needed and explain how it will be used.
In Summary
Paid advertising can help people learn about an initiative, access services, and participate in community action. It is one option among many, and its usefulness depends on the audience, purpose, available resources, and results. Combine community knowledge with accurate messages, accessible design, realistic budgeting, and careful follow-up to decide when advertising supports your goals.
Resources
Online Resource
CDC Media Advocacy is a comprehensive guide for media advocates provided by the Centers for Disease Control.
Going Beyond the Social Media Basics is an article published by Allan Maurer in October 2013, and he discusses using paid advertising as an under-utilized approach to advocacy.
Health Advocacy Database is a database from Miami University of national and international public service announcements related to health and well-being.
Media Advocacy Guide is a guide provided by the National Association of Clinical Nurse Specialists.
Media Advocacy Manual. This manual provided by the American Public Health Association offers information on connecting with the media through newspapers, internet, radio, television, and magazines.
Public Service Announcements is a blog run by Armchair Advocates that provides a platform for discussing trends in social good in an increasingly digital age.
Print Resources
Adler, E. (1988) Placing newspaper ads. Palo Alto, CA: Health Promotion Resource Center.
Booth, M., & Associates. (1995). Promoting issues & ideas: A guide to public relations for nonprofit organizations. New York: The Foundation Center.
Daniel, L. (1989) Print production: Dealing with vendors. Palo Alto, CA: Health Promotion Resource Center.
Floyd, E., & Wilson, L. (1994). Advertising from the desktop. Scottsdale, AZ: Ventana Press.
___You understand that paid advertising represents the purchase of "air time" on a radio or television channel, or page space in a newspaper or magazine
___You understand that advertising time is offered in standard blocks on all commercial television and radio stations, and that most radio and television stations offer production services
___You understand that most newspapers and magazines measure ads in inches, and that print ad sizes are referred to in terms of the page layout
___You are familiar with some of the less traditional media used for advertising
___You understand the ways in which you can get free or cheap advertising
___You understand the reasons for using paid advertising
___You have considered what you want to accomplish with your ad
___You have consider whether you can afford to do enough advertising to accomplish what you want
___You have considered whether you can use your advertising to react and respond to attacks
___You have considered whether you can use your ad to respond to current events
___You have considered whether you can use advertising to present dull, boring facts in a more interesting way
___You have considered whether you can use your advertising to publicly thank your supporters
___You have decided whether to work with an agency
___You have decided on your target audience
___You have decided what medium you should use
___You have come up with a budget
___You have produced your ad (or had it produced by someone else)
___You have met the deadlines to get your ad placed when you want it to
___You have followed up by tracking your ad's appearance and trying to gauge how effective it's been
Tool: Glossary of advertising terminology
Here are some terms you may run across as you prepare a print advertisement.
- Ad rep: Advertising representative
- Bleed: In magazine advertising, this is when the art runs all the way to the edge of the page.
- Blueline: In printing jobs, a photographic proof used to check how images are positioned and to show any problems encountered by the printer.
- Body copy: The text portion of an ad, brochure, newsletter or flyer as distinguished from the headline, signature or other isolated text element.
- Body type: The typeface (font) you use for your text.
- Camera-ready art: Your ad laid out and pasted up exactly as it will appear in print (also called a mechanical).
- Circular advertising: Advertising that's printed out on a sheet of paper and mailed, handed out or stuffed in other printed materials, packages or shopping bags.
- Closing date: The last day (or minute) a publication will accept your ad artwork for inclusion in a specific issue.
- CMYK: An abbreviation for the colors cyan, magenta, yellow and black used in four -color separations.
- Color separation: The process used to produce full-color ads. Color images are broken down into four parts - cyan, magenta, yellow and black - and each color is transferred onto a separate printing plate.
- Concept: The idea or theme used to guide the advertiser in designing copy and visuals selected for an ad.
- Copy: The advertising message, or text, including the headline, deck, subheads and body copy.
- Deck: Text placed between the headline and the beginning of the body copy, usually in a type size smaller than the headline but larger than the body type.
- Direct response: Advertising that solicits a direct sale or inquiry by announcing an address or a telephone number.
- Display ad: Print media advertising that is set apart from the masses of small items in the classified ad section of a publication.
- Display type: The large type in a headline, deck, or other attention-getting area.
- Double trucks: Magazine ads in which two full-page ads face each other.
- Drop-in ads: Newspaper and magazine ads used as fillers; usually just a name, logo, or slogan.
- Duotone: The separation of a black-and-white photograph into black and a second color. This effect enriches the look of the photograph.
- Fill: See Screen tint.
- Flop: To make a mirror image of visuals such as photographs or clip art. Also called flip.
- Frequency: The average number of times an audience sees your advertising message over a given period of time.
- Gross Rating Point (GRP): Advertising exposures equal to 1 percent of the population of a market.
- Gutter: The space formed by the inner page margins in a two-page spread: in other words, where the right margin of a left-hand page joins the left margin of a right -hand page.
- Halftone: A reproduction process in which a screen transforms the tones of a photograph into dots of various sizes to prepare the photo for printing.
- Hook: A word or phrase that grabs the reader, viewer, or listener?s attention.
- Insertion order: The set of instructions, including the publication date, ad size and requested placement on the page, that functions as a purchase order when placing an ad in a publication.
- Kicker: A short text item that introduces an advertisement, usually set in smaller type and placed above the headline.
- Landscape: The shape of an ad whose width is greater than its length (or height). See also Portrait.
- Layout: The placement of ad elements? headline, visuals, body copy and signature? to fit the size of the area the advertiser purchases.
- Line art: A drawing or piece of artwork with no halftone screening.
- Live action spot: Television advertisement or PSA in which live action provides the visual portion of the message. This can be expensive, so you may wish to opt for slide/ announcer spots.
- Live copy: A simple script that's ready to be read by a live on-air announcer
- Logo: Usually, a small image, consisting of graphics and text, that represents a business. A logo provides a distinctive "signature" and helps to establish recognition of the advertiser's name and product.
- Mask: To conform the shape of a photograph or illustration to another shape such as a circle or polygon.
- Pantone Matching System (also called PMS): A system for specifying colors by number; used by print services and in color desktop publishing to ensure uniform color matching.
- Portrait: Refers to the shape of an ad whose width is greater than its length (or height). The shape of an ad that is longer than it is wide. See also Landscape.
- Preferred position: A requested location in a periodical. Most advertising media charge a higher rate for granting preferred positions.
- Proof: A sample of a print ad exactly as it will appear in publication.
- Rate card: A table listing available ad sizes based on variables such as size, number of times the ad appears, position on the page, and position in the newspaper.
- Reach: Number of people exposed to an outdoor message.
- Readership: The number of people who read a publication.
- RGB: The colors red, green and blue, used by computer monitors to display the full spectrum of color.
- Screen tint: In printing, the result of a solid color being broken up (screened) into dots to simulate a lighter color or shadow.
- Signature: Your logo and tag line or slogan, usually placed at the bottom of an ad. Sometimes includes your address and phone number.
- Slide/announcer spot: Television advertisement or PSA in which an announcer reads the script while 35-mm slides are used for the visual portion of the message. Cheaper to produce than live-action spots.
- Slogan: A sentence or phrase used consistently to describe and sell a company's products or philosophy.
- Spot color: A color not created by CMYK separations, usually specified by a Pantone swatch number.
- Storyboard: A series of sketches or photos of each individual shot in a television piece. It helps the director figure out how the entire piece will flow and what sort of camera angles and staging need to be set up.
- Subhead: A secondary-level heading used to organize body text. Sometimes called topic headline.
- Twin-color process: A method of separating a four-color photograph into two Pantone colors supported by photo editing programs such as Photoshop.
- Visual: A photograph, illustration, piece of clip art, or graph used to attract attention in an advertisement.
-
What do we mean by meeting the media?
-
Why should you meet the media?
-
How do you handle meeting the media?
-
How do you handle television, radio, and online appearances?
-
How do you hold a media event?
Speaking with the media can be demanding. Spokespersons may need to explain complicated decisions, respond to difficult questions, and provide accurate information while working within a reporter's deadline. Preparation helps them communicate clearly without overstating what they know.
Interviews and public statements may appear in news stories, broadcasts, podcasts, livestreams, or short clips shared online. A useful approach is to answer questions directly, explain the context, acknowledge uncertainty, and correct mistakes promptly. Credibility depends on the information you provide and how responsibly you engage with others.
You may be asked to discuss your organization's work, explain a community concern, or respond to a developing situation. Whether it is your first interview or one of many, planning and practice can help you represent your work effectively.
What do we mean by meeting the media?
Perhaps you have prepared a media information packet and are ready to contact a local journalist. Or a reporter has contacted your organization unexpectedly and requested an interview. Both situations offer an opportunity to share useful information, but you should first understand the request and decide who is best prepared to respond.
We've discussed the advantages of using news stories to draw attention to your issues. Written information, press releases, and media packets can provide background. Direct conversation allows journalists to ask questions, clarify details, and hear from people with relevant knowledge or experience.
Meeting the media means communicating directly with journalists, producers, hosts, or other media representatives. This may happen in person, by telephone, through video calls, or in written exchanges. Choose a format that fits the purpose, deadline, accessibility needs, and circumstances of the people involved.
An interview provides an opportunity to explain your perspective and demonstrate your knowledge. It does not give you control over the final story. Journalists may consult other sources, ask challenging questions, and make independent decisions about what to publish.
Meetings with the media can take several forms:
- Print and digital interviews: You might contribute to a newspaper, magazine, newsletter, website, or other written publication.
- Audio and video interviews: You might be interviewed for radio, television, a podcast, a livestream, or a recorded online program.
- Participation in a program: You might join a panel, respond to audience questions, or discuss an issue as a community member, practitioner, or subject-matter specialist.
- Information calls or meetings: You might contact a reporter to explain a situation, suggest a story, or share a development related to your work.
- Background information: A journalist might ask you to explain an issue's history, terminology, or context. Providing background information does not automatically make the conversation confidential or establish an "on background" attribution agreement.
- Media events: You might hold a press conference about a report or initiative, organize a public demonstration, or invite journalists to visit a community site. Plan visits with the people who live, work, or receive services there, respecting their privacy and choices about participation.
Why should you meet the media?
- You can explain your perspective clearly and consistently, while responding to questions.
- You can become a reliable source of information for future stories.
- You can build professional relationships through direct communication.
- You can use examples, demonstrations, and conversation to make an issue easier to understand.
- You can develop communication skills and confidence through preparation, experience, and feedback.
- You can share spokesperson responsibilities across your organization and support community members who want to speak from their own experience.
- You can contribute accurate information, explain its limits, and identify additional sources, while recognizing that journalists control their reporting.
Giving an interview can feel unfamiliar or stressful. You do not need a particular personality, accent, appearance, or communication style to contribute useful information. Preparation, practice, and appropriate support can help you participate in a way that works for you.
How do you handle meeting the media?
Different situations call for different preparation. The following guidance covers interviews, information requests, background conversations, and media events.
Interviews
Before an interview
Ask about the topic, outlet, audience, deadline, expected length, and whether the interview will be live or recorded. Clarify how your name and role will be identified. Discuss any interpretation, accessibility, or communication support you need. Practice with a colleague or record a short rehearsal if that would help you prepare.
- Prepare and practice answers to likely questions, including difficult ones. Identify what you can answer, what needs verification, and what falls outside your role.
- Develop a few clear key messages. Use short, accurate explanations that make sense on their own. Avoid simplifying a point so much that it becomes misleading.
- Provide useful background information. Share a concise summary, reliable sources, relevant dates, and contact information. Explain important qualifications or uncertainty in the evidence.
- Arrange visual or supporting materials when useful. For example, a housing organization could provide a clearly labeled chart of local rent changes. Confirm that materials are accurate, readable, accessible, and appropriate to share publicly.
During an interview
Communication includes words, tone, gestures, and the interview setting. These vary across cultures and individuals. Focus on clarity and comfort rather than trying to perform a single model of how a credible speaker should look or behave.
- Direct your attention to the conversation in a way that is comfortable for you. For video, ask whether to look toward the interviewer or camera; sustained eye contact is not a requirement for effective communication.
- Use your own voice. Speak in language you understand and would normally use, rather than trying to deliver a memorized performance.
- Listen carefully and allow yourself time to respond.
- Remember that recording may continue while others speak. Ask when recording begins and ends, and avoid discussing private information while microphones or cameras may still be active.
- Acknowledge useful questions and other participants' contributions when appropriate.
- Let your tone fit the subject. A serious or emotional response can be appropriate. You do not need to smile when discussing harm, loss, or injustice; aim to communicate respectfully and clearly.
Some tips about speaking:
- Speak at a manageable pace. Pause between important points and use the microphone as directed. Let the interviewer know if you need a question repeated or additional time.
- Agree on ground rules before sharing sensitive information. Assume your comments can be quoted with your name unless the journalist explicitly agrees otherwise in advance. "Off the record" and "on background" have specific uses, but definitions and conditions should be clarified. Do not assume that requesting confidentiality afterward changes an earlier statement's status.
- In a joint interview or debate, address the substance of the discussion. Listen to other participants, respond to relevant claims, and use questions to clarify issues when the format allows.
- Ask for a fair opportunity to contribute. If someone repeatedly interrupts or dominates, ask the moderator to make space for your response rather than competing to speak over them.
- Disagree directly and respectfully. Explain what you dispute and why, using evidence and relevant experience. Avoid personal attacks and do not feel obliged to accept harassment.
- Name harmful assumptions without repeating them unnecessarily. For example: "That description overlooks the barriers residents have identified. The issue is whether people can access safe, affordable housing." A clear response can challenge the framing while keeping attention on the issue.
- Use plain language. Explain technical terms and acronyms when they are needed.
- Set appropriate limits while answering relevant questions honestly. You can decline to discuss private information or speculate beyond what you know. Explain the reason when possible: "I can't share an individual's records, but I can explain how the program works." A difficult question is not necessarily an inappropriate one.
- Answer the question before connecting it to your main point. If a question contains an inaccurate assumption, correct it briefly. Avoid substituting an unrelated message for a reasonable question.
- Use statistics with context. Explain the source, timeframe, population, and meaning of the numbers. Distinguish estimates from confirmed counts and avoid comparisons that exaggerate the findings.
- Use humor only when it fits the situation. It is optional, and it should not stereotype a group, dismiss someone's experience, or make light of harm.
- Close with the most important takeaway and, when relevant, a clear action or source of further information.
After an interview
Thank the reporter and confirm how to reach you for follow-up questions. Send any information you promised within the agreed timeframe.
- Offer to clarify facts or technical details. Do not expect approval of the story or quotations before publication; newsrooms may prohibit that kind of review.
- If coverage concerns you, identify whether the issue is a factual error, missing context, harmful framing, or a difference of interpretation. Explain the concern specifically and provide relevant support.
- Request a correction promptly when facts are wrong. Identify the statement, explain the correction, and supply evidence.
- Remain professional in follow-up communication while maintaining appropriate boundaries.
- Reflect on what went well and what could improve. Ask participating community members about their experience and whether they need support after the coverage appears.
Information calls or meetings
- Identify the appropriate reporter or editor by name when possible. Review their coverage and the outlet's contact instructions so your message reaches someone who handles the topic.
- Check whether the journalist prefers email, telephone, or another professional contact method, and respect any stated preferences.
- Introduce yourself, your role, and your connection to the issue. For example: "I'm calling on behalf of a local youth-led tobacco prevention group about a new community survey."
- Ask whether it is a suitable time to talk. If not, offer a concise written summary or arrange another time. Deadlines vary, so do not assume there is one convenient time for every newsroom.
- Be clear, courteous, and respectful of the journalist's time. Avoid repeated calls or messages when they have already declined.
- Explain the proposed story, why it matters now, and how it relates to the outlet's audience.
- Lead with the most important verified facts rather than a long organizational history.
- Identify documents, data, or additional sources the reporter can consult to verify the information.
- Keep responses focused, explain essential context, and distinguish facts from your organization's position.
- Summarize the main point and agree on any follow-up. Make it easy for the journalist to find your contact details and supporting materials.
Background information
- If you need time to prepare, ask about the deadline and arrange a realistic time to respond. Clarify attribution terms before sharing anything you do not want attributed to you.
- Answer within your knowledge and role. You may explain concerns about a question's assumptions without withholding relevant facts merely because you dislike the story's direction.
- Verify statements and statistics. Explain uncertainty, identify sources, and clearly distinguish evidence, interpretation, and opinion.
- Suggest useful context, related questions, or community perspectives that may otherwise be overlooked.
- If the approach seems incomplete or stigmatizing, explain what is missing and offer a more accurate way to describe the issue.
- Use respectful, specific language that recognizes people's strengths and the conditions affecting their lives.
- If you do not know an answer, say so and suggest another knowledgeable source. Obtain permission before sharing someone's private contact information.
Media events
A single interview can be useful, while a media event may allow several outlets to hear an announcement and ask questions at the same time. Decide whether an event serves a clear purpose or whether individual interviews, a written announcement, or a community briefing would work better.
A media event is an organized opportunity for journalists to learn about an issue, meet relevant sources, and gather information. It may take place in person, online, or through a hybrid format.
Effective events generally aim to be:
- Focused. Keep formal remarks concise and allow time for questions. For a longer demonstration or tour, identify when key activities and interview opportunities will occur.
- Clear. Explain the issue, what is new, and why it matters without relying on spectacle or assuming that everyone knows the background.
- Accessible, with useful visuals and spoken or written explanations of essential information.
- Grounded in community priorities and accurate information.
- Scheduled with participants and reporting deadlines in mind, including reasonable time for preparation and follow-up.
- Relevant to the outlets and audiences you hope to reach.
A press conference is one form of media event. It usually includes an announcement, brief remarks from appropriate speakers, and questions from journalists. Attendance and coverage are not guaranteed, so plan how to share the information with people who cannot attend.
For a press conference or other media event, plan for:
- A clear, newsworthy purpose and reliable information to support it.
- Invitations to relevant journalists and outlets, including community and language-specific media where appropriate. A large turnout is not the only measure of success.
- A coordinator or small team to handle inquiries, logistics, materials, and follow-up, with backup arrangements so responsibility does not rest on one person.
- Enough preparation time for speakers, access arrangements, equipment, and advance notice to the media.
- A concise media advisory stating the purpose, date, time, location or online access details, and contact person. For a public demonstration, explain where journalists can obtain information and speak with willing participants.
- An accessible venue or online platform, appropriate seating, clear sound, and room for photographers, camera operators, and audio staff. Plan for interpretation, captions, accessible routes, and other identified needs.
- Prepared speakers with relevant knowledge or lived experience who understand the format and choose to participate.
- Spokespersons selected for their knowledge, connection to the issue, and willingness to communicate, with support for different communication styles and access needs.
- Accurate, accessible materials and appropriate photo or video opportunities. Explain filming arrangements to participants and protect private spaces, records, and people who do not wish to be identified.
- A clear message, the change or action you seek, and a plan for answering questions and following up.
- Any demonstration, performance, or other creative element that helps explain the issue accurately. Avoid staging misleading scenes or using people's hardship as a prop.
How do you handle television, radio, and online appearances?
Before the show
- Find out the format. Is it a one-to-one interview, panel, call-in program, podcast, or livestream? Will it be live, recorded, or edited?
- Learn about the program's perspective. Review previous coverage and identify assumptions or questions you may need to address.
- Understand its usual approach. Does the program emphasize detailed explanation, debate, personal stories, entertainment, or a combination?
- Confirm who will introduce you and how your name, role, and organization will be described.
- Ask how the host or moderator manages discussion. Clarify how questions, interruptions, audience contributions, and speaking time will be handled.
- Find out who else is expected to participate.
- Confirm how much time is available. Prepare a brief explanation of your main point and additional examples or evidence if time allows.
- Consider whether you are the appropriate participant. Identify what expertise or experience the discussion needs and whether another person or a shared appearance would better represent the issue.
- Watch or listen to a recent episode. This can help you understand the pace, tone, and expectations.
- Consider the audience. What might people already know? What needs explanation, and what useful action or source of information can you offer?
Consider whether the appearance supports your goals and allows meaningful participation. You may ask for changes to the format, suggest another spokesperson, or decline if the arrangement is unsuitable. People sharing personal experiences should be able to make that decision without pressure.
If you participate, rehearse with a colleague and practice answering both straightforward and challenging questions. For a remote interview, test the connection, microphone, camera if used, and any accessibility features. Confirm a backup contact method in case the connection fails.
Wear clothing that is comfortable and appropriate to the setting and your identity. If the production team has technical guidance about patterns, lighting, backgrounds, or microphone placement, ask in advance. Appearance should not determine who is considered qualified to speak.
Allow time to settle in before recording or going live. Ask for a quiet space, water, a brief pause, or other support that would help you participate. Confirm how you will be told when the program begins and ends.
During the show
- Focus on a few important ideas. Answer the questions and reinforce your central message where it fits naturally.
- Use brief notes if they help you communicate accurately. Ask about practical arrangements for referring to them, and avoid reading a long script unless the format calls for it.
- Speak at a pace and volume that work with the equipment and your communication needs. Pause to allow interpretation or other access support when relevant.
- Use gestures and changes in tone naturally if they are part of how you communicate. There is no single required presentation style.
- Ask for a question to be repeated or clarified when needed. It is also reasonable to pause before answering.
- Do not aim for a flawless performance. If you stumble over a word, continue or restate the point. If you make a factual mistake, correct it clearly.
- Offer a clear next step when appropriate, such as a short website address, a phone number, or details of a community meeting. Confirm that the information is current and that someone can respond.
- Thank the host and other participants in a way that is comfortable and appropriate. Continue to treat the setting as public until the team confirms recording has ended.
After the show
- If the experience was useful and you are willing, let the producer know you are available for future discussions. Follow up on any unanswered questions or promised information.
- Ask for a public link or an available recording. Review whether your information was accurate, understandable, and relevant. Use constructive feedback to improve preparation rather than judging yourself against a narrow standard of appearance or delivery.
- Share the public link when useful. Before copying, editing, or redistributing a recording, check the outlet's permissions and terms. Preserve context and consider the privacy and preferences of other participants.
In Summary
Meeting the media can help communities explain concerns, share knowledge, and build understanding of possible solutions. Prepare accurate information, answer questions honestly, respect editorial independence, and support people who choose to speak from their own experience. Clear expectations, accessible arrangements, and thoughtful follow-up can make media participation more useful and sustainable.
Contributor
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
Communications & Advocacy Toolkit has six different resources for fielding questions, creating talking points, et cetera.
Meeting the Media - A Guide to Encountering the Media is a resource with information about interviews with the media.
Meeting the Media - Tips for Successful Interviews is an article from Colorado State University’s School of Journalism and Technical Communication.
Media How-Tos: Building Strong Relationships is a site created by The Center for Media Justice, and it has links to information on writing press releases and developing press kits.
Media Advocacy Guide is a guide provided by the National Association of Clinical Nurse Specialists.
Media Advocacy Manual. This manual provided by the American Public Health Association offers information on connecting with the media through newspapers, internet, radio, television, and magazines.
PTA - Working with the Media is a comprehensive resource and downloadable PDF with information about building and maintaining relationships with the media.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994 ). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Goldman, K., & Zasloff, K. (1994, December). Tools of the trade: Media do's and don'ts. SOPHE News & Views, 6-7.
National Cancer Institute. (1988). Media strategies for smoking control: Guidelines. Bethesda, MD: Author.
Pertschuk, M., & Wilbur, P. (1991). Media advocacy: Reframing public debate. Washington, DC: The Benton Foundation.
Phillips, B. (2012). The media training bible: 101 things you absolutely, positively have to know before your next interview. SpeakGood Press. This book is a comprehensive guide to executing a successful media interview, written by the president of Phillips Media Relations – a media communications training firm.
Stewart, S. (2003). Media training 101: A guide to meeting the press. Wiley, 1st edition. This book provides practical information for dealing with the media in any situation.
Wallack, L., Dorfman, L., Jerniagan, D., & Themba, M. (1993). Media advocacy and public health: Power for prevention. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Walker, T.(2008). Media training A-Z. Media Training Worldwide, 5th edition. Walker provides a guide to controlling your image, message, and sound bites.
Person-to-person interview:
___You have practiced public speaking
___You are prepared for all possible questions
___You have developed several "sound bites"
___You have prepared background information for the reporters
___If appropriate, you have visual aids
___You have made good eye contact during the interview
___You were alert
___You were conscious of your body language and what it communicated
___Enthusiasm was shown when appropriate
___You have communicated a certain image of your organization with your appearance
___The continuity and consistency of your presentation was controlled by you
___You have built a stronger connection with the interviewer
___You spoke clearly but did not raise your voice
___You were discrete and polite, but not passive
___You have avoided arguing, but you were assertive when necessary
___You were not pressured to answer a question that made you uncomfortable
___You remained focused
___You have summarized the main points
___You thanked the reporter for their time
___You have offered to be available for any further clarification
___You have asked for a correction in print or on the air if the facts were misrepresented
___You were professional and courteous at all times
When you call a reporter:
___You found out when the reporter was most likely to be available
___You explained your credentials and your organization
___You have asked if the reporter is available to talk
___You were confident and assertive
___You have explained your suggested story and why it is significant
___You gave the important facts first
___You have provided information as to where the reporter can verify the information and collect more
___Responses were simple and to the point
When a reporter calls you:
___You asked them to call back if it was not a good time
___You have answered the questions to the best of your ability
___You have suggested your own news angle
___You used words and phrases that help frame your issue
___If you didn't know the answer, you helped the reporter find a different source
Television and radio appearances:
___You found out the format of the program
___You know the point of view and how issues are typically presented
___You know who the host is and who the other guests are
___You know how much time will be allotted to your issue
___You have watched or listened to a broadcast of the show before your appearance
___You have done role playing to prepare
___You wore solid colors for a television appearance
___If you couldn't fit everything in, you stuck to the most important ideas and repeated them
___You brought notecards to help you remember what to say
___You spoke clearly and confidently, using hand gestures when necessary
___You asked to have a question repeated when necessary
___The audience was encouraged to get involved
___You watched or listened to a recording of the program to learn from it
Press conference:
___You presented a significant story
___A lot of varied media representatives were invited
___You have allowed plenty of time for preparation
___The spokesperson represents the image you want for your issue
___Your goals were clear throughout
-
What is the media's perspective on community issues?
-
How do the media talk about issues?
-
How do you help broaden media perspectives on community issues?
-
How do you want the media to look at community issues?
-
How do you change the presentation of your message?
-
What is creative epidemiology?
-
What is a media bite?
What is the media's perspective on community issues?
Public discussion of community issues sometimes focuses mainly on what individuals should do differently. Personal decisions matter, but they occur within conditions that shape people's opportunities, resources, and safety. Coverage that overlooks those conditions can leave audiences with an incomplete understanding of both the problem and possible solutions.
Consider a hypothetical news story about an assault near a public transportation stop. Reporting might focus on the details of the incident and provide advice about avoiding danger. Those details alone would not explain the broader responsibilities of people who commit violence, public agencies, institutions, and the community.
A fuller story could examine prevention efforts, survivor support, transportation access, environmental conditions, and how institutions respond to reports of violence. It could include community members' priorities without identifying survivors or sharing personal details against their wishes.
Safety information should not imply that a person caused or could necessarily have prevented the violence committed against them. Responsibility for violence rests with the person who commits it. Community and institutional action can also address conditions that affect prevention, accountability, and access to support.
Effective media advocacy helps connect individual experiences with relevant policies, economic conditions, institutional practices, and social environments. Advocates can provide evidence and community perspectives that help journalists explain these connections. The goal is accurate coverage that recognizes people's agency while showing where collective action and institutional responsibility are needed.
How do the media talk about issues?
We've discussed the importance of understanding the media before approaching them. It is also useful to examine how stories are organized and what their presentation emphasizes or leaves out.
Issues are presented, or "framed," through choices about headlines, examples, sources, images, language, and explanations. For example, a story about secondhand smoke could focus only on individual household behavior. A broader account could also examine exposure in shared spaces, smoke-free policies, and access to support for people who want to stop smoking. Images should explain the issue accurately without staging misleading scenes or shaming families.
Symbols and familiar themes can shape how audiences interpret information. A commercial might associate a product with independence, belonging, or family traditions without directly addressing its effects. Advocates should distinguish advertising from independent reporting and examine whether the associations being suggested are supported by evidence.
News coverage can also frame an issue through the people quoted, the photographs selected, or the labels used. Describing residents as "concerned neighbors" or "angry protesters," for example, can lead audiences toward different impressions of the same event. Evaluate whether the description is accurate, whether relevant perspectives are included, and whether stereotypes are influencing the presentation.
How do you help broaden media perspectives on community issues?
This work involves two related activities. One is developing a message that explains your issue clearly and accurately. The other is working with reporters, editors, producers, and other media professionals to provide context, evidence, and community knowledge. Neither activity gives you control over independent reporting.
Journalists work with different levels of subject knowledge, resources, and time. Many seek concrete examples that make complex issues understandable. Rather than assuming either bias or complete understanding, offer useful information, explain its limits, and respond constructively to questions.
A story about economic opportunity might begin with someone experiencing poverty. That person's experience can make the issue understandable, but it should not be treated as a complete explanation. Relevant context might include wages, housing costs, employment practices, disability access, or caregiving responsibilities. People who share their experiences should also have opportunities to describe their strengths, priorities, and proposed solutions.
Coverage can broaden when journalists hear from additional sources, examine new evidence, or revisit earlier assumptions. Communities can contribute by documenting conditions, explaining the history of an issue, and making collective efforts visible. Avoid assuming that a single image or story will produce a predictable change in public opinion.
Other sections in this chapter discuss how to establish relationships with people in the media. These relationships can create opportunities to share context, suggest knowledgeable sources, and address gaps in coverage while respecting editorial independence.
Useful practices include:
- Be a trustworthy, knowledgeable, and accurate source. Verify information, identify sources, distinguish evidence from opinion, and explain uncertainty. Correct your own mistakes promptly and avoid presenting only the facts that support your preferred conclusion.
- Suggest stories that connect individual experiences with broader conditions and explain what communities, institutions, or decision makers could do to improve those conditions.
A story about a single parent seeking stable employment could examine childcare availability, transportation, work schedules, wages, and hiring practices alongside the parent's skills and goals. Ask the parent which barriers matter in their circumstances rather than assuming that all single-parent households have the same experience. This fuller account can help audiences consider practical responses, such as affordable childcare, reliable transportation, predictable schedules, and employment support.
- Offer opportunities to learn directly about relevant conditions and community efforts. Arrange visits or conversations with willing participants, explain what media involvement may entail, and protect privacy. Do not treat people's homes or hardships as displays.
- Be specific and constructive when raising concerns. Identify missing context, inaccurate statements, or harmful assumptions, and provide evidence or alternative sources. A respectful approach can still be firm about serious problems.
- Maintain relationships and keep information current. Follow developments, share relevant updates, and introduce new sources as community priorities or newsroom staff change.
How do you want the media to look at community issues?
Frame issues to support accurate understanding, meaningful participation, and informed decisions.
How you present an issue can influence which causes and solutions people consider. Effective advocacy explains your position and its supporting evidence without reducing people who disagree to negative labels. Challenge harmful policies, misleading claims, or institutional practices directly rather than assigning degrading identities to opponents.
Shared values can help explain why an issue matters. Their meaning varies across communities, and no symbol carries the same significance for everyone. Ask people affected by the issue which values and examples reflect their priorities, then connect those values to specific actions.
Values and themes that may help explain shared goals:
- Fairness and equitable treatment
- Recognition of people's contributions
- Support for families, caregivers, and chosen support networks
- Freedom, dignity, and self-determination
- Economic stability
- Personal and community safety
- Health, well-being, and access to care
- Belonging and respect for different beliefs
- Learning and access to education
- Civic participation and shared responsibility
- Meaningful opportunities
- Community initiative and leadership
- Commitment to the common good
Concerns that can be described through specific evidence rather than negative labels:
- Unequal treatment or exclusion
- Unmet institutional responsibilities
- Economic barriers or coercive practices
- Favoritism or conflicts of interest
- Misleading information or lack of transparency
- Violence, harassment, or mistreatment
- Preventable risks and inadequate safeguards
- Unfair or deceptive practices
- Exploitation or misuse of power
Values and symbols are useful when they clarify a real connection between a community concern and a proposed response. For example, a message about fairness should explain who faces a barrier, how the barrier operates, and what would make access more equitable.
Symbols can also be misunderstood or experienced differently. A national, religious, or cultural image may communicate belonging to some people while excluding others. Test proposed images and language with a range of community members rather than assuming a shared interpretation.
Remember, when choosing symbols:
- Choose images and themes that accurately express your purpose rather than simply contrasting your group with an opponent.
- Check whether a symbol is strongly associated with another organization, product, or movement and could create confusion.
- Ask people unfamiliar with your campaign what the image or phrase means to them. Include members of the intended audience and revise material that is unclear.
- Avoid stereotypes, dehumanizing images, and uses of cultural or religious symbols that disregard their meaning to the communities involved.
- Align organizational practices with the values you communicate. For example, a tobacco prevention campaign can offer cessation support and maintain appropriate smoke-free spaces without excluding advocates who use tobacco or are working toward quitting.
- Use emotion to convey why an issue matters while preserving accuracy, dignity, and room for informed judgment.
- Critique specific claims, actions, or policies using evidence rather than assigning negative symbols to people or groups.
- Connect symbols with a clear explanation of the proposed change, the people responsible for acting, and ways community members can participate.
How do you change the presentation of your message?
One goal of media advocacy is to help audiences understand how individual experiences connect with broader conditions. Personal stories can contribute to that understanding when they include context and do not imply that people are responsible for every difficulty they face.
For example, describing a parent with an alcohol use disorder as someone who merely lacks willpower is stigmatizing and incomplete. A more useful account could include the person's goals, relationships, access to treatment, caregiving responsibilities, and the support they identify as helpful. Avoid using single parenthood as shorthand for a substance use concern.
Media advocacy can broaden the questions being asked: "How can institutions and community members prevent sexual violence, support survivors, and hold people who commit violence accountable?" or "How can people affected by alcohol-related harms access appropriate support, and what community conditions need attention?"
People hold different views about personal responsibility and collective action. Explain how these can work together rather than assuming they are opposites. A person may make important decisions while also facing limited options because of costs, discrimination, service availability, or institutional practices.
Suggestions for connecting individual experiences with community conditions include:
- Explain relevant social and environmental influences on health, such as housing, education, working conditions, income, and access to services. Use evidence appropriate to the issue rather than claiming that one factor explains every health outcome.
- Include people affected by the issue in defining priorities, interpreting information, and developing solutions. Recognize existing community knowledge and leadership.
- Connect practical support for individuals with changes in policies, organizational practices, and environments where those changes are needed.
- Use personal stories with informed permission and adequate context. A recovery story, for example, can explain the role of treatment, relationships, stable housing, and personal effort without suggesting that everyone has access to the same resources or follows the same path.
- State your position clearly, respond to substantive questions, and acknowledge limitations or tradeoffs. Revise your position when reliable evidence calls for it.
Framing helps audiences connect facts, experiences, and possible actions. It should make the evidence easier to understand, not determine in advance which facts will be included. The following examples show how different frames can emphasize different values or explanations.
Example: Discussion of abortion
Supporters of abortion access may emphasize bodily autonomy, privacy, health care, and the circumstances of pregnant people.
Opponents of abortion may emphasize the moral status of fetal life and obligations to protect it.
These frames highlight different values, and people within each position may disagree about specific policies. Accurate coverage should explain the proposal under discussion, its practical implications, and the perspectives of people affected. Labels or emotionally charged phrases should not substitute for describing what a policy would do.
Example: Tobacco use
A tobacco advertisement may associate a product with independence, belonging, style, or relaxation.
A public health message may emphasize health effects, protection from secondhand smoke, and access to support for quitting.
Examining these frames helps audiences distinguish the associations used to promote a product from evidence about its effects. Avoid repeating gender stereotypes or assuming that everyone responds to the same imagery.Discussions about smoke-free policies may involve individual choice, shared spaces, workplace conditions, and protection from exposure. Explain the specific policy and whom it affects rather than reducing the debate to a slogan about freedom or control.
Cigarette smoking causes serious health harms, including cancer, heart disease, stroke, and lung disease. Secondhand smoke also harms health and can trigger asthma attacks in children. Describe the evidence accurately and distinguish among products and forms of exposure rather than treating all risks as identical.
Tobacco use can be examined in relation to nicotine dependence, marketing, product availability, social conditions, and access to cessation support. This broader perspective can inform prevention and policy discussions without shaming people who use tobacco.
When discussing industry practices, use documented evidence and distinguish established findings from allegations. Explain what a company or institution did, how it affected people, and what accountability or policy response is proposed. Avoid relying on unsupported claims about product ingredients or personal motives.
Different groups may emphasize different aspects of the same issue. Responsible framing makes your reasoning visible, presents evidence accurately, and leaves people better equipped to assess the options.
What is creative epidemiology?
In this section, "creative epidemiology" refers to communicating population-health information through clear local examples, comparisons, and explanations of policy effects. Creativity belongs in the presentation, not in the data. Do not alter findings, invent precision, or select a dramatic comparison that misrepresents what the evidence shows.
Three approaches to making population-health information understandable
Localization
Localization connects information to a particular community. Large national totals may be difficult to interpret without knowing the population, timeframe, or local context. When reliable local data are available, explain what they show and how they relate to the issue people are considering.
For a hypothetical example, a survey in which 200 of 1,000 responding households report difficulty paying energy bills could be described as "one in five participating households." Explain who was surveyed, when, and whether the results represent the wider community. Do not turn a national rate into a local fact unless there is a sound basis for that estimate, and label estimates clearly.
Relativity
Relativity uses a meaningful comparison to make numbers easier to understand. For example, if a measured rate increases from 10 to 15 cases per 1,000 people over comparable periods, report both the increase of 5 cases per 1,000 and the relative increase of 50%. The relative percentage alone could exaggerate the impression of risk. Use consistent units and timeframes, and avoid sensational comparisons that add emotion without improving understanding.
Public policy effects
Explain what a proposed policy could change, for whom, and over what period. A transportation proposal might be assessed in terms of additional routes, travel times, operating costs, or the number of residents who could reach essential services. Distinguish projected effects from observed results, identify assumptions, and describe who may benefit, face costs, or remain underserved.
Whatever approach you use, make the source, date, denominator, and relevant limitations available. The goal is to help people understand the information and evaluate the proposed response, not simply to produce the most persuasive number.
Media bites
Interviews, headlines, social media posts, and short audio or video clips may allow little space for explanation. Longer reporting also exists, but preparing a concise statement helps communicate the central point when time is limited.
A media bite, often called a sound bite, is a short quotation that expresses one useful idea. It should be accurate and understandable on its own, without depending on a dramatic label or a detail that will be lost when the quotation is shortened. There is no single required length; adapt to the format while preserving the meaning.
Pointers for creating media bites:
- Focus on one main idea and use only the words needed to communicate it accurately.
- Break complex explanations into short sentences, with supporting detail available for follow-up.
- Use humor only when appropriate to the subject and audience. Avoid minimizing harm or making a person or group the target of a joke.
- Memorable wording can help, but prioritize clarity over rhymes, puns, or phrases that may not translate well.
- When responding to a misleading slogan, state the relevant fact and proposed solution rather than relying only on ridicule or repeating the slogan.
- Avoid blame, stereotypes, alarmism, and claims stronger than the evidence supports.
- Test wording with community members. Ask what they understand, whether it reflects their priorities, and whether a short excerpt could be misleading.
Prepare several concise statements before sharing materials or giving an interview. For example: "Reliable transportation helps residents reach jobs, appointments, and essential services. Our proposal would add evening routes where current service ends too early." Be ready to explain the evidence, costs, and limitations behind the statement. No wording guarantees that a quotation will be used or presented in full.
In Summary
Framing community issues is an ongoing process of explaining, listening, and learning. Connect personal experiences with relevant conditions, recognize community strengths, and describe institutional responsibilities clearly. Maintain media relationships, update information, and address inaccurate or stigmatizing coverage with specific evidence. Effective framing helps people understand an issue and consider meaningful responses while preserving accuracy, dignity, and room for informed disagreement.
Contributor
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
A Media Advocacy Intervention Linking Health Disparities and Food Insecurity is an article by Rock, McIntyre, Persaud, & Thomas published in the Journal of Health Education Research in 2011.
Media Advocacy Workbook is a ten-step comprehensive guide to media advocacy including how to use symbols successfully.
Time for a Creative Transformation of Epidemiology in the United States is an article published by Michael S. Lauer in 2012 in The Journal of the American Medical Association.
5 Ways to Create Sound Bites the get you Quoted is an article from Mr. Media Training that discusses ways to make your sound bite memorable.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Goldman, K., & Zasloff, K. (1994, December). Tools of the trade: Media do's and don'ts. SOPHE News & Views, 6-7.
National Cancer Institute. (1988). Media strategies for smoking control: Guidelines. Bethesda, MD: Author.
Pertschuk, M., & Wilbur, P. (1991). Media advocacy: Reframing public debate. Washington, DC: The Benton Foundation.
Using symbols:
___You have decided on how you want your message framed
___You have picked appropriate symbols for your message and your opponent's
___The symbol you have chosen is the most positive one available
___The symbol is distinct and is not associated with another product or organization
___The symbol is not ambiguous or confusing
___It will not offend or alienate certain groups
___The symbol is consistent with your message
___The symbol is positively emotionally charged
___You have highlighted the negative aspects of the symbol for your opponent
___You have made a convincing argument for social policy change that backs your symbol
Focusing your message on the community at large:
___You have focused on basic themes
___You have stressed the need for community participation
___The focus is on public policy recommendations
___Individual stories have not been used
___You have stated your point of view clearly and concisely
___You are prepared to respond to strong arguments
Creative Epidemiology:
___Your goal is to make statistics and numbers more understandable and meaningful
___You have decided which type to use:
- Localization
- Relativity
- Public policy effects
Media Bites:
___You have determined if a media bite is appropriate
___The bite is short; 10-15 seconds or less
___It contains important information
___Well known symbols that are not overused
___Evokes strong emotion
___You have constructed several that capture the essence of your message
-
What are attacks?
-
Why should you respond to attacks?
-
When should you respond to them?
-
How can you recognize these tactics?

Working for community change can bring disagreement, criticism, and organized opposition. Some concerns can help improve your work; other actions may mislead the public, intimidate participants, or disrupt an initiative. Drawing on the framework in Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health, this section introduces common opposition tactics and ways to assess an appropriate response.
What are attacks?
In this section, attacks are actions intended to undermine an organization's work through intimidation, deception, harassment, or other harmful tactics. Disagreement, peaceful protest, requests for evidence, and criticism of a policy are not automatically attacks. For example, a community initiative seeking to reduce unintended pregnancies among adolescents might expand access to sexual health information and services. Community members may raise legitimate questions about the program. Deliberately spreading false claims about its staff, threatening participants, or misrepresenting its activities would require a different response. Focus on specific conduct and available evidence rather than assuming motives based on a person's beliefs or group membership.
Why should you respond to attacks?
- A considered response can protect participants, clarify facts, and keep the work focused. Responding does not always mean issuing a public statement: documenting an incident, contacting a decision maker, or choosing not to amplify a minor provocation can also be part of a deliberate strategy. Consider how your actions may be perceived, but base decisions on likely effects rather than pressure to answer every criticism.
- Reviewing criticism can reveal legitimate concerns, mistakes, or unintended effects. Acknowledge valid points, correct errors, and involve affected community members in improvements, even when the criticism was expressed poorly.
- An accurate, proportionate, and respectful response can help maintain trust. Explain what happened, what you know, and what action you will take without making promises you cannot support.
When should you respond to them?
Assess the situation promptly, but do not assume every criticism requires an immediate public response. Consider the accuracy and reach of the claim, potential harm to people or services, upcoming decisions, and whether responding would spread misinformation further. Prioritize threats to safety, significant factual errors, and actions that could affect access, funding, or participation. Agree on who will assess incidents, communicate with those affected, and coordinate a response. Continue monitoring ongoing opposition without allowing it to consume all of your time and resources.
How can you recognize these opposition tactics? The Ten "D's"
The following framework describes patterns that may occur during advocacy campaigns. These labels are tools for examining conduct, not proof of bad intent. Requests for additional information, competing priorities, and proposals for compromise can be legitimate. Look at the evidence, the pattern over time, who has decision-making authority, and the practical effects on the community. Subsequent sections examine these tactics in more detail.
Deflection
Deflection shifts attention away from the issue or directs responsibility to someone unable to address it. For example, a discussion about transportation access might repeatedly move to unrelated complaints rather than the proposed service changes. An agency might also refer a request to an office that has no authority to act. Broader values and related concerns may deserve discussion, but they should not replace a clear answer about the decision at hand. Ask who is responsible, what decision is needed, and when a response can be expected.
For example, residents ask a transit agency to explain how it will address repeated failures of accessibility equipment. The agency refers them to a general advisory group that cannot authorize repairs and provides no route back to the responsible department. Residents can ask for a named decision maker, a written response, and a timeline for addressing the documented problem. The referral itself is not necessarily deflection; the concern is whether it prevents the issue from reaching someone who can act.
Delays
Delays become a concern when repeated postponements prevent action without a clear explanation or useful next step. Additional study may be necessary, but open-ended reviews can also leave a community waiting while conditions remain unchanged. Ask what information is missing, how it will be gathered, who is responsible, and when a decision will occur. Document agreed milestones and distinguish avoidable delay from genuine resource, procedural, or evidence gaps.
Denials
Denial may involve rejecting credible evidence about:
- The existence or extent of a problem, such as dismissing documented reports that residents cannot access a public facility.
- The potential value of a proposed response without examining the supporting evidence, such as declaring that access improvements would benefit no one despite information showing unmet needs.
An official may also say that they lack authority or resources. That explanation may be accurate, so verify responsibilities and constraints before treating it as a tactic. Ask what action is possible, who else has authority, and what resources would be required. Be equally willing to revise your own conclusions when the evidence changes.
Discounting
Discounting minimizes the significance of an issue or dismisses the people raising it without engaging with their concerns. Statements such as "Only a few people are affected" can overlook serious barriers experienced by a smaller group. Labels about a group's politics, identity, or reputation can also replace discussion of the evidence. Explain the nature and consequences of the concern, including who is affected and what they identify as priorities.
For example, a school-community partnership proposes education about consent, healthy relationships, and sexual violence prevention. An administrator dismisses the proposal as relevant only to girls. The partnership can explain why students of all genders should be included in prevention efforts and discussions of respect, accountability, and support. The response should address the mistaken assumption without stereotyping any gender.
Deception
Deception involves intentionally misleading people, such as fabricating information, knowingly misrepresenting statistics, or concealing a fact that materially changes the meaning of a claim. An error or a complicated procedure is not automatically deception. Verify the information, request clarification, and correct the record using reliable evidence. If intent cannot be established, describe the statement as inaccurate or misleading rather than asserting that someone deliberately lied.
Dividing
Dividing tactics seek to weaken a coalition by exploiting differences, spreading false information among members, or offering selective benefits in exchange for withdrawing support. Disagreement within a coalition is normal and should not itself be treated as sabotage. Clear decision-making processes, transparent communication, and agreed procedures for considering offers can help members address differences without losing trust.
In a hypothetical example, two environmental groups work together to address documented pollution affecting a river and nearby wildlife. A business privately offers each group funding for an unrelated project if it withdraws from the campaign. The groups can disclose the offers through their agreed internal process, examine the conditions, and decide together whether accepting them would undermine their shared goals or obligations to the community.
Dulcifying, or appeasing
In this framework, dulcifying means offering a concession that appears responsive but does little to address the underlying concern. It can be difficult to distinguish a symbolic gesture from a useful first step. Assess what will actually change, who will benefit, what resources are committed, and how progress will be verified. A modest improvement may be worthwhile when it is meaningful, accountable, and connected to further action.
Discrediting
Discrediting attempts to undermine confidence in an organization or its members through unsupported accusations, personal attacks, or distorted accounts of their work. Questions about competence, funding, or methods can also be legitimate accountability questions. Separate those questions from misleading claims: provide relevant evidence, acknowledge real shortcomings, and avoid repeating inflammatory accusations more than necessary to correct them.
Destroy
The "destroy" tactic refers to efforts to shut down an initiative or make it unable to operate through intimidation or other harmful conduct. This may combine several tactics, such as threats, fabricated allegations, or pressure based on false information. Take legal threats seriously rather than assuming they are empty. Seek qualified legal assistance to assess them, preserve relevant records, and do not ignore formal legal documents such as subpoenas. A complaint or legal claim may also raise a genuine issue, so evaluate its substance rather than treating every challenge as intimidation.
In a hypothetical example, an LGBTQ+ community organization establishes a peer-support program for young people. An opposing group circulates fabricated claims about the program, threatens staff, and pressures funders to withdraw support. The organization documents the conduct, addresses specific false claims with verifiable information, coordinates with funders and partners, and seeks appropriate assistance with threats. It protects young people's identities and does not expect them to appear publicly to defend the program. Concerns about program quality or safeguarding should still receive a substantive response through appropriate processes.
Deal
A deal is a negotiated agreement or compromise, and it is not inherently a harmful tactic. It may produce meaningful progress when the terms address community priorities and can be carried out. Involve the people affected, clarify which principles cannot be compromised, and assess who benefits, who bears costs, and what remains unresolved. Put responsibilities, timelines, resources, and ways to review implementation into the agreement. Do not judge a proposal only by whether it appears to be an equal exchange between organizations.
In Summary
Community change often involves disagreement, but not every disagreement is an attack. Examine specific conduct, verify claims, listen to legitimate concerns, and choose responses that protect people and advance shared goals. Clear communication, strong community relationships, documentation, and appropriate professional support can help an initiative respond to harmful tactics without losing its capacity to learn, collaborate, and make progress.
Contributor
Jenette Nagy
Chris Hampton
Resources
Online Resources
The ABCs of Negotiation is an advocate’s guide to negotiating with providers to improve access to healthcare services.
Advocacy Skills: Tips for Selecting a Good Mediator provides a variety of criteria that need to be taken into consideration when selecting a mediator for an advocacy campaign.
The Advocate's Mediation Checklist is an excellent resource with detailed information on mediation and advocacy.
Gathering Support and Neutralizing Opposition is a module on the World Animal website with the intention of providing information for understanding the opposition’s weaknesses and neutralizing opposition.
Responding to Opposition and Criticism: Dealing with Disagreement - Advocates for Youth is an article with extensive information on sources of opposition and strategies for addressing opposition.
Print Resources
Angelica, M. (1999). Resolving conflict in nonprofit organizations: The leader’s guide to finding constructive solutions. Fieldstone Alliance. This book provides conflict resolution advice within nonprofits for recognizing conflict before it becomes destructive.
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Beer, J., Packard, C., & Stief, C. (2012). The Mediator’s Handbook: Revised and Expanded Fourth Edition. New Society Publishers. This book provides a time-tested, adaptable model for helping people deal with conflict.
Bisno, H. (1988). Managing conflict. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Brown, L. (1983). Managing conflict at organizational interfaces. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Evarts, W., et al. (1983). Winning through accommodation: The mediator's handbook. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.
Fisher, R., & Sharp, A. (1998). Getting it Done: How to Lead When You’re Not in Charge. Harper Business. Fisher and Sharp provide an explanation as to why collaboration with others is difficult, and they suggest a new strategy to working with others.
Rybacki, K., & Rybacki, J. (2011). Advocacy and opposition: An introduction to argumentation. This book provides a comprehensive approach to argumentation for individuals who need to construct and present arguments.
Spence, G. (1996). How to Argue & Win Every Time: At Home, At Work, In Court, Everywhere, Every Day. St. Martin’s Griffin. Spence offers advice on optimizing oral presentation of an argument through use of story-telling and visual imagery.
Weeks, D. (1992). The eight essential steps to conflict resolution: Preserving relationships at work, at home, and in the community. Los Angeles, CA: Tarcher, Inc.
When would you encounter opposition tactics?
___When your opposition is trying to intimidate your group to reduce its effectiveness
How should you deal with opposition tactics?
___Realize that by not responding to the attack you are still giving a response
___Develop a strategy for your organization to deal with attacks
___Respond to attacks as they occur
___If the group attacking you has an ongoing campaign against you, respond only when they have done something unusual or outstanding
What are the possible ways your opposition may assault you?
___Deflection
___Delays
___Denials
___Discounting
___Deception
___Dividing
___Dulcifying
___Discrediting
___Destroy
___Deal
-
What are some general ways to respond to these tactics?
-
What are the ten D's?
-
Specific strategies for responding to opposition tactics
Community work can involve disagreement about goals, methods, priorities, or resources. Some criticism identifies real problems and can improve an initiative. Other actions may mislead people, intimidate participants, or obstruct progress. Understanding the difference helps your group respond proportionately, protect those involved, and keep working toward its goals.
What are some general ways to respond to these tactics?
Different situations call for different responses. The following approaches can help you assess what is happening and decide what to do without treating every disagreement as an attack.
Understand the people involved and their positions
Understand the beliefs and interests of people who oppose your proposal, including their stated concerns, responsibilities, and decision-making authority. Review relevant public statements, records, previous decisions, and direct conversations. Cultural context may matter, but do not infer a person's motives or likely behavior from their racial, ethnic, religious, or other identity. Distinguish what you know from what you suspect, and look for areas of shared interest as well as disagreement.
Use challenges as opportunities to clarify and improve
Opposition can reveal unanswered questions, gaps in evidence, or opportunities to explain an issue more clearly. For example, if a utility company questions a heating-assistance proposal for people experiencing poverty, your group might examine available shutoff data, household experiences, and existing assistance programs. Use the findings to assess and improve the proposal, rather than assuming that every objection confirms your original position.
Help shape a clear agenda
Before meeting, seek agreement on the purpose, topics, participants, decision-making authority, and expected next steps. Make sure community priorities receive adequate time, especially when participants have unequal access to power or resources. A shared agenda can reduce confusion and prevent important questions from being overlooked. The goal is a useful, accountable discussion rather than control of the conversation for its own sake.
Describe concerning conduct with evidence
When a pattern of behavior is obstructing progress or misleading the public, explain what has happened and why it matters. Identify specific statements, decisions, or missed commitments instead of asserting motives you cannot establish. Public communication should help people understand the issue and the action needed, rather than simply portray one side as deserving sympathy.
Information to consider sharing includes:
- What was said, done, or agreed to, with dates and supporting records where appropriate
- What is inaccurate, incomplete, or inequitable, and the evidence supporting that assessment
- The verified information and proposed response
- How the issue affects community members and who has responsibility for addressing it
For example, an employee committee asks company leaders to examine barriers in hiring and advancement for people from underrepresented racial and ethnic groups. Leaders discuss a new training program but do not answer questions about recruitment practices or promotion decisions. The committee can acknowledge the training while documenting the unanswered questions and requesting a review with clear responsibilities and deadlines. If it communicates publicly, it should describe what remains unresolved rather than claim that the company has done nothing.
Decide whether public communication is likely to help. Consider the seriousness of the issue, the people who may be affected, privacy concerns, and whether direct discussion or another accountability process could be more effective.
Adapt your approach
Do not continue using an approach simply because it is familiar. Depending on the situation, you might request a facilitated meeting, gather additional evidence, strengthen community participation, seek an independent review, or communicate publicly. Choose a different approach because it fits the problem and your goals, not merely to surprise or unsettle others.
Learn from the past
Review previous interactions, commitments, outcomes, and lessons from your own organization's responses. Past patterns can help you prepare, but they do not guarantee how someone will act now. Ask what worked, what caused unnecessary conflict, and what has changed.
For example, residents concerned about the concentration of alcohol advertising in a neighborhood with limited economic resources review earlier discussions with advertisers. They find that previous meetings focused on commercial interests while giving little attention to residents' concerns. Before another meeting, they document advertising locations, consult community members, and prepare questions about placement practices and possible changes. They also seek appropriate expertise for any legal questions rather than assuming those questions have a simple answer.
Be open to meaningful compromise
People who disagree with your proposal may still be willing to work toward a shared outcome. Consider opportunities for cooperation while examining the practical effects of any agreement. A useful compromise should address community priorities, respect important principles, and include commitments that can be carried out and reviewed. Consult the people affected before accepting terms on their behalf.
What are the ten D's?
The ten D's of opposition tactics provide a framework for recognizing patterns, not a basis for assuming bad intent:
- Deflect
- Delay
- Deny
- Discount
- Deceive
- Divide
- Dulcify
- Discredit
- Destroy
- Deal
Specific strategies for responding to opposition tactics
Some tactics call for similar responses and are grouped together below. The examples are hypothetical illustrations. In practice, examine the evidence and circumstances before applying a label.
Deflect and Delay
Deflection shifts attention away from the issue or sends responsibility to someone unable to act. Delay involves repeated postponement without a clear explanation or meaningful next step. Additional research, consultation, or procedural review may be necessary, so ask what remains unresolved, why it matters, and when a decision can be made. The concern is an open-ended process that prevents action without addressing a genuine need.
- Deflect: A community group presents verified findings about an industrial discharge affecting a river. The company responds only with information about litter along the riverbank. Litter may also matter, but it does not answer the questions about the discharge. The group asks the company to address those findings directly.
- Delay: Residents request repairs to damaged walkways at a public facility. After an inspection identifies the needed work, the responsible agency repeatedly announces further reviews without explaining what information is missing or setting a decision date. Residents ask for the review criteria, a responsible official, and a repair timetable.
Responding to deflection and delays
Keep the unresolved question visible. Address related concerns when they are relevant, but distinguish them from the decision you are seeking. Document commitments and follow up at agreed intervals.
- Understand relevant interests and constraints. Examine funding, responsibilities, procedures, and any documented conflicts of interest. Do not assume that a relationship or delay proves improper conduct.
- Identify the decision-making process. Find out who can authorize action, what approvals are required, and whether a referral moves the issue toward a decision or away from one.
- Explain the relationship between issues. If another concern is raised, acknowledge its relevance or explain why it does not resolve the original question. Arrange a separate discussion if both deserve attention.
- Return to the requested action. State what remains unresolved, provide supporting evidence, and ask for a decision or a specific next step with a timeline.
In the walkway example, residents could provide the inspection findings, photographs taken appropriately, and accounts from people who have difficulty accessing the facility. They could ask which repairs can begin promptly and what interim access arrangements are available.
If commitments continue to be missed, consider a public progress summary, a community meeting, or an appropriate complaint process. Use accurate information about the consequences of delay. Avoid invented estimates, staged danger, or dramatic displays that misrepresent the evidence or disregard affected people's experiences.
Deny and Discount
Denial involves rejecting evidence that a problem exists or dismissing a proposed response without examining its basis. A reasoned disagreement about evidence or effectiveness is different and should receive a substantive answer.
Discounting minimizes the significance of a concern or the experiences of those affected. The number of people affected is relevant to planning, but a smaller population does not make a serious barrier unimportant.
- Deny: A youth health coalition presents confidential, aggregated information showing unmet needs for sexual health education. A group dismisses the findings solely because its members believe local students do not need that information. The coalition can explain the data, its limitations, and how students' questions informed the proposal.
- Discount: LGBTQ+ residents document barriers to fair treatment in housing and employment and request action. Officials dismiss the concern because they believe only a small number of residents are affected. Advocates can explain the documented harms and the importance of fair access while examining which policy or enforcement gaps remain.
Responding to denial and discounting
Present the evidence clearly and explain why the issue matters. Include community knowledge and lived experience alongside other relevant information, while protecting privacy and avoiding claims stronger than the evidence supports.
- Clarify the disagreement. Is the concern about the quality of the evidence, the scale of the problem, available resources, or competing values? Respond to the actual question rather than assuming a motive.
- Provide accessible, relevant information. Use a concise summary with sources, dates, methods, and limitations. Explain how the findings connect to the proposed action. More documents are not always more persuasive than a clear explanation.
- Communicate unresolved concerns when appropriate. Share verified findings and identify the response requested from decision makers. Do not promise that presenting evidence will automatically change opinions or produce action.
Deceive
Deception involves intentionally misleading people through false statements, selective information, or distorted presentation. Mistakes and misunderstandings also occur. Before alleging deception, verify the facts and distinguish what you can establish about a statement from what you know about the speaker's intent.
For example, an organization describes a proposed agreement as fully funding a community program. The written proposal, however, covers only a short pilot and leaves ongoing costs unresolved. Advocates can compare the public statement with the actual terms, explain the difference, and request clarification or correction. If intent is unknown, describe the claim as inaccurate or incomplete rather than asserting deliberate deception.
Responding to deception
Assess the claim promptly. Verify your response before sharing it, consider who has encountered the misinformation, and choose a channel that reaches those people. Lead with the accurate information, briefly explain the error when necessary, and provide supporting evidence.
Understand the claim and how it is being presented. Some misleading statements are obvious; others depend on omitted context, unclear definitions, or selective use of evidence.
Patterns to examine include:
- Leaving out important information. Ask whether omitted conditions, costs, eligibility limits, or other facts would materially change how people understand the statement.
- Misusing statistics. Check the source, sample size, selection method, question wording, date, denominator, and uncertainty. For example, a poll of people who chose to attend one meeting cannot automatically establish what the whole community believes. Apply the same scrutiny to data that support your own position.
- Obscuring the issue with unclear or unrelated information. Ask for plain-language explanations and a direct answer to the question. Technical language or a disputed quotation does not itself prove deception; check the underlying record.
- Presenting selected facts or quotations without essential context. Compare a quotation with the complete statement and determine whether omitted words change its meaning. Distinguish a fair summary from a misleading excerpt.
- Making false claims. Request the evidence and compare the statement with reliable records. Correct the specific error and explain what is known without adding unsupported accusations.
Decide whether a public correction will help. Consider the claim's reach and potential harm. A direct correction to the people involved may be sufficient; a widely shared false statement may need a broader response. Publicity does not always benefit your group and can sometimes spread a claim further.
- A clear response can follow three steps:
- Identify the claim. State precisely what needs correction and whether the problem concerns facts, interpretation, or missing context.
- Explain the relevant evidence. Focus on the most important errors or omissions and show how the sources support your correction.
- Provide an accurate explanation. Make clear what the evidence does establish, what remains uncertain, and what action you recommend.
For example, a response to an unsupported claim about community opinion could say:
"The survey describes the views of the people who responded, but its recruitment method does not support a conclusion about the whole community. We have asked for the questionnaire, sample information, and response rate so the findings can be assessed. The decision should also consider service needs, relevant evidence, and opportunities for a wider range of community members to participate."
Divide
Dividing tactics may involve spreading false information among coalition members or offering selective benefits intended to weaken collective action. Internal disagreement is not itself evidence of outside interference. A healthy group needs room for different views and a fair process for resolving them.
For example, a company whose practices a coalition is challenging offers to fund a youth center. Some members see a valuable community resource; others worry about conditions attached to the offer or its effect on the advocacy effort. The coalition can examine the full terms, disclose relevant relationships, consult young people and residents, and apply an agreed process for deciding whether to accept the funding.
Responding to dividing tactics
- Examine the evidence, relationships, and conditions involved before deciding whether an outside action is intended to divide the group.
- Keep communication open within your group. Provide accessible meetings, written updates, and appropriate ways to raise concerns privately. Share relevant offers and decisions transparently, while protecting confidential information. Make room for dissent without treating disagreement as disloyalty.
- Build trust and shared responsibility. Help participants feel like part of a team through meaningful roles, fair decision-making, and recognition of their contributions. Accessible activities and honest discussion can strengthen the group's ability to work through differences.
- Address disagreements through a fair process. Clarify shared goals, identify the underlying concerns, and consider facilitation when useful. Compromise may help, but do not rush members into an agreement that ignores serious harms or undermines essential principles.
Dulcify
In this framework, dulcifying means offering a concession that appears responsive but does little to address the underlying concern. A small improvement is not necessarily meaningless. Assess its likely effects, available resources, accountability, and relationship to the broader goal.
For example, a youth health coalition requests accessible, comprehensive health education. A school offers one optional after-school session. The coalition should not assume that a voluntary program has no value. It can ask whom the session will reach, whether transportation or scheduling creates barriers, what content will be covered, and how results will be assessed. The group can then explain whether the proposal addresses the documented need or should be expanded.
Responding to limited or symbolic concessions
- Understand what is being offered, why, and what constraints affect implementation.
- Explain which needs remain unmet. Acknowledge useful elements without overstating their value. For example: "The session offers a starting point, but students who rely on school transportation may be unable to attend. We would like to discuss options that reach those students as well."
- Support your proposed changes with evidence and practical detail. Explain expected benefits, costs, staffing, access needs, and how progress could be assessed.
- Report progress and unresolved gaps accurately. If public communication is appropriate, describe what has been offered, what remains insufficient, and what additional action you seek. Invite community feedback rather than assuming everyone will evaluate the proposal as you do.
Discredit
Discrediting attempts to undermine confidence in a group through unsupported accusations, personal attacks, or distorted accounts of its work. Questions about qualifications, methods, funding, and accountability can also be legitimate. Assess the substance of the criticism before choosing a response.
Responding to discrediting
Correct false claims with evidence, explain your methods, and acknowledge genuine limitations. Protect participants from personal targeting, and avoid responding with insults or unsupported claims about the other party.
For example, residents advocating for facility repairs are told that their concerns have no value because they are not engineers. They can explain their direct experience of access barriers and provide an independent inspection to address technical questions. If they have proposed a specific repair, they should also be willing to have its feasibility assessed by qualified professionals. Community knowledge and technical expertise can contribute different, complementary information.
Destroy
The "destroy" tactic refers to efforts to make an organization unable to operate through intimidation or other harmful conduct. It may combine threats, fabricated allegations, interference with funding, or targeted harassment. Distinguish these actions from legitimate complaints, funding decisions, or legal challenges.
Responding to threats against the organization
Prioritize people's safety and the continuity of essential work. Assess what is happening, involve appropriate support, and choose a coordinated response rather than reacting primarily to demonstrate strength. Consider the following steps:
- Document the specific conduct, identify who is affected, and distinguish confirmed information from uncertainty.
- Take threats seriously. Do not assume that threats of violence, legal action, or funding loss are bluffs. Preserve messages and other evidence. If someone is in immediate physical danger, contact local emergency services; in the United States, call 911. Seek appropriate assistance to assess other threats and decide how to respond.
- Seek advice about your rights and responsibilities. Qualified legal counsel can assess legal threats, formal notices, deadlines, and available responses. Do not ignore legal documents or assume that a brief review guarantees the outcome of a dispute.
- Keep participants appropriately informed and supported. Share verified updates, reporting procedures, and practical next steps through agreed channels. Limit sensitive information to those who need it, and provide support for people experiencing harassment or stress. Avoid circulating rumors or exposing private details.
- Assess whether public communication will help. A factual statement may correct misinformation or build support, but publicity can also increase exposure or complicate a response. Consult affected people and relevant advisers before sharing identifying details or sensitive information.
Deal
A deal is a negotiated agreement, and it is not inherently a harmful tactic. It can produce meaningful progress when the terms address community priorities and can be implemented. Examine what each party is committing to, what remains unresolved, and whether any conditions would divert the group from its purpose.
Negotiation can clarify interests, reveal new options, and establish a workable relationship. Its value should be judged by the likely outcome for the community rather than the prestige of gaining a meeting. Include the people affected and make sure negotiators have a clear mandate from the group.
Reasons to pause, decline, or seek additional safeguards include:
- The proposed process excludes affected community members or disregards serious concerns arising from past harm.
- Previous commitments have repeatedly been broken and there is no credible plan for accountability.
- Unresolved misconduct, conflicts of interest, threats, or other conditions make meaningful and safe participation difficult.
For example, a youth health coalition proposes a student well-being survey, and families raise concerns about sensitive questions and privacy. Students, families, educators, and the coalition review the purpose, wording, participation process, and data protections together. They may agree on a revised survey that collects only information needed for a clear purpose and explains how responses will be used. The value of the compromise depends on whether it protects participants and still provides useful information, not simply whether it includes more topics.
Responding to proposed agreements
In the example above, a useful agreement requires more than ending the disagreement. The parties need to understand the revised approach, its limits, and their responsibilities. Not every negotiation will lead to agreement, and declining an inadequate proposal can be reasonable.
Understand the other party's interests, authority, and constraints, as well as your own.
- Arrange an accessible and workable meeting. Choose a setting and time that support participation, with interpretation, transportation, remote access, or other support where needed. Consider a neutral facilitator when power differences or past conflict make discussion difficult.
- Build a team with relevant knowledge and community representation. Agree on roles, how decisions will be made, and when the team must consult the wider group before accepting terms.
- Identify priorities, essential principles, and alternatives. Decide what progress would be meaningful, what cannot be accepted, and what you will do if no agreement is reached.
- Clarify who can make or approve decisions. Include people with relevant authority when possible. If additional approval is required, establish the process and timeline instead of assuming that everyone at the table can make a final commitment.
While negotiating:
- Be clear and respectful in how you communicate your ideas. Listen, ask clarifying questions, and check that participants understand proposals in the same way.
- Choose an opening approach suited to the situation. You may present a proposal or first ask the other party to explain its options. There is no universal rule that waiting for the first offer produces a better result.
- Explain the basis of each proposal. Discuss the evidence, needs, costs, and principles behind it, and ask the other party to do the same.
- Explore different ways to meet the underlying needs. Be flexible about methods where appropriate while maintaining essential protections and commitments.
- Take breaks when needed. Pause to check information, consult your group, manage stress, or consider a proposal. You do not need to hide uncertainty or agree under pressure.
- State boundaries without unnecessary threats. Explain genuine deadlines, constraints, and conditions for continued participation. Avoid ultimatums that you cannot or do not intend to carry out.
- Return to the community's priorities. Assess each proposal by its likely effects on the people involved, including those who are not represented in the room.
After reaching an agreement:
- Confirm and document the terms. Summarize what was decided and obtain confirmation from the appropriate parties. Record responsibilities, resources, timelines, approval requirements, and unresolved questions. Seek legal review when the nature of the agreement calls for it.
- Agree on how changes will be considered. Discourage unilateral changes, but allow a transparent review process if new evidence, circumstances, or unintended harms require adjustments.
- Monitor implementation together. Establish milestones, ways for affected people to provide feedback, and a process for addressing missed commitments. An agreement matters only if it leads to the promised action.
In Summary
Preparing for opposition can help your group respond with clarity and confidence. Examine conduct and evidence, distinguish harmful tactics from legitimate disagreement, and select a response that fits the situation. Protect participants, maintain open communication, and remain willing to correct your own mistakes or negotiate meaningful improvements. The purpose is to sustain effective community work and achieve accountable progress.
Contributor
Chris Hampton
Jenette Nagy
Eric Wadud
Aimee Whitman
Resources
Online Resources
Identifying Allies and Opponents. This advocacy planning model provides information on how to establish a group or individual as an ally, opponent, or neutral/unknown group.
Allies and Opponents Matrix is a model targeted at understanding and responding successfully to opposition.
Basic Advocacy Skills is a guide that provides basic information to being a good advocate, including information on how to open lines of communication.
Countering Opposition in Issue Campaigns is a blog post on the Bolder Advocacy website aimed at providing information for mapping out opposition messages and preparing to respond.
Gathering Support and Neutralizing Opposition is a module on the World Animal website with the intention of providing information for understanding the opposition’s weaknesses and neutralizing opposition.
Responding to Opposition/Criticism - Advocates for Youth is a resource provided by Advocates for Youth that offers information in list form with advice for responding to opposition.
Responding to Opposition and Criticism: Dealing with Disagreement - Advocates for Youth is an article with extensive information on sources of opposition and strategies for addressing opposition.
Target Audiences: Support and Opposition – This PDF, provided by Policy Project, is dedicated to identifying support and opposition and responding to both groups.
Print Resources
Altman, D., Balcazar, F., Fawcett, S., Seekins, T., & Young, J. (1994). Public health advocacy: Creating community change to improve health. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford Center for Research in Disease Prevention.
Bisno, H. (1988). Managing conflict. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
Brown, L. (1983). Managing conflict at organizational interfaces. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Coover, V., et al. (1985). Resource manual for a living revolution. Philadelphia: New Society.
Eisenberg, A., & Ilardo, J.(1972). Argument: An alternative to violence. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Evarts, W., et al. (1983). Winning through accommodation: The mediator's handbook. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.
Higbee, K., & Jensen, L. (1978). Influence: What it is and how to use it. Provo, UT: Brigham Young University Press.
Ilich, J. (1992). Dealbreakers and breakthroughs: The ten most common negotiation mistakes and how to overcome them. New York, NY: John Wiley & Sons.
Ramundo, B. (1992). Effective negotiation: A guide to dialogue management and control. New York: Quorum Books.
Schweitzer, S. (1979). Winning with deception and bluff. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Sun Tzu (1988). The art of war. (T. Cleary, trans.) Boston: Shambhala. (Original work written 500 B.C.)
Weeks, D. (1992). The eight essential steps to conflict resolution: Preserving relationships at work, at home, and in the community. Los Angeles, CA: Tarcher, Inc.
Windes, R., & Hastings, A. (1965). Argument and advocacy. New York, NY: Random House.
___Your opposition is trying to intimidate your group to reduce its effectiveness with opposition tactics
___You have recognized the tactic(s) your opposition is using:
- Deflection
- Delays
- Denials
- Discounting
- Deception
- Dividing
- Dulcifying
- Discrediting
- Destroy
- Deal
___You have decided to fight these tactics
___You understand your opponent and their strategy
___If you are meeting with the opposition, you have established or influenced the agenda
___You have decided to publicly state the opponent's strategy if necessary
___You have kept your opponents off balance by not relying on the same response approaches all of the time
___You know the history including the preferred tactics of the people you are battling
___You are willing to compromise





